■X. 
 
 .15^ 
 
S?ieldo7i d' Compa7iy's Text-Hooks. 
 
 HISTORIES OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 •^..^'FlBlfl/Rnnlijjf the Revolu- 
 
 . -(-1-,/ 
 
 the utility and attractiveness of object lessons, aiding tne comp 
 
 1 OlXV^iAk^i 
 
 ■the le 
 matei 
 cieat 
 histo 
 ol'oui 
 
 %\ 
 
 i}^ 
 Th 
 
 a,»is" 
 whic 
 
 Lof 
 
 $j 
 ir 
 
 L&i 
 
 4S 
 
 Th 
 port; 
 
 ...y^n-f-^M «-vni*f r\€ llic li-fp IK^ml^ 
 
 assB®®! 
 
 
 ^5 
 
 >?®^o^- 
 
 
 jSDWABD rUAlNEK. 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 the 
 
 races 
 
 tion. 
 
 jfracy 
 
 tnira- 
 
 .'hicli 
 
 hove 
 
 jn of 
 r<v 
 
 t.saffi- 
 ;: «« of 
 j>%uth 
 
 lo. 
 
 Price 
 jview 
 
 ces of 
 ;ectecl. 
 Svents 
 
 a 
 
 i- 
 
 m 
 
 J Price 
 |.nof 
 
 m ira 
 (e who 
 
 all thv. Di'^caveriex and preparations for Bettlemcnt made T>y individuals and 
 governments. The Third delineates the progress of all the Settknu-nts 
 nntil colonial .ijovernments were formed. The Fourth tells the story of these 
 Cu'onie^^ fron?, tlxnr infancy to maturity, and illustrates the continual develop- 
 ment of democratic ideas* and repul.lican tendencies which finally resulted in a 
 political conlodoration. The Fifth has a full account of tho imjiortant events 
 of the War for hidepcmence ; and the Sixth gives a concise History of the lie 
 pifblic from its formation to the present time. 
 
 Any of the above sent by mail, post-paid, on receipt of price. 
 
Sheldon <& Company- s l'ext'j(Jooks» 
 
 FRENCH SERIES. 
 
 Pinney's Easy Lessons. 137pp. Prico 80c. 
 I'inney^s First Book in French, 182 pp. Price COcI 
 TheiSa dth Key. Price 7oc. 
 
 Vina s Fractical French Teacher . 
 
 Key to Same, Price $1. 
 
 I!:- v-rinl paing have been taken in this volume to renrl'T c^.o:\^ nv.f. ■-?•■: 
 
 jlare which are apt to present difficulties to t t 
 
 v.^.'iXr f■<^^.\ ■:',■-: hut fcw ucw wurdii iiitroduc' :, 
 
 nug their use are ahundant. 1 i 
 
 ;i ii ijir- of lessons for translation int. 
 
 d to the learner's progrees. As a dear, ^ i- 
 
 "rench language. ♦' oooii is.coLauiciiUrd 
 
 I- ArnouWs French GrammaT. 
 
 ' I'ce if>, 00. 
 
 Jiey to Same, $1. 
 
 Finney's Elementary ''"rench Header, 12aao. lu 
 
 Price |1. 
 
 Finney's Progressive French Reader. 13ino. S44 r 
 
 Price $1.50. 
 WiUiams's Enylish into French. 13mo. 360 pp. Price 
 
 $1.50. 
 
 This is a hook of j';u I'je in French con.vcr.'^aTiuD, 
 any speakiuir French brrammar. No phrase ha-s heen ii 
 
 ' ' ' ' ' ' '■'•' to the te^t of piacuce. 
 
 -' f'M of M mnnn;)! bv 'vhv 
 ni.jy pu 
 tr-rV-b" 
 
 n, a t'ouvert^ationai lamiiiarity with ' r 
 
 :'\v period dP tli,- >f hool year, and ■" 
 cpursf ■ Imayl: anfl, at tl 
 
 j/i'.iising Civ.. ., jiv^r botb. lvci.^.ii. -.^ u^d. scholars, ii nj^iaii- .» ,-,iti~ia< 
 viction of progreas. 
 
 SPANISH SERIES. 
 
 Finney c€' Parcelo's Practical SnnnisTt Tmriifv 
 12mo. 360 pp. Price $1.50. 
 
 Key to Same, Price $1 
 
 ' ■ ■ vork wr rAX PI^ 
 
 "; is.a n.-. , inir"vii 
 
 to the 'hod of t(-:ivliii 
 
 ..autiuu upoii Uic peruiol of 6;^. 
 
 
 1 
 
 Any nfth above sent by inaU, pt^t-/n. 
 
 ■ of price. 
 
 
Gnrir of 
 
 
^oiwuA^ -^ 
 
 ^<1^^<^£- 
 
Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 littp://www.archive.org/details/bullionsgrammarOObullricli 
 
LATIN READE 
 
 « 
 
 ADAPTED TO 
 
 BULLIONS'S LATIN GEAMMAH, 
 
 AND TO 
 
 BULLIONS & MORRIS'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 Wilt\i art Infrobwciion 
 
 ON THE IDIOMS OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE; 
 AN IMPROVED VOCABULARY; 
 
 AND 
 
 BXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 
 
 ON A NEW PLAN. 
 
 With New Marginal Notes and References to Bullions' aad 
 Bullions & Morris's Latin GrammarSi 
 
 By rev. peter BULLIONS, B. D., 
 
 AVTIIOB OF THE SERIES OF GRAMMAK8, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON THE SASOI JJMH 
 
 ETC., £TC., ETC. 
 
 NEW YOEK: 
 PUBLISHED BY SHELDON AND COIVIPANY 
 
 498 & 500 BROADWAY. 
 1870. 
 
Enterecl, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1863, by Peter Bullions, D.D., 
 in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Northern Dis- 
 trict of New York. 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in. the year 1S68, by Sheldon <fe Co., In 
 the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern Dis- 
 trict of New York. 
 
 COLLEGE AND SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 ' Bullions's New Series of (grammars, Etc. 
 
 BULLTONS'S COMMON SCHOOL GKAMMAE, 50 cents. 
 
 P.TTLLIONS'S ANALYTICAL AND PEACTICAL ENGLISH GEAMMAE, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS'S EXEECISES IN ANALYSIS AND PAESING, 25 cents. 
 
 BULLIONS AND MOEEIS'S LATIN LESSONS, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS AND MOEEISS LATIN GEAMMAE, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS'S LATIN EEADEE, $1.50. BULLIONS'S SALLUST, $1,60. 
 
 BULLIONS'S EXEECISES IN LATIN COMPOSITION, $L50. 
 
 BULLIONS'S KEY TO LATIN EXERCISES, 80 cents. 
 
 BULLIONS'S C^SAE'S COMMENTAEIES, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS'S CICEEO'S OEATIONS, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONSS LATIN-ENGLISH AND ENG.-LATIN DICTIONAEY, $5.00.* 
 
 BULLIONS'S GEEEK LESSONS, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS'S AND KENDEICK'S GEEEK GEAMMAE, $2. 
 
 BULLIONS'S GEKEK EEADEE, $2.25. COOPERS VIEGIL. $2.50*. 
 
 LONG'S CLASSICAL ATLAS. $4.50.* BAIED'S CLASSICAL MANUAL. 90 c.* 
 
 KALTSCHMIDT'S LAT.-ENG. AND ENG.-LAT. DICTIONAEY, S2.50.* 
 
 The Normal Mathematicar Series. 
 
 STODDAED'S JUVENILE MENTAL AEITHMETIC, 25 cents. 
 
 STODDARD'S INTLLLECTi; AL AEITHMETIC, 50 cents. 
 
 STODDAED'S EUDIMENTS OF ARITHMETIC, 50 cents. 
 
 STODDAEDS NEW PEACTICAL AEITHMETIC, $L 
 
 STODDAED'S COMPLETE AEITHMETIC, $1.25. 
 
 SCHUYLER'S HIGHEE ARITHMETIC, $1.25. 
 
 STODDARD & HENKLE'S ELEMENTARY ALGEBEA, $1,25. 
 
 STODDAED & HENKLE'S UNIVERSITY ALGEBRA, $2. 
 
 METHOD OF TEACHING and KEY TO INTELLECTUAL AEITH., 50c.* 
 
 KEY^ TO STODDAED'S PEACTICAL AND COMPLETE AEITHMETIO- 
 
 $1.00. 
 KEY TO S. & H.'S ELEMENTAEY ALGEBEA, $1.25.* 
 KEY TO S. & H.'S UNIVERSITY' ALGEBEA, $2,* 
 
 KEETEL'S NEW METHOD OF LEAENING FRENCH, $2. 
 PEISSNERS ELEMENTS OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, $1.75. 
 HOOKERS HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY, $1.75. FIRST BOOK, Sii cts. 
 
 WHATELYS ELEM. OF LOGIC, $1.7.x* ELEM. OF EHETOEIC, $1.75.* 
 
 THOMPSON'S LAWS OF THOUGHT, $1.75.* 
 WAYLAND'S INTELLECTUAL PHILOSOPHY. .$1.75.* 
 BEOCKLESBY'S ASTEONOMY, $175. METEOROLOGY, $1.25,* 
 
 HERSCHEL'S OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY, $2.5(i.* 
 
 PALMER'S BOOK-KEEPING, ,$1. ALDENS SCIENCE OF GOV.. $1.50 
 COMSTOCK'S NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, $1.75. CHEMISTRY, $L75. 
 SCHMITZ'S ANCIENT HISTOEY, $1.75.* ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY, $L75.* 
 BHAW'S NEW MANUAL OF ENGLISH LITEEATUEE, $2.* 
 
 We fnrnish to Teachers for examination, post-paid by mail, a copy of .iny of tbo 
 above books not liaving a * annexed, at half price. Those marked with a * wo 
 send un receipt ol' ihe prices annexed. 
 
 SHELDON & CO., Publishers, New York. 
 
 .c 
 
/fio 
 
 PEEFAOE. 
 
 This edition of Bullions's Latin Reader contains about 50 pages 
 of Exercises on the Principles and Rules of Bullions and Morris's 
 Latin Grammar, in tne regular order of their presentation in that 
 book with direct references in heavy-faced figures to its para- 
 graphs. These introductory Exercises are for the most part sim- 
 ple, and in such variety that, with those in the Latin Grammar, 
 they give the opportunity of having the principles of both Ety- 
 mology and Syntax rendered very familiar to the mind of the pupil. 
 
 Pages from 337 to 380 contain explanations of the leading Idioms 
 of the Latin Language, arranged under proper heads, and illustrated 
 by numerous examples, all of which are numbered so as to be 
 easily referred to for the purpose of illustrating similar modes of 
 expression which occur in the course of reading, as is more fully 
 explained on page vi., in " Explanation of References." Though 
 this part is intended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be 
 derived from studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously 
 with lessons in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole 
 familiar by frequent reviews. 
 
 The Introductory Exercises, from page 60 to page 79, consist of 
 short and simple sentences classed in such a way as to illustrate 
 the leading grammatical principles in the construction of sentences, 
 both single and compound, and by a suflBcient number of examples 
 to render these principles familiar and easy of application. In 
 these, as well as throughout the body of the work, constant refer- 
 ence is made to the Bullions's and Bullions and Morris's Grammars, 
 as well as to the Latin Idioms, to illustrate and explain the prin- 
 ciples of the language as they occur, and, by repeated reference, to 
 render them familiar to the pupil, and impress them indelibly on 
 his mind. These references are more numerous at first ; but when 
 any construction or idiom may be supposed to have become fami- 
 liar, the references to it are less frequent ; and the pupil is left to 
 exercise the knowledge acquired, in applying the principles with- 
 out the aid of references. The construction and use of the sub- 
 junctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties of 
 the language, and all important to be well understood, references 
 for explanation to the Grammar and Idioms, are more numerous 
 and longer continued on this point than on any other. 
 
 M522294 
 
IV PEEFACE. ' 
 
 These references also form a sort of index, by wliicli tlie pupil 
 may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind 
 in the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the 
 one with the other. For example, the letter * , j). 103, refers to the 
 Grammar, 627, 5 ; by running the eye back along the references at 
 the foot of the page, the same construction will be found at the 
 letter ', p. 95 ; at <=, p. 90 ; at <^, p. 89 ; at '^, p. 87, &c. ; all of which 
 may thus be compared with great facility. 
 
 The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely 
 sux^ersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and 
 it is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than 
 any number of notes could be, which generally do nothing more 
 than give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, 
 without any explanation of its construction. Though this sort of 
 aid enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sen- 
 tence, "it leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its 
 construction. The consequence is, that when he meets with a 
 similar construction again in different words, he is as much at a 
 loss as ever, and finds his progress arrested, unless he is again 
 lifted over blindfolded by the aid of another friendly note. It is 
 obvious that persons, in this way, may go over much surface ; and 
 if they have a memory capable of bringing to their aid the trans- 
 lation in the note when it is wanted, they may be able to give a 
 good translation of what they have gone over, and yet know 
 nothing, or next to nothing, of the construction of what they have 
 read ; and hence it happens, that knowing but little of principles, 
 or of the method of analyzing the idioms and more difficult con- 
 structions of the language, whenever they come to an author or 
 passage where the wonted supply of notes is wanting, they find 
 themselves unable to proceed understandingly. It is therefore not 
 without reason that many of our best teachers think that such 
 notes, like translations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is 
 hoped, is in a great measure avoided by the method here pursued ; 
 for while all needful assistance is furnished, it can be attained only 
 by referring to the grammatical principle which contains the 
 explanation needed ; and which soon becomes so familiar, tha,t it 
 can be readily applied to the analyzing of every sentence in which 
 it is involved. 
 
 The primary meaning of a word is not always its most 
 common meaning : it may even have passud into disuse ; but 
 still it is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 various derived significations, both in its simple and compound 
 foi'iDS. If instead of the primary, a secondary and distant mean- 
 ing, though a more common one, should be associated in the mind 
 with the word, it will be tound impossible in many instances to 
 account for, or to perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its 
 use in certain cases. Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more 
 common but not the primary meaning of which is, " to buy," and 
 it will be impossible to trace any sort of connection between such 
 a meaning and that of its compounds, adTcmo, exlmo, interimOf 
 perlmo, dirimo, and the like. But assign to emo its primary mean- 
 ing, " to take," and the whole is perceived at once to be clear and 
 consistent. This one example will show how important it is that 
 not only the derivation and composition of words should be fully 
 exhibited in a good dictionary, but also, tliat the radical and pri- 
 mary signification of all words, where that can be ascertained, 
 should be first stated, and then the secondary and more distant 
 meanings in that order which appears the most natural. In this 
 respect, our school dictionaries are generally defective. In the 
 Latin-English Dictionary of this series, and also in the Vocabulary 
 appended to this work, the plan just stated has been followed ; so 
 that the pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every 
 derivative and compound word to its source, if that is in the 
 Latin language, (derivations from the Greek not being given,) and 
 of ascertaining what is the primary signification of each word, 
 from the best authorities within my reach, as well as those signifi- 
 cations which are more common, or which belong to the words in 
 the various places where they occur in this work. Care has been 
 taken in connection with this also to dis^nguish those words 
 usually considered as synonyms.* 
 
 A few Exercises in Composition are appended, see page 325, 
 drawn, as will be perceived, from the reading lessons indicated 
 both by the number of the page and the paragraph. Lessons in 
 composition, of the simplest character and to any extent, may be 
 framed in the same way from every reading lesson, or even from 
 every sentence, and rendered into Latin, either orally in the class, 
 or as an exercise in writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed 
 to the Exercises themselves. 
 
 This book is, in fact, a supplement to the Grammar, and the 
 foundation of thorough scholarship must be laid here. 
 
 * This plan is carried out in Bullions's Latin-Eiiglisli Dictionary. 
 
EXPLANATION OF KEFEEENCES. 
 
 The references at tlie foot of each page are intended chiefly to 
 explain the construction. Those before page 59, are to paragraphs 
 of Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar ; those after that page 
 which have " Grammars " prefixed, are to both Bollions's and Bul- 
 lions & Morris's Latin Grammars , the Roman figures, as 45, indi- 
 cating the number of the paragraph in Bullions's Latin Grammar 
 referred to ; and the heavy -faced figures, as 4^, indicating the 
 paragraph in Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar referred to. 
 
 In the references which have Id. or Idioms prefixed, the first 
 number directs to the corresponding number in the Idioms on 
 page 337 of this book, and the second to the example imder that 
 number. Thus, for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dtgnus 
 qui ameter, (p. 33), and shows how the words qui ameter, in that, 
 and all similar constructions, are to be translated. The words 
 particularly referred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, 
 are distinguished by being printed in a different character. The 
 references are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and 
 to give an example of the mode of translating them. This will be 
 found a more valuable aid in translating than notes, as it reduces 
 the idioms of the language to a sort of system, with every part of 
 wliich the attentive pupil will soon become familiar. 
 
 When § is placed before a number in Roman figures used else- 
 where than at the foot of the page, for reference, the nimiber indi- 
 cates the section of Bullions's Latin Grammar referred to. The 
 heavy-faced figures used in connection with such a section refer- 
 ence, refer to a paragraph in Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar. 
 
 In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar ^nd to 
 the Idioms. All of these should be carefully looked out and 
 applied. 
 
 In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there 
 is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the letter 
 R ; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. 
 
 Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup- 
 plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for " supply," prefixed. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EIERCISES. 
 
 ORTHO GRAPH Y (2). 
 
 What leUe^"- in tlie English alphabet is not found in Latin? 
 In what words is "y " found ? Name the diphthongs m the fol- 
 lowing words ? The mutes ? The liquids f 
 
 Casar. Proelium. Conspectu. Dixi. Ferre. Amat. 
 Musae. Quid (o). Hasc. Aurum. Heu. Phoebus. 
 Audax. Urbs. Miles. ISTepos. Lingua. Nihil. Queror. 
 
 How did the ancients punctuate ? ' How many systems of pro- 
 nunciation are used in the United States ? Tell the number of 
 syllables in each of the following words {12) 'i 
 
 Dare. Stare, Ire. Manes. Monte. Diei. Sese. 
 Ames. Grates. Ore. Dice. Mores. Fides. Vulpes. 
 Sites. Fore. Fame. Extreme. Late. 
 
 Give the rules for dividing Latin words into syllables ? 
 In the following list, divide the words into syllables? Name 
 the dissyllables, trissyilables, etc. ? Also the penults and ante- 
 penults {12, 13)1 
 
 Delecto. Factiirus. Ferinus. Ostendere. Orcus. 
 Pardus. Promitto. Prolapsus. Priamus. Scriptus. 
 Sectatus. Distribuere. Ductus. Dissimllis. Civitas. 
 Cognomen. Colloquium. Versatus. Vestigium. Vin- 
 ciilum. Victima. Villicus. Vestis. Tergum. Rex 
 tamen pacem patebat. Junxerat. Victus. B-ege (16-19)^ 
 
 Give the quantity of the penults in the following list {16) ? 
 
 Noster. Inter. Posse. Amissis. Propter. Caesar. 
 Servos. Conquiruntur. Poposcit. Castris. Postea. Co- 
 pias. Proelium. FiUus. Eaptus. Pupillus. Eegnum. 
 Capitolium. Prius. Sasyus. .^ger. ^gseus. Agger. 
 
2 IKTEODUCTORT EXERCISES. 
 
 On wliicli syllable are dissyllables accented ? When do words 
 of more tban two syllables accent the penult, and wben tbe ante- 
 penult ? Are monosyllables ever accented (20-22) ? Divide and 
 accent tbe following words. Pronounce them according to the 
 English, and also according to the Continental system. 
 
 ^Etas. ^tatis. Posse. Erga. Amicus. Eeligio. 
 EObustus. Victor. Voluntarius. Pulcher. Servus. 
 Tempiis. Tertius. Quattuor. Luxuria. Gra^cia. Impe- 
 rium. Incertus. Eructiis. Eructus. Coerceo. Conjux. 
 Me, te, re. Mihi, tibi, sibi, nos, vos, nobis, vobis. Contra. 
 
 ETYMOLOGY (24), 
 
 What part of speech in English is not found in Latin {26)1 
 What parts of speech in Latin are declined ? Point out the 
 "'proper and common nouns in the following, and state whether they 
 are collective, abstract, or material nouns (50) : 
 
 THE I^OUI^. 
 
 Tiberis, the Tiler, TuUus, {a Roman Icing.'] Hora, 
 an liour. Pax, "peace. Natura, nature. Horatius, Horace, 
 Seditio, a rebellion, Eilius, a son. Plumbum, lead. 
 Eamilise, a family. Judex, a judge. Popiilus, people. 
 Libertas, liberty. Bellum, luar. Gallia, Gaid. Concilium, 
 a council, Judcunditas, pleasantness. Lignum, wood. 
 
 Gender. ^ 
 
 In English what nouns are masculine, what are feminine, and 
 what are neuter {Bullions' s Practical English Grammar, 123-125) ? 
 In Latin, nouns of what signification are onasculine ? of what signifi- 
 cation are feminine f Of what signification are neuter {,33-3o) 1 
 State the gender of the following nouns, from signification : 
 
 TuQY^adoy. VsiteY, a fatJier. MuliGYf a tvo77ian. Eilia, 
 a daughter. Nihil (indeclinable), notJmig (So). Nefas 
 (indecL), wickedness, Agricola, a farmer, JSTotus, the 
 
IKTEODUCTORT EXERCISES. 3 
 
 south loind (33). llomsi, Eo7ne. AttiGa, \ a cotmtry] (34). 
 Rex, a hing. Auster, a south luind. Eurus, the south- 
 east ivind. Januanus, January. Malus, the apple-tree. 
 Poeta, a poet. Salix, a willow tree. Priamus, PHara. 
 Puella, a girl. Tbasus, [ccn island.'] 
 
 Note. — The gender of most Latin nouns is determined by the 
 ending of the declension, the rules for which may be found in 
 BiUlions and Moriis's Latin Grammar, under each declension. 
 
 Case. 
 
 How many cases are there in Latin ? Which are the oblique cases 
 {4:2) ? The Nominatue corresponds to what in English {43) ? 
 The Genitive to what? The Dative? The Accusative? The 
 Vocative ? The Ablative ? By what case in Latin must the fol- 
 lowing nouns be translated ? 
 
 Of a boy. To a boy. friend. Por a man. The 
 /iorseruns. A ma7i gives a dooh to a hoy. A ma7i strikes 
 a 2iorse "with a whip. In a city. The soldiers were 
 moted by pity. Rome was named from the name of 
 Romulus. The king's house (=:the house of the king. 
 See Bullions^ s Practical English Grammar, 176). John, 
 come here. Lov6 of glory. Ccesafs army was yictorious. 
 
 DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 
 
 How many declensions in Latin {44) ? How are they distin- 
 guished ? What is meant by the Theme {46) ? What is meant by 
 the case-ending, or Termination ? What are the general rules for 
 the declension of nouns {47)1 Give the number of the Declen- 
 sion of the following words ; also the Theme : 
 
 Dextra, gen. sing, dextr^ ; dolor, gen. sing, doloris ; 
 factum, gen. si7ig. facti ; fuga, geii. sing. fuga3 ; dies, gen. 
 sing, diei; cantus, gen. sing, cantus; urbs, gen. sing. 
 urbis; lupus, lupi; senatus, senatiis; nauta, nautas; 
 yeru, verus ; moles, molis ; prsemium, prsemii ; sermo, 
 sermonis ; spes, spei ; yicinus, yicini ; sonitus, sonitus ; 
 res, rei. 
 
4 li^TEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 Note 1. Since in Latin there is no article, the pupil may supply, 
 in translating-, the definite or indefinite article as the sense may 
 require. Penna may be translated "pen," or "a pen,", or "the 
 pen" ; and Pennae, in the plural, means " pens," or " the pens." 
 
 2. Let each word be declined, and from the ending- find out the 
 case, and then translate, prefixing- the " sign " of the case as found 
 in the Grammar, 43, also see Idioms, 3-6. Where a word may be 
 found in more than one case, let it be translated for each case. 
 
 ScJieme for the Etymological Parsing of a Noun.—l. Kind; 2. 
 Gender; 3. Declension; 4. Decline; 5. Derived from (if derived); 
 6. Case ; 7. Number. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION {51). 
 
 Penna. Pennse. Arse. Aram. Massis. Stella. 
 Ara. Puellam. Puellse. puella (075). Aras. Ara- 
 rum. Keglnis. Reginarum. Filia. Reglnae [751). 
 Ora. Ala Columbae (7ol). Alse columbarum. (^-a 
 Italias (751)' Casa agricolae. Reglnas. Scientia geo- 
 metrise. Natura. Naturis. Orae Grra3cia3 {7oT). La- 
 viniae filia. Vita9 pugna. Ruina Trojae. 
 
 Give the gender of the following nouns from the termination {53). 
 
 Hora. Cometes. Boreas. Ballista. Grammatice, 
 grammar. Stella. Midas. Dynastes, a sovereign. Epi- 
 tome, an abridgment, ^neas. Ancliises. Tiaras, a 
 turlan. Penelope. Babylonia. 
 
 VOCABULAEY I. 
 
 Puella, /., girl. - Nauta, m., sailor. 
 
 Reg'na, /., queen. Colnmba, /., a dove, 
 
 Stat, (sto), stands. Stant, stand. 
 
 Videt (video), sees. Vident, see. 
 
 Note. — In the following exercises the numbers indicate the 
 order for the arrangement of the words in Latin {13 84). 
 
 Translate into Latin. — The girl stands. The girl3 
 
IN"TRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 5 
 
 stand. The sailors stand. The girls^ see^ the queen.^ 
 The girP sees^ the doves.^ The sailors' see^ the girls.'^ 
 The queen stands. The dove sees the sailor. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION (38). 
 
 Proelii. Prcelio. Dominus. Domini. Heu serve! 
 {07o). Equus domini. Ventis. Eegno. Eegna. Eeg- 
 norum. Donum. Magistros. Dona. Eqiii colluni 
 {7 SI). Cceli ventus. Donum domini. Cum gladio 
 Eomuli (470 and 982). Ab initio. Templi porta. 
 Ovum gallln^e. Cum reginae dono. Agri domine. Dei 
 ociilis (6*7). Cum filiabus magistri (o7). A coeli 
 vento. Cum otio. Ab MnesQ filio. 
 
 Give the gender of the following nouns from the terminO' 
 tion {71). 
 
 Ager. Barbiton, a lyre. Velum. Culter, a hnife, 
 Eamus. Bellum. Liber. Templum. 
 
 VOCABULARY II. 
 
 Equus, m., a liorse. Eegnum, n., a Mngdom. 
 
 Puer, m., a hoy. Donum, n., a gift, 
 
 Habet (habeo), has, Habent, have. 
 
 Voeat (voco), calls. Vocant, call. 
 
 Translate into Latin. — The boy' has' a horse.' The 
 
 boys' have^ gifts.^ The sailor' calls^ the boys.^ The 
 
 boys' see^ the horses.^ The boy' calls^ (his) horse.^ The 
 
 queen' has^ a kingdom.^ The girls' have^ gifts.' The 
 horses stand. 
 
 For gender of nouns in Third Declension, see 151-175. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION (75). 
 
 Translate the following nouns, and point out those which 
 "increase" (75, Obs.). 
 
 Leo. Mare. Urbs. Moles. Mons. Hiems. Legio. 
 
6 IKTEODUCTORT EXEECISES. 
 
 Lex. Lis. Navis. Dux. Lapis. Carmen. Tiirris. 
 Onus. Miles. Nubes. Caput. Cutis. Iter. Amor. 
 Canis. 
 
 IMPARISYLLABA {SO). 
 
 Duci. Legis. Duces. Crux. Crucis. Urbem. Duci- 
 bus. Urbium. Montes. Artis. Ducem. Lex loci 
 (7 SI). Dux militum. Post ^nea3 mortem (981). 
 A nomine Romuli. Mx. Nivis. Virtiite ducis. Nocti. 
 Filia cum patre. Ab oratione Ciceronis. Ad Tempus. 
 Temporibus. Carminis. Ad senectutem. Ex militibus 
 CsesS-ris. Onus. Onera. Tempore. Carmina. Amore 
 yitae. Liber de bonitate. Cum labore. Sine dignitate. 
 Caput. Capita. Opus. Operi. Operibus. Contra 
 naturam. Pro patria. 
 
 PARISYLLABA (98). 
 
 Prolem. Mari. Maria. Auris. Auri. Nubes. Nu- 
 bium. Sub aure. Trans mare {981). Sermo de ani- 
 malibus. In nubibus (988). Sedes regni. In mare 
 (987). In nayi. In navem. Propter mare. Coram 
 grue. 
 
 YOCABULAEY III. 
 
 Dux, m., a leader. Carmen, n., a song, 
 
 Urbs,/., a city. Consul, m., a consul. 
 
 Amat (amo), loves. Amant, love. 
 
 Translate into Latin. — Tlie consur loves^ the city.** 
 The boy' sees'* the horse^ of the leader'' {gen). The con- 
 sul' loyes^ the song^ of the girl.'^ The horse' of the con- 
 su? stands.^ The queen' calls^ the leader." 
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION {137). 
 
 Motus. Motus. Fluctu. Fluctui. Cantuum. Can- 
 tibus. Senatu. Seniltum. Senatuum. In tecto domus 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 7 
 
 {7Slf 144). Cornii copi^. Verua. Puellas cantus. 
 
 Muctus motus. Solisortus. Amanu. Incursu. Post 
 
 occasum solis. Per metum. Porticu templi. Beneficia 
 Senfitus. 
 
 FIFTH DECLENSION {146). 
 
 Diei. Die. Faciem. Spe giorise. Facies. Index 
 reriim. Sine die. In fidem. Ante ' diem. Diebus. 
 Cum manu militnm. Sonitu tintinnabiili. Facies 
 urbis. Spes victorise. 
 
 YOCABULARY IV. 
 
 Currus, m., a chariot. Acies, /., an army, 
 
 Domus,/., a Jiouse {.144). Spes,/., Jiope. 
 Dat (do), gives. Dant, give. 
 
 Translate into Latin. — The leader' gives* hope^ to the 
 city^ (flat). The army has hope. The queen' gives" a 
 chariot^ to the leader.^ The queen' gives^ the house* of 
 the leader^ to the sailors.^ The boy sees the chariot of 
 the queen. The army loves the leader. 
 
 ADJECTIVES (ISO). 
 
 What accidents liave adjectives in English? (BuTlions's Pr. Eng. 
 Gram. 208). What accidents in Latin (ISO) ? 
 
 Note. — An adjective in Latin is plnced sometimes before and 
 sometimes after the noun it qualifies {13 S 7). 
 
 Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately; 
 then together. Translate them in each case and number. (See 
 Latin Idioms, 3 and 14). Tell the case and number here, and trans- 
 late them. Give the rule for their agreement {GoG-Giio). Show- 
 how they agree. , 
 
 Scheme for the Etymological Parsing of an Adjective. — 1. De- 
 clension ; 2. Declinp it; 3. Compare it (if compared); 4. Case; 5. 
 Number ; 6. Gender. 
 
8 II^TKODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 ADJECTIYES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION'S. 
 
 {190) 
 
 Bonus yir. Ingenni pueri. Prima hora {1387^ 1). 
 Blando servo. Doctum magistrum. Cum miiltis Tro- 
 jilnis. Serye bone. Servis bonis. Eeglna bona. Laeta 
 puella. Per bejiignos dominos. Misero homine. Heu 
 miser homo ! In toto orbe (1^1). Altus mons. Alta 
 arbor. Altum saxiim. In arce sacra. Capita eqiiorum 
 magnorum. In alto tecto. Alba columbse penna (1387 ^ 
 2). Fab ilia de pavone superbo. Per totum orbem. In 
 media csede. (:^587^ 1, Idioms, 17). Mulier vidua. In 
 sinistris manibus. A regiis satellitibus. Pro bono publico. 
 
 Make the following Adjectives agree witJi the Nouns 
 according to Rule V., (GoO), and translate. 
 
 Eotundus terra. Bonus reglnas. Fidus militem. 
 Aureus annulorum. Pulclier urbium. Fidus pastores. 
 Tota orbis [191). Spes multus. Sine magnus labore. 
 Serenus noctem. Primus anno. In medius nocte. 
 Puellarum pulcher. Mors certus. Verus virtus. Frigi- 
 dus nox. Antiquus urbem. Equi pulcher. Bonus 
 exempla. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION (193) 
 
 FelTcis hominis. Prudentem hominem. Prudens 
 mulier. Ingentia animalia. Post vitam brevem. Letale 
 vulnus. Fertilium agrorum. Utili labore. Fortibus 
 ducibus. Mitibus servis. Hiems glacialis. Alacribus 
 -sociis. Celeber dux. Celebri duci. Celebri duce. Equi 
 veloces. Anima immortalis. Bellum ferox. Principcs 
 potentes. Magna pars plebis. Ad cevtamen singulare. 
 Ab ingenti favore militum. In omnibus terris. 
 
Il!^RODUCTOIlY EXERCISES. 9 
 
 Malce the folloiving Adjectives agree loitli the Noiins 
 according to Rule V., (GoO), and translate. 
 
 Brevis aetatem. Fugax anni. ^ Certus morti. Equites 
 velox. Sapiens viris. Atrox bella. Carmen dulcis. 
 Crudelis hostem. Legibus brevis. Medius nocte. Ad 
 omnis setatem. Post iter brevis. Oeleber domo. Velox 
 equibus. 
 
 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES {201). 
 
 Quatuor arbores in colle {088). Duo consiiles pro 
 nno rege. Duos filios. Per septem reges. Post belliim 
 undequinquagenta annorum. Ad quintum milliarium. 
 Tricesimo octavo anno. Milliario octavo decinio ab urbe. 
 Mille navium {204^ a). Cum mille Eomanis (204, h)> 
 Tria millia civium Romanorum (204). 
 
 COMPABISON OF ADJECTIVES (214). 
 
 Altus mons. Altior mons. Altissimus mons. Bre- 
 vior vita. Brevissima vita. Digniores viri. Antiquis- 
 simis temporibus. Canis vigilantior. Brevius tempus. 
 Audacissimorum militum. In loco apriciori. Grave 
 saxum. Gravius saxum. Gravissimum saxum. Acer- 
 rimus vindex libertatis {218). Sex nobilissimi homines. 
 Antiquissimis temporibus. Meliore babitu {219). Ad 
 imam vallem {222). Ultima via {222). 
 
 Change the following Adjectives to the comparative and 
 superlative degrees, mahe them agree with the Nouns, 
 and translate. 
 
 Beata puella. Altus fluvius. Doctus regium. Donum 
 gratus. Librorum utilis. CrudGlis pueros. Altus 
 arboribus. Nobilis duces. Claras luci. Bonus vir 
 {219y Urbem antiquus. Equus velox. 
 
10 ■ INTEODtrCTOEY ESEKCISES. 
 
 PEONOUNS (230). 
 
 How many classes of pronouns in Latin, and what are they ? 
 
 Scheme for the Etymological Parsing of a Pronoun. — 1, Kind ; 
 2. Decline it ; 3. Person (if any) ; 4. Found in — Case ; 5. Number. 
 
 Mihi. Mei. Vobis. Nos. Sibi. ISTostrum. Inter se. 
 Pro nobis. Ad me. Ante te. Mens pater. Tua filia. 
 Cum domo sua (144). Meum onus. Noster rex. Cum 
 suis amicis. Ad suos amicos. Unus (Idioms, 21) 
 liorum regum {771)- Ad lios ludos. Ejus regis. Ab 
 ipso Tarquinio {1035). Filius ejus. Ob earn causam. 
 In illis regionibus. Populiilli. Pro ipso rege. In eodem 
 prato. Ad aliquem. In qua urbe {1041) ? De ejus 
 adventu. IJna via, qua {683). Per fines suos. Quidam 
 yir. Pastor illius regionis. A suo nomine. Re ipsa. 
 Ex tuis libris. Ille dies. Post ejus mortem. Faustiilus 
 quidam. Heec fabiila. Idem vir. Quisnam ? Ille puer. 
 Ipsi fontes. Flamma in ejus capite. Ob banc causam. 
 Posteri ejus. Tua deformitas. Mea levitas. 
 
 VEEBS {258). 
 
 Name the Transitive, Intransiti'oe and Attributive Verbs : 
 
 ISToTE, — In Latin, when the subject of the verb is a personal 
 pronoun, it is generally omitted {630). 
 
 Audio, / hear. Audio ventum, I hear the wind {716). 
 Amo te, / love thee. Curro, / run. Vita brevis est, life 
 is short. Equum liabet, he has a horse. Dlco, / sftealc. 
 Dico templum, / dedicate a temple, Vendit servum, he 
 sells the slave. Miles pugnat, the soldier fights. Fidem 
 violabant, they were violating the faith. Pomum bonum 
 videtur, the apple seems good {667). Deus mundum 
 regit, God rules the world. JSTuncius velox venit, a stvift 
 messenger comes. Troja fuit, Troy teas {1095). 
 
II^TKODUCTOET EXERCISES. 11 
 
 Point out the voice of tlie following verbs ; 
 
 Clarus vir kudatur, a famous man is praised, Bellum 
 dirum parant, they prepare direful ivar. Legati missi 
 sunt, the ambassadors ivere sent. Caesar misit nuncios, 
 Cmsar sent messengers. Amicitia confirmata est, friend- 
 ship was established. Impetum fecit, he made an attach. 
 Troja eversa est, Troy ivas destroyed. 
 
 The subjunctive mood in Latin corresponds to what mood in 
 English {Bullions's Practical Eng. Grammar, 380) ? 
 
 Mention the voice, mood, tense, person, and number : 
 Amabo, / shall love. Homo memoriam habet, man 
 has memory. Librum laudas, yoio praise the booh. Ful- 
 gebant, tliey luere shilling. Donuni dedit pater, the 
 father has given a gift. Audiamus danum, toe may hear 
 a sound. Amabimus amicos, toe will love our friends. 
 Salutati fuistis, you have been saluted. 
 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 Tell the conjugation of the following words. The present infi- 
 nitive of each verb is given. In the vocabulary the present indica- 
 tive is given, followed by the present infinitive and other prin- 
 cipal parts. . 
 
 Vitare. Docere. Munire. Animare. Legere. Cogi- 
 tare. Vincere. Jurare. Placere. Venire. Epgare. 
 Ducere. Jubere. Lustrare. Ponere. Deplorare. Salire. 
 Ssevire. Fugare. Fulgere. 
 
 Sclieme for the Etymological Parsing of a Verb. — 1. Kind {2ij9); 
 2. Conjugation (or irregular if it is so) ; 3. Conjugate it ; 4. De- 
 rived from (if derived) ; 5. Compounded of (if compounded) ; 6. It 
 is found in — tense ; 7. Mood ; 8. Voice ; 9. Person ; 10. Number. 
 
 SUM {277). 
 
 Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and 
 case, and the verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number and 
 
12 IIsTTRODUCTORT EXERCISES. 
 
 person. Parse each word as directed in 14:10, In parsing tlie^ 
 verb, supply the subject if omitted. Thus fui may be parsed to 
 agree with ego understood. 
 
 Fui. Eram. Est. Snmus. Es. Sunt. Erunt. Euerint. 
 Fueram. Fueramus. Puer sum (6*6Y>). Terra est {034:) 
 rotunda (071). Hannibal audax fuit. Inermis sum. 
 Vir bonus est. Arbor alta est. Mons altus est. Cicero 
 orator est [GOG). Cinna consul fuerat. Vita brevis 
 est. Plurimae stellse sunt soles. Tu eris rex. Dulcis 
 est libertas. Esto. Sunto. Este audaces. Sapiens es. 
 Brutus sit magnus dux. Caesar princeps esset. — For 
 other Exercises on Sumy see B. & M, Gr. {280\ 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION {282). 
 
 Amas. Amavit. Amat. Amant. Amabatis. Puer 
 annitus est {671). Amo. Amor. Amabor. Kogave- 
 ram. Eogatus erat. Rogati eratis. Rogaveris. Eogem. 
 Boni viri amati erant. {671). Servus dominum vocat 
 {712). Amer. Vocetur. Virtutem laudabimus. Ptls- 
 tores convivium celebrabant. TuUia in forum pro- 
 peravit {987). Agrippa fabiilam narravifc. Tu yocaris 
 magister. Domus sedificata fuerit {671). Philomela 
 cantaret. Canis latret. Urbes spoliataa erant. Amfito 
 patrem. Pavo pennas suas explicat. Homo crefitus 
 est a Deo. Ancus triumphans urbem intra vit. Ani- 
 matne puer ? {ne is an enclitic. SOo^ Id. oG, 3d). Aquila 
 volabat. — For other Exercises on First Conjugation see 
 B. i& M. Gr. {284, 285). 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION {2SS). 
 
 Doceor. Videbam. Moncbar. Jubemus. Places! 
 Monebor. Videbit. Jubebamur. Docebamini. Monui. 
 Monuimus. Vidisti. Vidit. Terrebat. Terrebantur. 
 Territussum. Puella territa est. Dominus jubet. Servus 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 13 
 
 !paret. Stella videtur. Lima Incet. Arbores floreiit. 
 Luna luceat. Sol liiceret. Kegina pulcliram formam 
 habet. Equites gladios habebant. Maneto. Amulius 
 regnum obtinuit. Habuistine librum (Id. 56, 3d) ? 
 Paretne serous ? Canis arcebat boves. Porsena urbem 
 obidebat. Lucetne sol ? Regina pulcliram formam 
 habens laudfitur. Puella leonem yidens terret. Homo 
 animum habet. Gladium babuisti ? Time. Eura mane- 
 bant. Cameli ambulant. Viator fessus sedebat. Ha- 
 besne scientiam ? Habeo scientiam. Monento. Doce. 
 Juberenter. Jubetor. Docemini. — For other Exercises 
 on Second Congugation, see B. & M. Gr. (^90, 291). ^ 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION {292). 
 
 Regebam. Eex regit. Regimur. Regor. Eegentur. 
 Eexi. Recti sunt. Duco. Ducebant. Duximus. Deus 
 mundum regebat. Eomulus civitatem descripsit. LitersB 
 scrip tae sunt. Centum senatores legit (712). Eegerem. 
 Eegeres. Eegoret. Eectus sit. Cameli currebant. Duo . 
 {203) legiones congerit. Mille equites capti sunt, 
 -^ixeas urbem condidit. Silvius Procas duos filios reli- 
 quit. Eomiilus foedus icit. Quid scripsisti ? Epistolam 
 scripsi. Socrates magnam famam rellquit. Ad quos 
 dicet? Ad te dicam. Laudant. Docent. Eesfunt. 
 Liberabo. Habebo scientiam. Mittam. Legito. Sa- 
 binos in urbem recepit. Eomulus patefecit asylum. 
 Coesar vicit Galliam. Vulpes viderat leonem. Bacchus 
 duxit exercitum in Indiam. Omnis Gallia dividitur 
 in partes tres. Duo legati missi sunt. 
 
 VERBS IN -10 {294). 
 
 Capio. Capit. Capiunt. Capiebam. Capiet. Onpe. 
 Capere. Ceperit. Capiebar. Capiebfimur. Capiar. 
 Puer malum jaciebat. Pugiam. Tufugias. Fugerunt. 
 
14 IKTRODUCTORT EXEECTSES. 
 
 Is permutationem fecit. Cepissem. Timidi milites fu^ 
 giunt. Captus sim. Oaptus esses. Populus seditioneni 
 fecit. Galli fiigiunt. Accipiter rapiiit lusciiiiam. Miim- 
 mius cepit Oorinthum. Ille in urbem confugit. Vir- 
 gines raptse erant. Hie rex interfectus est. Hostes tela 
 conjiciebant. — For other Exercises on Verbs in -io, see 
 K (& M. Gr. (298, 299). 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION {SOO). 
 
 Audio. Audit. Yincit. Munit. Venit. Audis. Ne- 
 quis. Sciunt. MoUiunt. Audiunt. Serviebas. Sciebas. 
 Puniebas. Veniebas. Auditur. Audiebant. Audie- 
 batur. Audiam. Audiar. Audient. Audientur. Audi- 
 tus sum. Bellum finitum est. Dux muniverat viam. 
 Pinlte bellum. Templa expoliebantur. Homines tem- 
 pla expoliebant. Ego audio sonum. Macedoniam Bru- 
 tus custodiebat. Cassar in urbem venit. Pueri punian- 
 tur. Puer punitus est. ^neas in Italiam pervenit. — ■ 
 For other Exercises on Fourth Conjugation, see B. & M. 
 Gr. {302, 303), 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS {304, 399, 408). 
 
 Hoc facinus {712) rex miratur. Miratus ero. Milites 
 urbem populabantur. Dux milites hortatur. Eegina 
 regem- hortabatur. Viator templum mirabitur. Ego 
 novum librum poUiceor. Amicus pollicebar epistolam. 
 Discipiilus laudem meretur. Felicltas bonitatem sequi- 
 tur. Milites gloriam sequuntur. Ascanium secutus est 
 Silvius. Populus bonam reginam miratur. Dux cum 
 militibus gloriam partltur. Proditor amicum mcntietur. 
 Pyrrlius Campaniam depopulatus est. Pyrrlius Fabri- 
 cium admiriitus est. — For other Exercises on Deponent 
 Veris, see B, S 31. Gr. {311). 
 
IKTRODUCTORT EXERCISES. 15 
 
 •^ PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION {32S). 
 
 Amaturus est. Urbem novam sedificaturus sum. 
 Puella amatura sit. Omnia mala vitanda sunt. Hostis 
 amandus est. Multos amicos habiturus erat. Discipuli 
 sunt audituri prseceptores. Parens parendus erat. Mul- 
 tse epistolse scribendse sunt. Multas epistolas scripturus 
 est. Virtus amanda est. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS {431). 
 
 Contingit. Tonat. Curritur ab equo {4o»3). Pug- 
 nfitur a militibus fortiter {437)' Licit nemini menda- 
 cium dicere {840). Delectabit me amicos videre. Placet 
 nobis. Delectet me studere {458). Ventum est a Cice- 
 rone. Moriendum est ab liominibus. Eegnatum est 
 per septem reges. — For other Exercises 07i Impersonal 
 Verbs, see B. & M. Gr. {4o9). 
 
 ADYEEBS {460)^ PEEPOSITIO:srS (468) 
 Ai^D CO]^JU]^CTIOj^S (488). 
 
 Pugnat bene. Egredior mane. Semper esto paratus. 
 Pugniltum est acriter. Venicbant celeriter. Pes pros- 
 pere gestae sunt. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Gallina 
 quotidie ovum paret. Nunquam dice mendacium. In 
 urbem venit. In urbe habitat {471). E sylva rediit 
 {472). Trans Tiberim natat. Agrum comparat {606). 
 Prope Athenas yiyit. Imperium dedit {479). Munus 
 negfibat {487^ Obs. 2). Obsides et arma poposcit. 
 Eomulus, ut civium numerum augeret, as^'lum pate- 
 fccit. In praglio cita mors aut victoria l^eta venit {643). 
 
 Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections and Conjunctions are parsed 
 in Latin as in Euglisli. JSee Bullions' Prac. Eng. Ofram., 537, 553^ 
 660, 573. 
 
16 IKTEODUCTORT EXEECISES. 
 
 A sentence is such an assemblage of words as expresses 
 a thought and makes complete sense {016^ 1). 
 
 I. As to the form of the affirmation,* sentences are 
 of four kinds : 
 
 1. Declaratory, or such as declare a thing, as, Terra est 
 
 rotunda, The earth is round. 
 
 2. Interrogatory, or such as ask a question, as, Quis me 
 
 vocat f Who calls me ? 
 
 3. Imperative, or such as express a command ; as, Reve- 
 
 rere 'parentes. Reverence your parents. 
 
 4. Exclamatory, or such as contain an exclamation ; as, 
 
 formose puer ! fair boy ! 
 
 II. As to the nature of the affirmation depending 
 chiefly on the meaning of the verb, sentences are of 
 three kinds : 
 
 1. Transitive; as, Eripuit me morti. He rescued me 
 
 from death. 
 
 2. Intransitive ; as, Eomam erat nuncidtum, The report 
 
 was carried to Rome. 
 
 3. Attributive ; as, Ego vocor poeta, I am called a poet. 
 
 III. As to the number of proj)Ositions {610^ 4) they 
 contain, sentences are either 
 
 1. Single, containing one proposition; as, Fuer studet, 
 
 The boy studies. 
 
 2. Compound, containing two or more propositions or 
 
 single sentences connected ; as, Puer studet 
 et suus pater Icetus est, The boy studies, 
 and his father is glad (1411). 
 
 * The verb is the principal word in a sentence, and the different 
 kinds of sentences are classified prenerally by the form or meanins^ 
 of their leadiusf verbs. The varions significations of a verb, as ex- 
 pressed in its different moods, are included in the term affirmation. 
 
Compound in 
 
 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 17 
 
 There are three kinds of single sentences, yiz.: [0 16 ^ 
 7, 1413). 
 
 Simple, containing one subject, one yerb, etc. ; as, " The 
 girl reads (the book)." 
 
 Suhject ; as, " The boy and the girl 
 
 read." 
 Verl) ; as, " The boy reads and writes." 
 Object ; as, " The boy read the letter 
 
 and the book." 
 Attribute; as,- "The boy is studious 
 and industrious." 
 Complex^ containing a dependent clause which limits 
 the principal clause or some part of it; as, 
 " When he studies he is content." 
 A» single sentence may be enlarged by an adjunct 
 word or phrase in any or all of its parts, or by the sub- 
 stitution of a clause for its subject, object or attribute 
 {Om, 2, 3). 
 
 Note. — For General Principles of Sjmtax, see Grammar, ()17 » 
 For Exercises in Latin Composition, see page 325 of this book. 
 
 RESOLUTION OR ANALYSIS. 
 
 Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the sub- 
 ject and the predicate, 243, (ylG, 8, 9, 10, 1399. 
 In analyzing a sentence, it is necessary to distinguish 
 between the Grammatical subject and predicate, and the 
 Logical subject and predicate. 
 
 The Grammatical Subject is the person or thing spoken 
 of, without, or separated from, all modifying words or 
 clauses, and which stands as the nominative to the verb, 
 or the accusative before the infinitive, 754, lAOO. 
 
 The LogicM Suhject is the same word, in connection 
 with the qualifving or restricting expressions which go to 
 make up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of 
 
18 INTKODUCTOET EXEECISES. 
 
 Tlie Grammatical Predicate is the word or words con- 
 taining the simple affirmation made respecting the sub- 
 ject, 1404:. 
 
 The Logical Predicate is the grammatical predicate, 
 combined with all those words or expressions that modify 
 or restrict it in any way ; thus : 
 
 In the sentence, " An inordinate desire of admiration 
 often produces a contemptible levity of deportment f 
 the Grammatical subject is " desire f the Logical, " An 
 inordinate desire of admiration" The Grammatical 
 predicate is ^^ produces ;" the Logical, '^produces often a 
 contemptiUe levity of deportment" 
 
 AERANGEMENT, 1385. 
 In Latin and English, the general arrangement df a 
 sentence is the same; i.e., the sentence commonly be- 
 gins with the subject and ends with the predicate. But 
 the order of the words in each of these parts, is usually 
 so different in Latin from what it is in English, that one 
 of the first difficulties a beginner has to encounter with 
 a Latin sentence is to know how to arrange it in the 
 proper order of the English. This is technically called 
 construing or giving the order. To assist in this, some 
 advantage may be found by carefully attending to the 
 following 
 
 DIRECTIONS FOR BEGINNERS. 
 
 Direction I. — As all the other parts of a sentence depend upon 
 the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMINATIVE, and 
 the predicate or. VERB ; the first thing to be done with every sen- 
 tence, is to find out these. In order to this, 
 
 1. Look for the leading verb, which is always in the present, 
 impel feet, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indicative, or in the 
 imperative mood,'"" and usually at or near the end of the sentence. • 
 
 * All the other parts of the vorb are generally used ia subordinate clauses. So, 
 also, is the pluperfect indicative. lu oblique discourse, the loading verb is iu the 
 iufiuitive. 651, 1206, A. 
 
IITTRODUCTORT EXEKCISES. 19 
 
 2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person ; this 
 will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or pronoun in 
 the same numl^er and person with the verb, commonly before it, 
 and near the beginning of the sentence, though not always so. 
 739, Exc. 1, 13 8G. 
 
 Direction IL — Having thus found the nominative and verb, 
 and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved from 
 'the Latin into the English order, as follows : 
 
 1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or Connecting 
 words, if there are any. 
 
 2. The NOMINATIVE. 
 
 3. Words qualifying or explaining it, i. e., words agreeing with 
 it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they are found, till 
 you come to the verb. 
 
 4 The VERB. 
 
 5. Words qualifying or explaining it, i. e., words which modify 
 it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 
 
 6. Supply everywhere the words understood. 
 
 7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it severally as 
 they depend one upon another, proceeding with each of them as 
 above. 
 
 Boni discipuli suum magistrum cito obedient. 
 
 In looking over this sentence according to Direction I., we find 
 the verb to be otedient (the third person plural, future tense, of 
 obedio), which must have a subject in the plural ; discipuli being 
 a plural noun in the nominative case, is the subject. 
 
 The subject or nominative and the verb being thus found on 
 which the other words depend, then by Direction II, we find, 
 
 1. The subject or nominative is discipuli (pupils) — 2. The adjec- 
 tive agreeing with it in gender, number and case which qualifies 
 it is honi (good) — 3. The verb is obedient (will obey) — 4. The ad- 
 verb which qaalifies it is cito (quickly)— 5. The object or word in 
 the accusative case governed by the verb is nfiagistrum (teacher) — 
 6. The pronoun which agrees with it in gender, number and case 
 is svvm (their). 
 
 The translation of the above sentence in the Latin order may 
 be. Good i^upils their teacher quickly will obey. 
 
 The words of the sentence may be transposed to the English 
 order, as follows : Boni discipuli obedient cito suum magistrum. — 
 Bee Bullions' s Princ. Eng. Gr., 936. 
 2 
 
20 INTEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 DiEECTlON III. — In arranging the words for translation, in the 
 subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following 
 
 KULES FOR CONSTRUING. 
 
 I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the word 
 that governs it. 
 
 Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the governing -word, 
 unless that be a preposition ; if it be, then after it. 
 
 II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be coupled 
 with it, is put before its substantive ; but if another word depend 
 upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually placed after it. 
 
 III. The participle is usually construed after its substantive, or 
 the word with which it agrees. 
 
 IV. The relative and its clause should, if possible, come imme- 
 diately after the antecedent. 
 
 V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after the 
 verb ; (in English, between the auxiliary and the verb) Inter- 
 rogative words, however, such as qids, quotis, quantus, uter, &c., 
 come before the verb. 
 
 VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, after 
 a preposition for an accusative or ablative, and arrange the words 
 accordingly. 
 
 VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near together as 
 possible. 
 
 VIII. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their cases, 
 circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, etc., should be placed, 
 in general, after the words which they modify : — The case abso- 
 lute commonly before them, and often first in the sentence. 
 
 IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed together, 
 but each clause is to be translated by itself, in its order, accord- 
 ing to its connection with, or dependence upon, that to which it 
 is related. 
 
 X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two words 
 or sentences connected. 
 
 IW For General Principles of Latin Arrangement, see Bullions's Latiu Gram- 
 mar, 738, or Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar, 13S4. 
 
 For Analysis of So.ntences, see Bullions it Morris's Latin Grammar, 1399. 
 For Suggestions, Questions, etc . see pages 378, 379 of this book. 
 
 Nofe.—WJierever Mach-fftced WumhcrM, Hhe (4S), ov used in 
 this hooU, they refer to Parcff/raphs of JiuUions & Morris's Latin 
 Oraimnar, 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 21 
 
 SYNTAX (016). 
 
 CONCORD {621). 
 022.—RVL-E I. Apposition (Pr. Eng. Gr., 667). 
 
 The pupil should carefully read the Explanations given under 
 the different rules of Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar. 
 
 Ascanius iEncse^ filius^ regnum accepit. Latinus rex^ 
 regnavit Plato philosophus^ voluptfitem vitiibat. Hino 
 iEneas, Anchlsse filius, cum mnltis Troj finis aufiigit. 
 Hamilcar, Cartliaginiensium dux, superfitiir. Cadmus, 
 cum Harmonia,^ uxore^ sua, in Illyriam fugit. Illi 
 populi forte in Tarpeiam virginem^ mciderunt. Sil- 
 vius, rex^ Albanorum,^ duos filios reiiquit, Xumitorem^ 
 et Amuliuni. 
 
 634, — EuLE II. The Verb and its Koininative (Pr. 
 
 Eng. Gr., 776). 
 
 Ego impero. j^os amamus. Illi queruntur. Tu es. 
 Hostis vicit. Bellum in Africam translatum est. Illi 
 populi bellum susceperunt. Ille annuit. Estis. Optio 
 manebat. Civis patriam diligit. Ego laudo te. Amicos 
 amare^ est naturale. Eegem sapientem esse,^ est utile. 
 Yinum bibere- malum est. Discere gratum est. 
 
 ^45.— Rule III (Pr. Eng. Gr., 778 and 785). 
 
 Brutus, libertatis^ Yindex,^ ct Collatinus maritus^ 
 Lucreti^e futJrunt^' consiiles. Eomiilus et Eemus fratres= 
 erant. Vulpes, asinus, et leo, TeniLtum^i iverant. Equus 
 
 •7>/. ^022, <^629, A 645. *> 640, ^643, ^ 666. 
 
 Idioms— J» 114, 1. 
 
 Remahtn:. — The black-faced figures refer to Paragraphs in Bul- 
 lions & Morris's Latin Grammar. Tlie other figiu'es refer to the 
 Idioms in the back part of this book. 
 
32 IKTRODUCTOEY EXEECISES. 
 
 et asmiTS in eodem prato pascebantur. Csesar et Alexan- 
 der bella multa gesserunt. Aut scientia aut bonitas 
 ntilis est. Aurum aut argentum pretiosnm est. Tii 
 et tiius filius ambulatis.* Ego,^^ tii, et prgeceptor, legi- 
 mus." Sapientia turn dignitas in senibus est.« 
 
 6d8, — Rule IY. Collective Nouns (Pr. Eng. Gr., 
 
 790, 791). 
 
 Eomanns exercitus pugnavit fortiter. Hostis cito 
 interfecti sunt. Multitude magna in urbem ruunt. Ad 
 bos ludos multitude ex finitimis pojDulis venissent. Vul- 
 gus turpis est. Una legio m Gallia fuerat. Pars legionis ' 
 captse sunt. Magna pars plebis urbem reliquit. Popu- 
 lus commotus est, ut in urbem rediret. Nobilitas in 
 urbem veniunt. Romanus populus bella magna gessit. 
 Populum Eomee senatus exbausit. 
 
 050. — Rule V. Agreement of Adjectives, 
 
 Breyis lex optima'^ est. Augusta via difficillima^ est. 
 Vir animosus nihil timet. Pauci yiri sapientes sunt. 
 Vita brevis est. Viator videt altum montem. Mors 
 bonos homines non terret. Pater et filius fessi^ sunt. 
 Pater et mater sunt sapientes.? Vinum et otiura dam- 
 nosa sunt. Patrem et matrem amare^ est naturale. Pater 
 et mater bona^ amantur. Pro patria mori dulce est. 
 SapientesJ sunt pauci. Stulti pueri stulti yiri fient. 
 OmnesJ sunt mortales. Media^^ nox clara fuit. 
 
 606, — ^RuLE VI. Tlie Predicate a Complement (Pr. 
 
 Eng. Gr., 796). 
 
 Homerus princcps poetarum Grcecorum fuit. Tu eris 
 rex. Pauci viri poeta3 sunt. Pueri sunt discipuli. Mars 
 
 »f>4f>. ^G4:7> ^044, ^219, ^220, ^652. « 0o3. 
 
 ^000. 'Oo(>. J 6*J6^ and Id. la. ^002. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 23 
 
 bc41i dcus fiiit. Juno ambulat deorum regma. Jupiter • 
 est deorum rex. Urbs vocatur Roma. Cicero orator 
 fuit. iEschylus parens tragoedige dicitur. Fabius et 
 Nautius consules facti sunt. JSToYimus eum esse benig- 
 num." 
 
 688, — PtULE YII. Tlie Relative and A7itecedent (Pr. 
 
 Eng. Gr., 742). 
 
 Eomulus pugnam conseruit cum hoste qui''' tenebat 
 montem TarpGium. iEneas urbem condidit quam^ 
 Lavinium<^ appellavit. Duo'^ qui^ una iter faciebant 
 conspicati sunt asinum qui^ oberrabat in solitudine. 
 Homo beatus est quem Dei amant. Historia, qu93 index 
 vit88 est, monstrat bella magna. Hie vir qui Eomam 
 condidit appellatus est Romulus. Justitia, quse mater 
 virtu tis est, amanda est. Puer, qui animali? nocct, est 
 crudC'lis. Vir qui ridet, non semper beatus est. Laudo 
 te qui scribis. 
 
 71.'?.— Pule VIII. Direct Olject (Pr. Eng. Gr., 801). 
 
 Eilia pennam tenet. Regina nautas videt. Servi gla- 
 dios .habent. Servi Stellas vidcnt. Rex ciyitatem rege- 
 bat. Labor omnia yincit. Ama patrem tuum et ma- 
 trem tuam. Mens amicus amat libros. Prseceptor yos, 
 non nos, laudavit. Eidam inter se dant. D^dalus, 
 artifex peritissimus, labyrinthum exstruxit. Romani 
 adversum Veientes- bellum gesserunt. Camillus boc 
 donum non accGpit. Ego servum monui. Servus a 
 me monitus est.^ 
 
 715. — Rule IX. Cognate Accusative (Pr. Eng. Gr., 804). 
 
 Ceesar pugnas magnas pugnavit. Somnium patrias 
 viator somniavit. Puer, quum librum legeret, gaudium 
 
 o 
 
 > 675. *> 6S3, « 7 J J. « OSl, f 712, note, s S33 
 Idioms— <^ 19, 1. 
 
24 INTRODUCTOKT EXERCISES. 
 
 gaudet. Agricola yitam utilem vivit. Ancus piignam 
 pugnavit et triumplium triumphavit. Senex iter ibit. 
 
 72o» — Etjle X. Accusative in Exclamations, 
 
 vim miram ambitionis ! tempora, mores ! Se- 
 natus conjiirationem"' intelligit, consul videt. Asinus 
 in quit, me stolidum ! me miserum ! Ecce homo !» 
 Hei viro misGro I** 
 
 728» — Rule XL Accusative of nearer Definition, 
 
 Maximam partem^ lacte atque pecude vivunt. Tuam 
 vicem^ saepe maxime doleo. Brevi femina vultum^ 
 demissa locuta est. Miles tergum*^ ictus est. Pastores 
 magno clamore'^ ad regem juvenem yinctum manus° 
 post terga trahebant. Tuam yicem'^ tuus pater multum 
 laborat. 
 
 t32, — EuLE XII. — Reflective Accusative. 
 
 Juyenis audax militis gladiun/ cingitur. Consul 
 regis vestem^ purpuream induitur. Puer scutum indui- 
 tur. Ilia yestes induitur. Inutile ferrum cingitur. 
 
 754. — Rule XIII. Accusative of Person and Thing 
 
 (Pr. Eng. Gr., 810-812). 
 
 Eogo to pecuniam. Poscimus te pacem. Iter te non 
 celabo. Magister docuit me geometriam. Pauper yir 
 dominum panem orfiyit. Pater suum filium litteras 
 docuit. Hi P^aTJium? contra Romanes auxilium? po- 
 poscerunt. Senex ex patrid pulsus pueros litteras docuit. 
 Petierunt a Csesareh auxilium. Cicero' rogatus est sen- 
 
 *726. ^727. ^728. ^873, ^731. f 732. « 734. 
 
 ^ 738. » 735. J Conspiracy 
 
UfTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 25 
 
 f entiam. Hie Italos primus^ agriculturam docuit. Quo- 
 tidie Caesar illos^ frnmentiim^ poposcit. Raiiffi a Jove'' 
 rcgem petivisse dicuntur. Illi suo more'^ pacem ab Eo- 
 manis^ petiGrunt. 
 
 740, — EuLE XIV. Accusative witJi Impersonal Vcrhs, 
 
 Delectat pueros studere librum. Non oi:)portet nos 
 negligere amicos. Juvat populum condere urbem. De- 
 lectat ducem committere pugnam. Juvat mulierem 
 audire verba -^neae. Opportet^ (ut) omnes liomines 
 mendacium nunquam dicerent. 
 
 751, — EuLE XV". Genitive of Limitation (Pr. Eng. Gr., 
 
 839). 
 
 Honor prgemiiim virtutis est. Sapiens^ paret leges 
 naturaB. Dens est mnndi, solis, InnEe, et stellarum, anc- 
 tor. Sapientia est rernms divinarnm, et humanarnm 
 scientia. Agricolae Isetos cantns puellarnm andinut. 
 Dnx fortis parva manual militum oppidnm capit. Cor- 
 nna ingentia cervix parvam pnellam terrent. Facies 
 apri pneros terrct. Mitis filia fortis dncis pnlchraui 
 colnmbam amat. Venns amoris dea est. Crescit amor 
 nnmmi. Mnlti^ venernnt ad Veneris.* 
 
 • 
 
 7e>7. — EuLE XVI. Genitive or Ablative, 
 
 Qnidam Gallns eximia mngnitudineJ corporisn fortis- 
 simnm Eomanornm'^ provocavit. Diana aprnm mira 
 magnitndine misit, qui agrum Calydonium vastaret. 
 Aqua facta est colore aureo. Socrates erat vir summse 
 sapientia. Socrates erat vir summa sapientia. 
 
 ^GC>3, ^734, '^738. ^ S73. ^742. ^751, ^873. 
 •7o?J. J7Jr. ""771. Idioms— f 19. 
 
26 I]!^TRODUCTOEY EXERCISES. 
 
 760* — EuLE XVII. Genitive after Adjectives, 
 
 Multum pecuniae potestatem dafc. Satis^ eloquentias 
 fuit; sapientias paruni fuit. Niiiil^ pretii timidus vir 
 habuit. 
 
 765, — EuLE XYIII. Genitive governed hy Adjectives. 
 
 Civis amans^ patriaB^ est bonus. HomGrus poeta non 
 memor honoris erat. Tanaquil conjux*^ mulier augu- 
 riorum perlta fuit. Varro moras impatiens in Apulia 
 pugnavit. Caesar avidus glori^e Galliam vincit. Dux 
 doctus^ belli a militibus amatur. Vulpes timida leonis 
 multiim est perterrita. Eomanus populus peritus belli 
 multos popiilos imperitos belli vincit. 
 
 7 7 1* — EuLE XIX. Partitives governing the Genitive. 
 
 Aliquis pbilosopborum dicitur doctus esse^ a natura. 
 Eomulus prudentior? fratrum fuit. Caesar fortissimus? 
 Eomanorum ducum fuit. Quarum partium^ unam inco- 
 lunt Belgae. Socratemi sapientissimum AtheniensiumJ 
 populi interfecerunt. Tarquinius bello^ strenuus plures' 
 finitimorum populorum yicit. Quern™ illorunio misit ad 
 Caesarem ? liter nostrum id facit ? Captivi Eomano- 
 rum qui tenebantur a Cartliaginiensibus redditi sunt. 
 Unus ex antiquis populis" in draconem conversus est. 
 Diogenes, inter omnes Cynicos" sapientissimus Mjndios 
 irridebat. iEschylus maximus scriptorum tragoedic^ dici- 
 tur habuisse glabrum caput, Quis inter . homines 
 prius fuit ? Unus e fdiis" captus est. 
 
 776, — EuLE XX. Adjectives of Plenty or Want. 
 Ager ferax arborum est. Agcr ferax arboribus est. 
 j35gyi3tus, quanquam expers"^ est imbrium, mire tamen 
 
 » 702. «= 767, 2d. e 7GS. e 77,3. ^ 110. » 712. 
 i771- ^ SS9. 'i,97. °r7.>. '*777,c. 
 Idioms— ^' IG. ^ 11. f 86. •" 57. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 27 
 
 est fertilis. Eoma omnium yitiornm satiira erat. Italia 
 plena^^erat 'Graecarum coloniariim. Portus est navibus 
 plcnus.h Sum non timoris plenus.^ Ferae sunt ratione et 
 sermune expertes. Homo solus est onustus ratiOnis. 
 Gallia est frugum liommumque fertilis. Dei plena sunt 
 omnid. Vita humana nunquam curis est vacua. Quum 
 homo vino gravis est, inanis est. Fabulae poetarum plenaa 
 sunt stultitia. 
 
 7^0. — EuLE XXI. Sum governing the Genitive, 
 
 !N"on est sapientis clicere eum. victilrLTm esse^ male. 
 Eegis est bene regere. Laudare se vani» est, vituperare 
 se stulti est. Duels est habere consilium. Magni animi 
 est injurias non notare. Arrogantis est negligere quid 
 de se quisque sentiat. Stultitia senium est, sed non 
 omnium senium. Hommis est errfire. Generosi et mag- 
 nif ici animi est juvare et prodesse. TemeritasJ est flo- 
 rentis aetatis, prudentia est senectae. Meum^ est non 
 male facere. Tuum est dicere vera. 
 
 . 7^5.— EuLE XXII, AIsTD 785.— EULE XXIII. 
 
 Verbs governi7ig the Genitive. 
 
 Miseremmi pauperium sociorum. Miserere civium 
 tuorum. Pendeo animi.^ Ejus justitige^ miror. Absti- 
 neto irarum. Eegnavit populorum.d Eecordor homi- 
 nis.e Bonus vir facile obliviscitur injuriarum. Dulce 
 est meminisse laborum actorum. Deus jubet te mortis 
 memlnisse. Caesar vult^ veteris injurife oblivisci. Ee- 
 cordatur cum dolore flagitiorum suorum. Memini non 
 injuriam.? Omnes viri beneficia meminerunt. 
 
 »> 7S2. - 7S^, d 7S6y note. « 7SS. f 417. ^ 7 SO. 
 ^ full. » boasting. j rashness. Idioms — * 99. 
 
28 IKTRODUCTOET EXERCISES. 
 
 793. — EuLE XXIV. Crime, Pimishment and Warning. 
 
 Res adversse admonent homines religioiiis. ' Admoneo 
 meipsum stultitise. lilum criminis absolvunt. AccQsat 
 hominem inertiaB. Judex ducem seditionis damnat. 
 Pater stremius filinm suum inertise admonet. Senecta 
 nostra sa3pe nos admonet mortis. Judices Oaium tapitis 
 damnaverunt. Popiiius senatum avaritise arguet. Me 
 accusare de inertia^ non potest. Omne liumannni 
 genus ad mortem^ damnatum est. Nihil habeo quod^ 
 senectutem meam acciisem. Nemo sapientiam ad pau- 
 pertatem damnavit. Bonus vir amicum suum de peri- 
 CLilo^ monet. 
 
 799. — EuLE XXV. Genitive after Verhs of Valuing. 
 
 Sapiens voluptatem minimi'^ facit. Aliquis philos- 
 ophorum voluptatem plurimi gestimayit. Bonum nomen 
 est magni. Ambitio est parvi. Honestas est plurimi. 
 Ego ilium pili^ puto. Divitias a viro sapienti minimi 
 putantur. Virtus sestimanda est plurimi. ^stimo 
 scientiam magno.^ Prata magno asstimant. Hoc con- 
 siilo boni.^ 
 
 80o. — EuLE XXVI. Genitives after hnpersonals of 
 
 feeling. 
 
 Poenitet? me culpae. Quem poenitet criminis psene 
 est innoxius. Num'' facti eum poenitet? Tsedet me 
 laboris. ISTon miseret judicem delinquentis. Po?nitet 
 te stultiti93. Miseret me tui et amicorum. Me civitatis 
 morum taedet. Nonne te miseret pueri segri ? Senem 
 jam votorum suorum pcenitcbat. T^edeat^ te nunquam 
 bene facere. Poenitet judicem non quod capitis dam- 
 navit delinquentem.^ 
 
 '7.95. ^t9G. ^79S. -^802. ^803. '804. « 806. 
 » 807. Idioms— h 56, 3d. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 29 
 
 SOO. — Rule XXVII. Impersonals of Interest. 
 
 Refert reipublicse.^ Refert ci^^um semper leges parere. 
 Vehementer interest reipublicog ut omnes consulant et^ 
 pacem et concordiam. Multiim interest commodi com- 
 munis ut juvenes instituantur. Refert liumanitfitis. 
 Interest omnium recte facere. Non mea interest ele- 
 pliantum yidere. Tua niliil refert. Quid mea interest ? 
 Tua refert non temere credere. Illud mea magni inter- 
 est. Tua magni interest hoc videre. 
 
 818, — Rule XXVIII. Dative governed Inj Verds. 
 
 Laus virtuti debetur. Reverentia maxima puero debe- 
 tur. Parentibus nostris debemus pietfitem magnam. 
 Impiis apud inferos poena praBparfita est. Parentibus 
 et patrioB natura nos conciliat. Deus omnium salilti 
 tuetur. ISTonne cupidinibus statuit natura modum ? 
 Etiam sceleribus sol lucet. JSTon nobis solum nati sumus. 
 Senatus populi saluti diligenter consuluit. Judicium 
 Yenit urbi. Tu nostrge saluti tueris. Decemviri 
 
 crefiti sunt qui ci\atati leges scriberent. Annuum im- 
 perium regibus tributum est. 
 
 820» — Rule XXIX. Sum and its Compounds, 
 
 Dictum sapientibus satis est. Bene esse potest nemini 
 improbo. Fortuna magna domino est. Adolescentioe 
 inest^ maximum robur corporis. Hominibus prodesse 
 natura jubet. Natura inest^^ menti nostra? ingeno cu- 
 piditas justitia3 vincend^e.*^ Ut magistratus praesunt 
 populo ita leges prassunt magistratibus. Debemus et 
 amicis et liostibus prodesse. Avarus homo posteris dives 
 est, at pauper sibi. Imperator prsefuit exercitui et 
 navibus, ^ ^.-a 
 
 "ire, 1. ^279, lDiOMS~tl24. "113. 
 
30 INTRODUCTOET EXERCISES. 
 
 821. — EuLE XXX. Sum, Signifying To Idong to. 
 
 Homini ratio et sermo sunt.^ Feris magnum robur 
 est. Sunt milii quatuordecim ]S[3'mpb£e pulcliro cor- 
 pore.^ Sunt regibus longjT3 manus. Est liommi imago 
 quasdam cum Deo. Sunt mibi amici. Omnibus arbori- 
 bus eadem folia non sunt. Mibi sunt multi libri. Leoni 
 est pragcipua generositas. Cfesari sunt multi milites. 
 ' Omnibus virtu tibus inter se amici tia est. Dum segro 
 hommi anima est, spes est. Hoc mibi est. 
 
 824: EuLE XXXI, AKD 820 Eule XXXII. 
 
 Verljs governing the Dative. 
 
 Hoedus, stans in tecto domus, lupo maledixit. Lupus 
 inquit, non tu sed tectum mibi« maledicit. Agricola 
 senex, quum mors sibi^ appropinquaret, filios convo- 
 cavit. Numa successit Tullo Hostilio. Saxum^ Tan- 
 tali capiti impendere dicunt. 
 
 Antepone virtutem divitiis, et antepone eas res quae sunt 
 honestse eis rebus quae videntur utiles. Ne addice 
 voluptati animum. Leges omnium salutem singulOrum 
 saluti anteponunt. Bona existimatio divitiis pra^stat. 
 Interest nobis Deus. Multff) res molestaB occurrunt 
 viventi^ diu. Eomanis equitibus litters afFeruntur. 
 Nihil semper floret ; setas succedit aetati. Animus cor- 
 pori multum prsestat. Luctus Sfepc leetitise supervenit. 
 Prrefer virtiitem divitiis, et amicitiam pecunise. Puer 
 ssepe prasfert labori lusum. Confer nostram longam 
 vitam cum aeternitate.^* Inferunt omnia in ignem.? 
 
 831. — Eule XXXIII. Verhs signifying Profit or 
 
 Hurt, etc. 
 
 Tuus amicus tibi favet. Multi sibi^^ insimibus flao^i- 
 
 • Idioms., 118. ^'757. *S24:. ^ S2G, ^1136, ^ Id., 20. 
 s 830» ^831. ^ Fvom xteinitas, immoi'talit?/. 
 
IKTEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 31 
 
 tonim RiTornm placent. Prsscepit Fabio, magistro equT- 
 tum, ne pugiiam cum hoste committeret. IS' on tamen 
 ubique fortima Cartliaginiensibus favit. ^[ult^e Italiae 
 civitateSj quse Eomanis paruerant, se ad Haunibalem 
 transtulerunt. Cimbri et Teutones Italias minabantur. 
 Quisque suo studet commodo. Deo parcre, libertas est. 
 Simulatio'repugnatJ amicitias ver^e. Semper lingua? im- 
 pera. Novis rebus studebat. His omnibus rebus repug- 
 nat.J Nemo liber est, qui corpori servit. Homines am- 
 plius oculis quam auribus credunt. Cave, ne nimium 
 tibi confideres.'^ ^ His sacerdotibus*' Vestae non licet viro° 
 nubere. Deus mundum^ regnat. 
 
 838.— Ujjlb XXXIV. Mhical Dative. 
 
 Quid milii Celsus agit ? Quid facit milii Eutilius ? 
 Quid sibi verba ista volunt ? Amicum meum mibi 
 eduxit. 
 
 840. — EuLE XXXY. Dative ivitli Tmpersonals. 
 
 Licet tibi esse bono^ et beato. Hommi negligenti non 
 esse licet. Non licet tibi causa^ commodi tui nocGre 
 alteri.*^ Viro bono non licet non reddcre beneficium si 
 modo is facere posset. Expedit tibi amare amicos et 
 neminem odisse.? Non expedit viro male facere. 
 
 844.—RUISE XXXVI, axd 8-i7.— Eule XXXVII. 
 
 Dative of the Ageyit, etc. 
 
 Offisari^ uno tempore omnia erant agenda.* ^lilii otium 
 xequisltum jamdiu est. Cui non sunt audita Ciceronis 
 dieta? Cui non sunt audita? divitiag Croesi ? Viato- 
 ribus multa miracula visa sunt. Adliibenda est nobis 
 
 »1?0^. b<S^f>. '^ 831. ^S,34. ^G75. ^873. s 434. 
 ^847' ^pretense, i is opposed to. ^ trust. * Lit. " All the must- 
 to-be-dque things were to Caesar at one time." 
 
32 INTEODUCTORY EXEECISES. 
 
 prudentia. Miilta videnda sunt oratori. Legendus est 
 milii sscpe ille liber. Hie, milites, vobis yincendum aut 
 moriendum est. 
 
 ^^^.—ExjLE XXXYIII. Dative of End. 
 
 Omnibus odio est crudelitas,*^ et omnibus amori sunt 
 pietas et dementia. Equitatum auxilio C^esari miserant. 
 Ea res sibi cur33 fuit. Camillo apud Romiinos crimini 
 datum est, quod albis equis^ triumplia\dsset. Libri 
 hominibus bonitati sunt. Caesar legiones duas castris 
 pra3sidio relinquit. Literae gaudio viatori sunt. Mihi 
 librum dono pater dedit. Cui bono fuit? Pop ulo bono 
 fuit. Hunc sibi domicilio locum delegerunt. Propera- 
 vit Csesari venire auxilio. Omnes homines odio liabent 
 injuriam sibi. 
 
 Sijij* — Rule XXXIX. Verhs governing tlm Accusative 
 
 and Dative. 
 
 Anguis agricoljB letale vulnus infiexit. Quum Pliil- 
 lippus, rex ^Iacedonia3, cum Atheniensibus foedus initurus 
 esset ea conditione, ut oratores suos ipsi'^^ traderent, 
 Demosthenes popiilo^ narravit fabulam de lupis et pas- 
 toribus. Aj)ollinem Jupiter, Admeto, regi Thessalia3 in 
 servitutem dedit. Pars civitfitis Helvetiee insignem 
 calamitatem populo Romano intulerat. Ancus urbcm 
 ampliayit, et ei mcenia circumdedit. Vita sine magno 
 labore hominibus nihil dedit. Puer rem omncm domino 
 indicat. Ne te dcde voluptati, neque inertias. Tempus 
 adimit aegritudinem homini. Confer longissimam a^ta- 
 tem hominis cum vita^ eterna et brevissima reperietur. 
 Mors a malis^ nos abducit. Philosophia ab animo<^ 
 fidem fabulosam abstiilit. Vatum labor omnia ex fa to 
 eripit, et donat popidis aevum. Eripuit me a morte. 
 
 * 87S. ^ S55. « 857* ^ Cruelty. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 33 
 
 S(iO* — EuLE XL. Dative governed dy Adjectives. 
 Morti sirailis somnus est. Contrariiim natiiras testu- 
 dinis est vulare. Tantalus, films Jo\iSj tarn cams fuit 
 diis ut Jupiter ei consilia sua concrederet. Mox intel- 
 lexit nihil ipsi'^ hoc munere^ perniciosius esse. Pindarus, 
 poeta Thebanus, Apollini gratissimus fuisse dicitur. 
 Hie vir ^quitate*^ et religione avo similis fuit. Marcius, 
 Coriolanus dictus ab iirbe quam bello ceperat, plebi 
 invisus fuit. Victoria Komanis semper grata fuit. An 
 est quidquam similius insanias, quam ira ? In sepulchro 
 par divitibus pauper est. Insania est inimica consilio. 
 Voluptates sunt inimicfe ration! et virtuti. Nihil un- 
 quam mihi fuit jucundius. Hannibal Saguntum, His- 
 pani?e fcivitatem, Eomanis amicam oppugn are aggi'essus 
 est. Ille Helvetiis amicus erat. Germani nnitimi Galliae 
 pro^dnci^ sunt. Omni setati mors communis est. Patria 
 nobis cara est. Jucunda mihi oratio fuit. lonibus 
 Cares sunt finitimi populus armOrum'^ bellique amans. 
 Vir bonus sui simileme quirrit. Omnes homines ad 
 amicitiam^ idonei non sunt. Genus humrmum ad justi- 
 tiam et honestatem natum est. Inter has gentes Geta3 
 omnium sunt ferocissimi et ad mortem paratissimi. 
 
 S70.—R^iSE XLI. 
 
 Tu mihi servus, aut ego tibi servus sum ? Insidias 
 consuli non procedebant. Idem amor exitium pecorio 
 est; pecorisque magistro.s Tertio leoni obviam facta, 
 vulpes ansa est etiam i^ropiiis accedere eumque alioqui. 
 
 873* — Rule XLII. AUative, of Cause, Manner, etc. 
 
 Cause. — Dux Tirtute laudatus est. Columbse milvii 
 metu accipitrenLrogaverunt, ut eas defenderet.^^ Stolidi 
 
 -sr>0. ^S05, <' SS9. <^705. ^S63. ^ SG5. ^S71> 
 
\ 
 
 34 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 immeritis honor ibus superbiimt. Quidam vitiis suis 
 gioriantur. Rex virtute regnum est adeptus. Mores 
 liominiim adversis rebus mutantur. Tiniore mortis 
 mori stultitia est. Hominum pars major yoluptatibus 
 perit. Prsesidiiim fame laborabat. Mores admiratione 
 divitias corrupt! sunt. Avaritid et luxuria Romanus 
 popiilus laborabat. Utrique liis precibus commoti sunt. 
 Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. Ad- 
 ventu Cgesaris hostes terrenter. Campus fuit superbus 
 bonitate soli. Ars utilitate laudatur. Fessus de yia^ 
 fuit viator. Ob banc rem^ a dictatore^ capitis damnii- 
 tus est. 
 
 Manner. — Scipio patrem singulfiri virtute servavit. 
 Imperator ingenti gloria triumjoliavit. Eunt anni more 
 iluentis aquae. Deum semper pura et Integra et fideli 
 mente amemus. Qui bona fide Deum colit, etiam 
 amat Dei templa. Pecunia amissa lacrj^mis veris fletur. 
 Puer magnis clamoribus opum rusticorum imploravit. 
 Magna clamore popiilus Romanus voluntatem suam 
 significiivit. Pyrrhus Romfmos mille octingentos cepit 
 eosque summo honore tractavit. Pacem petit ea condi- 
 tione. Rex fugit cum uxore*^ et liberis suis. Ad Sam- 
 nites Papirius Cursor cum lionore'5 dictatoris profectus 
 est. Caesar a militibus^ cum silentio auditus est. Ca- 
 millus cum manu militum superveniens hostes magno 
 proelio superfivit. 
 
 Means. — ^Vir prudens fuga periculum vitavit. Urbs 
 naturd munita erat. Europa ab Africa sejungitur freto 
 Gaditano in cujus utraque parte montes sunt altissTmi, 
 qui montes Herciilis columns appellantur. Cupiditate 
 regni adductus novis rebus^ studebat. Milvius laqueis 
 irretitus muscfilum exoravit, ut eum liberaret. Asmus, 
 pelle Iconis indutus, territabat homines et bestias taa- 
 
 » S75. ^ S7S. « 870, ^ S:)l, 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 35 
 
 qiiam leo esset. Pastores caesa ovc* conviyium ccle- 
 brfibant. Aut morte aut exilio puniti sunt omnes. Eo- 
 mfini a Gallis auro paccm emorent. Omnia ferro igne- 
 que vastavit. 
 
 Instrument. — Romulus Silvius, quum tonaret, militi- 
 bus^ imperavit ut ch^eos hastis percuterent, dicebatque 
 hunc sonum muito clariorem esse quam tonitru.^ Sor- 
 vus occidit gladio dominum. Telis hostium intcrfectus 
 est. Gladiis impetum milites fecGrunt. Regina gladio 
 vitam suam finivit. Admiror quod ad me tua manu 
 scripsisses. Miles montem liasta percussit. Corvus alis 
 et unguibus Galli oculos verberayit. Jupiter iEscula- 
 pium fulmine percussit. 
 
 878. — Rule XLIII. ANative of Agent. 
 
 Mundus a Deo regnatur. TJrbs ampliata est ab Anco. 
 Coriolanus a Volscis ut proditor occlsus esse dicitur. 
 Seryius ab ipso Tarquinio dejectus intcrfectus est. Tem- 
 plum Jo^ds*^ in Capitolio a^dificatum est a Tarquinio. 
 Carthago a Scipione deleta est. Hie liber mibi a patre 
 datus est. Roma a Romulo et Remo condita est. Pater 
 puerum amat. Puer a patre amatur. Denique Viria- 
 thus a suis miUtibus intcrfectus est. Paupertas ostendet 
 a quibus tu ameris.^ 
 
 ^80.— Rule XLIV. 
 
 Multi parentes jorudcntia in suos liberos paullo utun- 
 tur. Qui humanitate utuntur beneyolentiam sibi^ con- 
 ciliant. Boni in coelum asyo sempiterno fruuntur. Lux, 
 qua fruimur, a Deo nobis datur. Ciyitas libertate fruitur. 
 Tota regione potitus est. Senectus, non gladio, sed con- 
 silio et ratioue utitur. Sine contentione urbe potitur. 
 
 «^CJ. ^S31. <^S97. ^7 HI. ^ 11S2, ^ SIS. 
 
36 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 ISrumidise pliirumque lacte et ferina carne vescebantiir. 
 Lacte et melle vescuntiir. Nosne te semper alemus, dum 
 ipse siimmo otio frueris ? Asinus autugit et neuter 
 viatorum eo^ potitur. Mecum in urbem venias et felici- 
 tate fruaris. 
 
 884. — EuLE XLY. AUative of Price. 
 
 Spem pretio non emam. Magno pretio ubique virtus 
 aestimatur. Eeges pacem ingenti pecunia emebant. 
 Lis ejus Eestimata est centum talentis. Isocrates ora- 
 tionem unam viginti talentis yendidit. Maxim us lionos 
 auro yenit. Sapientia, non auro, sed magno labore 
 emitur. Scientia tempore et labore constat. Civitas 
 libertatem magno pretio emit. Proditor auro patriam 
 vendit. Cur permutem honored otium ? Mutayit vitam 
 auro. 
 
 888» — Rule XLVI. AUative of Description. 
 For examples, see those under Rule XVI, page 25. 
 
 880. — Rule XLYII. AUative of Limitation. 
 
 Incolas corporum proceritate excellunt. Humanitate 
 ceteris pra^stant ii, qui Cantium incolunt. Inter reli- 
 quas regiones Grseci^ nominis claritate eminet Attica, 
 qupe etiam Atthis yocatur. Incolae Boeti^e magis cor- 
 poribus yalent quam ingeniis. Silyius duos filios reli- 
 quit, quorum minor natu Amulius erat. Plures Thra- 
 ciam gentes incolunt nominibus et moribus diyers^e. 
 Arcem habet yiginti stadiorum^ ambitu.^ Ducit agmen 
 elepliantus maximus natu ; cogit is, qui setate ei^ est 
 proximus. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, et legibus inter 
 se difforunt. leaves plurimas liabet liic populus, quibus^ 
 in Britanniam navigfire consuerunt, et scientia atque 
 usu nayilmm rerum^ reliquos antecellunt. 
 
 '^SSO. ^887. ^751. ^880. ^800. ^873. 
 
IJSrTRODUCTORT EXERCISES. 37 
 
 S9o» — Rule XLVIII. AUative of Comparison, 
 
 'Aurum argento pretiosius est. Qnid jncuudiiis est 
 vita ? Nihil est melius sapientid. Animus nobilior est 
 cori^ore. Nulla bellua prudentior est eleplianto. Niliil 
 pretiosius est virtiite. Quid est prsestantius bonitate et 
 benevolentia ? Mcnti nihil dulcius est veritate. Facta 
 verbis diiliciliora sunt. Sonitus vento est velocior ; lux 
 sonitu est velocior ; sed tempus luce est velocius. Nulla 
 Tirbs Sicilige^ est illustrior S3Tacusis, Grascorum colonia.^ 
 Turpis fuga morte est pejor. Turris fuit altior muro. 
 Quis eloquentior fuit quam Demosthenes ?^ Pater tuus 
 est sapientior quam tu.^ Grseci erant doctiores quam 
 Eomani. Nihil est dulcius quam pro patria mori.<^ 
 Adolescentia- nulla re^ magis quam exemplis^ instrui 
 potest. 
 
 <>0r.— Rule XLIX. AUative after Verls of Plenty 
 
 and Scarceness, 
 
 Natura panels rebus et parvis caret. Morte carent 
 animae. Tota ilia regio viris, equis, ferro, plumbo, sre, 
 argento, auroque abundat. Cameli dentium ordine supe- 
 riore carent. Crocodllus est unum animal terrestre qui 
 linguae usu caret. Nulla pars vitaB officio vacat. Urbs 
 abundat militibus. Nudantur arbores foliis. Scrip- 
 tores Gra?ci rerum copia abundant. Nihil honestum 
 esse potest, qui justitia vacat. 
 
 Oil, — Rule L. Accusative and AUative after Verds 
 
 of Loading, Binding, etc. 
 
 Scytline pellibus corpora vestiunt. Poeta pectus falso 
 terrore implet. Deus bonis omnibus expievit mundum. 
 Prumento naves implet. Natura Germaniam implevit 
 
 «7«>i. "^022, ^S97. ^901. ^873. 
 
38 IKTEODUCTOET EXEECISES. 
 
 altissimorum homiimm exercitibiis. Homines Yina^im- 
 plentur. Omnia opiiida luctu atque metu implentur. 
 Oomites, accedite et mecum yestras manus floribiis 
 implcte. 
 
 916 » — EuLE LI. Adiative of Separation. 
 
 3Ie libera hoc metu. Urbs omni frnmento caret. 
 Custodes nrbem latronibns defendant. Abstinent piigna. 
 Dionysiiis t3a'anniis urbe expulsus est. Eomulus asylum 
 patefecit ad quod multi ex civitatibus^ suis pulsi accur- 
 rerunt. 
 
 918, — EuLE LII. Adiative of Origin. 
 
 Orte Saturno, tibi cura magni Caesaris data est. Lucius 
 CPotilina, nobili genere natus, fuit ingenio^ malo pra- 
 voque. Jove nate, Hercules, juva. Post hunc Servius 
 Tiillius suscepit imperium genitus ex nobili femina.'^ 
 Silvius post ^nea3 mortem a Lavinia^ genitus erat. Hie 
 illustribus majoribus natus est. Jove genitum demittit 
 ab alto. Trojfinus Otesar nascGter pulclira origine, qui 
 termmet imperium oceano,^ famam astris.^ 
 
 ■ 919* — EuLE LIIL Adjectives governing the Adiative, 
 
 Viri qui bonore digni sunt, nobiles sunt. Qui suis 
 rebus contentus est, is vere dives est. Pliilosopliia pan- 
 els judicibus contenta est. In lioc Sulla nihil video odio 
 dignum, multa misericordid digna. Virtus imitatiune 
 digna est. Gere mentem laude dignam. Xcmo est dig- 
 nus amicitia, qui non amat virtutem. ISTihil magno et 
 proeclfiro yito dignius est dementia.^ Natiira parvo 
 contenta est. Est oculis captus et auribus captus. 
 
 " lOTiJy V. ^ 017. " SSS, <! 91S, obs. « S73, f <S\9J. 
 
I]5[TE0DUCT0ET EXERCISES. 39 
 
 « 
 
 023. — Rule LIV. Ablative after Oinis and Usus, 
 
 Magistratibus opus est, sine cjaonim prudentid atque 
 cura civitas esse non potest. Det ille benelicium facile, 
 cui beneficio opus est. Fortibus^ opus est auxilio. JSTa- 
 Yibus duci^ usus non est. Corporis cibo opus est. Xunc 
 yirlbus usus est, nunc manibus. 
 
 029. — Rule LV. AUative of Measiire, 
 Turres in muris Babylonis denis pedibus quam mums 
 altiores sunt. Sol est multis partis {times) major quam 
 terra. Lacus centum pedibus altior est quam flumen. 
 Templum octoginta pedibus longius est quam domus. 
 Tanto felicior omnis yita est quanta breyior est. Pom- 
 pcius biennio major fuit quam Cicero. 
 
 032. — Rule LYI. Tlie Place Where or In ivliicli, 
 Silvii posteri omnes usque ad Romam conditamb Alb^ 
 regnayerunt. Quum Tarquinius Romse commoraretur, 
 Anci regis familiaritatem conseciitus est, qui eum filio- 
 rum suorum tutorem reliquit. Roma3 regnatum est 
 per septem reges annos"^ ducentos quadraginta tres. Sep- 
 tuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores e ludo gladiatorio, 
 qui Capuse erat, effugerunt. Dionysius Corinthi puGros 
 docGbat. Conon plurimum Cypri yixit. Hercules Jo\ds 
 filius Tyri maxime colltur. Placuerat enim ne quis ex 
 Tarquiniorum familia Rom^ manGret. Fuit Romo3 
 ingens timer, ne itt-rim Galli urbem occuparent. Postea 
 Latlnus in illis regionibus^ imperayit. Ascanius urbem 
 condidit in monte^ Albano. 
 
 033. — Exceptions to Rule LVI. 
 
 Quum totus Gra?corum exercitus Aulide conyenisset 
 adyersa tcmpestas eos ob iram Dian^e relinebat. Lycur- 
 
 ^S21, ^1357. -9^9, ^937. • 
 
40 INTEODUCTOEY EXEECISES. 
 
 gus Delphi's in templum Apollinis intravit, nt a deo 
 oraculiim peteret. Alexander Babylone mortuus est. ■ 
 Atlienis et Lacedi^mone nunciata est victoria. Habitat 
 Cartliaglne. 
 
 ^38o— EuLE LVII. The Place Whither or To luhich, 
 
 ■ Porsena territus pacem cum Eomfinis fecit, Tarqni- 
 nins antem, Tusculum se contiilit ibique privatus cum 
 nxore consenuit. Carthaginienses Kegulum rogaverunt 
 ut Tvomam proficisceretur et pacem captiyorumque per- 
 mutationem a Eomanis obtineret. Eegulus Cartliaginem 
 rediit, et extinctus est. Paris Veneris hortatu Laced^- 
 monem profectus, Helenam conjugi suo Meneliio eripuit. 
 Ulysses Argos profectus mentitur Agamemnonem^ iiliam 
 Acliilli in matrimonium promisisse. Cadmus, quum 
 erraret, Delplios venit. Postremo Byzantium fugavit> 
 Postea Pyrrhus Eomam perrexit. Pyrrhus Tarentum 
 fugit. Hannibal in liiberna Capuam concessit. Vale- 
 rius in Macedoniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit. 
 Marcellus ingenteni praidam Eomam misit. 
 
 941» — EuLE LVIII. T7ie Place Whence or From ivhichi— 
 
 Ca?sar cum omnibus militibus Alexandria discessit. 
 Dux in provincia multas epistolas Eomd accepit. ^neas 
 cum multis Trojanis aufugit Troja, et in Italiam^ per- 
 venit. Discessit Corintho. Demaratus, Tarquinii pater, 
 fugit Corintho, et venit in Etruriam. Ascanius sedem 
 regni Lavinio transtiilit, et Albam Longam condidit. 
 Ba])ylone profecti sumus, Dionysius tyrannus Syra- 
 cusis expulsus est. Europam Jupiter in taurum mutfi- 
 tus SidOne*^ Crctam^ transvexit. 
 
 • '^1136. ^931,^.B. ^017. ^011. ^93S. 
 
li^TRODUCTORY EXEECISBS. 41 
 
 043* — EuLE LIX. Domus mid Rus. 
 
 Hannibal eos quorum fides ipsi suspecta erat domnm 
 remlsit. Qiium Gr^eci domnm redire vellent ex Achillis 
 tumulo vox dicitnr fuisse audita. Helvetii domi nihil 
 habuGrunt, quo famem tolerilrent. 
 
 94^.— EuLE LX. Time When. 
 
 Eegulus dixit, se desiisse Eomfinum esse ex ilM die, qua 
 in potestiltem Poenorum venisset. In bello Eomanorum 
 cum Perseo accidit, ut serena nocte subito luna deficc- 
 ret. Vultur aviculas inyitavit ad convivium, quod illis 
 daturum esset^ die natfdi suo. Deus munera diebus et 
 noctibus fundit. Mors nobis^ omnibus lioris impendet. 
 Postero die Helvetii castra ex eo loco movent. Scripsit 
 epistolam ad me natfili die suo. Hieme ursi in antris 
 dormiunt. Hostis postero die castra oppugnavit. De 
 tertid vigilia milites^ montem ascendcre jubet. 
 
 050, — EuLE LXI. Time, How long. 
 
 Una liieme*^ et restate a Lucullo fere centum millia 
 militum regis extincta sunt. Mithridfites regnavit annis 
 sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus ; contra Eomanos 
 bellum liabuit annis quadraginta. Dies circum quin- 
 decim iter fecerunt. Cujus pater regnum multos annos 
 obtinuerat. Dux his omnibus diebus exercitum castris 
 continuit. Hie populus multos annos a finitimis agi- 
 tatus est. 
 
 058* — EuLE LXII. Measure or Distance. 
 
 Inter silvas Germanise maxima est Hercynia, cujus 
 latitudinem Caesar noveni dierum iter patere narrat. 
 
 '^1255, "> 826. ^1136. ^ 9JI, 
 
42 INTRODUCTOEY EXERCISES. 
 
 Propontis cum Ponto jimgitur per Bosporum, qnod fre- 
 tum quinque stadia latum Europam ab Asia separat. 
 Galli ad urbem accesserant et quarto milliario trans 
 AniGnem fluvium consederant. Ilostes sub monte con- 
 sedGrunt millia passuum ab Oa?saris castris. Ctesar 
 hostes sequitur et millia passuum tria ab eorum castris 
 castra ponit. 
 
 9Go. — EuLE LXIII. Ablative Absolute. 
 
 I. Time. — Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in Africam 
 translatum est. Devictis Samnitibus, Tarentmis bellum 
 indictum est, quia legates Eomanorum injuriam fecis- 
 sent. Pace inter se firmata, accipitres vim suam in 
 columbas conyerterunt. Natura et virtiite ducis,^ errfire 
 non possLimus. Tarquinio expulso, consules coepere pro 
 uno rege duo creari. Hoc proelio facto, majOres natu^ 
 legates ad Csesarem misGrunt, seque ei dedidGrunt. Ad- 
 veniente domino prati, grues, qui pascebantur in prato, 
 avolabant. Interfecto OaBsare, anno urbis septingente- 
 simo nono bella civilia reparata sunt. Pugna commis§^ 
 Pyrrlius auxilio elepliantorum vicit. 
 
 II. Cause. — Amicitia et benevolentia sublatis, omnes 
 res jucunda3 e yita sublfitse sunt. Mitior et melior fis, 
 accedente senecta ? Lupus, stimulante fame, captat 
 oyem. Payo, cauda amissa, pudibundus et moercns 
 quaarit latebram. Oliilo, unus e septem sapientibus 
 Graeciae, filio yictore Olympipe^ pne gaudio exspiravit. 
 Mcomede rege interfecto, equus ejus yitam finiyit inedid. 
 Mithridates, pace rupta, Asiam rursus yoluit invadere. 
 Antonius, multis sceleribus commissis, a senatu hostis^ 
 judiciltus est. 
 
 III. Means, Manner. — Romani, ponte facto, transi- 
 verunt Ticinum " flumen. Scaeyola, quum Porsena eum, 
 
 ^972, " SS9, <" 032. ^ 066. '^ A river near Ticiuum. 
 
INTRODUCTOEY EXERCISES. 43 
 
 ignibus allfitis, terreret, dextram ara? accensaB imposuit 
 donee flammis consumpta est. Milvius laqneis irretitus 
 musculum exoravit ut eum, corrusis plagis, liberaret. 
 Ponte facto Oa?sar cum omnibus copiis flumen transiit. 
 Eatibus junctis, Helve tii fluyium transibant. Milites, e 
 loco superiure telis missis, facile hostium aciem fregerunt. 
 IV. Condition, Circumstance. — Hannibal, fratre Has- 
 drubale in Hispania relicto, Pyrenseum et Alpes transiit. 
 Omni Sicilia recepta, cum ingenti gloria Komam^ regres- 
 sus est. Philippo mortuo, filius ejus Perseus rebellavit, 
 ingentibus copiis parfitis. J^ihil amicitia^ melius est, 
 excepta virtute. Amicitia nihil melius, sapientia excepta 
 homini a Deo datum est. Tarquinius bellum intiilit 
 Eomanis, Porsena, rege Etruscorum, auxilium ei ferente. 
 Caesar, equitatu prasmisso, consequebatur cum omni- 
 bus copiis. Considius, equo admisso<= ad eum accurrit. 
 
 *> 74.— Rule LXIV, axd 97o.— Eule LXY. 
 
 Vocative. 
 
 Tum tu, Jupiter, liunc et hujus socios a tuis aris 
 arcebis. Musa, memora mihi causas earum rerum. 
 Eegina, jubes renovare dolorem, narrando ut Graeci 
 diruerint Trojanas opes. Aliquis error latet, equo^ ne 
 credite, Trojilni. boni Dii, quid est in hominis vita 
 diu ? Yale, amice ! nihil moror felicitiltem servitiite 
 emptam ! Mi^ pater tuis praeceptis^ obsequar, si te priiis 
 idem facientem yidero. 
 
 081. — EuLE LXVI. Accusative after Prepositions. 
 
 Inter urbes Thracia3 memorabile est Byzantium, urbs 
 natura munita et arte, quae ob soli fertilitatem et ob 
 vicinitatem maris, omnium rerum, quas vita requirit 
 
 ''OSS, ^8i)5, '^ " Being spurred up:' ^S31. ^190. 
 f 826. 
 
 3 
 
44 IN'TEODUCTORY EXEKCISES. 
 
 copid^- abiindat. Ultra ^gyptum j^Etliiopes habitant. 
 Africse regiones ad mare positse eximie sunt fertiles. 
 Per eorum fines triduum iter fecit. Bonus vir yirtutem 
 per se amat. Legati de pace ad Cassarem yenerunt. 
 Pompeius, qui a Oa?sare victus est, ad ^gyptum fugit. 
 Ad flumen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum a 
 Eegdlo ballistis et tormentis expugnata esse fertur. 
 Post hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est, 
 Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem Campanise, 
 contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. 
 
 982. — EuLE LXVII. Ablative after Prepositions. 
 
 Eodem die ab exploratoribus certior factus est, hostes^ 
 sub monte consedisse. De Scythis ]oauca dicenda*^ sunt. 
 Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo. Cassar legiones pro 
 castris constituit. Caesar a lacu ad montem murum 
 perduxit. Aristides cum Themistocle de principatu con^ 
 tendit. Ca?sar e castris utrisque copias suas eduxit. Ex 
 eo oppido pons ad Helvetios pertlnet. Hasdrubal a 
 fratre ex Hispania in Italiam evocatus est. Pavo coram 
 grue pennas suas explicat. Phineas, Agenoris filius, ab 
 Apolline futurilrum rerum scientiam acceperat. 
 
 987 » — EuLE LXVIII. Accusative after in, sub, super, 
 
 and sutter. 
 
 Omnis Gallia divisa est in partes tres. Sub solis occa- 
 sum Caesar portas^ claudi et milites ex oppido exire 
 jussit. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam Han- 
 nibal yenerat, Scipio consul creatus est, et in Africam: 
 missus est. Ex Asid in Africam trajecit. Saxum pen- 
 det super ejus caput, ^neas rogat super ejus patre.<^ 
 Tua mater amorem in te habet. 
 
 '^904. "^ 113G. ^3^0. ^'*J()0. 
 
INTRODUCTOEY EXERCISES. 45 
 
 088 » — EuLE LXIX. Ablative after m, sitb, super, and 
 
 suhter. 
 
 In castris Helvetiorum tabiilfB repertse sunt. In lit- 
 tore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs est Heraclea 
 ab Herciile, ut fertur, condita. Praeceptor est in loco 
 parentis. Sub hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. 
 
 093, — EuLE LXX. Prepositions in Composition. 
 
 Pythagoras cunctis animalibus abstinuisse dicitur. 
 Vir honestus, etiam impunitate<i proposita,^ abstinet in- 
 juria. Amicitia nullo loco excluditur. Nullo loco fata 
 potes excludere. Poeni Sicilia, Sardinia et ceteris insii- 
 lis, qu£e inter Italiam Africamque jacent, decesserunt. 
 Quare urbe expulsus, ad Volscos acerrimos Eomanorum 
 hostes, contendit. Primd luce'' Caesar milites allocutus 
 est. Eemus occisus est dum Eomulum irridens moenia 
 transiliebat. Puer tranavit amnem. 
 
 9^6.— EuLE LXXI. Adverbs. 
 
 CcTsar cum copiis flumen transiit et aggressus est hostem. 
 Itaque mortem sapientes nunquam timidi, fortes sa^pe 
 etiam libenter appetiverunt. Kon unquam alio ante 
 tantus terror senatum invasit. Elephanti gregatim 
 semper ingrediuntur. Inter oratores Gr^ecos pra?cipue 
 emmet Demosthenes. Fuit quoddam tempus, cum in 
 agris passim homines yagabantur. Pariter cum vita 
 sensus amittuntur. 
 
 lOOti* — EuLE LXXII. Cases governed by Adverbs. 
 
 Satis administrorum habet, qui recte facet. ISTunquam 
 cuiquam<^ hominum satis amicorum fuit. NuUi'^ non 
 
 '^OGo. ^940, ^S21. Jlmpunity. 
 
46 IKTEODUCTOET EXEECISES. 
 
 ad nocendum est satis virium. Migrandum est aliqiio 
 terrarum. Satis causas esse, Caesar arbitrabatur, quare 
 in eum animadverteret. Habebat satis eloquentise. 
 
 J074.— EuLE LXXIII. Voices. 
 
 Eex civitatem regebat. Civitas a rege regebatur. Duse 
 urbes potentissima^, Carthago et Numantia, ab eodem 
 Scipione delete sunt. Amari major laus est, quam 
 timori. A leonibus^ bestiae majores capiuntur, minores 
 contemnuntur. Preces hominum piorum a Deo^ audien- 
 tur. Magistri, a quibus docti estis, semper amantor a 
 vobis. Eomiilus, qui a Faustiilo pastore Italise educatus 
 erat, cum multis populis bellavit. 
 
 1075, — EuLE LXXIV. Cases governed ly Verds in 
 
 Passive. 
 
 Sed Collatmo paulo post dignitas sublata est. Sub- 
 lata est potestas decemviris, ipsique omnes aut morte^ 
 aut exilio^ puniti sunt. A dictatore capitis damnatus 
 est. Devictis Samnitibus,'^ Tarentlnis bellum indictum 
 est, quia legatis Eomanorum injuriam fecissent. Pavo 
 conquerebatur apud Junonem, quod vocis suavitas sibi 
 negiita esset. Missus est contra Antioclium L. Corne- 
 lius Scipio consul, cui frater ejus Scipio Africanus lega- 
 tus est additus. Discipiilus geometriam a sapiente 
 magistro doctus fuit. Ego gloria'^ mea orbatus sum. 
 
 1070» — LXXV. The Indicative Mood used in maMng 
 
 assertions of fact. 
 
 AsTnus on era portat grayissima. Saturnus Italos 
 primus agriculturam docuit. Plures gentes Thraciam 
 incolunt. Inter has gentes Getae omnium sunt ferocis- 
 
 *878, ''873, -965. ^916, 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 47 
 
 eimi et ad mortem paratissimi. Thessalia lat^ patet 
 inter Macedoniam et Epirum. Multi populi se Hanni- 
 bali dedidGrunt. Oa^sar ejus dextram pressit. Ca3sar 
 militum animos firmavit. Celeriter concilium demittit. 
 Usee fabiila invidise indolem decliirat. Literas Ca^sari 
 remittit. Is locus abest circum sex millia passuum. Lux 
 imago vitae est; nox, mortis. Cicero omnes Romanes 
 eloquentia prsestitit. 
 
 1101. — LXXYI. The Indicative Mood used in ashing 
 ' Questio?is about facts. 
 
 Num^- me luce orbatis ? ISTonne^ Albse regnaverunt ? 
 Paullusne Eomam rediit ? Unde sol ignem habet ? Ubi 
 tyrannus est ? Equusne*^ est quem yidisti annon ? 
 Utrum'^ librum liabes an lapidem ? Lupus inquit : quid 
 hoc est? Num jugum sustines? Inquit lupus: num 
 tibi parva merces vidGtur, quod caput incolume ex lupi 
 faucibus extraxisti ? Nosne te semper ministerio nostro 
 alGmus ? 
 
 • 
 
 1110. — Rule LXXVIL Imperative Mood. 
 
 Obeditote aliis,^ ut vobis quoque alii obediant. Pacem 
 habe cum virtutibus, et bellum cum yitiis. Pueri, ani- 
 mi potestfites exercete. Justus esto, homo. Qui miser 
 est, semper mihi proximus esto. Si quid ignoras inter- 
 roga sapientes. Ut laudemini, estote laude® digni. Dei 
 lex est : ne^ mentitor.ff Vale, amice ! Res secundas im- 
 proborum ne admirare. ReverGre Deum, ama parentes 
 et amicos. Dona malorum bomlnum a te repudiantor. 
 Katuram sequere semper. Require, quid sit verum, 
 bonum et pulclirum. 
 
 ^1105. ^1106. ^1107. ^ S31, ^919. ^1113. 
 
 s 1112. ^ Reverence. 
 
48 IKTRODUCTOKT EXERCISES. 
 
 1118.— ^VL^ LXXVIII. Infinitive Mood, 
 
 Male facere turpe est. Milites amant militfire. Ciipio 
 mmiduin yidere et multa discere. Spero ire ad Euro- 
 pam aliquando. Volo scribere epistolas miiltas. Anti- 
 quissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam venisse dici- 
 tur. Germilni liiemem in subterraneis specubiis dicun- 
 tur transigere. Prasstat scire qiiam conjicere. Helve til 
 constituerunt ea, quae ad proficiscendum pertinerent 
 comparare. Ptolemseus ei insidias parare voluit. Pater, 
 qui docet liberos legere, est dignus amari.'' 
 
 1136.— RvLE LXXIX. Subject of Infinitive. 
 
 Haec fabiila docet dissimilia non debere conjungi. 
 Mulier suspicari coepit gallinam auri massam intus 
 celare. Testudo aquilam orabat, ut sese volare doceret. 
 Aquila ei ostendebat eam^ rem petere natiiras^ su2e con- 
 trariam. Tanaquil populiim allocuta est dicens : regem 
 grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accep'isse ; eum 
 petere ut populus obediret Servio Tullio. Britanniam 
 insulam Plioenicibus innotuisse eosque stannum inde et 
 plumbum, pellesque petivisse probabile est. 
 
 IISS.—'RJJ-L-E LXXX. Suljed Omitted. 
 
 Quare recte de ea pra^dicare videntur, qui nullius urbis 
 intoto orbe terfarum magnificentiamd ei compararie posse 
 dixerunt. Columba? accipitres in gratiam reducere cona- 
 tur. Ego opto multos amicos habere. Sapiens vir 
 pacem animi habere vult.^ 
 
 1112, — EuLE LXXXI. Compleme7it of the Infinitive. 
 
 Non licet malo homini beato esse. Dicebam eum 
 laudavisse. Aliis Eomulum a senatorlbus interfectum 
 
 ^1123, ^1136. ^SGO. ^1136. ^1138. '417.^065. 
 
IJ^TKODUCTORY EXERCISES. 49 
 
 esse, alii ad deos sublfitum esse existimaverunt. Video 
 in me omnium vestrum oculos esse conversos. Speras 
 ne eos tiW fideles esse futuros quos pecunia tibi 
 conciliaveris ? Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit ; 
 esto dens. Philippns epistolam scripsit ad Aristotelem 
 philosoplium, qua lilium sibi natum esse nuntiavit. 
 
 114:7 • — Rule LXXXII. Infinitive as Subject, 
 
 Errare humanum est. In errore persequi turpe est. 
 Turpius est vituperare quam vituperari. Ssepe utile est 
 proeteritorum malorumb recordilri. Melius est serd 
 discere, quam nunquam didicisse. Nihil dulcius est, 
 quam diligi, nihil odiosius, quam timcri et contemni. 
 Jucundum est, parentibus gaudendi oausas multas dare. 
 Errare non est peccfire. Melius est injurias ferre quam 
 male facere. Divitias prgeferre amiciti^e turpe est. 
 Primo noceri innoxium est; iterum, stultum; tertio, 
 turpe. Diligere parentes et amicos prima lex naturae 
 est. Deum non amare malum est. Mori jucundum 
 non est. 
 
 1148. — Rule LXXXIII. Infinitive as Object, 
 
 Sulla quatuor millia inermium^ qui se dediderunt 
 interf ici jussit. Mithridates, pace rupta, Asiam rursus 
 Yoluit invadere. Rebus in adversis melius sperare me- 
 mento.'i Non volunt omnes referre beneficium. Crede 
 nihil jucundum esse, nisi quid bonum sit. Num milites 
 in pugna mori volunt ? IntellT<To Romam esse in totd 
 orbe maximam urbem. Dico Deos non juvare stultos 
 homines, sed juvare bonos. Antiquis temporibus^ popii- 
 lus non intelligit tcrram rotundam esse. Stultus xiv 
 non credit, Deum mundum regnare, et jubere omnia. 
 
 -S60. ^7SS, ^751, '^437. ^949. 
 
50 lOT'RODUCTORT EXERCISES. 
 
 1164.^'RvL^ LXXXIV. The Sequence of Tenses. 
 
 Tenses not Past. — Spero ut tu venias. -Intelligo lit tu 
 yeneris. Audivi ut felicisslmus sis. Dixi ut multi 
 sapientes fuerint. Laudiibo quid agas. Mirfibor quid 
 regma dixerit. Miles egerit quid dux jusserit. Post 
 ejus mortem nihilo minus Helvetii id, quod constitue- 
 rant, facere conantur, ut e iinibus suis eant. Oassar 
 prsesidia ponit quo faciliiis Helve tios prohibeat. Is a 
 popiilis impetrat, ut per fines suos Helvetios^ ire patian- 
 tur. Dabit quid habeat. Video qui habeat Etruriam. 
 
 Tenses Past. — Legebat ut disceret. Milites rogave- 
 runt ut veniret. Videbat quid puer ageret. Yidebat 
 quid magister egisset. Deus terram creavit, ut nos 
 homines eam liabitaremus. Vidi, quid egisses. Dixe- 
 ram ut tu sapiens esses. Videram quid egisses. Spar- 
 tani pacem Atheniensibus pollic;ti sunt, si naves tra- 
 dorent. Legatus respondit ut mcenibus'' ligneis se 
 munirent. Jussum erat etiam, ut Caius in urbem ma- 
 neret. Asinus pelle<^ leonis indutus territabat homines 
 et bestias tanquam leo esset. His rebus fiGbat ut Hel- 
 vetii et minus late vagarentur et minus facile finitimis 
 bellum inferre possent. Dux Helvetiorum civitiiti per- 
 suasit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis irent. 
 Erant itinera duo, quibus ^itineribus domo ire possent. 
 Mons altissimus impendebat ut facile pauci prohibere 
 possent. Intelligebat cum magno periciilo provinci36 
 futiirum esse ut ea [provincia] homines bellicosos, 
 Populi Romfmi inimlcos, locis patentibus finitimos 
 haberet. 
 
 lirr.— Rule LXXXV. Potential Subjunctive, 
 
 Erater, bona tua pace dixerim ista sententia maxime 
 abest reipublicce. Aliquis dixerit terram non esse rotun- 
 
 -1136, ^073, '^011. \ 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 51 
 
 dam,a scd certe est rotunda. Quserat aliquis ciijusnam 
 causa^ Deus malos puniat. Si omnes homiDes sint 
 sapientes, omnia beila finiantur. Libenter his acces- 
 serim qui prodiderunt Eomulum Romam condere. Ke 
 sit jucunda vita semper. Fortasse vita sit gravis. 
 
 1180. — Rule LXXXVI. Deliberative Suljunctive. 
 
 Quis sua voluntate moereat ? Quis velit poenas dare ? 
 Quid faciatis ? Quis haec faciat ? Quid videatur ei 
 magnum in rebus humanis cui eternitas nota est et 
 totius mundi magnitudo nota est ? Quid videatur Deo 
 magnum, qui fecit totum mundum ? Quis iste terror 
 sit ? Si aegram partem corporis haberem, abscind erem 
 potius an curarem ? ISTum facta hominum deos^ late- 
 rent ? Quis dubitet quin in virtute divitiao sunt ? Quis 
 postea numen Junonis laudet ? 
 
 1182 » — Rule LXXXVII. Nominal Question. 
 
 Pontius Romfmos pellexit in angustias, et patrem 
 suum rogavit quid faciendum putaret. Amulius Xumi- 
 tori optiOnem dedit utrum regnum habere vellet, an 
 bona, qu?e pater rehquisset. Metellus Pius in Hispania 
 beUum gerens interrogfitus est, quid postero die factiirus 
 esset. Fabula docet quantum boni'^ sit in concordia. 
 Si ego agnum rapuissem, quantus tumultus fieret. 
 
 1193, — Rule LXXXYIII. Optative Subjunctive. 
 
 AmC-mus parentes, prseceptores, amicos et Deum. 
 Imitomur facta bona et sapientes homines. Yaleant mei 
 amici, sint boni et beati. Jam ad Boreales regiones per- 
 gfimus. Dii faciant pacem et beatitudmem inter na- 
 tiones omnes. Religio antcponatur amicitias;^ amicitia 
 anteponatur avaritia^.^ 
 
 '^114:2. ^873. ^716. «« 760. ^826. 
 
 1 
 
52 li^TRODUCTOHY EXERCISES. 
 
 1200, — EuLE LXXXIX. Nominal Command. 
 
 Quare ne committeret, ut is locus, ubi constitisset, ex 
 calamitate Popiili Eomani nomen caperet ant memo- 
 riam proderet. Sin bello perseqni pergerat, recordaretur 
 et^ veteris calamitatis^ Populi Eomani et^ veteris virtu- 
 tis Helvetiorum. Ne ant snse magnopere virtuti tribue- 
 ret ant ipsos contemneret. Jnvaremns eos, qui se jnva- 
 rent. Dens imperat nt vitemns malos homines et mala 
 facta. Dico, venias ad nrbem. Ne cnperet homo, yivere 
 semper. Eecordaremns factornm^ bonorum. Caesar 
 imperavit ne venirent per finos provincise. Caesar jnbet<= 
 milites oppidum oppngnare. Popnlum ire*^ urbe vetent. 
 
 120Jj, — EuLE XO. Final Subjunctive, 
 
 . Adverhial. — Caesar pontem in flnmine faciendnm 
 curat ut copias Helvetiorum consequi posset. Democri- 
 tns omne fere patrimonium sunm civibus donavit ne 
 domesticarum rerum cura^ a philosophige studio avocare- 
 tur. Diogenes, qnum yideret^ magnificas portas et 
 urbem exignam, Myndios monnit, ut portas clauderent, 
 ne urbs egrederetur. Euripides dixit, se fabnlas com- 
 ponere solere ut popiilnm doceret non ut a populo dis- 
 ceret. Mucins Scsevola in castris hostis se contuht eo 
 consilio nt regem occideret. 
 
 II. Adjectival. — Laceda?monii legatos Athenas^ mis5- 
 runt qui eum accusarent. Popiilns, qnum se ab hosti- 
 bus defendere non posset,? legatos ad Ca?sarem misit, qui 
 pacem rogarent. Tnm patres turbati Menenium Agrip- 
 pam misernnt ad plebem, qui eam senatui concilifiret. 
 Tnm primnm tribuni plebis creati sunt, qui plebem 
 adversiim nobilitfitis superbiam defenderent. 
 
 ^1374. ^7S8. ^1203. ^1204. ^ S73, ^ 1244. 
 e 1251. ^i)3S. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 53 
 
 1218* — Rule XCI. Consecutive Stihjunctive. 
 
 I. Adverbial. — Is permutationem nobilitatis fecit, et 
 civitati* persuasit ut de fiuibus suis cum omnibus copiis 
 ireiit. Fabula^ de yentri et membris humfmi corporis 
 narrfita,^ populus commotus est, ut in urbem rediret. 
 Coriolc'inus ullis civium suorum legationibus^ flecti 
 poterat, ut patriae^ parceret. Denique Veturia mater et 
 Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum venerunt ; quarum fletu 
 et precibus commotus est ut exercitum removeret. Stel- 
 larum multitude tanta est, ut numerari non possint. 
 
 II. Adjectival. — Senex requirit, qui onus paululum 
 allevet dum is rursus subit. Dua3 margarita? raro inve- 
 niuntur, quse sibi ex omni parte sint similes. Qui sim, 
 ex eo, quem vidisti, cognosces. Pompeius idoneus non 
 est, qui impetret.'^ ISTon quisquam fecit quod fide sua 
 Gsset indignum. Sunt, qui Demostlienem oratorem 
 maximum esse putent.<^ Nemo est, qui baud intelligat. 
 Sunt qui pecuniam et etiam yitam pro patria dent 
 
 1288. — Rule XCII. Dum, Donee, Quoad. 
 
 Dum liic yeniret, locum relinquere noluerunt. Fabius 
 equites praemittit sic paratos ut confligant atque omne 
 agmen morentur dum consequantur ipse. In illo bello 
 Horatius Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit et liostes 
 coliibuit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset. Scsevola a 
 regiis satellitibus compreliensus et ad rcgem deductus, 
 quum rex eum ignibus^ allutis'' terrcret, dextram ara3® 
 accensae imposuit, donee flammis<^ consumpta esset. 
 Tanaquil de superi5re parte domus populum allocuta 
 est dicens : regem graye quidem sed non letale vulnus 
 accepisse ; eum petere ut populus dum conyaluisset, 
 Seryio Tullio^ obediret. 
 
 ""SSI. ^i>6J. ^S73. ^1226, ^1227. ^ S55. 
 
54 IKTKODUCTOKT EXEECISES. 
 
 1241, — Rule XCIII. Antequam, Priiisquam, 
 
 Ctesar priiisquam quidqnam conaretiir, siium amicnm 
 ad se vocari jubet. Caesar ad partem Helvetiorum per- 
 venit, priusqiiani Helvetii sentirent; et eorum fere 
 omnes occidit. Oratores maximi semper diligenter 
 parant, antequam oratioiiem faciant in loco publico. In 
 omnibus negotiis prudentes homines prseparant, prius- 
 quam aggrediantur. Cameli sitim=* quatriduo tolerant ; 
 aquam, antequam bibant, pedibus turbant. Ante^ rever- 
 tam quam^ luna bis impleant orbem. Imperator venit 
 cum equitatu antequam omnes copise adversarii con- 
 venirent. 
 
 1211.^ — EuLE XCIV. Temporal Particle, Quum {dim). 
 
 Quum Csesari id nunciatum est, eos^ per provinciam 
 nostram iter facere conari,*' properat ab urbe proficisci. 
 HsBC quum pluribus verbis flens a Csesare peteret, 
 Caesar ejus dextram pressit. Quum tela defecissent, 
 Jupiter filium imbre lapidum adjuvit. Hannibal quum 
 elephantos compellere non posset ut praealtum flumen 
 transirent, jussit ferocissimum elepliantorum^ sub aure 
 vulnerari. Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum 
 ei forte occurrisset, ita est perterrita ut paene moreretur^ 
 formidine. 
 
 12ijl. — Rule XCV. Casal Suljundive after Quum 
 
 or Qui. 
 
 Helvetii, quum intelligerent uno illum^ die fecisse id, 
 quod ipsi diebus viginti aegerrime^ confecerant, .legatos 
 ad eum mittunt. His" (the SequaniansXcum su4 sponte 
 persuadere non possent, legatos ad eum (Dumnorix) 
 
 '^111. ^12:£3, Ohs.d. '^1136. ^771> "^1218, ^102. 
 n 831. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 55 
 
 mittunt. Eoma fuit urbs mirabilis, qua? mundnm regna- 
 verit. Qiiibus rebus cognitis,^ quum ad has suspiciOnes 
 certissimaB res accederent, quod obsides inter eos dandos 
 curasset^t" quod a magistratu accusaretur ;^ C^sar satis 
 esse caus83c arbitrabatur, quare in eum animadverteret. 
 
 1261.—'RjJLTi XCVI. Hypothetical Period— First 
 
 Form. I i\M<.>^\ i-'^ ^^■■•' ' '' 
 
 Si caput incolume ex lujDi faucibus extraxisti, merce- 
 dem non parvam liabuisti. Si proditor deserit patriam 
 suam, pestilentia detrahitur. Si sunt milites est etiam 
 dux. Si non deduntur lisec, bellum ita indicit. Si 
 homo inertiam amat, semper pauper erit. Si invenies 
 hominem iujuriam ferre, eum vita.*^ Si hsec civitas est, 
 ego sum civis. Amabimus Deum, si sapientes sumus. 
 
 1265, — Rule XCVII. Hypothetical Period — Second 
 
 Form. f '■' ^ 
 
 Si mors eonjuncta sit cum honestate et laude, boni 
 homines non timeant mori. Si quidquam animum 
 nimium inflammet, injuriam ferat. Si bellum in toto 
 orbe desinat, omnes nationes ins^rediantur sciential et 
 arte et religione. Si omnes cogitationes scribantur, 
 multi libri sint. Si ego noceam patrem meum aut ma- 
 trem, sim impense improbus. 
 
 j?^6*7.-— EuLE XCVIII. Hypothetical Period— Third 
 
 Form. 
 
 Quum lupus convivium cerneret, inquit : si ego agnum 
 rapuissem, quantus tumultus fieret. Ego insanirem, si 
 partani prsedam amittere, et incerta pro certis sectari 
 vellem. Si quid haberet, benignus esset. Si Catilina in 
 urbe ad hanc diem reniansisset nos rempublicam tantis 
 
 '^OOo^ ^1255, ^ lOOo. ^1263. ^ SS9. 
 
56 IN"TEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 periciilis non liberavissemus. Pol, te avium regem esse 
 dicerem si cantus pulcliritudini^ tuse responderet. 
 
 1282, — Rule XCIX. Concessive Sentences after Licet, 
 Quamvis, Ut, Ne, Qiium, " Altliougli." 
 
 Stultus non est sapiens, licet in foro constiterit. Veri- 
 tas^ licet nullum patronum aut vindicem obtineat, 
 tamen per se ipsam defenditur. Licet ipsa vitium sit 
 ambitio, frequenter^ tamen causa virtutum est. Vita bre- 
 yis est, quamvis supra centum annos maneat. Quam- 
 yis asstas perdite tepesceret, milites non fuerunt infirmi. 
 Ilia quamvis stulta essent, milii tamen risum non move- 
 runt. Ut ille est sapiens vir, populus eum non amat. 
 Quum rex irasceretur, tamen ille irridebat excusationem 
 juvenis. Quamvis multos agros et magnas divitias habeat, 
 tamen felix non est. 
 
 1284:, — Rule C. Concessive Sentences after Quamquam, 
 
 Quamquam jam periculum est depulsatum, tamen 
 yestra^ tecta custodiis^ defendite. Quamquam intcllec- 
 tum erat, Hannibiilem non aliter vinci quam mora,^ 
 Varro tamen morse^ impatiens apud vicum qui Cannce^ 
 appellatur in Apulia pugnavit. Quamquam properas, 
 non est mora longa. Quamquam omnes homines te 
 vitent, recte face. 
 
 1291. — Rule CI. Attracted Suhjunctive, 
 
 Sunt, qui narrent, Aristotelem philosophum, quia 
 hujus miraciili causas investigare non posset asgritudme 
 confectum esse. Ille quum Romam" venisset induetus 
 in Senatum dixit sc desiisse Romanum esse ex ilia die, 
 qu^ in potestatem Pcenorum venisset. Lgevinus, quum 
 
 * 833, »» 873. « 765, ^ 068, ^ 938. ' Often, e Your 
 
Iiq"TKODUCTORY EXERCISES. 57 
 
 exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit eos per castra duci, 
 tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent Pyrrho, qusecunque 
 a Romfmis agerentur. Virgo petiit, ut sibi darent, quod 
 in sinistris manlbus gererent, anniilos aureos et armil- 
 las significans. Nisus, in capite crinem purpureum 
 habuisse dicitur, eique prsedictum fuit tarn diu eum 
 regnaturum quam diu eum crinem custodisset. 
 
 For Reported Speech (Oratio Obliqua), see B. & M.'s Latin 
 Grammar, 1295-1300. 
 
 1305,—R\JUE CII. 
 See Exercises under Rule XXXVIII. Page 32. 
 
 131o» — Rule CIII. Gerimdive loith Verls of Taking, 
 
 Giving, etc. 
 
 Bonus discipiilus multa discenda curat. Urbem dux 
 militibus diripiendum dedit. Faustulus quidam pastor 
 illlus regionis pueros sustdlit et uxori Accaa Laurentiae* 
 nutriendos^dedit. Quum ludi literarii magister princi- 
 pum filios in castra duxisset, Camillus hoc donum non 
 accC'pit sed scelestum homiuem pueris Falerios^ redu- 
 cendum tradidit ; virgasque iis dedit quibus^ i^roditorem 
 in urbem agerent. Testamentum tibi tradit legendum. 
 
 1322. — Rule CIV. Gerundive in place of the Gerund. 
 
 Crebro bella gerunt cum finitibus non tarn finium 
 prolatandorum causa aut imperii cupiditate sed ob belli 
 amorem. Boves oneribus gestandis sunt idonei. Fruges 
 ad sustentandam hominum yitam sunt necessari^. Ego 
 Csesaris'^ studiosus^ legendi sum. Legati ad Pjrrlium de 
 captivis redimendis missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti sunt ; 
 captives sine pretio reddidit. Aqua utilis est bibendo." 
 Multi homines cupidi sunt nova vivendi ^ audiendlque. 
 
 -622. ^938. ^873. ^705. ^1332. ^1327. e Desirous. 
 
58 IIs^TKODUCTORT EXERCISES. 
 
 ISSO.—Hjjlb CV. The Participle. 
 
 For Ablative Aisolute, see Rule LXIII. 
 
 Is lianc urbem a civibus accerrime defensam cepit et 
 diruit. Hoc facinus rex miriitus juvenum dimisit inco- 
 lumem. Eomdlus, quum exercitum lustraret, inter 
 tempestatem ortain repente oculis hominum subductus 
 est. Cgesar enim yictor e Gallia rediens absens co^pit 
 poscere alternm consulatum. Dionysius tyrannus, 
 Syracusis expulsus, Corintlii^^ pueros docebat. Tem- 
 pora mutata iion Deum mutant. 
 
 13G0» — EuLE CYI. Accusative Supine. 
 
 Illi legatos ad CEesarem mittunt rogatum auxilium. 
 Xerxes in Grseciam venit bellatum. Abiit ambulatum. 
 Multi veniunt salutatum amicos, at pauci adjutum. 
 
 1365* — Rule CVII. Ablative Supine, 
 
 Bbrystlienes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liquid issimas 
 aquas traliit et potatu jucundas. Omnia Deo sunt effectn 
 facilia. Virtus difficilis inventu est. Homerus dignus 
 lectu e^. 
 
 13G0* — CYITI. — Coordinate Conjunctio7is. 
 
 Hannibal Pyreuc^um et Alpes transiit. Laevmus in 
 Macedonia cum Philippo et multis Grceci^ populis ami- 
 citiam fecit. Atticus neque mendacium dicebat neque 
 pati poterat. Thales interrogatus quid esset^ Deus 
 inquit. Quod initio^ et fini'^ caret. His rebus adducti 
 et auctoritilte ejus moti, constituerunt iter per fines 
 eOrum facere. 
 
 ».9.92. ^11S2. ^907, 
 
 N. B.— See pages 378, 379 of tliis book. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 59 
 
 SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 General Remarhs, 
 
 1. A simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or tliinf; 
 spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is afiirmed of the subject, 
 •753, 1399. In the natural order, the subject is translated first, and 
 the predicate last. 
 
 2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be 
 limited or qualified by nouns in apposition — by nouns in the genitive 
 case, and by adjectives and their regimen.* 
 
 3. Yerbs belong to the predicate, and are limited or qualified by the 
 noun or pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs, and by 
 adverbial phrases. 
 
 4. Both subject and predicate may be further qualified or limited by 
 circumstances of time, place, manner, &c., by a preposition and its regi- 
 men, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a relative or con- 
 nective term ; — and all these should occupy that place in the sentence in 
 which their effect will be best perceived, and the meaning of the whole 
 sentence be most clearly exhibited. 
 
 N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil should 
 now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of Bullions', or from 1399 
 to 14:12 of Bullions & Morris's Grammar, and commit to memory, so 
 thoroughly as to have always ready at hand the "Directions for Begin- 
 ners," p. 299, and tlie Rules for Construing, p. 300, in Bullions' Latin 
 Grammar, or 1115, 1116, and 1117, pages 331, 332, of Bullions & 
 Morris's Latin Grammar. This being done, these rules should be ap- 
 plied in the analysis of every sentence fur some time, till the exorcise 
 becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention on the 
 part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and the quantity 
 read will necessarily be small ; but both will be rewarded tenfold for this 
 labor by the ease, rapidity, and certainty with which the pupil, "even with- 
 out the aid of his teacher, will soon analyze and translate the most intri- 
 cate sentences. Let the trial be properly made, and success is certain. 
 
 * By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any word. 
 Thus in the phrase. Amor patrm, avldus glorice, ama dtum, ad jmtrem, 
 the words pairice, glorice^ deuin, patre7n, are the regimen of Amor, avldus^ 
 ama, ad, respectively 
 
60 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Subject and Predicate. 
 
 The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in the nomi- 
 native case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV. (303, 034r, R. II.) 
 
 The predicate, or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is usually 
 placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows ; 
 
 1. The predicate consists of a 7ioun, an adjective, om participle, in the 
 same case .with the subject, and connected with it by an intransitive verb, 
 or a transitive verb of naming, appointing, &c., called the copula. In all 
 such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, comes under E. V. (319, 
 060 f R. VI.) ; — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the subject, 
 and comes under R. II. (263, 050, R. V.) (See Gr. 322, 071*); or, 
 
 2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limiting or 
 modifying words. 1405. 
 
 1. The Predicate a Noun. 
 Europa est Peninsula.^ Tu eris rex. ^ Plurimas^ stellaB 
 sunt soles. ^ Boiii pucri egregii viri^ fient. Castor et 
 Pollux ersiiit^fratres.^ .Ego sum discipidus.^ Cicero 
 factus est consul.^ Ego salutorpoe'to.^ 
 
 2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle. 
 Terra est rotunda.^ Yita hrevis^ est. Vera amicitia 
 est sempiterna.^ Fames et sitis sunt^ molestoi.^ Nemo 
 semper felix^ est. Non omnes milTtes sunt fortes.^ 
 Mundi innumerabiles ^ sunt. Nemo nimium hedtus ^ est. 
 Avarus^ nunquam est contentus.^ Pater reversurus^ est. 
 Virtus laudanda,^ ebrietas vitanda ^ est. 
 
 i 3. Tlie Predicate a Verb, ^c. — Active Voice. 
 
 Eleplianti semper gregatim ambiilant.s Cornices «m- 
 
 hulant^s passeres QiViiQYxA?^ saliunt ;z ^ardHQQ^ curruyit ;s 
 
 plurTmse^ etiam riidif leant. 
 
 Democritus ex2ylicat'^ cur ante luccm galli canunt.g 
 Etiam infantes soinniant.s Parvse res crescunt.s 
 
 , — . . . . ^ — . .^ — -# 
 
 Grammars.—'' 319, r. v.: 000, r. vi.— i* 113, .ili},—'^ 312, r. I 
 04:8, r. iii.— d 322, 071.S 303, r. iv.: 034, r. ii. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 24.— « 19, 1.— <" 108, 1.—'' 19, Sup. aves. 
 
 * For explanation of reference figures, see page 54 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 61 
 
 4. Passive Voice. 
 Oves non iibTque tondenticr.^ 
 In India'^ gignuntur maxima animalia. 
 In Africa^ nee cervi, nee apri, nee iirsi i^iveniuntur .^ 
 In Syria'' nigri leones reperiuntur. 
 Apud Romanes mortiii'^ plcriimque cremahantur. 
 Fortes <= laudahuntiir^ ignavi^ vitiqyerabuntur. 
 LittersQ a Phoenicibus inventce ^ sunt. 
 Carthago, Corinthus, Niimantia, et miilta3 alias urbes 
 a Romanis eversce sunt. 
 
 5. Deponent Verbs. 
 FormTcoe etiam noctii operantur.^ 
 Ursi interdum bipedes^ ingrediu7itur, 
 Aquilse semper soliQ^^ predantur. 
 Apud ^thiopes s maximi elephanti in silvis^ vagantur. 
 Sturni et psittaci humanas voces '» imitantur. 
 
 6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs ^ Active Voice, 
 and Transitive Deponents. 
 
 Diem'"- perdidi. Terra parit flares.^ 
 
 Croeodllus ova'^ parit. Elephantus odit 7nurem^ etJ 
 suem.'- 
 
 Cameli diu sitim}^ tolerant. 
 
 Lanae nigrse nullum colorem i bibiint. 
 
 Senes minime sentiunt morbos » contagiosos, 
 
 Cervi cornua i sua quotannis amittunt. 
 
 QiQYQ^ frumeyitimV- invenit; Bacchus^ vinum;'^ Mereu^ 
 riiis^ litter as. "^ 
 
 Grammars.— » 303, r. iv. : t»^'-^.— i^ 6U8, r. IL: i}S8.—^ 1GJ-, Note. 
 1097.—^ 207, 1: 304=.— i 274, OGS.—s 602, r. xlviii. : 981, r 
 xlvi.— "» 437, Sp., r. i. : 712, v. viii.— * 436, r. xx. : 712, r. viiL— J 720, 
 r. Ixv.: 1369, r. cviii.— ^ 90, 1: 109.—^ 308: 639. 
 
 Idioms. — = 19, 1. 
 
62 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 
 
 Canes soli^ dominos '' suos bene noverej soli nomina 
 sua agnosciint. 
 
 Hystrix aculeos^ long^ jaciilatur. 
 
 Stiirni et^ psittaci humdnas voces^^ imitantiir. 
 
 Militiad.es Athenas^ totamqwQ Crrceciam liber avit. 
 
 The G-enitive. 
 
 The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which gov- 
 erns it, by connecting with th it word the idea of origin, property, or pos- 
 BessioQ (331, 7-^4:') It is commonly governed, 
 
 1st. Bv substantives, § 106, Rules YL, VII., and YIIL, 751, &, 
 XV., 757, R. XVI., 7f>0, R. XVII. 
 
 2d. By adjectives, ^ 107, viz. : verbals, partitives, and adjectives of 
 plenty or want; Rules IX., X., XI., 76*5, R. XVIII, 771, R. XIX., 
 776*, R. XX. 
 
 3d. By verbs, § 108, Rules XT!., XIII., XIV., 7c^0,R. XXI., 783, 
 R. XXII., 788, R. XXIil. ; also, Rules XXVII., XXVIII., 793, R. 
 XXIV., 799, R. XXV.; 520, 521, 107i>, 415, 419, 805, R. 
 XXVI., 809, R. XXVII. See also 245, T, 4th, and 5th, 1005, R. 
 LXXII. 
 
 7. The Crenitive governed hy Substantives. 
 Crescit amor nummiA 
 InliiiTta^ est mnltitudo morborumA 
 Litter drum^ usus est antiquissTmus/ 
 Asia et*-' Africa greges ^ jTerontm asifidrum alit.? 
 Magna f est lingudrum inter homines' varietas. 
 Imuimerabilia^sunt mortis^ signa, salutisi paiicissTma.f 
 Cynis omnium in exercitiik siio milltum^ nomina'^ 
 tenebat memoria. 
 
 Canis vestigia'' /er«n^m ^^ diligentissime scriitatiir. 
 Nemo non benignus est sui^ judex. ^ 
 Leonum ^ animi ^ index ^ cauda est. 
 
 8. G-enitive governed by Adjectives. 
 Semper fragilitdtis ^ luimanas sis memor.^ 
 
 Grammars.—'' 436, r. xx. : 712, r. viii. — " 720, r. Ixv. : 1369 , r. 
 cviii.— d 332, r. vi.: 75 1, r. xv.— « 319, r. v.; 6' 6* 6% r. vi.— ^ 322: 
 C7J.— ^ 312; Sp., r. i. &313: 6*^^,0bs. 1.-M37, Sp. r. I: 712, r. 
 viii.—' 602, r. xlviii : <}<S1, r. Ixvi.— J 336, 755.—^ 608, r. li.: 988, 
 T. Ixix. — ' 349, r. ix. 705, r. xviii. 
 
 Idioms. — » 16, 4. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 63 
 
 Elephant! frvjorh ^ impatientcs ^ sunt. 
 
 Still tissima c animalimn^ sunt lanata.^ 
 
 Yelocissimum c omnium animalium^ est delphlnus. 
 
 Stultorum ^ iieque quisquam beatus ^ est. 
 
 G-allGrum ^ omnium fortissimi ^ sunt Belgse. 
 9. Genitive governed hy Verbs. 
 
 Omnia e erant liostiumS Hoc^ non nostri moris^ est. 
 
 Miserere 7iostri.s Amici^ est recordari amiGorum.'} 
 
 Platonem onagni^ sestimo, sed Socratem j)Zi^n'sJ» Mon- 
 
 uisti me diei'^ natdlis, Bonoi'uni^ est iiijuridrum'i obli- 
 
 visci, et beneficUi recordari. Stidti^ est diciiVG^ '^ non 
 
 putaram." Est^ magni lahoris^ vcLultmn. scribere.k 
 
 The Dative. 
 The dative denotes the remote object to Avhich any thing is done or 
 given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, with- 
 out directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 
 
 1. By substantives, § 110, 870, R. XLL, 87 1» 
 
 2. By adjectives, § III, 6*6*0, R. XL., to 809. 
 
 3. By verbs, § 112, 409, 818 to 856, 123, and 126, R.III, 1075, 
 III., and R. XXXIII., 811, R. XXXYL 
 
 10. TJie Dative governed hy Substantives and Adjectives. 
 
 Clodiiis semper virtutibus '" hostis " erat. 
 
 Vir bonus amicis ^ et patrice ^ decus ^^ est. 
 
 Nox somno P opportuna t> est. 
 
 Neroprimo bonis '^^ amicus," et studio P musarnmq de- 
 ditus •' fiiit ; sed postea monitorlbus P asper et iratus fuit, 
 generic humdno iwiestvis^ omnibus^ inimicus, cZ/iS invi- 
 sus, et multa ^7?^P adversa fuerunt. 
 
 Grammars. » 349, r.ix. : 705. r. xviii.— *> 322, 07 1*—° 355, r. x. 
 77 If r. xix.— d 355, r. x. : 771, — f 3G4, r. xii. : 780, r. xxi. 
 — * 369, r. xiii.: 783, r. xxii.— «» 495, r. xxviii. ; 790, t. xxv.— 
 * 489, r. xxvii. : 793, r. xxiv.-— i 373, r. xiv. : 788, r. xxiii.— "^ 660, 
 r. Ivi. : 1117, r. Ixxxii.— « 3TS, r. xv. : 870, r. xli.— " 319. r. v.: 
 000, r. vi.— 720, r. Ixv. : 1309, r. cviii.— p 382, r. xvi. : 800, r. 
 Xl.— 1 332, r. vi. : 751, r. xv. 
 
 Idioms. <= 21.— « 19, 4.— i 51, ].— «• 19, i. 
 
64 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 ^qiuis cunctis^ et benigiius esto,^:'aifm^ familiaris, 
 hostihus ^ mitis, et nemini molestiis ; sic omnibus ^ cams 
 eris, et invisus miUi.^^ 
 
 Aslno "^ segni niiUiim onus gratum, et ^uero b igndvo 
 omiiis labor molestus est. 
 
 11. The Dative governed hy Verbs. 
 Natura animalibus ^ varia tegumenta ^ tribuit, testas/^ 
 coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. 
 Homlni ^ soli ^ avaritia E et ambitio data h est. 
 Jjeoni'^ vis summa esti in pectore. 
 Antiquissimis homimbus i specus erant ^ pro domibus. 
 Nidli ajiimdli ' memoria major est, quam cani.s 
 Gallinacei leonibus^ terrori^ sunt. 
 Hormni ^ plurima ex liomine ^ fiunt " mala. 
 Homo furiosus ne liber is ^ qiiidem sids P parcit. 
 Via mali q omnibus •" semper vitanda^ est. 
 
 The Accusative. 
 
 The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of a 
 transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 
 
 1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive deponent 
 verbs. No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 
 
 12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. 
 Camelus naturale odium adversiis equos^ gerit. 
 Pictae vestes jam apud Home rum * commemorantur. 
 Multa animaiia conCTCsrantur et contra alia"^ dimicant. 
 
 Grammars. ^ 382, r. xvi. : 800, r. xl. — « 501, r. xxix. : 855, t. 
 xxxix.— >! 436, r. xx. : 712, r. viii.— « 522, 1075,— « '<20, r. Ixv.: 
 i:iG9, r. cviii.— >> 164, Note.—' 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.— i 603, r. 
 x'.ix.: 082, r. Ixvii.— "^ 427, r. xix.: 818, r. xxxviii.— » 221, 8, Obs. 
 3 120.—" 403, r. v.: 831, r. xxxiii.— i 332, r. vi.: 751, r. xv.— 
 • 322, 071*—' 602, r. xlviii.: 081, r. Ixvi.— " 97, 4: 180, 4. 
 
 Idioms. » 19, 1.— ' 16, 4.-3 118, 1.—'' 118, 2.— •> 7, 2.— p 30, 1.— 
 »^ 5, 2; and 19, 1.— » 108, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65 
 
 Hippopotamus segetes circa JSfiliLm ^ depascitur. 
 Apud Romdnos ^ mortui plerumque cremabantur-. 
 Liter omnes hestias ^ simia hominib simillima est. 
 
 The Ablative. 
 The ablative generally denotes that from which something is separated or 
 taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. It is governed, 
 
 1. By nouns, § 118, 872 to 8S9, or adjectives, g§ 107, 776% R. 
 XX., 119, 120, 895, 918, 919. 
 
 2. By verbs, § 121, R. XXT., and XXTI, 907 to 914, § 125. R. 
 XXXVI, and § 126, R. V., 1075, V. 
 
 3. By prepositions. 
 
 4. It is used to express various circumstances. See No. 17, p. 67. 
 
 13. The Ablative governed by Nouns and Adjectives, 
 
 Gratid^ opus est nobis ^ tud, tudqxiQ^ auctoritdte. 
 
 Nunc virlbus ^ opus est vobis,^ nunc prudenti consilio. 
 
 Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido color eS 
 
 CatilTna nobili genere s natus erat, magnd vi ^ et ani- 
 mi h et corporis, sed ingenio *' malo joravdqwQ, 
 
 Animus per somnum est sensibus^ et curis vacuus. 
 
 Est philosopbia paiicis contenta judicibus.s 
 
 Nihil video in Sulla odio^ digmmi, misericordia ff 
 digna multa. Natiira parvo s contenta est. 
 
 14. The Ablative governed by Vei^bs. 
 
 Leaenge jiibdi carent. Leones facTl^ per triduum 
 ciboi carent. 
 
 Eliplianti maxime amnibus^ gaudent. 
 
 Apes tinmtu^ seris gaudent. 
 
 Numidas plerumque lacte^ Qiferind carne^^Ye.%Q,\ndMY. 
 
 Grammars. * 602, r. xlviii. : 981, r. Ixvi.— '' 382, r. xvi.: 800, 
 r. xl,— <= 456, r. xxii.: 923, r. liv.— "^ 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.— • 720, 
 r. Ixv., and 721: 505, 1309 : 1370.—^ 339, r. vii. :757, r. xvi. 
 — e 462, r. xxiii. : 918 and 919, r. liii.— «» 332, r. vi.: 751, t. xv.— 
 ' 361, r. xi.: 770, v. xx.— J 480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix.— ^ 485 — 
 • 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— "> 78, Note: 90, 97, r. lii. 
 
 Idioms. " 6, 5. — f 6, 1. 
 
66 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 
 
 Plurimis bonis ^ fruimur atque utimur.^ 
 Hispania vkis^'' equis, ferro, plumbo, cere, argento, 
 aurd{\\x.Q abuiidat. 
 
 15. The ablative governed by Prepositions* 
 Quidam liommes nati sunt cum dentibusA 
 Xerxes cum paucisslmis militlbus ^ ex Grcecid ^ aufu- 
 
 git. 
 
 Lucius Metellus primus ^ elephantos ex pri7no Puni- 
 CO bello^ duxit iu triumjjho. 
 
 Cantabit vacuus coram latrone ^ viator. 
 
 Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant. 
 
 Britannia a Phoenieibus inventa ^ est. 
 
 Apes sine rege esse non possunt. 
 
 Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. 
 
 Dulceg est'i ^vo p)atrid mori.' 
 
 Yenenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. 
 
 Litteras a Phoenieibus inventae ^ sunt. 
 
 16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub, 
 § 136, E. L. and LI., 987^ 988^ B. LXVIII, LXIX, 
 
 AquTlse nidificantJ in rupibus et arboribus. 
 
 Coccyx semper parit in alienis nidis. 
 
 In semctute liebescunt^^ sensus; visus, auditus debil- 
 itatur.i 
 
 Li India gignuntur maxima animalia. 
 
 Hy^ense plurimse in Africa gignuntur. 
 
 In Africa^ nee™ cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. 
 
 In Syria nigri leones reperiuntur. 
 
 Grammars. • 484, r. xxvi. : 880^ r. xliv.— »> ^20, r. : 1309 ^ r. 
 cviii.; and 721, 1370.—^ 480, r. xxv.: 907 f r. xlix.— «* 60:i, r. 
 xHa;. : 982^ r. Ixvii.— « 274, 603.—^ 164, Note.—i 270, 6^9.— 
 
 660, r. Ivi. : 1147, r. Ixxxii.— J 157, I. 1 : 1080,—^ 227, 2 : o85, 
 
 313, Oil.—"' 726, 1371. 
 
 Idioms, ^ 51, 1. '« 124, 4. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67 
 
 Seriis in coelum redeas.^ 
 Victi Fersas in naves confugerunt. 
 NiimaPompilius annum in duodecim mewses distribuit. 
 Pontius Tiielesinus Romanos sub jugum misit. 
 Gallia sub septentrionihus posita est. 
 17. The Ablative used to express various circumstances 
 
 without a Preposition, 
 
 The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a prep- 
 osition, are Respect wherein, § 128, 889, R. XLVIT. ; Cause, manner^ 
 means, ov instrument, % 129, 873, R. XLTI.; Place, § 130, 931 to 
 948; Time, § 131, 949 to 957 ; Measure, § 132, 958; Price, 
 % 133, 884. 
 
 Apri in morbis sibi^ medentur hederd.^ 
 
 Pyrrlius rex,'^ tactu^ pollicis in dextro pede, lienosis^ 
 medebatur. 
 
 Oleo insecta exanimantur. 
 
 Fer86 domantur fame atque verheribus. 
 
 Anacreon poeta^ acmo^ uvse passae exstinctus est. 
 
 Crocodilus ^e??e^ durissimd contra omnes ictus mu- 
 nitur. 
 
 In Africa eleplianti capiuntur foveis.^ 
 
 Elephanti spirant, bibunt, odorantur prohoscide.^ 
 
 Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur. 
 
 Mures AlpTni hiiiis pedihus gradiuntur. 
 
 Apes tinnltu aeris convocantur. 
 
 Quibusdam in locis ^ anseres bis anno ff velluntur. 
 
 Color lusciniaruni autumno & mutatur. 
 
 Miemes ursi in antris dormiunt. 
 
 Nemo mortalium omnibus horis ^ sapit. 
 
 Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur; septimo 
 iidem decidunt anno.^ 
 
 Grammars. » 171, I. 1: 1193, r. Ixxxviii.; and 144, 1193; 
 and 145, 1161.—^ 403, 831,—^ 542, r. xxxv. : 873, v. xlii.— 
 d 251, r. i. : 622, r. i.— « 403 : 831, r. xxxiii.— f 608, r. 11.: 988, 
 t. Ixif . — s 565, r. xli. : 949, v. Ix.— '"' 565, r. xl. : 9o0, r. Ixi 
 
 T- 
 
 Idioms.—'' l, 2.— « 19, 1. 
 
68 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 AntipSter Sidonius, poeta,^ quotannis, die natdli suo b 
 fehre corrijDiebatur. 
 
 Estate dies sunt longiores quam Tiieme. 
 
 Isocrates orator imam oratioiiem viginti talentis^ 
 vendidit. 
 
 Luscinia Candida, sex seste7'tns ^ Romoe venit. 
 
 18. Nouns in Aioposition. 
 
 Plurimi Scythe, hellicosisslmi homines y^ lacte*^ ves- 
 cuntiir. 
 
 DelpliTnus, animal^ hominie amwum, cantii^ gaudet. 
 
 Carthago atque Corintliiis, opulentisslmce urhes,s eo- 
 dem anno a Romanis evers« ^ sunt. 
 
 Quam brevi tempore ' populi Romani, omnium gen- 
 tium victor is, ^ libertas fracta h est ! 
 
 Mithridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex Armenius, 
 excepit. 
 
 Circa CjWenen, montem in Arcadia, nierulse nascuntur. 
 
 19. The Infinitive Wood without a Subject. 
 
 The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the subject of a 
 verb, § 144, R. LVI., 1147 ^ R. LXXXIL, or as the object of another 
 verb, R. LVII., 1148, R. LXXXIII. ; and in this case always ex- 
 presses an act or state of the subject of the verb that governs it. 
 
 In the following, let the pupil state whether the infinitive is the subject 
 or the object of the verb with which it is connected. 
 
 Err (Ire J est humanum.^ 
 
 Turpek est beneficium repeterej , 
 
 Beneficiis ^ gratiam non referre etiam turpius est. 
 
 Parentes suos non amdre est impium.'^ 
 
 Grammars. » 251, r. i. : 622, r. \.—^ 565, r. xl. : i)4i), r. Ix.-^ 
 • 581, r. xliv. : 884, r. xlv.— «• 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— « 3H2, r 
 xvi.— f 485, 8<i0, r. xl— & 254, f;,'>f;.— i' IGI, 5, JVofe;.,5?7.— 
 ' 505, r. xli. : U4i), r. Ix — i GGO, r. Ivi. : 114; , r. Ixxxii.— ^ 270, 
 660. — • 501, r. xxix. : 85of r, xxxix. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69" 
 
 Te CTipio videre.^ Yoliii dormire.^ 
 Aude contemnere ^ opes. Carmma possumns dondre, 
 Poteram contingere ramos. 
 Nihil amplius scribe re possum. 
 Ego ciipio ad te ventre. Intelligere noii possum. 
 Cessator ^ esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tan- 
 geref 
 
 Philippus Yolebat <^ ar)idri. Alexander metui volebat. 
 
 Tecimi^i vivere amo. Natiiram mutdre pecunia nescit. 
 
 Bene ferre disce magnam fortiinam. 
 
 Angustam pauperiem ^a^j puer discat.® 
 
 Bici beatus ^ ante obitum nemo debet. 
 
 ^quam memento ^ rebus in arduis servdre mentem. 
 
 Aurum vestibus s mtexere invenit rex Atttllus. 
 
 Non omnes homines gequo amore ^ comjjlecti possumus. 
 
 lilecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus. 
 
 Romae ' elephantes per fiuies incedere docebantur. 
 
 20. G-ermids. 
 
 Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time, govern 
 the case of their oaahii verbs, § 147, 131i)» 
 
 Etiam post malam messem serendum J est. 
 
 Omnibus J aliquando 77ioriendumi est. 
 
 Semper ])ugnandiim J est contra cupiditates et lubid- 
 inem. 
 
 Pliirimge ^ sunt illecebr^ peccandi.^ 
 
 Artem scribendi^ PhcenTces, artem acu pingendi^ 
 Phiyges invenerunt. 
 
 Cupiditas Vivendi nunquam immensa^ esse debet. 
 
 Grammars. ^ 663, r. Ivii. : lUrS^ r. Ixxxiii.— ^ 326, 074:.—" 160, 
 1: 10S8.—^ 235, 2: 470.—^ ITl, 1: 1193; and 145: 1101. 
 — ' 222, 2 : 436,— s 501, r. xxix. : 8o5, r. xxxix.— >> 542, r. xxxv. 
 S73, r. xlii.— i 548, r. xxxvi. : 932^ r. Ivi.— J 6S9, r. Ixi. and 701 
 l30iS, V. cii.— i^ 322, 071.—' 'J 02, 1327. 
 
 Idiom, ' 4, 1. 
 
70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Honestissima est coiiteiitio beiieficiis ^ beneficia vin-. 
 cendio 
 
 Homo natural est cupTdus nova semper videndi et 
 audlendi, 
 
 Libri sunt inutiles ignaro ^ legendi. 
 
 Olim calamus adhibebatur scrihendo.^ 
 
 Aqua marina inutilis est hihendo. 
 
 Culex habet telum et ^ fodiendo et sorhendo idoneum. 
 
 Non omnes sequaliter ad diseendum^ proni sumus, 
 
 Simise catulos saepe compleetendo ^ necant. 
 
 Beneficia exprohrando ^ corrumpimus. 
 
 Amicus amicum semper alTqua re ^ juvabit, aut re, 
 aut consilio, aut consolando^ cert^. 
 
 ^ 21. Gerundives. 
 
 Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, anci 
 agreeing m gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49, 7, 1319m 
 and § 147, R. LXII., 1322, R. CIV. 
 
 Initum est consilium urbis delendce,s civium truci- 
 dandorum^s nommis Romani exstinguendi.s 
 
 Puer par est oneri ferendo.^ 
 
 Omnes civitates Grecise pecuniam ad classem cedijjr 
 candam et exercitum comparandum dederunt. 
 
 Vir bonus, in malis aliorum amovendis^ seipsum sub- 
 levat. 
 
 Compound Sentences. 
 
 A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences, con- 
 nected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs^ g§ 149, 1300 ^ 
 99, 683, and 140, 141, 1200 to 1250. 
 
 Grammars. » 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— <= 703, 1332,—^ 72G, 
 1374,—^ 704, 1337.—' 105, 1310.— s 707, r. Ixii: 1322, r 
 tiv.— » 382, r. xvi. ; 1332. 
 
 Idioms. '' Sup. homlni. » 112. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. fl 
 
 22. Conjunctions, 
 
 Sol riiit, et^ moiites iimbraiitur. 
 
 Vir ^ bonus et prudeiis dici delector ego. 
 
 Immoiisa est, fiiiQm.que ^ potentia Dei non habet. 
 
 Accipere'^ prsestat qucim^ facere injiiriam. 
 
 Rapere atque abire semper assue\dt lupus. 
 
 Semper hoiios, iiomen^we ^ tuum, laudes^we manebunt. 
 
 Sapientem neque ^ paupertas, neque mors, neque vin- 
 cula terreut. 
 
 Juno erat Jovis et ^ soror et conjux. 
 
 Nox erat, et fulgebat luna. 
 
 In prselio cita mors venit, aut victoria laeta. 
 
 Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt.ff .^ 
 
 Leti vis rapuit, v?i])\Qique gentes. 
 
 Non formosus erat, 8ed erat facundus Ulysses. 
 
 Si^ divitiae felicitatem praestant, avaritia prima vir- 
 tus est. 
 
 23. Adverbs. 
 
 Quoties literas tuas lego, omnem mihi » praeteritorunoi 
 temporum memoriam in mentem revoco. 
 
 Magna J debemus suscipere, dum "V'ires suppStunt. 
 
 Cervi, quamdiu cornibus^^ carent, noctu ad pabula 
 procedunt. 
 
 Quidam crocodTlum,^ quamdiu vivat,*" crescSre" exis- 
 timant, vivit autem multos annos.^ 
 
 Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra.P sequitur. 
 
 Grammaes. » 720, r. Ixv. : liUHK—^ 326, G74:, « 242, Obs. 2: 
 5^J._d G60. r. Ivi., and 662: 114:7 ^ r. Ixxxii.— « 720, r. Ixv: 
 18(ifP, r. cviii.; and 722, ISl 1.—^ 312, r. i. : G4=S, i \\\.—^ 630, 
 1261.—' 380, 871.—^ 480, r. xxv. : <)07. r. xlix.— > 671, r. Iviii. 
 1130, r. Ixxix.— "• 656, 1291.—" 565, r. xli. : 930, r.lxi.— p 252 
 ad Jin. : 623. 
 
 Idioms. ■ ^ 124, 1.—' 5, 3.— J 19, 4.— » 95, 1. 
 
72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 24. Com'paruon ivitli a Co7ijunction. 
 
 Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, qudm, ac, at- 
 que, ai'ter the comparative, connecting tlie words denoting the tilings 
 compared in the same case, 466, S04: ; — and 2d, By tlie ablative after 
 t])e comparative without an injunction, § 120, Sf)5, R. XLYIII. 
 
 Canes Iiidici grandiores sunt qudm ceteri.'^ 
 Nullum malum est vehemeiitius ^ et imj^ortunius ^ 
 
 qudm invidia.c 
 
 Interdum ferarum ainmos niitiores iiiveiimius qudm 
 
 hommum.'i 
 
 Latro ferae ^ est similior qudm hommi.c 
 
 Major est animi voluptas qudm corporis.*^ 
 
 In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior qudm in valli- 
 
 bus. 
 
 Comparison without a Conjunction. 
 
 Nihil est clementid ^ di^inius. 
 
 Aurum gravius est argentoS 
 
 Adamas durior est/erro/ ferruni durius ceteris me- 
 tallis. 
 
 Luna terrae propior est sole. 
 
 Quid magis est durum saxo^ quid mollius aqud? 
 25. Relative Pronouns, (§ 99, 683,) 
 
 Non omnis ager, quis seritur, fert fruges. 
 
 Psittdcus, quemliidiiim.ittit, reddit verba quoe n,ccepit. 
 
 Achilles, cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, 
 ad Hellespontum sepultus est. 
 
 Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit et ebore, quam 
 musca alls h inteirebat. 
 
 Qui' bonis non rect^ utitur, ei J bona mala fiunt.k 
 
 mm • ■ .n. 
 
 Grammars. » 720, r. Isv. : 1369, r. cviii.— ^ 322, 671.—'' 720, 
 1369.—^ 336, 7^>o.— « 382, r. svi! : 860, r. xl.— f 467, r. xxiv. : 
 89.'>, r, xlviii.— s 284, r. iii. : 683, r. vii.— •» 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r, 
 xhi.— i 285, 684.— i 522, r. iii. : 1073, r. Ixsiv.— 1^221, Obs. 3 : 4'^6. 
 
 Idioms. * 19.— f 6, 3.—* 43, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISESa 73 
 
 Beneficiiim reddit, qui ^ ejus '^ bene memor est. 
 Griies in itinenbus ducem, quern seqiuiutur,^ elTgunt. 
 Copias siias Ca38ar in proxmiiuu collciu subduxit, 
 equitatumqiie, qui sustineret ^ hostium impetum, misit. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected with the 
 leading clause by conjunctive particles^ adverbs, oi- by the relative pro- 
 noun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but not directly as- 
 serted or vouched for, it is translated by the English indicative. 'V\^ien it 
 expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but only as conditional or 
 contingent, as what tyuiy, can, might, or should take place, it is translated 
 by the English potential, § 42, 11., 264, II., and § 140 and 141,\ 
 1205 to 1291, 
 
 ' 26. The Subjunctive with CUM or QUTBI. 
 
 Platea, cum devoratis se im2?levit conchis/ testas 
 evomit. 
 
 « 
 
 Ceres frumenta invenit, cwn antea homines glandi 
 bus s vescerentur.^ 
 
 Nave 'i primus i in Gr^ciam Danaus advenit, cilm 
 antea ratibus ^ navigareturJ 
 
 Alexander, rex^ Macedonise, cum Thebas cepisset^^ 
 Pindari vatis^ famili^"^ pepercit. 
 27. Tlie Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles, 
 (§ 140, 120.^ to 1218.) 
 
 Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu" tur- 
 mas equTtum condantur.^ 
 
 Ursi per hiemem tam gravi somno ^ premuntur, ut 
 ne vulneribus h quidem exeitentur.° 
 
 Grammars. ^ 349, r. ix. : 76 J, r. xviii.— <= 641, 122 d.—^ 64 J, 
 1226,—- 630, 1247,—' 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1.— i: 484, r. xxvi.; 
 8S0, r. xliv.— t 542, r. xxxv. : S73, r. xlii.— * 274, 663.— i 223, 3: 
 45S; and 630, 1217,—^ 251, r. i. : 622, r. i.— i 631, 1241.^ 
 « 403, r. v.: S31, r. xxxiii.— " 60S, r. li. : 9SS, r. Ixis.— " 627, 1, 
 Xst : 1205 and 1220. 
 
 Idioms. » 37, 1st, 3.— <= 40, 5.— ^ 40, 4.— i 74, 8. 
 
74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 DelpliTni tanta interdum vi e mari exsiliunt, ut vela » 
 navium transvolent.^ 
 
 In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudmem adoles- 
 cunt, ut integros hauriant ^ cervos taurosque. 
 
 Fac,'^ ut homines ammum tuum ^Iwii^faciant^^ quam 
 omnia, quos illis^ tribuere possis/ 
 
 Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsumff prgeter Apellem 
 fingerety^ 
 
 Pythagoreisi interdictum fmt,J ne^ fabis^ vescerentur.^ 
 
 Oculi palpebris sunt muniti, we" quid mcit^^t.h 
 
 Nihil ferd tarn reconditum est, quin ^ quserendo ^ iii- 
 veniri possit. 
 
 Nunquam tam man^ egredior, neqiie tarn vesper! 
 domum P reverter, quin ^ te in fundo conspicer fodere,<i 
 aut arare,q aut aliquid facere. 
 
 Xerxes non dubitabat, quin » copiis suis Grsecos facil^ 
 super aturus essetJ 
 
 28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect 
 question. (§ 140, 5, 1182.) 
 
 Quseritur, unus ne^ sit^ mundus, an plures.- 
 
 Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu 7ie ^ /actus sit ' 
 mundus, an mente divind. 
 
 Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utriim impe* 
 rium servdret,^ an deponeret. 
 
 Perperam quaeritur, num in amici gratiam, jus vio^ 
 lUri possity 
 
 Grammars. » 613, r. lii.: 993, r. Ixx.— »• 627, 1, 1st: 1220,— 
 « 214, 4: 823,—^ 627, 1, 3d: 1208,—^ 501, r. xxix.: 855, r. 
 xxxix.— <■ 656, l;^.9J.— h 619, r. liii. : 1164, r. Ixxxiv. ; 620, 
 1172; and 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—^ 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxlv.— 
 » 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv. — "' 542, r. xxxv. : 1340, r. iv.— 
 
 • 627, 3: 1230,— V 558, r. xxxix. : 913, r. lix.— ' 170, 1172,^ 
 
 * 627,5: 1182. 
 
 iDiOAia 8 32, 8.— J 51, 3.—^ 121, 6.—° 121, 1.— i 89, 1.— « 124.13. 
 
INTRODIJCTORY EXERCISES. 75 
 
 Ciconiie quonam e loco veniant^ aiit in quas se regio* 
 nes conferantj incompertum est.a- 
 
 Quis luimerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacry- 
 mas fuderit? 
 
 29. Subjunctive after the Helative. (§ IJrl, 1226,) 
 
 Quis est qui nesciat^ quid Yoluptas sit?<^ 
 
 Noil invenies qui Demostlieiiem oratorem maximum 
 
 esse neget.^ \ 
 
 Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivat,^ ut impiiiie necari 
 
 posset. 'I ] 
 
 Caesar legatos misit, qui iter cognoscerent,^ 
 Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant.^ 
 Hos libros noii contemno, quippe qui nunquam lege* 
 
 rimS 
 
 Verba, quce sententias iyidicent,^ reperta sunt. 
 Peccavisse milii vide or, » qui a te discesserim.^ 
 Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges seriherent.^ 
 Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die 
 
 qud in potestatem Poenorum venisset.'^ 
 
 30. 77ie Infinitive with a Suhject. (§ 145, 113o,) 
 
 The infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or potential 
 in English Its subject, which is always in the accusative, is translated 
 in tlie nominative, and usually has the conjunction that before it. It fonns 
 a distinct but dependent proposition, wliich, like the infinitive without a 
 subject, forms either the subject or object of the verb on wliich it depends. 
 (See § 145, 1138.) 
 
 Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Carioe monte, lios])ites a 
 scorpionibus npn Icedi^ indigenas interimi.^ 
 
 ^ - ■ - - ^ 
 
 Grammars. '' 636, r. i. : 1227.—" 627, 5 : 11S2,—^ 627, 1, 1st 
 1220.—^ 643, 4th: 1212.—^ 647, 1253.—^ 645, r, iii.: 1251, 
 r. xcv.— i 650, r. vi. : 1291, r. ci.— j 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.^ 
 k 670, 1135. 
 
 Idioms. » 51, 3— •« 70, 2.—^ 95, 4. 
 
76 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 M. YaiTO iiarrat, a cuniculis snffosmm ^ in Hispania 
 oiJindum^^ a talpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas^ urbis 
 in Gallic pulsos/'^ ab lociistis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula 
 tTwolas^ a miiYihiis fu(/dtos, in Italia Amyclcis a serpen- 
 tibus deletas esse. 
 
 Observatum eRt,^ pestilentiam'^ semper a meridianis 
 partibus ad occidentem ire A 
 
 Homerus Pygmceos^ populnm ad oceanum, a grui- 
 bus {fifestdri^ prodidit; Aristoteles eosdem in cavernis 
 vivere'^ narrat. 
 
 Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores ^ ever* 
 sos esse J 
 
 Yirgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina^ sua 
 cremdri^" id '' Augustus fieri " vetuit. 
 
 Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam^ Hispa- 
 iiise gentes fatidleam^^ esse''^ credebant. 
 
 Illustre est inter philosophos nomen Anaxagoree, 
 quern ^ veteres nunquam in vita risisse J ferunt. 
 
 31. Particij^les. (§ 146, 1343.) 
 
 Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with wliich they 
 agree in gender, number, and case, in the same manner as adjectives; and 
 at the same time govern the case of their own verb. 
 
 Exempla fortiina; variantis^'^ sunt innumcra.'^ 
 Galli diem venientem cantu nuntiant. 
 Cecrops urbem^ a se co7iditam^^ appellabat Cecro- 
 piam.i 
 
 Grammars. " 119, 6: 281.—^ 671, r. Iviii.; and 6T2 : 1130, r. 
 Ixxix.— »» 322, 071»—^ 440, 715, 
 
 Idioms. » 01, 4.— « 51, 2, and 94, 1.—^ 95, 1.— « 95, 4.— f 97, 6.— 
 r 96, 12, or 90, 4 -J 90, 2, or 91, 4.— J 91, 4.—'' 101, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. < ' 
 
 Aiia'ustus primus^ Romse'* tigTiii^ ostendit mansue" 
 factum.'^ 
 
 Gyimiosopliistse in Indiri toto die^ ferventibus^ are- 
 nis'' iusistiiut, Solcms intuentes. 
 
 EpimoiiTdcs piior,'' aestii' et itinereJ fessus,^^ septem 
 et quinquagiuta aniios'^ in specii dormivisse.dicitur. 
 
 Julius Ca3sar siniul dictiire,' etler/entem"^ audire soleb^t 
 
 Loo jjrostrdtis ^' parcit. 
 * Aves aduncos ungues halentes earner vescuntur, nee 
 
 unqu am congregantur, 
 
 Ganis venatTcus venatorem comitantem loro '' ad fera- 
 rum lustra traliit. 
 
 Beneficiuni non in co'^ consistit quod datur, sed in 
 ipso dantis '" anTmo.' 
 
 Struthiocameli Africi altitudmem equitis eqno <i msi- 
 dentis excedunt. 
 
 Interdum delplnni conspccti sunt, defunctum^ del- 
 ))\\\\\\\\\\ portantcs^ et quasi funus agentes. 
 
 Multa, qua3 de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis ^ pro- 
 duntur, fabulosa'* videntiir. 
 
 Homo quidam, lapide ictus^^ oblTtus est literas ; ^ ali- 
 us, ex prsealto tccto lajjsus, matris et affinium nomma 
 dicere non potuit. 
 
 L. Siccius Dentatus, centies xicics prcelidtus, quadra- 
 ginta quinque cicatrices ad verso corpore ^ liabebat, nul- 
 1am in tergo. 
 
 Grammars. >■ 214:, OGS.—^ 548, r. xxxvi. : 932, r. Ivi.— <= 90, 13, 
 136.—^ 5G5, r. xli. : J>,5Y>, r. Ixi.— f GIL (m): {)02,—s 437, r. i.: 
 712, r. viii.— i 542, r. xxxv. : S73, r. xlii.— J 720, r. Ixv. : 1369, 
 r. cviii.— 1 663, r. Ivii. : 11J,S, r. Ixxxiii.— ° 403, 831.—" 484, r. 
 ^xvi. : S80, r. xliv.— q 399, r. iy. : S20, r. xxxii.— ' 322, 071-— 
 ' 37a,r. siv. : 7SS,r. xxiii. 
 
 Idioms. <J 101, 7 and 8.— e 6 6.—^ 13, 2.— '^ 101, 4.—™ 19, 1. — 
 19. 1.— P 19, 4. 
 
78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Leones satidti innoxii sunt. 
 
 Elephantes nemmi ^ noceiit, nisi lacessiti. 
 
 Elephantes amnem ^ transituri ^ minimos praemittunt. 
 
 Pavo lauddtus ^ gemmdtam pandit caudam. 
 
 Gallus, ab adversario victus^^ occultatur^ silens, et 
 servitium patitiir. 
 
 Leo vuhierdtus ^ perciissorem intellTgit, et in qiiantar 
 libet mnltitudme appetit. 
 
 Olores iter facientes ^ colla iimpomiiit 2Jrcecedentthus ; ^ 
 fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. 
 
 Testudmes in mari degentes conchyliis ^ vivunt ; in 
 terram egressce^^^ herbis/ 
 
 Sarniatse longinqua itinera facturi^^ inedia pridie 
 pr^eparant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque 
 ita longissimam viam continue cursu conficiunt. 
 
 Elephanti, equitatu eireumventi, infirmos aut fessos 
 vuIne7^atosquQ in medium agmen recipiunt. 
 Multos morientes cura sepultiir^ angit. 
 
 Danaus, ex .^gypto in Grseciam advectus, rex^ Ar- 
 givorum factus est. 
 
 Alexander, Bucephalo equo^ def uncto, diixit exequi- 
 as, urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumulo J cir- 
 cumdedit. 
 
 P. Catienus Plotlnus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, he- 
 res omnibus ejus bonis ^ institritus,^ in rogum ejus se 
 conjiceret^ et concremaretur. 
 
 Grammars. » 403, r. v.: 831^ r. xxxiiL— »' 613, r. lii. : i>.96% r 
 Ixx.— « 688, 1350.—^ 501, r.xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— ' 485.—'' 319, 
 r. V. : 6GG ; and 320, 667-—' 690, r. Ix. : 1349.— J 501, r. : 855, 
 r. xxxix. ; and 505, 859,—^ 380, r. : 738.— i 621, 1, 1st. : 122^: 
 
 T710MS.— ^ 116, T.— « l9.~-f 105, 1.— i 9. 1 i 111), 2. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 79 
 
 Erinacei volutdti^ super poma, Immi ^ ya(?e?ifia, ilia 
 sphiis c 6«^^a in cavas arbores portant. 
 
 Indiciim mare testudines tan tag magnitudmis ^ alit, 
 ut singulae tiigurio tegendo^ sufficiant/ 
 
 Leones, senes facti^ appetunt homines, qiioniam ad 
 persequendas s feras vdres non suppetunt^ 
 
 Strutliiocamelis '^ ungulse sunt cervinis' similes, coi 
 prehendendis J lapidibus utiles, quos ^ in fuga contra se^ 
 quentes ^ jaculantur. 
 
 32. AUative Ahsolute. (§ 146, K. LX., 1349.) 
 
 Senescente Lund^ ostrea tabescere dicuntur, cres- 
 cente eddem, gliscunt. Cepe contra, Lnnd deficie^ite, 
 revirescere, adolescente, inarescere dicitur. 
 
 G-eryone " interemto Hercules in Italiam venito 
 
 Sablnis^ dehelldtis, Tarquinius triumplians Romam 
 rediit. 
 
 Jasone^ Lyeio interfecto^ canis, quern habebat, cibum 
 capere noluit, inediaque confectus est. 
 
 Regis Lysimaclii canis, domino ™ accensae pyraD ^ inv- 
 posito, in flammas se conjecit. 
 
 Nicomede ™ rege interfecto, equus ejus vitam finivit 
 media. 
 
 Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,^ filio victo7'e? Olym- 
 piae,q prae gaudio exspiravit. 
 
 Grammars. ^ 559, 044.—" 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— ^ 330, 
 r. vu. : 757 , r. xvi.— « 703, 1332 ; aud 707, r. Ixii : 1322, r. civ. ; 
 399, r. iv. : 820, r. xxxii.— f 627, 1, 1st: 1220.—^ 394, r. ii. : 
 821, r. XXX.— i 337, 7o6.—^ 437, r. i. : 712, r. viii.— ■" 690, r. Ix.: 
 J34.9.— ° 694, 1351.— ''3G0, 775. — V 625, 972.— i 54:8, r 
 xxxvi. : 932, r. Ivi. 
 
 Idioms.—* 116, 4.— « 112, 6.— « 112, 7.— '• 19.— j 112, 6.— > 19, l.-* 
 • 104, 1.-— P 110, 4.— 1 4 1. 
 
FABLES FROM ^SOR 
 
 1. Accijnter et Columhce. 
 
 CoLUMBiE milvii metii accipitrem »- rogavermit,* ut 
 easb defenderet.c Illeb aimiiit. At iii'^ coliimbiire 
 receptus, uno die ^ majorem stragem edidit, quam mil- 
 viiis longo tempore « potuisset edere/ 
 
 Fabula docet, malorum s patrocinium vitandum ^^ 
 esse.^ 
 
 2o Mils et Milvius. 
 
 Milvius laqueis irretitus musculiima exoravit, iit 
 eum, corrosis plagisJ liberaret.^ Quo^ facto, milvius 
 liberatus murem arripuit et devoravit. 
 
 Hsec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali & .pro beiie- 
 ficiis reddere soleant.^ 
 
 3. Jloedus et Lupus. 
 Hoedus, stans in"^ tecto domus, lupo" prgetereunti ^ 
 
 * The remote object of rogaverunt here is accipitrem ; the immediate, 
 ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX. § 124.) So, generally, in these fables, after 
 inquh, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate object of the verb is a 
 clanse expressing the thing said or replied, and, if in direct discourse, 
 (651), is printed in italics. 
 
 Grammars.— <= 627, 1, 3d: 1208,—^ 39t, r. : S24, r. xxxi. 
 
 Idioms.— '^ 63, 3.— »> 21, 6.— <= 78, 5.— ^ 123, 2.— « 6, 6.—' 88, 5.— 
 e 20, \.—^ 108, 4.— i 95, 1.— J 109, 2, and 104, 1.— ^ 38, 5.— i 74, 9.— 
 '" 123, 2 — " 7, 3.—° 101, 1. 
 
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 81 
 
 maledixit. Cui^^ lupus, Non tu^^' inquit, sed tectum 
 mihl c maledlcit. 
 
 Saepe locus et tcmpus homines timidos auclaccs reddit.*^ 
 
 4. Grus et Pavo. 
 
 Pavo, coram grue pemias suas ^ explicaiis, Quanta ^ est, 
 inquit,"/(9r??wsl^as mea et tua deformitas! At grus evo-" 
 lans, Et quanta est, iuquit, levitas mea et tua tardltas! 
 
 Monet u liaec fabula, ne s ob aliquod bonimi, quod no- 
 bis natura tribuit,^^ alios contemn rimus,^^ quibus ^ natu- 
 ra alia' et fortasse majorat dedit.^ 
 
 5. Pavo. 
 
 Pavo graviter conquerebatur^ apud Junonem, domt- 
 nam suam,^' quod vocis suavTtas sibi^ negata esset,^ dum 
 luscinia, avis tarn parum decora,^ cantu excellat." Cui ^ 
 Juno, Et inerito, inquit; non enim omniahona"^ inunum 
 eonferri o])OTtuit. 
 
 6. Ansei^es et G-rues. 
 
 In eodem quondam prato pascebantur^ anseres et 
 grues. Adveniente domino p prati, gnies facTld avola- 
 baiit; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate, a depre- 
 liensii" et mactati sunt. 
 
 Sic saepe pauperes,^ cum potentioribus in eodem crim- 
 ine depreliensi, soli * dant poenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. 
 
 Grammars.—" 504, S5S,—^ 315, 646,—'' 397, r.: S24, r. sxxi. 
 — ^313. 644.—^ 627, 1, 3d, 1205.—^ 160. 1 : lOSS.—'^ 655, J'>J,>. 
 —1 542, r. XXXV. : S73f r. xlii.— " 445, 721.—^ 423, Exc. iii. : 740. 
 
 Idioms.—* 63, 1.— <= 7, 3.—* 30, 1.— f 48.— s 121, 3.— '» 77, 3.—' 19, 
 A,-^ 72, I.—'" 64, 2.— » 16, 5.— P 9, and 109, 1.—^ 115, 1.— » 20.— 
 » 16, 4. 
 
82 FABLES FROM iESOP. 
 
 7. Cajpra et Lu^yus. 
 
 Lupus capram in ^ alta rupe stantem conspicatus, 
 Cur non^ inquit, relmquis ^ nuda ilia et sterilia loca^ et 
 hue descendis in^ herhldos campos^ qui iibi Icetum pabu^ 
 lum off e runt f Cui^^ respoiidit capra: Milii^ non est in 
 anlmo^ dulcia^ tutis^ prcepoiiere. 
 
 8. Venter et Me7nhra. 
 
 Membra quondam dicebant ventri:'^ Nbsnes te sem- 
 per^ ministerio nostra alemus, dum ipse^ summo otioi 
 frueris? Non facie mus* Dum igitur ventri^^ cibum 
 subducunt, corpus debilitatur, et membra ^ sero invidise <■ 
 su£e poenituit.™ 
 
 9. Canis et Boves. 
 
 Canis jacebat "^ in ^ praesepi bovesque latrando o a 
 pabulo arcebat. Cui^ unusP boum, Quanta ista,^ in- 
 quit, invidia est, quod non p)ateris, uteo ciho'i vescdmur^^ 
 quern tu ipse^ caper e nee velis^ nee possis!^ 
 
 Heec fabula invidise indolem declarat. 
 
 10. Vulpes et Leo. 
 
 Yulpes, qua3 nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei ^ forte 
 occurrisset,^ ita est ^ perterrita, ut psene moreretur w for- 
 
 Grammars. — f 501, r. : 855, r. xxxix. — J 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. 
 xliv.— > 419, 805 ; Exc. ii.— » 160, 1: 1088,— ^12Z, 2: 1030. 
 — ' 656, 1291.— "^ 399, r. : 826, r. xxxii.— '' 627, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 Idioms.—* 123, 2.— »• 56, 2d, 3d.— « 123, 1.— <> 63, 1.— « 118, 7 and 
 51 _f 10, 4._ff 58, 7 — •» 120.—* 32, 2.—'' 5, L— >" 66, 9.—° Ill, 5.— 
 P 21, 2.—' 84, 4.— t 7, 2.—" 74, 8.—' 124, IS.—'' 74, 4. 
 
 * Supply hoc. Id. 19, 4. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP. 83 
 
 midine.* Eundem conspicata ^ iterum, timuit quidem, 
 sed nequaquam,'^ iit antca.c Tertio illi^ obviam facta, 
 ausa est etiain propius accedere, eumque^ alltiqui. 
 
 11. Cancri. 
 
 Cancer dicebat^" filio ?: 3Ii^ fill,' nei sic ohliquis serrv' 
 per gressihus^ incede, sed recta vid^ perge. Ctii ille, 
 Mi pater ^ respondit, libenter tuis proeceptis^ ohsequar^ 
 si te prills idem facientem videro.^ 
 
 Docet hasc fabula, adolescentiam ™ nulla re 3- magis 
 quam exemplis^ instrui.o 
 
 12. Boves. 
 
 In eodem prato pascebantur ^ tres boves in maxim^ 
 Concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti 
 erant. Sed dissidio q inter illos orto, singuli a feris 
 petiti r et laniati sunt. 
 
 Fabula docet, quantum boni ^ sit * in concordia. 
 
 13. Asinus, 
 
 Asmus, pelle " leonis indiitus, territabat homines et 
 bestias, tanquam leo esset.^ Sed forte, dum se celeriusw 
 
 Grammars—' 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— <* 600, r. xlvii : 870, 
 t\ xlL— e 613, r. lii.: 903, r. Ixx.— f 159, 858 ,' and 504, 1087.^ 
 fc 98, 1, Notel : 190.—' 69. Ex. 5: 6'J.— J 657, 2 : 1113.—^ 168, 
 vi. : 1098.—'^ 671, r. Iviii. : 1136, r. Ixxix.— " 469, 897.—^ 740, 
 2d: 1387.—* 343, r. viii.: 77i, r.xix.— * 627, 5: 1182,—" 627, 
 2 : 1207 >—^ 473, 902, 
 
 Idioms. — '' 105, 1. — <= — . Sup. iimuit. — p 11. — ^ 7, 2. — • 95, 4. — 
 <i 9, 1, and 109, 5.—' 115, 1.—° 64, 7.—* 22, 3. 
 
84 FABLES FROM JESOP, 
 
 movet, aiires eminebaiit; uiide agmtus in^ pistniium 
 abductiis est, iibi poeiias petulanti^e cledit. 
 . Ha3C fabula stolitlos ^ iiutat, qui iminoritis hoiioribus ° 
 super biuiit. 
 
 14. Miilier et Cfallma. 
 
 Miilier qii^dam habebat gallmam, quae ei qiiotidie 
 ovum pariebat aiireum. Hinc suspicari '^ coepit, illam ^ 
 auri massam intus celare/ et gallTiiam occTdit. Sed 
 niliil in ea reperit, nisi quod s in aliis gallTnis reperiri 
 solet. Itaque dum majoribus divitiis^ inhiabat, etiam 
 ruinores^ perdidit. 
 
 15. Viator es et Asinus. 
 
 Duo^ qui una iter faciebant, asmum oberrantem In 
 solitudme conspicatijj accurrunt Igeti, et uterque eum 
 sibi vindicare coepit, quod eum priori conspexisset.^ 
 Dum vero contendunt et rixantur, nee "^ a " verberibua 
 abstinent, asinus auf ugit, et neuter eo » potitur. 
 
 16. Corvus et Lupi. ^ 
 
 Corvus partem prsedae petebat a lupis, quod eos 
 totum diem p comitatus esset.^ Cui illi, Non tu nos, 
 inqmnnt, sed prcedam sectcltus es^idqiie^ eo ammo,^ ut 
 ne nostris quidem corporibus^ pareeres,^ si exanimor 
 rentur.^ 
 
 Grammars.— <= 542, r. sxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— «> 663, r. Ivii. : 1148, 
 r. Ixxxiii.— e 671, r. Iviii. : 1136, r. Ixxix.— »> 399, r. iv. : S2(i, r. 
 xxxii.— k -iU, 663.—^ 655, 125^').—"' 242, 1 : 490.-^ 615, 994. 
 » 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xiiv.— p 565, r. xli. : .V^O, r. Ixi — ^ 123. 2, 
 a (fecisti): 103:j,—^ 4.03, r. v.: 831,— ' 627, 1, 1st: 1220,-^ 
 t 627, 2 : 1267 » ■■ ^__ 
 
 Idioms.—" 123, L— ^ 19, 1.— f 96, 4.— f 37, 2.—' 19. Sup. divilioA. 
 — j 105, 1.--° 7, 3.—^ 7, 1. 
 
FABLES FKOM ^SOP. 85 
 
 ]\rerito in actionibus non sijectfitiir, quid fiat,^ scd 
 quo annno fiat.*^ 
 
 17. PasWres et Lupus. 
 Pastores ca3sa ove •' coiivivium celebrabant. Quod ^ 
 quum lupus cerneret,'^ -^^^5 inquit, si agnum rapuissem,^ 
 quantus tmmdtus fieretl^ Atistis im)yune ovem come- 
 dunt! Turn unum illdrumjh Nos enim,^ inquit, nostrdy 
 non aliend ove'^ epuldmarl 
 
 18. Carhonarius et Fullo, 
 
 Carbonarius, qui spatiosam liabebat domum, invita- 
 vit fulldnem, ut ad se commigraret.J Ille respondit; 
 Qucenam inter nos esse possit^^ societas? quum tu vestes, 
 guas ego nitidas 7^eddldissem} faligine et macuUs inqivlna- 
 turns esses. ^ 
 
 Hgec fabula docet dissimilia " non debere « conjungi.p 
 
 19. Tuhicen. 
 
 Tabtcen ab hostibus captus, iVeq me, inquit, inter fi- 
 cite; nam inermis sum, 7ieque^ quidquam habeo prceter 
 hanc tuham. At liostes, Propter lioc ipsum, inquiunt, 
 te iyiterimemiis, quod, quum ip)se^ p>ugnandi^ sis^ imper- 
 Uus, alios ad pugnam incitdre soles. 
 
 Fabula docet, non soliim maleficosv esse puniendos,^ 
 sed -^ etiam eos, qui alios ad male faciendum y irritent,^ 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 5: 11S2.~<= 295, 701,—^ 627, 2: 126 J, 
 r. xcvii.— f 627, 5: 1182,— s 118, 3, 3d : 1028.—' 485.— J 627, 1, 
 3d : 1208.— H-jQ, 1^,91.— "'214, 8 : S28.—°Qn, v. Iviii. : 11.36, 
 r. Ixxix.— P 665, 1138.— "^ 657. 2 : 1113.— "^ 242, 1 : 490.—' 702, 
 13217 ; and 349, r. ix. : 76»>, r. xviii.— " 630, 1247.—'^ 687, 
 1314.—^ 720, r. Ixv. : 13G9, r. cviii. — y 704, 1337*—^ Sup. 
 verum est. 
 
 Idioms.—' T4, 9.—'' 9, 1, and 109, 2.—'= 38, 4.— <! 74, 3.— « 74, 7.— 
 ^ 21, 2.— J T8, 5.— "^ n, 4.—° 19, 4.—° 95, I.— • 32, 2.—^ 19, 1.— 
 " 108, 4. 
 
86 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 20. Accipitres et Columhce. 
 
 Accipitres quondam acerrimd inter se belligerabant. 
 Hos columbse in ^ gratiam rediicere conatae ^ effQcerunt, 
 lit illi pacem inter se^ facerent.'^ Quae firmata, accip- 
 itres vim suam^ in ipsas columbas converterunt. 
 
 Hsec fabula docet, potentiorum discordias imbecil- 
 lionbusff ssepe prodesse. 
 
 21. 3IuUer et G-alllna, 
 
 Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, qu93 ei quotidie unum 
 OYum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligen- 
 tiiis saginaret,h fore,i ut illabina aut tenia ova quotidie 
 pareret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis 
 esset facta,J plane ova parere desiit. 
 
 Ha3C fabula docet, avaritiam s^pe damnosam esse. 
 
 22. Vulpes et Uva. 
 
 Yulpes uvam in vite conspicata^ ad illam subsiliit 
 omnium virium suarum^ contentione,^ si eam forte at- 
 tingere posset.^ Tandem defatigata inani labored dis- 
 cedens dixit: At nunc etiam acerhce sunt, nec^ eas in 
 via rep ertas"^ toller em. "^ 
 
 Hsec fabula docet, multos^ ea® contemnSre, quae so 
 assequi posse desperent.P 
 
 Grammars.—'! 627, 1, 3d: 1208.— e 393, r. i. : 820, r. xxix.— 
 ^ 627, 2 : 1207.—' 678, 1183.-^ 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii ^ 
 1 242, 1: 190.— 9 656, 1291, 
 
 Idioms.--* 123, 1.—^ 105, 2.— « 31, Note.—' 38, 3.— ^ 31, 3.— J 74^ 
 8._'n 101^ 4.—" 78, 8.—° 19, 1, and 4. 
 
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 87 
 
 23. Vulpes et Lecena. 
 
 Vulpes legenae ^ exprobrabat, quod nonnisi uniim 
 catulum pareret.^ Hide dicitur respondisse, Ununu 
 sed leonem. 
 
 Hjfic fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem reriim sesti- 
 mandarn'^ esse, docet. 
 
 24. 3Iures. 
 
 Mures aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomodo sibi 
 a fele caverent.^ Multis aliis^ propositis, omnibus *' 
 placuit,g ut eih tintinnabulum annecteretur;' sic enim 
 ipsos J sonitu admonitos earn fugere posse. ^^ Sed quum 
 jam inter mures qugereretur,i qui fell "^ tintinnabulum 
 annecteret," nemo repertus est. 
 
 Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces,° 
 sed in ipso perictdo timidos.p 
 
 25. Canis Mordax. 
 
 Cani h mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex 
 sere appendi,^ ut omnes eum cavere possent.' Ille verd 
 aeris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtiitis suse prsemium "^ 
 esset,^ alios canes prge se contemnere coepit. Cui unus 
 senior,^ te^ stoUduni, inquit, qui ignordre videriSy^"^ 
 isto tinnitu pravitdtem morum tiidrum indicdri!'^ 
 
 Grammars. — » 501, r. xxix. : 6'f5Jf,r. xxxiii. — ^ 629, 1255. — ^ e-ZY, 
 5 : llS2.—f' 409, r. xviii. : 840, r. xxxv.— »> 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. 
 Ixxiv.— ' 627, 1, 4th: 1222.— ^ Ql 9, Sup. existiamaveruni : 1159. 
 — '» 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— ° 127, 1 : 1182. — « 322, 0/1.^ 
 P 720.—' 319, r. v. : 6*6*6*, r. vi.— • 627, 2. Sup. id. sc. Uniinnabulum : 
 1277.—'' 451, 977. 
 
 Idioms.—* 63, 2.— « 108, 4.— « 9, 1, aa-i 19, 4.— ? 65,— j 32, 8.— 
 ' 65, aud 74, 3.—° 76, 2.— i 90, 1.—* 6, 3. Sup. ceteris.—-' 95, 4.— 
 "^ 70, 3. 
 
88 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 PI93C fabula scripta est in ^ eos, qui sibi ^' insignil)us 
 fiagitionim suorum placent. 
 
 26.- Canis et Lupus. 
 
 Lupus canem videns bene saginatum, Quanta est, m- 
 quit, feUeitas tual Tu, ut videris,^ laute vivis, at ego 
 fame enecor. Turn canis, Licet, inquit meeum^ in urhem 
 venias,'^ et eddem felicitate^ frudriso Lupus conditionem 
 accepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in colio 
 canis attiitos g pilos. Quid hoc est? inquit.* Num^ 
 jugmn sustlnes ? " cervix enim tua tota est glabra. Nihil 
 est, canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant, ut noctu 
 sim vigilantior; atque hcec sujit vestigia colldris, quod 
 cervlci} circumddri solet. Turn lupus, Vale, inquit, 
 armce I k nihil ^ moror felicitdtem^ servitute emptam I 
 
 Hsec fabula docet, liberis * nullum commodum tanti ^ 
 esse, quod" servitutis calamitatem compensare possit.® 
 
 27. Lupus et Crrus. 
 
 In faucibus lupi os inhseserat. Mercede igitur con- 
 diicit gruem, qui" illud extrahat.P Hoc q grus longi- 
 tudme colli facile effecit. Quum autem mercedem 
 postularet, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, 
 Num^ tibi,i\\(\n\i, parva merces"^ videtur,^ quod caput 
 incolume ex lupi faucibus extraxisti? ^ 
 
 Grammars. — ^ 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— d 118, 4 : 473.—^ 632, 
 1204.—^ 484, r. xxvi. : 8S0, r. xliv.— s 179, 6: 281.— i 522, r. 
 iii.: 1075, r. Ixxiv.— ^ 448, 973.—^ 500, 790.—"' 582, 799 ; 
 496, 800.—° 643, 2: 1221.— p 643, 4tli : 1212.—' 319, r. v.: 
 67>Y>, r. vi.— 3 624, 1, 2: 1079 and 1261.—' 378, r. xv.: 870, 
 r. xli. 
 
 Idioms.—' 123, 1.—' 70, G.—s 97, 4.— ^^ 56, 3cl.~i 58, 1.—° 40, 1.^ 
 q 19, 4.—" 51 and 70. 
 
 * Supply lujjus. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP, 89 
 
 28. Agrlcola et Anguis, 
 
 Agricola anguem reperit frigore psene extinctum. 
 Misericordia motiis eum fo\it sinu,^- et subter alas ^ re- 
 condidit. Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agri- 
 colae ^ pro beneficio letale vubius iiiflixit. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, qualem ^ mercedem mali pro bene- 
 ficiis reddere soleaiit.'i 
 
 29. Asinus et Uquus, 
 
 Asinus eqiuim beatiim prasdicabat, qui ^ tarn copiose 
 pasceretiir,^ quiim sibi post molestissimos labores iie 
 palese quidem satis praBberentur.^" Forte autem bello ff 
 exorto equiis in ^ proelium agitiir, et circumventus ab 
 hostibus, post incredibiles labores tandem, multis vul- 
 neribns confossns, collabitur. Hsec omnia asinns con- 
 spicatus,' Omei stolidum, hiqiiit, qui ^ heatitudinem ex 
 prcesefitis temp oris fortund cestimavei'im ! ^ 
 
 30. Agriebla et Filii. 
 
 Agriccla senex, quum mortem sibi^ appropinquare l 
 sentiret, filios convocavit, quos, iit fieri solet/" inter- 
 dum discordare " noverat, et fascem virgularum afferri ^ 
 jubet. Quibiis « allatis, filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem 
 frangerent.P Quodq quum facere non possent, distri- 
 buit singulas virgas, iisque celeriter fractis, docuit 
 
 Grammars.—* 611, 992.—^ 608, r. li. : 988, r. Ixix.— « 501, r 
 xxix.: 855, r. xxxix.— ^ 627, 5: 1182.—^ 645, r. iii. : 1251, r 
 xcv.— f 630, l;247.— J 449, r. xxi.: 975, r. Ixv.— "^ 399, r. iv. : 
 820, r. xxxii.— P 627, 1, 3d: 1208. 
 
 Idioms.— f 74, 3— s 9, 1, acd 109, 5.— ^ 123, I.—'' 105, 1.—^ 96, L 
 m 68^ 3__n 90, 2. -° 38, 3.— i 38, 4. 
 
 \ 
 
90 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 illos,^ qiiam firma res^ esset^ concordia, quamque iin« 
 
 becillis discordia. 
 
 31. Equus et Asinus. 
 
 Asiniis onnstus sarcmis equuma rogavit, ut aliqua 
 parte ^ oneris se^ levaret, si se^ vivum videre velletJ 
 Sed ille asmi preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur ast* 
 nus labore consumptus in vi^ corruit, et efflavit animam. 
 Turn agitator omnes sarcmas, quas asinus portaverat, 
 atque insiiper etiam pellem asTno s detractam in ^^ equum 
 imposuit. Ibi ille sero priorem superbiam deplorans, 
 me miserum, inquit, qui parvulum onus in^ me recipere 
 noluerim,^ quum nunc eogar^ tantas sarcinas ferre, una 
 cum pelle comitis mei, cuj us preces tarn superbe oontemp- 
 seram. 
 
 32. Mulier et Ancillce, 
 
 Mulier vidua, quae texendo ^ vitam sustentabat, sole- 
 bat ancillas suas^ de nocte excitare ad opus, quum pri- 
 mum galli cantum audivisset. At illse diuturno labore 
 fatigatae statuerunt gallum interficere."! Quo" facto, 
 deteriore conditione ° quam prius* esse coeperunt. Nam 
 domma, de liora noctis incertaP nunc famulas saepe jam 
 
 prima nocte q excitabat. 
 
 • ' — ■» 
 
 * Smpplj fuerant. 
 Grammars.—" 627, 5 : 1182.—* 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1.— • 118, 
 3, 1st: 1024.— f 621, 2 : 1263.— ^^ 524, r. v.: 1073, r. Ixxiv-- 
 » 645, r. iii. : 1251, r. xcv.— ^^ 705, 1310.— "^ 663 r. Ivii. : 114S, 
 T. Ixxxiii.— » 611, 992.— 1 5C5, r. xl. : 949, r. Ix. 
 
 Idioms.—" 63, 4, 3.—'- 57, 6, and JSfote.—^ 123, 1.— J 74, 1.— -> 30, 1 
 38, 5, and 109.— p 16. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP. 91 
 
 33. Testudo et Aquila. 
 
 Testudo aquTlam magnopere orabat, ut sese^ volare 
 docerei. Aquila ei osteiidebat quidem, earn ^ rem pe- 
 tere <^ naturae ^ snce contrariam ; sed ilia niliilo ^ minus 
 instilbat, et obsecrabat aquTlam, ut se ^ volucrem facere-^ 
 vellet. Itaque ungulis arreptam* aqiiTla sustulit in 
 sublime, et demisit illam, nt per aerem ferretur. Turn 
 in saxa incTdens comminuta interiit. 
 
 Haec fabula dpcet, multos s cupiditatibus siiis occoe- 
 catos consilia prudentiorum respuere s et in exitium 
 ruere ? stultitia sua.h 
 
 34. Luscinia et Aceijnter. 
 
 Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae,* quum 
 intelligeret sibi J mortem s impendere, ad preces con- 
 versa orat accipitrem, ne ^ se perdat sine caiisd. Se s 
 enim avidissimum ventrern illius non posse explere^ et 
 suadere adeo, ut gy'andlores aliquas volucres venetur.^ 
 Cui accipiter, Insamrem,"^ inquit, si partam prcedam 
 amittere^'^ et incerta ^ pro certis ^ sectdri vellem,v 
 
 35. Senex et 3Io7^s. 
 Senex in silva ligna ccciderat, iisque q sublatis,domum ' 
 
 * Supply illam. 
 GRAmiARS.— » 118, 3, IPt : 1024.—^ 673 and 674, 1136.—^ 382, 
 r. xyi.: 8G0, r. xl— « 579, r, xliii.: 929, r. ly.— J 399, r. iv. : 826^ 
 r.xxxii.— » 656, 1291.— v 627, 2: 1265,—* 558, r. xxxix,: 91:3, 
 r. lix. 
 
 iDio.vrs.— '' 27, 2, 6, and 91.— ^ 96, 1.—*" 87, 5.— e 91, 2.—^ 31, 3. - 
 
 » 39. 6.—^ 121, 2.—'" 78, 8.—" 87, 5.— • 19, 4.-1 9, 1, and 109, 
 
 5 
 
92 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 redire coepit. Qiiiim aliqiiantiim ^ viae ^ progresses es- 
 set,'^ et'^ onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et 
 secum setatis et inopise mala conteiiiplatus ^ Mortem 
 clara voce invocavit, qiias ^ ipsum s ab omnibus his ma- 
 lis'i liber aret/ Tum Mors senis precibiis auditis' sub- 
 ito adstititj* et, quid vellet,J percunctatur.^ At Senex, 
 quem ' jam votorum ^ suorum poeiiitebat,^ iW7w7,t inquit, 
 sed requlro qui ^^ onus paululum allevet ^ dum ego rursus 
 suheo.X 
 
 36. Inimici. 
 
 In eadem navi vehebantur duo,*' qui inter se p capi- 
 talia odia exercebant. Unus eorum q in prora, alter in 
 puppi residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes 
 de vita desperarent, interrogat is,'" qui in puppi sede- 
 bat, gubernatorem, TJtram partem navis prius suhmer- 
 sum iri^ existimdretj Cui gubernator, Proram,\\ re- 
 spondit. Tum ille, Jam mors mihi non molesta est, 
 quum inimici mei mortem adspecturus sim.^ 
 
 37. Hinnuleus et Cervus. 
 
 Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- 
 gasse dicitur : Mi^ pater ^ qiium ?nulto^ sis^' major canihus,^ 
 
 * Supply seni, Gr. 399, R. IV. f Supply volo. | Supply id, viz : onus, 
 H Supply prius submersum iri, 
 
 Grammars.—* 573, r. xlii. : 958, r. Ixii.— »> 343, r. viii. : 771. r. 
 xix.— ^ 517.-"^ 621, 1167, — '" 419, Exc. ii. : 805. — '' 286, 4tb.— 
 r 118, 5: 1019.—^ WO, 1: 1172 ; and 214, 8: 328.—^ 98, Note 
 1: 190.—^ 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. Iv. 
 
 Idioms.— « 74, 8.— <i ]24, 1.— « 106, 1.—' 40, 4.— r 32, 8.—' 104, 1. 
 — J 74, 16.— 1 66, 9.— * 37, 1.—° 19, 1.— P 123, 3.— ^ 21, 2.—' 34 and 
 35.— • 100, 7 — ^^ 74, 1.—* 6, 3. 
 
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 93 
 
 et tarn ardua cornim haheas^^ quibus a te vim propulsdre 
 possis,^ gin fit, ^ ut canes tantopere metuas? Ibi cervus 
 rideiis, ifi wa^e, iiiquit, vera"^ mempras; mild'' tamen^ 
 nescio qiio pacto, semper accidit,^ ut audita canum voce, 
 in fiigam statim convertar. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, natui-a^ formidolosos niillis ration- 
 ibus ^ fortes reddi posse. 
 
 38. Urndus et Lupus. 
 
 Qimm hoediis evagiss^t Inpiim, et confugisset in cau- 
 1am ovium, Quid tu, stulte, inqiiit ille, hic te salvum 
 futurums speras^ubiquotidie pecudesrapi^ et diis^ mactd- 
 ri^^ videas?^ Non euro, inqiiit hoediis; nam si morieiv- 
 dum J sit, qnanto k p)rcBclarius ^ mihi '" erit, meo erudre 
 aspergi aras dedrum wwiortalium, qudm irrigdri siccas 
 lupi fauces. 
 
 Hgec fabula docet, bonos » mortem, quie omnibus « 
 immmet, non timere,o si cum lionestate et laude con- 
 juncta sit.P 
 
 89. Corvus et Vulpes. 
 
 Corvus alicnnde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in al- 
 tam arborem subvolarat.q A'ulpecula ilium caseum 
 appetens corvum blandis verbis f adoritur ; quumque 
 
 GK.utiiARS.— » 720, r. Ixv. : 1369 , r. cviii.— ^ 656, 1291.— 
 • 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— ' 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. sliL— « 179, 
 4, Note 1: 1135.—^ 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— J 699, r. ]xi. : 
 1307, r. cii.— ^ 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. Iv.— i 270. 659.— "^ 382, r. 
 xvi. : 860, r. xL— p 627, 2 : 1265.—^ 214, 1 : 315. 
 
 Idioms.—" 61, 4.— <J 19, 4.— »> 95, 4—° 91, 2.— <> 95, 1. 
 
 / 
 
94 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 primum formam ejus ^ pennarumqiie nitorem laiidas- 
 set, Pol, inqiiit, te avium regem esse dicerem^ si cajitus 
 pulchritudini ^ tuce responderet. Turn ille laudibus viil- 
 pis inflatus etiam caiitu se ^ valere ^ demoiistrare voliiit. 
 Ita verd e rostro aperto caseus delapsus est, quern vul- 
 pes arreptum devoravit. 
 
 Hsec fabula docet, vitandas^ esse adulatorum voces, 
 qui blaiiditiis suis nobis ^ iiisidiantur. 
 
 40. Leo. 
 
 Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, ovis. Prse- 
 dag autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes gequales 
 divisa, leo, Prima^ ^it, mea^ est; dehetur enim licee^ 
 prmstantioe'- mece. Tollam et secujidam, quam meretur 
 Tohurmeum. Tertiam i vindicat sibi egregius labor meus. 
 Quartam qui sibi arrogdre value rit, is^ sciat,^ se habitu- 
 rum"^ 7ne inimlcum sibi.^ Quid facerent^ imbecilles 
 bestige, aut quae* sibi " leonem infestum habere vellet ? « 
 
 41. 3fus et Piisticus. 
 
 Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprehensus tarn P 
 acri morsu ejus ^ digitos vulneravit, ut p ille eum dimit- 
 teret/i dicens : Nihil, mehercule, tarn ^^usillmn est, qvod^ 
 de salute desperdre debeat, modo se defendere et vim de- 
 pulsar e velit.^ 
 
 * Supply bestia, Id. 19. 
 Grammars.— « 405, 5th: 833.—^ 403, 831.—' 519, r.: 1075, 
 r. Ixxiv.— J 501, r. : 855, r. xxxix.— ^^ 118, 3, 3d : 1038.—^ Ill, 1 : 
 1193.—'^ 179, 4. Note 1 : 278.—'' 382, r. xvi. : 800, r. xl.— "» 142, 
 2d: 1180.-1 627, 1, 1st: 1220.-* 627, 4: 1265. 
 
 Idioms.—* 31, and Obs.— '' 78, 8.— «» 96, 2.— • 108, 4.— f 7, 7.— r 9, I, 
 end 109.— >» 19.—* 64, 2.— J 62.— p 124, 15.—' 40, 3. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP. 95 
 
 42. V'uUur et Aviciilce, 
 
 Yultur aliqimndo avictilas invitavit^ ad convivrjm, 
 quod illis daturus esset ^ die ^ natali siio. Quiie ^ quum 
 ad teiTipiis adessent, eas carpere et occiderc^, epulasqiie 
 sibi de iiiYitatis insiruere coepit. 
 
 43. Ranee, 
 
 Eanae lastabantur, quiim iiuntiatum esset « Solem ux- 
 orem duxisse/ Sed una ceteris g' prudentior, vos 
 stolidGS, iiiquit ; nonne meministis,^ quantopere nos scepe 
 unius jSoUs cestus exeruciet?^ Quid igitur fieiy quum 
 liheros etiam procreaverit^ i 
 
 44. Ranee et Jupiter. 
 
 Ran as aliquaiido regem sibi a Jove ^^ petivisse dicunt- 
 MY. Quarum ille precibus exoratiis trabem ingentem 
 ill lacum dejecit, Raiiae soiiTtu pertemtae primiim re- 
 fugere,'* delude vero trabem in aqua natantem conspi- 
 cata^ magno cum contemptu '" in ea consederunt, alium- 
 que sibi novis clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Turn 
 Jupiter earum stultitiam puniturus " by drum illis mi* 
 sit. a quo ^ quum plurimas captse perirent, sero eas P 
 stolidarum precum poenituit. 
 
 45. Lupi et Pastor es. 
 
 Quum Pliilippus, rex Macedonia, cum Atheniensibus 
 foedu^ initiirus esset ea conditione.q ut oratores suos 
 
 GRAmiARS.— '^ 655, i2,'jo.— « 565, r. xl. : 949 , r. Ix.— »> 84, 2: 
 #;;;.—' 157, l: 1081; 627. 5: 1182.— ^ 168, 1098.— ^ 511, 
 7S7.—^ 669, li:i7. — ^ 545, 870. — " 530, 1074. —f 419.— 
 « 542, r. XXXV. : 87 S, r. xlii. 
 
 Idioms.—" 73.— «> 39 6.— e 51, 2.— f 98, 3.—f B, 3.—^ 58, 1.— » 102, 
 1.— P 66 8. 
 
96 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 ipsi a traderent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabulam, 
 qua iis ^ calliclum regis consilium ante oculos poneret.*' 
 Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse,<^ 
 se nunquam in posterum ^ greges esse impugnatiiros/ 
 si canes ipsis s dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastori- 
 bus h conditionem ; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis i nu- 
 datas vidissent, eos J impetu facto omiiem gregem dila- 
 niasse. 
 
 46. JPuer Mendax. 
 
 Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori- 
 bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum. 
 aggressos esse^ fingens. Ssepe autem frustratus eos, 
 qui auxilium latiirii advenerant, tandem iupo reverb 
 irruente, multis cum lacrymis vicTnos orare coepit, ut 
 sibi"^ etgregi'^ subvenirent. At illi eum pariter ut an- 
 tea ludere " existimantes preces ejus et lacrymas neg- 
 lexerunt, ita ut lupus libere in oves gTassaretur,o plu- 
 rimasque earum p dilaniaret. 
 
 47. Corvus. 
 
 Corvus, qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alt^ 
 voce q significavit. Quo ^ sono q allecti plures corvi 
 famelici advolaverunt,^ impetiique in ilium facto, opi- 
 mam ei t dapem eripuerunt. 
 
 Grammars. — » 501, r. xxix. : SoS^ r. xxxix. — ^ 380, S71» — " 641, 
 8p., r. ii.: 1205.—^ 232, Obs. 1: 391,— s 522, r. iii. : 1073, t. 
 
 Ixxiv.— J 720, 11,36.— "" 403, 831.—^ 627, 1, 1st: 1220,-1' 355, 
 »•. X. : 77 If r. xix. — i 542, r, xxxv. : 873, r, xlii. 
 
 Idioms.—^ 5, 3.— <» 98, 2, and 94, 3.— « 19, 5.— f 100, 3.— >» 7, 2.— 
 " 64, 8.— fe 94, 1, 2d, 2, and 98, 2.— » 102, l.—"* 7, 2.—" 94, 1, 2, and 
 t>6, 2,— «■ 38.—* Sup. ad eum.—^ 5, 1. 
 
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 97 
 
 48, Comix et Columha. 
 
 Oornix coliimbae ''^ gratiilabatur foecuiiditatem,ij quod 
 singulis mensibus pullos excluderet.^ At ilia, Ne mei, 
 \\\q\\\i,doldris causam cOmmemoresA Nam quos pullos^ 
 edilco^ eos^ dominiis rajjtds^^aut ipse comedit, aut aliis 
 comedendos s vendit. Ita mihi mea foecundUas novum 
 semper luctum parit. 
 
 49. Leo^ Asinus, et Vulpes. 
 
 ^ Vulpes, asinus, et leo, venatumh iverant.^ Ampla 
 praeda fact^,leo asinumillam partirijubetJ Qui^ quum 
 singulis singtdas ^ partes poneret £equales, leo eum cor- 
 reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculse partiendi'" negotium 
 tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni partem maximam apposuit, 
 sibi vix minmiam reservans p?trticidam. Turn leo sub- 
 ridens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerefi 
 interrogare, coepit. Et vulpes, Hujus'' me, inquit, ca- 
 lamitas docuit, quid minor es"? potentiorihus deheant.^ 
 
 50. Muscce. 
 
 Effusa mellis copia est: Muscae advolant:q 
 
 Pascuntur. At mox impedltis cruribus 
 
 Eevolare nequeunt. Heu miser am, inquiunt, vicem ! ^ 
 
 Grammars.— » 403, 831.—^ 539, and Note : S92.—'' 655, 12i>5r 
 i 111, 1: 1193.—^ 312, r, i. : 643^ r. iii— J 157, 3: 10S'>.— 
 » 702, 1327,—'' 627, 5: 1182.—' 451, 977. 
 
 Idioms.—* 7, 2.--« 37, 2d, Note, and 6.— <" Supply pullos.— s 107, 2. 
 —^ 114, l.—'^ 39, 1.— » 26, 4. — ° viz., osinL-Sf 19, 1.— i Sup. ad id 
 (mel.) 
 
98 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 Cibus iste ^ hiandus, qui j^ellexit suainter, 
 Nunc fraudvlentus qudm crudeliter necat! 
 Perf ida voluptas fabula hac depingitur. 
 
 51. Cancer. 
 Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litore 
 Pascendi t> cupTdus. Yulpes hunc simul ^ adsj^Tcit 
 Jejuna, simul accurritj^^ et praedam capit. 
 Nce^ dixit ille, jure plector^ qui, salo* 
 Quum fuerim natus, voluerim^ solo ingredi! 
 
 Suus unicuTque ^ praefinltus est locus, 
 Quern prgeterire sine periclo non licet. 
 
 52. Culex et Taurus. 
 
 In cornu tauri parvulus quondam culex 
 Consedit; sequel dixit, mole si sua^ 
 Eum 8" gravaret, avolatiirum h illTco. 
 At ille ; ^ Nee te considentem senseravi. 
 
 * There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be pi'C* 
 served in the translation ; — a loss of but little importance. 
 
 Grammars.—^ 118, 3, 3d: 1028.—^ 702, 1327. -^ 645, r. iii. : 
 1251, r. xcv.— f 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— i" 302 2 : 033, 2 
 179, Note 1 : 1135,—' 308, 639, 
 
 Idioms. — * 124, 11. — ^ Sun. adema.--* 31. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 1. Cadmus, Agenoris filius,^ quod draconem, Martis 
 filiuin, foiitis cujusdam in Boeotia ciistodem,''^ occiderat, 
 omuem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum 
 Harmoiiia,'' uxore^ sua in Ill^^riam fugit, ubi ambo'^ 
 in dracones conversi sunt. 
 
 2. Amycus, Neptiini filius,^ rex Bebiyciag, omnes, 
 qui in ejus regna venissent,^ cogebat c^stibus secum 
 contendere, et victos occidebat. Hie quum Argonautas 
 ad certamen proYocasset,e Pollux cum eo contendit, et 
 cum interf ecit. 
 
 3. Otos et Epliialtes, Aloei filii^ mira magnitudmes 
 fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis '• mensibus » novcni dig- 
 itis J crescebant. Itaque quum essent annorum novem,? 
 in coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic 
 faciebant,k ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, 
 aliosque praeterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis 
 sagittis interempti sunt. 
 
 5. Daedalus, Eupliemi filius, artYfex peritissTmus, ob 
 
 Grammars.—'' 314, 64o.— «= 265, 266 : 6^2, 653.—^ 636, 1227> 
 — ^ 254, (>26,—^ 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— * 565 r. xli. : 9^0, r. 
 Ix.— ) 573, r. xlii.: 03S, r. Ixii. : ^ 160, 2 : lOSO. 
 
 Idioms.—' 12, 1.— « 74 8.— s 6, 1.— >» 26, 5. 
 
100 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 caedem Atlienis ^ commissam in Cretam ^ abiit ad regem 
 Minoem. Ibi labyrinthum exstruxit. A Minoe ^ ali- 
 qiiando in custodiam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas 
 cora*^ aptavit, et cum eoavolavit. Diiixi Icarus altius® 
 evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decTdit, 
 quod ex eo Icarium pelagus ^ est appellatum. Dasdalus 
 autem in Siciliam ^ pervenit. 
 
 5. ^sculapius, ApollTnis filius, medicus prsestantis- 
 simus, Hippoljto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. 
 Ob id facmus Jupiter eum fulmme percussit. Turn 
 Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non poterat, 
 Cyclopes, qui fulmma fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc fac- 
 tum, Apollmem Jupiter Admeto, regi Thessaliae, in 
 servitutem dedit. 
 
 6. Alcestim,i Peliss filiam, quum multi in matrimo- 
 nium peterent,Pelias promTsit,se filiam ei esse datiirum,J 
 qui feras currui junxisset.k Admetus, qui earn perditd 
 amabat, ApollTiiem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuva- 
 ret. Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei^ serviebat, liberaliter 
 esset tractatus, aprum ei et leonem currui junxit,"^ qui- 
 bus " ille Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo implici- 
 tus, munus ab Apollme accepit, ut prsesens periculum 
 effugeret, si quis spoiite pro eo moreretur.o Jam quum 
 neqiie pater, neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluis- 
 set p uxor se Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte 
 adveniens Orci mambus q eripuit, et Admeto reddidit. 
 
 7. Cassiope filiae suae Andromedee formam Nereidum 
 
 Grammars.— b 562, 947*—^ 530, 107^.—^ 319, r.v.: 66*6% r. vi. 
 — b' 6U9 and GIO: 9S9 and 991.—^ 501, r. xxix. : SS^j^ r. xxxix. 
 • 90, 2: 1,3(>,—^ 403, r. v. : 83 1^ r. xxxiii.— "> 427, r. xix: A'^.T, 
 r. xxxix.; 431, Sr>2,—^ 291, 697*—" 142, 2d: 1205 ; 627, 2: 
 1265.— P 313, 644. 
 
 Idioms.—" 6, 2.— ^^ 123. 1.— ^ 6, 4.— ^ 22, 3.— s 123, 2.— J 100, 2.— 
 Ji 80, 2.—' 7, 2.— 1 5, 1 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 101 
 
 .orma) ^ anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illss a Neptuno ^ 
 postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto^ immani, qui oras 
 populai)atur, objiceretur. Qu£e ^ quum ad saxiim alii* 
 gilta esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam. occiderat, 
 advolavit, et, bellua devicta^ et interempta,e Androme- 
 dam liberavit. 
 
 8. Quam quum abducere vellet victor, Agenor, cut 
 antea desponsata fiicrat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum 
 interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ Ille, re cognita,^ 
 caput Mediisae insidiantibus ostendit, quo s viso, omnes 
 in saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum AndromSd^ 
 in patriam rediit. 
 
 9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, 
 Alcyone, conjugis morte audTta,^ se in mare praecipitavit. 
 Turn deorum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, 
 quae Alj^cones appellantur. Had aves pariunt liiberno 
 tempore > Per illos dies mare tranquillium esse dici- 
 tur; unde nautiB tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos 
 appellare solent. 
 
 10. Tantrdus, Jovis filius, tam earns fuit diis,i ut 
 Jupiter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas 
 deorum admitteret.f At ille, quae J apud Jovem audiv- 
 erat, cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen 
 dicTtur ^ apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque 
 sitire. Nam, quoties haustum aquae sumpturusi est, 
 aqua recedit. Tum etiam poma ei"' super caput pen- 
 dent; sed, quoties eadecerpere conatur, rami vento moti 
 
 Grammars.—'' 501, r. xxix. : <S'JJ, r. xxxix.— "^ 511, '^3^,—<-- 522, 
 r. iii. : 107 ii^ v. Ixxiv.— >» 365, r. xl : 949 , r. Ix.— i 382. r. xvL 
 860, r. x].— t 676, 1155.—^ 214, 8 : 32'S.—-^ 380, 87 1, r. 
 
 Idioms.— '^ 39, 2.—* 104, 1.— f 85.— « 38, 5.— J 37, 2.— ■" 5, 3. 
 
102 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 receduiit. Alii saxum ejus capTti ^ impenclere clicunt 
 cujus ruTiiam timeiis perpetuo metii cruciatur. 
 
 11. In nnptiis ^ Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati 
 erant printer Discordiam. Hasc ira commota malum 
 misitin medium, cui ^ inscripta erant verba : Pulcherrhna 
 me liabeto. Tum Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul 
 appetebant ; ^ magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupi- 
 ter Mercurio imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami fil- 
 ium, duceret,e qui in monte Ida greges pascebat ;* hunc 
 earum litem diremptiirum esse.^ Huic Juno, si se pul- 
 cherrimam judicasset,^ omnium terrarum regnum est 
 pollicita ; Minerva ei splendidam inter homines famam 
 promlsit ; Venus autem Helenam, Ledge et Jovis filiam, 
 se ei in conjugium dare ^ spopondit. Paris, hoc dono 
 prioribus^ antepositoi Venerem pulcherrimam esseJ 
 judicavit. Postea Veneris hortatu Lacedgemonem '^ pro- 
 fectus, Helenam conjugi^ suo"^ Menelao eripuit. Hiiic 
 bellum Trojanum originem cepit, ad quod tota fere Grge- 
 cia, duce " Agamemnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 
 
 12. Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium 
 suum cito peritiirum esse,f si Grsecorum exercitum ad 
 Trojam sequeretur,? eum misit in insulam Scyron," regi- 
 que Lycomedi commendavit. Ille eum, muliebri habitu,P 
 inter filias suas servabat. Grseci autem quum audivis- 
 sent eum ibi occultari,q unus eorum "■ Ulysses, rex Itliu- 
 CJB, in regio^ vestibulo muiiera femineas in calathiscis 
 
 * Supply dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, Id. 94, 4. 
 Grammars.— » .399, r. iv. : S26, r. xxxii.— '' 609. 989.—'' 522, r. 
 lii. : 107''>, r. Ixxiv.— -^ 312, r. i.: 6*-/;>% r. iii— ^ G27, 1, 3d.— « 627, 
 2: J2(ir>.—^ 547, 2: 931.—^ 118, 3, Exc: 230,—" 74, 6'<S'.— 
 P 542, r. xxxv.-r 873, r. xHi.— « 337, 7'>6*. 
 
 iDiOMa— f 94, 1, 2d, and 100, l.~»> 94, 3, and 100, 2.—' 104, 1.— 
 90, 3.—^ 5, 1.—"' 30, 4.— » 110, 1.— q 96, 7.— ■• 21, 2. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 103 
 
 posuit, simulqiie clypeum et liastam ; mulieresque advo* 
 cfiri a jussit. Qujb ^ dum omnia contemplabaiitur, sub- 
 ito tiibicen cecmit; quo sono audito, AekiUes anna 
 arripuit. Unde eum virumc esse'^ intellectum est. 
 
 13. Qmim totus Grascorum exercitus Aulide ^ conve- 
 nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dianas retinebat. 
 Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditionis, cervam deae ^ 
 sacram s vulneraverat, superbiusque ^ in Dianam locii- 
 tus erat. Is quum haruspices convocasset, responde- 
 runt, iram deae expiari' non posse/' nisi filiam suam 
 Iphigeniam ei immolassetJ Hanc ob causam Ulysses 
 Arg'os k profectus mentitur ^ Agamemnonem filiam 
 Achilli in matrimonium promisisse.™ Sic eam Auli- 
 dem^ abduxit. Ubi quum pater eam immolare " vellet, 
 Diana virgmem miserata^ cervam ei p supposuit. 
 Iphigeniam ipsam per nubes in terram Tauricam de- 
 tulit, ibique templi sui sacerdotem fecit. 
 
 14. Trojaeversa, quum Gr^ci domum q redire vellent, 
 ex Achillis tumulo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Graecos 
 monebat, ne fortissimum virum sine lionore relinque- 
 rent.'' Quare Grseci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, qu^e vir- 
 go fiiit formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 
 
 15. Prometheus, lapeti filius, primus ^ homines ex 
 Into finxit, iisque P ignem e coelo in ferula attulit, mon- 
 stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent.t Ob liaiic 
 rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis 
 
 GRAMMAI15.— «= 319, r. v.: 660^ r. vi.— f 382, r. svi. : SSO, r. xL 
 
 656, 1201.—^ 553, r. xxxvii. : 9:i8, r. Ivii.— i 157, 3: 10S2.— 
 
 P 501, r. xxix. : S^^j, r. xxxix. ; nnd 502, S5().—^ 55S, r. xxxix. : 
 
 94^.i, r. lix.— "• 627, L 3d; 120S.—-- 274, 6Y;/i.— t G27, 5 : 11S2, 
 
 Idioms.— » 90, 4.— •> 38, 6.— J 96, 2.—"^ 6, 2.—s 16.— i^ 22 3.—* 87 1 
 — J 80.—"' 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2,—° 88, 2.—" 106, 1. 
 
104 MTTHOLOGT. 
 
 ferreis alligavit ad saxiim, et aquTlam ei apposuit, quae a 
 cor exederet. Quantum ^ vero interdiu exederat, tan- 
 tum 1' nocte crescebat. Haiic aquilam insequenti tempore 
 Hercules transfixit sagittis, Prometlieumque liberavit. 
 
 16. Pluto, iiiferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, ut 
 sibi Proserpmam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimo- 
 nium daret.c Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passu- 
 ram esse,*^ ut filia in tenebris Tartari moraretur ;« sed 
 fratri permisit, ut earn, si posset, raperet.^ Quare 
 Proserpmam, in nemore Ennae in Sicilia flores legen- 
 tern, Pluto quadrigis ex terrae hiatu proveniens rapuit. 
 
 17. Ceres quum nescTret ubi filia esset,f eam per totum 
 orbem terrarum quaesTvit. In quo itinere ad Celeum ve- 
 nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanira puerum 
 Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nu- 
 tricem in domum reciperent.^ Quo facto, quum Ceres 
 alumnum suum s immortalem reddere vellet,*^ euminter' 
 diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita- 
 que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod ' quum miraren- 
 tur parentes, eam J observaverunt. Qui'^ quum viderent 
 Cererem puerum in ignem mittere,^ pater exclamavit. 
 Tum dea Celeum exanimavit ; Triptolemo autem cur- 
 rum draconibus "" jimctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, 
 quas per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret." 
 
 18. Althaea, Thestii filia, ex (Eneo peperit Meleagrum. 
 Ei Parcae ardentem titionem dederunt, prasfantes « Mele- 
 agrum tam diu victiirumd quam diu p is titio loret q m-. 
 
 Grammars.—* 643, 4th.— ° 62Y, 1, 3d: 1208.—^ 677, 5tb, 1204, 
 — f 656, 1291.—" 641, r. ii. 1218,—^ 627, 6 : 1201. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 40, 1.—'' 44, 3, aud 47.— <> 100, 2.— e 30, 4.— »• 74, 3.^ 
 i 38, 4.— J 27, 6.—'^ 3 9, 1.— » 96, 1.— "> 64, 6.—°. 40, 5.— » 94, 1, 2d.— 
 » 124, 19. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 105 
 
 columis. Himc ^ itaque Altligea diligenter in area clau- 
 sum servavit. Interim Diana (E|ieo ^ irata quia ei sacra 
 annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudme ^ misit, qui 
 agrum Calydonium vastaret.^ Quern ^ Meleager cum 
 juvenibus ex omni Grsecia delectis interf ecit, pellemque 
 ejus Atalantae donavit. Cui ^ quum Altliasae fratres earn 
 eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui 
 avunculos occidit. Turn Altligea, gravi ira s in filium 
 commota,- titionem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic 
 Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- 
 bilTter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt. 
 
 19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in 
 taurum mutatus Sidone ^ Cretam ' transvexit, et ex e^ 
 procreavit Minoem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. 
 Hanc ut reducerent Agenor suos filios misit, conditione 
 addita, ut nee ipsi J redirent, nisi sororem invenissent.^^ 
 Horum unus, Cadmus nomTne,^ quum erraret, Delphos* 
 venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem prascedentem 
 sequeretur;™ ubi ille decubuissct, ibi urbem conde- 
 ret.* Quod quum faceret,'^ in Boeotiam venit. Ibi 
 aquam qujBrens ad fontem Castalium draconem in venit, 
 Martis filium, qui aquam custodiobat.o Hunc Cadmus 
 interf ecit, dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti 
 enati sunt. Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque super- 
 fuerunt, ex quibus quinque nobiles Tliebanorum stirpes 
 origmem duxerunt. 
 
 * Conderet is in the same construction with sequeretur. 
 Grammars.—^ 382, r. xvi. : SdO, r. xl.— <= 339, r. vii. : 7^7, r. xvi. 
 — e 542, r. xxxv. : 87'3f r. slii. — ^ 556, r. xxsviii. : 941^ r. Iviii. — 
 553, r. xxxvii. : i>SS, r. \y\\.—^ G56, 1291,—^ 535, r. xxxiv. : 
 SSO.—^ 632, 120dt.—'' 160, 2 : lOSS, 
 
 Idioms. — » Sup. titionem. — « 6, 1. — <* 40, 4. — ^ 39^ 7, — f 39^ ''from 
 ner ;" and 5, 1.— J 32, 3.— ■ 38, 4. 
 
106 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 20. Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semelo filiiis, cxercitum 
 in ludiam diiceret, Silenus ab agmiiie abeiTa\it. Quema 
 Midas, rex Mygdoiiise, hospitio '■» liberaliter accepit, ei- 
 que ducem dedit, qui ^ eum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob 
 hoc beneficium Bacchus Mid^e optionem dedit, ut quic- 
 quid vellef^ a se peteret.^ Ille petiit, ut quidquid^ 
 tetigisset^ aurum fieret.® Quod i? quum impetrasset,^ 
 quidquid ^ tetigerat aurum fiebat. Primd gavTsus est 
 hiic virtiite' sua; mox intellexit nihil ipsiJ hoc mu- 
 nere^ perniciosius esse. Nam etiam cibus et potio in 
 aurum mutabatur.^ Quum jam fame cruciaretur, petit 
 a Baccho, ut donum suum revocaret.^ Quem ^ Bacchus 
 jussit in flumme Pactolo se abhiere, quumque aquani 
 tetigisset, facta est colore i" aureo. 
 
 21 . Schceneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicjtur 
 habuisse, quoe cursu viros superiibat." Heec quum a 
 pluribus" in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem 
 proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet,^ priiis cursu cum e^ 
 contenderet;^ si vistusesset,'^ occideretur.^ Multos quum 
 superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa 
 est. Hie enim a Y enere tria mala aurea acceperat. Bum 
 currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque ^ 
 Atalantae cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala collTgit, Hip- 
 pomcnes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus 
 filiam uxorem dedit. Quam P quum in patriam duceret, 
 oblitus Veneris beneficio '^ se vicisse,q grates ei ^ nonegit. 
 
 Grammars.—'' 542, r. xxxv. : S73, r. xlii.— «^ 641. r. ii. : 1212, 
 — <* 656, 121)1.—^ G27, 1, 3d: 120S. —^ 6:U, 1211,—' 6il, 
 002,— ^BS2, r. xvi. : <SGO, r. xl— ' .^13, Oil, — "' 339, r. vii. ; 
 7^7.—" IGO, 1 : loss,—' 501, r. xxix. : <§5J, r. xxxix. 
 
 Idioms.— » 39, 7.—-' 40, 4.— f 37, 8.—s 38, 7.—^ 74, 8.— "^ 6, 3.— 
 ■» 6, 1.—° 19, 1;— P 39. 8.— a 94,' 1, 2d, and 98, 2.— ^ 27, 2d, 6. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 107 
 
 Haiic ob causam Hippomeiies mutcltus est in leonem, 
 Atalanta in lesenam. 
 
 22. Nisiis, rex Megarensiuni^incapTte crinempiirpu- 
 reum liabuisse dicitur,^ eiqiio prsedictiimb fuit,tamdiu 
 eum rcgnaturiim,^ qiiamdiu^ eumcrinemcustodisset.e 
 Hiinc Minos, rex Cretensium, bcllo ^ aggrcssiis est. Qui s 
 qiuun iirbem Megaram oppugruiret, Scylla, Nisi filia, 
 amore ^ ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam parfirctjh 
 patri » dormienti fatrdem crinem praecTdit. Ita Nisus a 
 Minoe victus J et occTsus est. Quum autem Minos in 
 Cretam rediret,^ Scylla eum rogavit, ut earn secum 
 aveheret. Sed ille negavit Cretam tantum scclus esse 
 receptiiram.c Tum ilia se in mare pra^cipTtat, navem- 
 que persequTtur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus 
 est, Scylla in piscem, quem Cirnn vocant. Ilodieque, 
 siquando ilia avis lumc piscem conspexerit,^ niittit sc in 
 aquam, raptumque unguibus ^ dilaniat. 
 
 23. AmpliTon, Jovis et Antiopes fdius, qui Thcbas 
 muris cinxit, Nioben, Tantuli filiam, in matrimonium 
 duxit. Ex qua procreavit fdios septem totidemque fd- 
 ias. Quem partum Niobe Laton^ liberis antcposuit, 
 superbiusque '" lociita est in ApollTnem et Dianam. Ob 
 id xVpollo filios ejus venantcs sagittis interfecit, Diana 
 autem filias. Niobe liberis" orbata in saxum mutata 
 esse dicitur,^ ejusque lacrymai liodieque manfire nar- 
 rantur.a xVmpliTon autem, quum templum ApollTnis 
 expugnare Yellct,o ab ApollTne sagittis est interfcctus. 
 
 Grammars.— » 676, 1155,—^ 309. — « 656, l'^i)l.—^ 542, r. 
 xsxv. : 87 S, r. xlii.— »• 627, 1, 2cl : 1207 ^—^ 159, ii. : 1087 ^^ 
 i 173, 1, 2: 1170.— "^ 631, 1211. 
 
 Idioms.—*' 51, 2.— <= 100, 2.—'^ 124 19.— e 39, 1.— ' 5, 1.— J 115, 1. 
 » 22, 2.—° 64, 8, aud 5, 1. 
 
108 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 24. Phineiis, Agenoris filius, ab Apollme futurarum 
 reriim scientiam acceperat. Quiim verd liomiinbusa 
 deoriim consilia eiiimtiaret,^ Jupiter eum excsecavit, et 
 immisit ei^ Harpyias, quae Jovis canes <= esse dicuiitur, 
 lit cibiim ab ore* ei^ auferrent.e Ad quern ^ quum 
 Argonautse venisseiit, ut eum iter s rogarent,^ dixit se 
 illisiter demonstratiirum esse,i si eum poena J liberareiit. 
 Turn Zetes et Calais, Aquilonis filii,'^ qui pennas in cap- 
 ite et in pedibus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugave- 
 runt in insulas Stropliadas, et Pliineum poena i libera^ 
 runt. 
 
 * Ab ore ei, from him, from his mouth, i. e. '^^ from his very mouth." 
 Grammaks. — * 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. — ^ 631, 124:4:,'^ 
 * 319, r. V. : 666, r. vi.— « 62t, 1, 2d ; 1207.— « 508, r. xxx. '. 
 734, r. xiii.— i' 656, 1291,-3 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. I.— k "254» 
 4)26. 
 
 Idioms.— <» 5, 1.—' 39, 9.—* 100, 2. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 1. Thales, inteiTOgatiis an facta hominnm deos^ la- 
 terentjb respoiidit, ne ^ cogitata qiiidem. 
 
 2. Solon, qui Atheniensibus leges scripsit, dicebat 
 neminem, dum viveretj'i beatum haberi posse, quod 
 omnes ad ultimum usque diem ancij)iti fortiinaB^ ob- 
 noxii essent/ 
 
 3. Pytliagorse pliilosoplii tanta fuit apud discipiilos 
 suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent,'^ ea in dubi- 
 tationem adducere non auderent.ff Rogati autem ut 
 causam redderent^ eorum, quas dixissent,«i responde- 
 bant, Ipsum dixisse.'^ Ijyse autem erat Pythagoras. 
 
 4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,J quum patriam 
 Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret,'^ 
 interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret,^ 
 JEgo vero^ respondit,^ bona meciim forto omnia. 
 
 5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, 
 omne fere patrimonium suum civibus dona\dt, ne do- 
 
 Grammars.— » 436, r. xx. : 7 Hi, r. viii.— -^ 656, 1291,—" 382. r. 
 xvi. : SaO, r. xl.— f 655. 1255.—^ 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— '^ ^^0, 
 775.— 1 445, 721. 
 
 Idioms.—'' Y4, 12.— « 121, 5.— »> 78 5.— * 98, 1.— J 19, 1, and 4.— 
 * 74, 3. 
 
110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 mesticrinim rerum ciira a pliilosopliias studio avocare- 
 tur.a 
 
 6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Tliebanos 
 divTsit, nihil sibi servans pr^eter peram et baculum. 
 Ha3c eniiu Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo ^ con- 
 silio quum amlci et propinqui eum avocare studerent,^ 
 eos correpto baculo '^ fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbi- 
 tratus, quani ab omnibus curis ^ vacuum ^ uni philoso- 
 phise operam dare.? 
 
 7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqu^ peregrinatione 
 scientige augendas ^^ causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, 
 agrosque suos negiectos et desertos videret, Non essem^^ 
 inquit, salvus, nisi ista J periissent.^ 
 
 8. Carneadcs usque ad extrcmam senectam nunquam 
 cessavit a philosophise studio. Saipe oi accidit,^ ut, quum 
 cibi ■' capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus ™ inhse- 
 rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur.^ 
 
 9. Idem adversus Zenonem Stoicum scriptiirus caput 
 hellcboro purgabat, ne corrupti humores sollertiam et 
 acumen mentis impedirent.^ 
 
 20. Anaxagoras, philosophus,morte^ filii audita, vultu 
 nihil o immutato dixit. P Sciehmn me mo7^tdlem genuisse.l 
 
 11. Archytas Tarcntinus, quum ab itinere reversus 
 agros suos villTci socordia negiectos videret, Graviter te 
 castii/drem,^ inquit, nisi irdtus essem.^ 
 
 12. Plato quoque, quum in servum vehcmentiiis ' cx- 
 
 Grammars.— » G2T, 1, 2d: 1207.—'' 631, 1241:.— " 361, r. xi. 
 770, r. XX.— « 720 and 122,lS(i9 and 1371.— ^ US, 3, 3d : 102S. 
 ^ 629, 1207. —"^ 399, r. iv. : H2G, r. xxxiL— " 627, 1, 4tb : 1222. 
 — ° 539, 892,— V 445, r. : 721. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 38, 8.— « 74, 3.— <5 9, 1, and 104, 2.— f Sup. se.—'^ 112, 1. 
 and 5.—' 78, S.— ' 51, 3 ''happened:'— 'i 98, 1.— «■ 22. 1 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill 
 
 arsisset, veritus iie ^ viiidicise modiim excederet, Spcii- 
 sippo ^ adstanti mandavit, iit de illiiis poena statiieret.<^ 
 
 13. Idem disceiidi'^ ciipiditate ductus, yEgyptum 
 peragravit, et a sacerdotibus illius regionis geonietriam 
 et astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecit, ut 
 ibi Pytliagorfie pliilosoijliiam et instituta disceret.^ 
 
 14. Atlienienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos 
 deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque pliil- 
 osopluim, qui ausus^ fuerat scribere, se ignorfire an dii 
 essentjg AtliBuienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 
 
 15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fu^ 
 isse fertur. Quam'i ejus indolem quum perspexisset 
 Alcibiades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset,ff quod 
 mulierem tarn acerbam et jurgiosam non exigeret ^ do- 
 mo J Tum ille, Quomavi, inquit, dum illam doml J per- 
 petior, insuescOy ut ceterorum quoque foris petulantiam et 
 injur ias facilius feram.^ 
 
 •16. Xenocrates pliilosophus, quum maledicorum quo- 
 rundam sermoni'^ interesset,neque quidquamipseloque- 
 retur,* intcrrogatus, cur solus taceret,g rospondit: Quia 
 dixisse'^^ me cdiqiiando jjoenituit, tacuisse"^ 7mnquam. 
 
 17. Hegesias philosophus in disputatiombus suis^ 
 mala et cruciatus vitae tam vividis coloribus repriesen- 
 tabat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occide- 
 rent.e Quare a Ptoiemgeo rege ulterius liis de rebus 
 disserere est prohibitus. 
 
 Grammars.—* 633, 1216,—^ 501, r. xxix. : 831.—" 627, 1, 3d.: 
 12()So—'^1<d2, 1,327.— ^ G21, 1, 2d: 1207,-^213, 1: 312. 
 — & 627, 5 : 11S2,—' 656, 1291,-~i 558, r. xxsix. : (PIS. r. lix^ 
 — k 393, r. i. : 820, r. xxix.— i 720, r. Ixv. : 13G0, r. cviii.— '" 421, 
 807*—° 621, 1, 1st: 1220, 
 
 Idioms.—'' 121, 6.—s 74, 11.— ^ 33, 6.— "^ 5, i.—™ 6G, 10.—" 30, 1. 
 
112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 18. Gorgi^e Lcontino,^ qui eloquential et eruclitiono 
 omnes suae setatis homines siiperare existimabatur, 
 universa Grsecia in templo Apollinis Del|)liici statuam 
 auream collocavit. 
 
 19. Idem, quum annum centesimum septimum age- 
 ret, interrogatus, quapropter tarn diu vellet^ in vit^, 
 remanere, respondit: QuianiJiil haheo^ quod^ senectutem 
 meam accusem.^ 
 
 20. Illustrissimi ssepe virihumililoco^natifuerunt.? 
 Socrates, quem oraciilum Apollinis sapientissimum 
 omnium hommumh judicavit," obstetricis iilius fuit. 
 Euripides, poeta tragicus, matrem habuit,' quae olera 
 venditabat,J et DemosthSnis, oratoris eloquentissimia 
 patrem cultellos vendidisse'^ narrant. 
 
 21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Gr^corum, dolore 
 absumptus esse creditur, quod qusestionem a piscatori- 
 bus ipsi ^ proposTtam solvere non posset."^ 
 
 22. Simonides, poeta prgestantissimiis, gioriatur in 
 quodam poemate, se " octoginta annos « natum in certa- 
 men musicum descendisse ^ et victoriam inde retulisse. 
 Idem aliquandiu vixit apud Hipparclium, Pisistrati fil- 
 ium, Athenarum tyrannum. Inde SyraciisasP se con- 
 tiilit ad Plieronem regem, ciuii quo familiaiiter vixisse 
 dicitur. Primus q carniTna statuto pretio"^ scripsit; 
 
 ^ quare eum Musam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 
 
 23. Quum ^schylus Atheniensis, qui parens « tragoe- 
 dias dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur/- ibiqiie in loco aprlco 
 
 Grammars. — » 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. — ^ 535, r. xxxiv. 
 8SfP, r. xlvii.— d 492, 70(i.—^ 636, r. i. : 1227.—^ 462, r. xxiii. 
 918, r. lii.— !> 356, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— j IGO, 1: 1088.—^ 522, r 
 —^ 655, 1255.-^ 671, r. Iviii. : 113<o, r. Ixxix.— ° 565, r. xli. 
 {}li), r. ]x.— P 553, r. : 938, r. Ivii.— i 274, 6*6%>\— ^ 581, r. xliy. 
 881, r. xlv.-" 319, r. v. : iiHiy, r. vi. 
 
 Idioms.— I' 74. 16.— f 6, 5.— e 72.— * 73.— ^ 97, 1.— » 32, 9.—* 74,2. 
 
ANECDOTES OP EMINENT PERSONS. 113 
 
 secleret, aquila testudmem glabro ejus capTti ^ immisit 
 quod pro saxo habuit. Quo ^ ictu ille extinctus est. 
 
 24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter poetas 
 tragicos 11 omen habet, a coeiia domum rediens a caiii- 
 bus laceratus est. 
 
 25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, 
 ut ex tragoedia sententiam quandam tolleret.^ Ille au- 
 tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere 
 sol ere, ^ ut populum doceret,^ non ut a populo disceret. 
 
 26. Philippides, comosdiarum scriptor, quum in poe- 
 tarum certamme praeter spem vicisset ^ et ilia victoria 
 impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repents exstinctus est. 
 
 27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, ApollTni s gratissimus 
 fuisse dicitur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum 
 DelphTcum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei ^ tribueba- 
 tur donorum, quae sacrificantes i deo obtulerant. Fe^ 
 runt etiam PanaJ Pindari hymnisk tantopere fuisse 
 Isetatum, ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret.^ Quum 
 Alexander, rex Macedoniae, Thebas diriperet, unTus 
 Pindari domo"» et famili^ pepercit. 
 
 28. Diogenes CynTcus Myndum profectus, quum vi- 
 deret magnificas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios 
 monuit, ut portas clauderent,^ ne urbs egrederetur.^ 
 
 29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- 
 bore eo " pervenit, ut, quum^ multi eum ingenio p parum 
 valere existimarent, omnes getatis sua3 oratores superaret 
 eloquentia.P Nunquam tamen ex tempore dicebat, neque 
 in concione volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,q 
 
 GRAjrMARS.— » 501, r. xxix. : So5, r. xxxix.— ° 627, 1, 3d: 1208, 
 — « 627, 6, or 1, 2d: 1207.—^ ^^^, 2d: 862.-^^522, r. iii. . 
 107-5, r. Isxiv.— j 90, 4: 127-—^ 485.— i 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— 
 «" 403, r.: 831.— '^ 631, 1211.— v 535, r. xxxiv.: 889, r. xlvii.— 
 «656, 1291. 
 
 Idioms.—*- 38, 9,— ^ 9G 2.— ^ 74, 8.— ' 19, I.—." 28, Oba. 
 
114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 accurate antea meditatus esset.^ Unde plerTqne eum tim- 
 idum esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue- 
 tudinem imitabatiir, qui non facile de qudque re dicere, 
 nee existimationem suam ^ fortune committere solebat. ■ 
 
 30. Pericles in concionem itiirus, quum ammo perpem 
 deret, quantum periciili^ inconsiderate dicta^^ hominibus 
 afFerrent,e solebat precari a diis/ ne quod ipsi s verbum 
 imprudenti excideret, quod reipublicse officere posset. ^ 
 
 31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam 
 quandam confer ebat,ibique se cum Jove colloqui ' leges- 
 que ab eo accipere i dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae- 
 moniis J persuasit, se leges suas ^ ab ApollTne didicisse.'^ 
 
 32. Quum Lycurgus, Lacedsemoniorum legislator, 
 Delphis ^ in templum ApollTnis intrasset,ut a deo ^ orac- 
 ulum peteret, Pytliia eum his verbis allociita est: JVes- 
 cio utram deus an Jioiyio appellandus^^ sis; sed deus po- 
 tius videris^ esse. 
 
 33. Leomdas, rex LacedaBmoniorum, quum Pers^e di- 
 cerentur sagittarum multitudme solem obscuratiiri, re- 
 spondisse fertur : Melius itdque in umhrd pugnalnmus. 
 
 34. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomina memori^ 
 tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- 
 ginti gentium, quse vsub regno ejus erant, linguas ita 
 didicerat, ut cum omnibus, qiiibus « imperabat, sine 
 interprete loqui posset. 
 
 35. Tliemistocles interroganti p utrum Achilles esse 
 mallet,e an Homerus,q respondit: Tu vero mallesne te 
 in Olympico eertamine victor em renuntidri^ an proico 
 esse, qui victdrvni nomina procldmatf 
 
 TrRAMMARS.— » 629, 1207.—" 343, r. viii. : 800, r. xL— f 511, 
 7'5r.— s 401, S29.—^ 656, 1291.— i 501, r. : S58.~^ 549. OS.'l, 
 — ° 403, r. : 8^31, r. xxxiii.— p 269, 6o8.—n 319, r. v. : 006, r. vl 
 ' 673, li;jO ; 675, 1145. 
 
 Ilioms.— '- oO, 3.— <! 19, I.— « 74, 11. — i 96, 1. --^ 98, 2.— ^ 6, 2.— 
 » 74, 9, aud IDS, 1.—° 7U, 3.—" 7, 2.— P 19. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 115 
 
 36. Epamiiiondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello 
 adversus Lacedaeuionios, animos suorum religione exci- 
 taiidos^ ratiis, arina in templis affixa nocte ^ detraxit, 
 persuasitque militibus, qnum ilia abesse ^ viderent, deos 
 iter snnm seqni,<^ ut ipsis'^ proeiiantibus adessent. 
 
 37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam gravTter vulnera- 
 tus est. Quum animam recepisset, interrogavii cTr- 
 cumstantes amicos, an clypeus salvus esset;^ deinde,* 
 an liostes fnsi essent.^ Illi utnimque affirmaverunt. 
 Tnm deninm liastam e corpure ediici ^ jussit. Quo s 
 facto statim exspiravit. 
 
 38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia^ et integri- 
 tate, ut post plurima bella, quibus Thebanorum poten- 
 tiani incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet 
 praster alienum et veru. 
 
 39. Lysander, dux Lacedaemoniorum, militem quen- 
 dam vial egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullTus 
 rei rapTnam se ab agmine recessisse,J respondit: Ne^ 
 speciem quidem rapturi^ ^:>r^5e<2s volo. 
 
 40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum praesidio ten- 
 eret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse ™ vigilias 
 circumiret, vigTlem, quem dormientem invenerat, liast^ 
 transfixit. Quod"^ factum quibusdam ei^ ut sgevum 
 exprobrantibus, Qualem P inveni, inquit, talem rellquL 
 
 41. Quum quidam Thrasybulo, qui civitatem Athe- 
 niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: 
 Quantas q tihi gratias AtJience dehent! ille respondit : DU 
 
 Grammars.— » 214, 9: 329.—^ 565, r. xl. : 949, r. \x.—^ 393, r. i. : 
 820, r. sxix.— e 627, 5.— ^^ 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— ' 613, r. lii.: 
 993, r. Ixx.— ^ 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—^ 269, 658.—'' 501, n xxix. : 
 83 If r, xxiiii. 
 
 Idioms.—' 108, 4.— <= 96, 2.— « 74, 12.— <" 90, 4.— ^ 38. 5.— J 94, 1, 2d, 
 and 98. 2.— ^ 121, 2.— > 19.—°' 32, 3.—° 38.-- P 44, 4, and 4t.— ^ 48, 3. 
 
 6 
 
116 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 faciaiit.,^ nt quantas^ ipse^ patrice deheo gr alias ^ tanto.s 
 et videar^ retulisse. 
 
 42. Philippus, rex Macedoniim, monentibus ^ eum 
 quibusdam, iit Pythiam quendam caveret,^ fortem mili- 
 tem, sed ipsi ^ alienatum, quod tres filias segre aleret,? 
 nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur : Quidf ^ si partem 
 corporis haherem^ cegram, abscinderemi potiUs, an curd- 
 rem? Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum,^ accepta'^' diffi- 
 cultate rei domesticse, pecuniae iiistruxit. Quo facto 
 nullum rex militem Pythia '" fideliorem habuit. 
 
 43. Mulier quaedam ab eodem Philippe , quum a con^ 
 vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, A Philippo^ in- 
 quit, temulento ad Pliilippum sohrium provoco. 
 
 44. Philippus, rex Macedoniae, prsedicare solebat, se 
 oratoribus Atheniensium maxTmam gratiam habere." 
 Nam eonviciis suis, inquit, efficiu7it^ ut quotidie melior^ 
 evddarti^ dum eos dictis P factisque mendacii arguere 
 Conor. 
 
 45. Ejusdem regis epistola fertur scripta ad Aristote- 
 lem philosophum, qua filium sibi q natum esse nuntia- 
 vit. Erat ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his : Filium 
 milii^ genitum esse scito. Quod^ equidem diis haheo 
 gratiam: non tarn quod natus est, qudm quod ei^ contt- 
 git nasci temporibus vitce tuce. Spero enim fore,^ ut a te 
 educdtus et erudltus dignus evddat et nobis ^ et rebus, 
 quas ipsi relicturi sumus. 
 
 Grammars—* 144. 1193 ; Mf), IKil.—^ 627, 1, 3d: I'^iPS. 
 — * 494, 79S.—e 655, 1255.—^ 130, 1 : 1377.—' 627, 2 ; 1207. 
 — J 626, 1174.—^ 514, r. xsxi. ; Oil, r. ].— • 322, 671.-^ 542, 
 r. XXXV. : 873, r. xlii.— i 522, 'r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— ^ 409, r. 
 xviii. : 810, r. xxxv.— ' 678, 1133.—" 462, r. xxiil : O'lf). r. liii. 
 
 Idioms.—" 77, 9.-^44, 3, and 47.— <= 32, l.—^ 70.— ^64, 9.— J 78,4 
 124, IS.—"' 104, 3, and 2.—"' 6, 3 — * 94. 1, 2d, and 9G, 1.—' 38, 10. - 
 ■ 6, 5. * 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINpENT PERSONS. 117 
 
 46. Alexander Macedo, Philippi filiiis, qimm- puer a 
 prseceptore siio audi\isset iiinumerabiles miindos esse.* 
 Heu me ^ miserwn, iiiquit, qui ne^ uno ^ quidem adhuc 
 
 potitus Slim! 
 
 47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorun- 
 
 dam benevolentiam largitionibus sibi concilirire conatus 
 esset, Philippus eum liis verbis increpuit: Speramie^ 
 eos tibi e fideles esse fuffiros/ quos pecunid tihi conciliav- 
 erisPs Sclto amor em non auro emi sed viy'tutlhns. 
 
 48. Alexandro^ Macedoni, Asia debellata, Corintliii 
 per.legatos gratulati sunt, regemque civitate ^ sua dona- 
 verunt. Quod J officii genus quum Alexander risisset, 
 unus ex legatis, Nulli uyiquam^ inquit, civitdtem dedi- 
 mus alii qudm tihi^ et Hercidi. Quo* audlto, Alexan- 
 der honorem sibi delatum lubentissim^ accepit. 
 
 49. Quum Alexander Gr^eciae populis * imperasset, ut 
 divinos ipsi honores decernSrent,f" Lacedasmonii his ver- 
 bis utebantur : Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit, esto 
 deus; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 
 
 50. Lysimachus, rex Thraci^, Theodorum Cyrenae- 
 um, vii'um libertatis " amantissimum et regime domina- 
 tionie infeskmi, cruci afflgio jussit. Cui iWq^ Hu jus 
 modi minis ^ inquit, pnrpw^dtos tuos terreas.v 3Iea'\ 
 quidem 7iihil^ interest, humine^an sublime putrescam. 
 
 51. Mausolus, rex Cari^, Artemisiam habuit conju- 
 gem. Haec, Mausolo defuncto, ossa cineremque mariti 
 contusa et odoribus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxit 
 
 Grammars.—^ 451, 977.—^ 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— • 382, 
 r.xvi.: 800.— s 656, 129 1.—^ 514, ,S\>.> ; nnd516, 8o9.— i501, r. 
 xxix. : 8i>i>, r. xxxix. — "^ 720, r. Ixv. : 1,169 ^ r. cviil. — ^ 403, r. — . 
 ■ 627, I, 3d: 1208. — ^ 349, r. ix. : 7«.>, r. xviii. — p 171, 1: 
 119:i,—^ 415, 809.—^ 500, 812.—* 559, 94^. 
 
 Idioms.—* 96, 9.— <^ 7, 5.— «> 58, 1, and 56, 3.— ^ 99, 1.— ^ 38, 7, and 
 38, 5. — 7, 2.—" 90, 4.. 
 
118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 qiioque, ad conservandam ^ ejus memoriam, sepulcrura 
 illud nobilissimum, ab ejus nomine appellatum, quod 
 inter septem orbis terrarum miracula numeratur. 
 Quodb quum Mausoli mambusc dicaret, certameu 
 instituit, prsemiis amplissimis ei propositis, qui defunc- 
 tum regem optime laudasset.'^ 
 
 52. Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et psene 
 to tins Sicili^ tyranmdem acceperat, senex patriae pul- 
 sus Corinthi^ pueros litteras docuit.ff 
 
 53. Mithri dates, rex Ponti, ssepe venenum hauserat, 
 ut sibi a clandestmis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est 
 Lit, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere 
 v^ellet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerent.^ 
 
 54. Quum Gyges, rex Lydi^ ditissimus, oraculum 
 A^pollmis interrogaret, an quisquam raortalium » se J 
 essetk felicior, deus, Agialim quendam Psophidium 
 feliciorem, praedicavit. Is autem erat Aixadum i pau- 
 perrimus, parvtili agelli possessor, cujus termmos quam- 
 vis senex nunquam excesserat, fructibus ^ et voluptati- 
 bus angusti ruris contentus. 
 
 55. Pyrrhus, rex EpTri, quum in Italia esset, audivit, 
 Tarentmos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum lionori- 
 fice de se lociitos esse. J" Eos igitur ad se arcessitos 
 percunctatus est, an dixissent ^ ea, quae ad aures suas 
 pervenissent." Tum unus ex his, iWsz, inquit, vinum 
 mhis'^ defecisset,? mvlto^ etiam plvra^ et graviora in te 
 locuturi erdmus.^ Haec crimmis excusatio iram regis 
 in risum convertit. 
 
 Grammars.— ° 501, r. xxis. : 855, r. xxxix.— -^ 643, 2(i; 12 IS. 
 — e 524, r. v.: 1075, r. Ixxiv,— ^ 548, r.— ^ 508, r. xxx. : 7*i4^n r. 
 xiii.—h G27, 1, 4th: 1222.—' 355, r. x. : 771, r._ xix.— i' 627, 5- 
 1182.—^ 462, r. xxiii.: i)19, r, liii.— " 656, 1291.— '^ 396, 007. 
 9 629, 1267.—'^ 579, r. xliii.: 929, r. Iv.— • 214, 8 : :i28. 
 
 Ii.lOMS.— • 112, 7.—^ 38, 4.— <■ 4, 1.— J 6, 3.—" 98, 2.—^ 19, 4 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 119 
 
 56. Marsyas, frater AntigSni, regis Macedoniae, quum 
 causam haberet cum privato qiioclam, fratreni rogavit, 
 ut de ea domi cognosceret.^ At ille, In foro potius,^ 
 inqiiit. Ya?n si culpa ^ vacas, innocentia tua ihi melius 
 apparehit; shi dtwmandiis es, nostra justitia* 
 
 57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomma fratrum 
 Aiiapi^ et Amphinomi,'^ qui patrem etmatrem liumeris 
 per medios ^ igues JEtiidd portarunt, eosque cum vitas 
 suae ^ periciilo e flammis eripuerunt. 
 
 58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod clau- 
 dus in pugnam iret/ At mihi,s inquit, pugndre^^ non 
 fugere est proposituvi^ 
 
 59. Spartanus quidam in magistratus petitione ab 
 aemulis victus, maxTma3 sibi Igetitiae esse,J dixit, quod 
 patria sua se^^ mcliOres cives haberet.^ 
 
 60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare 
 didicerat, Lacedgemonio ' cuidam dixisset, se non arbi- 
 trari Lacedgemoniorum q quemquam tamdiu idem facere 
 posse, ille respondit: At auseres* te^^ diutius. 
 
 61. Diagoras Rliodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis 
 OlympTcis victores renuntiiiti essent, tanto affectus est 
 gaudio,'" ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in filio- 
 rum manibus animam redderet." 
 
 62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia publica 
 accedol3at, antequam in templo Jovis precatus esset.^ 
 
 63. Scipio diccre solebat, hosti non soliim dandam P 
 
 * Supply the proper verb. 
 Grammars.—' 62t, 1, 3d: 120S.—^ -iSO, r. xsv.: ,90^, r. xlix. 
 — <= 251, r.: and 2b1,622.—^ 656, 1291.— s 522, r. iii. : lOT^, r, 
 Ixxiv.— >^ 660, r. Ivi. : 1147, v. Ixxxii.— J 427, r. : 81S.—^ 467, r. : 
 SU5.—^ 501, r. : 855.—'" 542, r. xxxv : ST^i, r. xlii.— " 627, 1, 1st. : 
 1220.—° 627, 4 : 1211.—" 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix. 
 
 Idioms.— d 17, 1.— « 30, 2.—' 51 1.— j 8, 1.—^ 6, 3— i 63.— p 108,4. 
 
120 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 esse viam fugiendi, sed etiam muiiiendam. Similiter 
 Pyrrhus, rex EpTri, fiigienti hosti ^ pertinaciter instan- 
 dum'^ esse negabat; non solum, ne fortius ex necessi- 
 tate resisteret,^ sed ut postea quoque facilius acie^ 
 cederet, ratus victores fugientibus non usque ad perni- 
 ciem instatiiros esse. 
 
 64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens inter- 
 rogatus, quid postero die factiirus esset?^ Tunlcam 
 meam, inquit, si id eloqui posset/ comhKrere7Ji.s 
 
 65. L. Mummius, qui, Corintho capt^, totam Italiam 
 tabulis h statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil 
 in suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset * 
 unde ejus filia dotem acciperet.J Quare senatus ei ex 
 publico dotem decrevit. 
 
 QQ. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetse imagtnem 
 in sepulcro gentis Cornelise collocari jussit, quod Scip- 
 ionum res gestas carminibush suis illustraverat. 
 
 67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente 
 equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset,^ animadvertis- 
 setque gladium excidisse^ vagina,™ rediit in hostem: 
 acceptisque aliquot vulneribus," recuperator demum 
 gladio ad suos reversus est. 
 
 68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispania quinque 
 coliortes, quae liostibus^ cesserant, testamentum facere 
 jussas ad locum P recuperandum misit ; minatus q cos 
 nonnisi post victoriam receptum iri.'* 
 
 ■■■ — , „ , 
 
 Grammars. — ^ 399, r. iv, : ^20 ^ v. xxxii. — <^ G2~i, 6: 1205. — 
 •» 611, 992.—^ 627, 5: 1182.—^ 627, 2: 12(},'j.—^ 142, 2d.— 
 t 542, r. XXXV.: 873^ v. slii.— ' 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— i 656, 1201. 
 — t 631, 1211:,—'^ 613, r. m. : 993, r. Ixx.— ° 405, 5th: 833, 5th. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 113, 8.— e 78, ^.—^ 74, 8.-— ^ 98, 3.— » 104, 1.— p 112, 7. 
 *-9 106, 1.—' 94, 1, 2d, and 100. 8 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. rl21 
 
 69. Piiblius Deciiis consul, qiuim in bello contra 
 Latinos Romanorum aciem co'dentem videret, capTte 
 pro reipublicae salute devoto,^ in medium hostium 
 agmen irruit, et magna strage edTta^ plunmis tclis 
 obi'utus cecidit. Ha3C ejus mors Romanorum aciem 
 restituit, iisque victoriam paravit. 
 
 70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus libera- 
 vit, filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restit- 
 uere conati erant, ipse ^ capitis ^ damnavit, eosque vir- 
 gis caesos seciiri'^ percuti^ jussit. 
 
 71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unTcum, 
 juvenem summae pietatis ^ et magnae spei, morte s ami- 
 sisset, dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis 
 protenus curiam peteret,h ibique muneris sui negotia 
 strenue oblret. 
 
 72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Mace- 
 doniae rege, accidit,' ut serena nocteJ subTto luna defi- 
 ceret. Hsec res ingentem apud milites terrorem exci- 
 tavit, qui existimabant hoc ominc s futuram cladera 
 portendi.k Turn vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo 
 exercitu, in concione milTtum causam hujus rei tarn 
 diserte exposuit, ut postero die J omnes intrepido am- 
 mo s pugnam committerent.'^ 
 
 73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem 
 appellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse ^ is dicTtur 
 centum et viginti proeliis ;'" cicatrlcem aversam iiullam, 
 adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse ; coronis " esse 
 
 Grammars. — •= 489, r. xxvii. : 7^fiif r. xxiv.— <* 90, 6, Xoit 6 : J09, 
 f 339, r. vii. : 7^7, r. xvL— e 542, r. xxxv. : S73^ r. xlii.— •' 627, 1, 
 Ibt : 1220.— i 565, r. xl. : 9^9, r. Ix.— i 676, 115,j.—"' 611, (id.): 
 992,-^ 505, 859 ; and 519, r. xxxii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv. 
 
 Idioms.— ^^ 104, \—^ 32, 4.— ^ 90, 4, or 94, 3.—* 51, 3.— J 6, 7.— 
 * 96, 5. 
 
122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidioiiali una, miiralTbiis 
 tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogiii- 
 ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, liastis duodeviginti. 
 Phaleris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Trium- 
 phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos ^ novem. 
 
 74. Hannibalem in Italian! proficiscentem tria mil- 
 lia'' Carpetanorum reliquerunt. Quorum '^exemplum 
 ne ceteri quoque barbriri sequerentur,^ cdixit eos a se 
 esse dimissos,^ et insiiper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, 
 quorum fides ipsi ^' suspecta erat, domum s remisit. 
 
 75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non pos- 
 set, h nt prgealtum flumen transirent,' neque rates liabe- 
 ret,h quibus eos trajiceret,* jussit ferocissimum elephan- 
 torum sub aure vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset,J se 
 in flumen conjicere illudque tranare. Tum elepliantus 
 exasperatus ad persequendum doloris sui auctorem tra- 
 navit amnem,k et relTqui quoque eum seciiti sunt. . 
 
 *" ~ -- — ■ ~~' • ■ ^ 
 
 Grammars.—* 4.38, r. ii.: 713, r. ix.— »> 104, 5: 204,—^ 627, 1, 
 2d: 1207*—^ 528, r. xxxiii. : 844, r. xxxvi.— s 558, r. xxxix.: 
 943, r. lix.— i* 631, 1244, r. xciv— ' 656, 1291, r. ci.— J 650, 
 r. vi. : 1291, v. ci.— ^ 613, r. lii. : 993, 
 
 Idioms.—' 38— « 98, 6.— f 5, 2. 
 
AN EPITOME OF ROMAN HISTORY, 
 
 FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE EMPERORS. 
 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 1. Antiquissiiniis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- 
 nisse dicTtur. Ibi hand procul a Janiculo arcem con- 
 didit, eamque Saturniam ^ appellavit. Hie Itidos pri- 
 mus ^ agricultiiram dociiit.c 
 
 2. Postea Latinus in illis regiombus imperavit. Sub 
 hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc ^neas, An- 
 chisae filius, cum mult is Trojanis,quibus'^ ferrum Grse- 
 corum pepercerat, auf iigit, et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi 
 Latinus rex ei benign^ recepto^ filiam Laviniam in 
 matrimonium dedit. ^neas urbem condidit, quam in 
 lionorem conjtigis Lavinium^ appellavit. 
 
 3. Post ^Enece mortem Ascanius, ^Eneae filius, reg- 
 num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum trans- 
 tulit, urbemque condidit in monte Albano, eamque 
 Albam ^ Longam nuncupavit. Eum seeiitus est Sil- 
 vius, qui post ^Eneae mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. 
 
 Grammahs.— =* 440, 715.—^ 274, 063,—'- 508 r. xxx.; 2ii^fi 
 Xiii. — ^ 403, r. v. : 881., r. xxxiii. 
 
 Idioms.— <i *\, 2.— « 104, 3. 
 
124 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 Ejus poster! omiies usque ad Romam coiiditam ^ Albae ^ 
 reii'naverunt. 
 
 4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove<^ 
 majorem esse dicebat,^ et, quum tonaret, militibus im- 
 peravit, ut clypeos hastis percuterent,^ dicebatque hunc 
 sonum multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmme 
 ictus/ et in Albanum lacum prsecipitatus est. 
 
 5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios relTquit 
 Numitorems etAmulium. Horum minor ^ natu,' Amu- 
 lius, fratri optionem dedit, utriim regnum habere vel- 
 let,j an bona, quse pater reliquisset.^ Numitor paterna 
 bona prsetulit ; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 
 
 6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissim^ possideret,^ Nu* 
 mitoris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris 
 Rheam Silviam Yestalem virginem ™ fecit. / Nam his 
 Vestge sacerdotibus non licet viro" nubere. Sed hsec 
 a Marte geminos filios, Romulum et Remum peperit. 
 Hoc quum Amulius comperisset,^ matrem in vinCula 
 conjecit, pueros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 
 
 7. Fortd Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat, et, 
 quum pueri in vado essent positi,^ aqua refluens eos in 
 sicco relTquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eos- 
 que uberibus suis aluit. Quod p videns Faustulus qui- 
 dam, pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori 
 Accae Laurentiae nutriendos q dedit. 
 
 8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastor es 
 transegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent, 
 
 Grammars.— =» 684, 1357.— ^ ^G^, 1: lOSS. —<> Q21, 1, 3d • 
 1208,— s 257, 629,—^ 358, 773.—' 535, r. xxxiv. : SSf), r. 
 xlvii.— J 627, 5 : 1182, r. Ixxxvii.— '^ 656, 1291, r. ci.— » 627, 1, 
 2d: J^07.— "» 440, 7^5. — " 403, r. v.: 833, 5th. — » 031, 
 1211:, r. xciv.— P 285, 681. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 4, 1.— « 6, 3.— f 115, 1.— » 74, %.—i 38.— « 107, 2 
 
LIBER I. 125 
 
 »juis ipsurum aviis, quae mater fuisset,^ Amulium iiiter- 
 fcceniiit, ct Numitori avo regninn restitue- , 4"'^ 
 runt. Turn urbem coiiclicleruiit in monte 754. ' 
 Aventino, quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam ^ voca- 
 vit. Haec quum moenibus circumdaretur, Remus occi- 
 sus est, clum fratrem irndens moeniac transiliebat. 
 
 9. Romulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum 
 patef e«it, ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accur' 
 rerunt. Sed novae urbis civibus^ conjiiges deSrant. 
 Festum itaque Neptuni et ludos instituit. Ad hos 
 quum multi ex finitimis populis cum mulieribus et 
 liberis yenissent,^- Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes 
 virgines rapuerunt. 
 
 10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptae erant, bellum 
 adversus raptores susceperunt. Quum Romae ^ appro- 
 pinquarent,^ forte in Tarpeiam virgmem inciderunt, 
 quae in arce sacra procurabat. Haiic rogabant, ut viam 
 in arcem monstraret,g eique pormiserunt, ut munus sibi 
 posceret.s Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris 
 nmiiifetis gererent,'* annulos aureos et armillas signifi- 
 cans. At liostes in arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam 
 obruerunt ; nam et ea in sinistris manibus. gerebant. 
 
 11. Turn Romulus cum hoste, qui moiitem Tarpeium 
 tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum 
 Romanum est. In media ' caede raptae J processerunt, 
 et hinc patres liinc conjuges et soceros complecteban- 
 tur, et rogabant, ut caBdis finem faccrent.? Utriquo 
 his precii)us commoti sunt. Romulus fcedus icit, et 
 Sabinos in urbem recepit. 
 
 Grammars.—*' 440, 71»>.— = 613, r. lii. : <HKi, r. Ixx.— ^ 396, 
 S20.—'' 399, r. iv. : S2(i, r. xxxii.— f 631, 993 ^ r. Ixx.— « 627, 1, 
 3d: 1208.—^ 656, 1291, r. ci. 
 
 IDTOMS.— * U, 8, and 627 5.— <» 118, 8.—^ 74, 3.-^ 17, 1.— JSup. 
 
126 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores 
 legit, eosqiie ciim^ ob aetatem, turn ob reverertiam iis ^ 
 debitam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis- 
 
 A U. C. tribuit, casque raptarum <^ nominibus nuncu« 
 ^''' pavit. Anno regni tricessimo septimo, quum 
 exercitum lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam ^ repentd 
 octilis e hommum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a sen- 
 atoribus interfectum/ alii ad deos sublatum esse^ ex- 
 istimaverunt. 
 
 13. Post Romuli mortem unius anni interregnum fuit. 
 Quo o elapsOjNuma Pompilius CurTbus,h urbe inagro Sa- 
 binorum natus, rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem 
 nullum gessit ; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam et 
 leges dedit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut poptili barbari 
 et bellicosi mores molliret. ' Omnia autem, quse faciebat,J 
 se nymphae Egerise, conjiigis suae, jussu facere ^ dicebat.J 
 Morbo decessit, quadragesTmo tertio imperii anno. 
 
 j^ jj 14. Numae ^ successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus 
 
 ^1- avus se in bello adversiis Sablnos fortem et 
 
 strenuum virum"^ praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum 
 
 Albanis indixit, idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et 
 
 Curiatiorum certamine finivit. Albam propter perfid- 
 
 iam Metii Suffetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus an- 
 
 nis n regnasset, fulmine ictus cum domo sua arsit. 
 
 ^ U. 1^- ^^^^ liunc, Ancus Marcius, Numae ex 
 
 ^i"*- filia nepos, suscepit imperium. Hic vir a^qui- 
 
 tate<^ et religione avo p similis, Latinos bello domuit, ur- 
 
 ^-■■^-■- ■ -■ ' " -^— — ■ - — — — - — ■ - ■ - ■ — ■ -. ■ — 
 
 Grammaks.— *' 522, 1075.—" 269, 65S\—<^ 688, 1350, r. cv.^ 
 • 522.— '^ 549, 933.—^ 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— i 160, 1 : 10SS.-~ 
 
 399, r. iv : 82(S, r. xxxii.— "> 440, 715.—^- 563, r. xH. : i>50, r. Ixi. 
 and 566, 951.—'' 535, r. xxxiv.: 889, r. xlvii.— p 382, 860, r. xl. 
 
 Idioms.—' 124, 8.—'' 64, 6.— ^ 5^ x.— ' 97, 5.-8 38, 5.— »» 6, 2 — 
 k 96, 1.— P 7, !?. 
 
LIBER I. 127 
 
 bem ampliavit, et nova ei ^ moenia circiimdedit. CarcS- 
 rem primus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem coudT- 
 dit, Ostiamque vocavit. Yicesimo quarto anno imperii 
 morbo obiit. 
 
 16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- ^ -q, 
 cus accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos pa- i^^- 
 trise Corinthi fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse ^ Tar- 
 quinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- 
 quando Romania profectus erat. Advenienti'i aquila 
 pileum abstulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. 
 HincTanaquil conjux,mulier auguriorum^ perita, reg- 
 num ei portendi intellexit. 
 
 17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis famil- 
 iaritatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorum suorum tuto- 
 remf" relTquit. Sed is pupillis^ regnum intercepit. 
 Senatoribus, quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios 
 addidit, qui minorum gentium ff sunt appellati. Plura 
 bella felicTter gessit, nee paucos agros hostibus ^ ademp- 
 tos urbis territorio adjunxit. Primus triumphans ur- 
 bem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. 
 TricesTmo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios, quibus '^ 
 regnum eripuerat, occTsus est. 
 
 18. Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe- ^ -g. 
 rium, gemtus ex nobili femina, captTva tamen ^"^• 
 
 et famula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educare- 
 tur,' flamma in ejus capTte visa est. Hoc prodigio Ta- 
 naquil ei summam dignitatem portendi J intellexit, et 
 conjugi ^ persuasit, ut eum sictiti liberos suos educaret.^ 
 Quum adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit. 
 
 Grammars. — * 501, r. xxix. : SiSH^ r. xxxix. ; and 505, 6'J.*>. — 
 • 553, r. : 938^ r.lvii,— <i :m, r. : <S'.>J, r. xxxix.— «= 349, r. ix. : Td."), 
 r. xviii. — *■ 440, 71^' — ^ 332, 7J/. Sup. Senatores. — ^ 522, r, iii. : 
 lOr^y, r. Ixxiv.— i 631, 124:4, r. xciv.; and 159, 1087 ^—^ ^03, r 
 V. : 83 J f r. xxxiii.— ' 627, 1, 3d : 1208. 
 
 fjDiOM,^— *> 32^ ^ — «> 5, 1.- (Sup. ei)— J 96, 6. 
 
128 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 19. Qmim Priscus Tarqiiiiiius occTsns esset, Tanaquil 
 de superiore parte domus populum ^ allocuta est, dicens, 
 re-gem grave qiddem sed non letdle vulnus accepisse;^ 
 eum petere^^ ut p>opidus, dum convalmsset^^ Servio Tidlio 
 obediret. Sic Servius regiiare coepit, sed ben^ imperium 
 administravit. Montes tres urbi adjunxit. Primus om- 
 nium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma liabuit capitum 
 octoginta tria millia civium Romanorum, cum his qui 
 in agris erant. 
 
 ^^ XJ. 2^- Hie rex interfectus est scelere filiae Tul- 
 ^-^' liae et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui ^ 
 Servius successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradi- 
 bus curiae dejectus, quum domum ^ fugeret, interfectus 
 est. Tullia in forum proper avit, et prima conjtigem re^ 
 gem s salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurlgam super 
 patris corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit. 
 
 21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. 
 
 Bello tamen strenuus plures finitimorum populorum ^ 
 
 vicit. Templum Jovis in Capitolio ^dificavit. Postea, 
 
 dum Ardeam^- oppugnabat, urbem Latii, imperium pcr- 
 
 didit. Nam quum filius ejus Lucretiag , '■ nobilissTmse fem- 
 
 inse, conjiigi Tarquinii Collatini, vim fecisset, ha3C se 
 
 ipsam J occTdit in conspectu mariti, patris, et amicorum, 
 
 postquam eos obtestata fuerat, lit banc injuriam ulcis- 
 
 cerentur.k 
 ^ XJ. 22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatmus, 
 
 2*3. aliique nonniilli in exitium* regis conjurarunt 
 
 populoque' persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis claudcret.^' 
 
 ExercTtus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum rege 
 
 oppugnabat, eum relTquit. Fugit itaque cum iixore 
 
 Grammars.—* 613, r. lii.: ,9.9,5, r. Ixx.— • 399, r. iv. : 826, r 
 xxxii.— f 558, r. xxxix. : 94,3, r. lix.— & 440, 71iy>—^ 355, r. x. 
 771, r. xix.— i 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.—'' 627, 1, 3d: 1208, 
 ^' 607, r.: 987, r. Ixviii. 
 
 Idioms.—*' 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2.— » 96, 2.-4 80, 3, and 627, 4.— i ?2 
 -.i 123. 1. 
 
LTBER I. I 129 
 
 et libSris suis. Ita Romse ^ rognatum ^ est per septem 
 reges annos ^ ducentos quadraginta tres. 
 
 23. Hinc consules coepere pro imo rege duo creari, ut, 
 si unus mains essetj'i alter eumcoerceret.^" Aniiiuim iis 
 imperium tributum est, lie per diiitiiriiitatem potestatis 
 insoleiitiores redderentiir.^ Fueruiit igitiir anno primo, 
 expulsis regibiis/ consules L. Junius Brutus, acerrTmus 
 libertatis viiidex, et Tarquinius Collatmus, maritus Lu- 
 cretiae. Sed Collatmo s pauld post digiiTtas sublata est. 
 Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarquiniorum familiaRomaea 
 maneret.e Ergo cum omiii patrimonio suo ex urbe migra- 
 vit,et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 
 
 24. Commovit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In primS 
 pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese in- 
 vicem h occiderunt. Romani tamen ex e^ pugna victo- 
 res recSsserunt. Brutum Romanje matronae quasi com- 
 miinem patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Pub- 
 licola Sp. Lucrctium, Lucretia3 patrem, collegam sibi 
 fecit; qui quum morbo exstinctus esset,^ Horatium 
 Pulvillum sibi collegam J sumpsit. Ita primus annus 
 quinque consules liabuit. 
 
 25. Secundoquoque anno iterum Tarquinius ^ ^ 
 bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena,^ rege Etrus- 245. 
 corum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Horatius 
 Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes coliib- 
 uit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset.k Tum se cum 
 armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad sues transnavit. 
 
 26. Dum Porseiia urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucins ScaEV 
 vola, juvenis fortis aiiimi,i in castra liostis se conttdit eo 
 
 Grammars.—'' 22b, 3 : 453,—" 565, r. xli.: 950, v. Ixi.— "^ 627, 2: 
 12(i5, V. xcvii.— « 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— ^ 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. " 
 Ixxiv.— 1^ 118, 5: 1019.—' 681, 1241, r. xciv.— J 440, 715,^ 
 k 627, 4: 123Sf'v. xcii.— ' 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvL 
 
 Idioms. — " 4, 1. — ^ 9, 1. — s 5, 1. 
 
130 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 consilio, lit regem occidgret. At ibi scribam regis j3ro 
 ipso rege inteiiecit. Turn a regiis ^ satellitibiis compre- 
 hensus et ad regem deductus, qiium Porsena eiim igni- 
 biis allatis terreret,^ dextram arae <^ accensse imposiiit, 
 donee flammis consumpta esset.^ Hoc facTnus rex mi- 
 ratus^ jiivenem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi 
 beneficium ref erens ait/ trecentos alios jiivenes in eum 
 conjiirasse.ff Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Ro- 
 manis fecit, Tarquinius autem Tusciilum se conttilit, 
 ibique privatus cum uxore consenuit. 
 A. U.* 2'^- Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos,^ 
 2^^- populus Romae seditionem fecit, questus quod 
 tribvitis et militia a senatu exhauriretur.' Magna pars 
 plebis urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienem 
 amnem secessit. Tum patres turbati Menenium Agrip- 
 pam miserunt ad plebem, qui J eam senatui conciliaret. 
 Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris 
 liumani corporis ; qua populus commotus est, ut in urbem 
 redlret. Tum primiim tribiini plebis creiiti sunt, qui J 
 plebem adversimi nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 
 j^ U. 28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges, ^ 
 ^^1 Qu. Marcius, Coriolanus'^ dictus ab urbe Vol- 
 scorum Coriolis,^ quam'^ bello ceperat, plebi" invisiis 
 fieri coepit. Quare urbe « expulsus ad Volscos, acerri- 
 mos Romanoriim hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux ^ exer- 
 citus factus Romfmos ssepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintum 
 milliarium urbis accesserat, nullis civium siiorum le- 
 
 Grammars.—* 337, 750.^^ 160, 2; 1083 ; and 141, 1273-- 
 e 501, r. xxix.— d 627, 4: 1238, r. xcii.— « 688, 1350, r. cv.— 
 
 157, 3 : 1082.—^ 684, 1357.—' 655, 1235.— i 643,4th : 1212, 
 k 319, r. v.: GGd, r. vi.; and 440, 715.—^ 251, r. i. : 022.— 
 " 238, 691.—" 382, r. xvi. : 800, r. xl.— ° 613, r. Hi. : 903^ r. Ixx. 
 
 Idioms.— e 10(; 1.— & 98, 2, and 94, 1, 2d.— J 40, 4. 
 
LIBER I. 131 
 
 gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret. a- DeiiTque 
 Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eiim vene- 
 nint; quarum fletu et precibus commotus est, iit exer- 
 cTtiim removerct.a Qiio'J facto a Yolscis ut proditor^ 
 occTsiis esse dicitur. 
 
 29. Romani quum adversum Yeientes bellum gorc- 
 reiit familia Fabioriim sola hoc bellum suscepit. Pro- 
 fecti sunt trecenti sex nobilissimi homines, duce-^ ^ U. 
 Fabio consiile. Quum saepe hostes vicissent, apud -'''^^ 
 Cremgram fluvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Veientes dolo® 
 usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi exorto^ 
 omnes perierunt. Unus superfuit ex tanta familia, qui 
 propter £etatem puerTlem duci non potuerat ad pugnam. 
 Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum illumj^ 
 qui Hannibiilem prudenti cunctatione debilitavit. 
 
 30. Anno trecentesimo et altero '' ab urbe j^ u. 
 condita' decemviri creati sunt, quiJ civitati ^'^^• 
 leges scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt ; secundo 
 nutem dominationem exercere coeperunt. Sed quum 
 unus eorum ^ Appius Claudius virgmem ingenuam, Yir- 
 giniam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, 
 pater eam occTdit. Tum ad milites protugit, eosque ad 
 seditionem commovit. Sublata est decemviris ^ potestas, 
 ipsTque omnes aut'" morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 
 
 31. In bello contra Yeientanos Furius Ca- j^ jj^ 
 
 millus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qu^ ob- 358. 
 
 sldione quum ludi literarii magister principum filios ex 
 
 urbe in castra hostium duxisset,o Camillus hoc donum 
 
 Grammars.—* G27, 1, 2d: 1207^—^ V22, 1371.—^ 484, r. xxvL: 
 8S0, r. xliv.— f 6S8, 1350, v. qy.—^ 106, 7 : 208.—^ 6S-i, lSo7. 
 — i 643, 4th : 1212.—^ 355, r. x. ; 771, r. xix.— > 522, r. : 107i>, 
 r. Ixxiv. — ° 631, 12J:4:, r. xciv. 
 
 ImoMS.— " 38, 5.— d 110, 1.— e 7, 4.— s 27, 1st.— > 5, 1.— » 124^ 3.— 
 • 38, 8. 
 
132 ROMAN HISTORT. 
 
 non accepit, sed scelestum hommem, manibus post ter- 
 gum vinctis, pueris Falerios ^ reducendum ^ tradidit ; 
 virgasque iis dedit, quibus proditorem in urbem age- 
 rent. <^ 
 
 32. Hac tanta animi nobilitate commoti Falisci ur- 
 bem Romanis tradiderunt. Camillo*^ autem apud Ro- 
 manos criniTni datum ^ est, quod albis equis triumpbas- 
 ^ jj set,e et prsedam inique divisisset; damnatus- 
 36'^- que ^ ob eam causam, et civitate expulsus est. 
 Paulo post Galli Senones ad urbem veneruiit, Romanos 
 apud flumen Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupa- 
 runt.& Jam nihil prseter Capitolium defend! h potuit. Et 
 jam prsBsidium fame laborabat, et in eo ' erant,J ut pacem 
 a Gallis auro emerent,'^ quum Camillus cum manu mil- 
 itum superveniens hostes magno prcelio superaret. 
 
 LIBER SECUNDUS. 
 
 ^ U 1. Anno trecentesimo nonagcsimo quarto 
 
 2^^' post urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem 
 accesserant, et quarto milliario ^ trans Anienem fluvium 
 consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. Ibi 
 Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine '" fortissi- 
 mum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. 
 T. Manlius, nobilissTmus juvenis, provocationem acce- 
 pit, Galium occTdit, eumque torque^ aureo spoliavit, 
 quo o ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Tor- 
 quati appellati sunt. Galli fugam capcssiverunt. 
 
 Grammars, — » 553, r. xxxviL : 938, r. Ivii.— « 643, 1212; aud 
 644, 1212,— <^ 427, r. xix : S48, r. xxxviii.— « 655, 12ijij,— 
 f 214,1, 1st: 3ir>,—^ 123, 2: 1033.— i 316, r. ii. : G1S\ r. iv.-^ 
 k 627, 1, 1st: 1220.—^ 573, 9,58, r. Ixii. ; and 677, 902.— "^ 339, 
 r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— " 514, 911, r. 1.— <> 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. 
 
 Idioms.— »» 107, 1.— « 83, 3.—' 115, l—^ 87, 6.—' 19, 6.— » 6, 1 — • 
 <«. 8. 
 
LIBELR n. 1S3 
 
 i 
 
 2. Novo bcllo cum Gallis exorto, anno iirbis ^ -g. 
 qiiadringentcsimo sexto, iterum Gallus proces- 'ice. 
 sit robore ^ atque arinis insignis, et provocrivit unum ex 
 Romanis, iit secum armis clecerneret.b Turn sc M. Va- 
 lerius, tribiinus milTtum, obtulit ; et, quum processisset 
 armatus, corvus ei^ supra dextrum bracbiumsedit. Mox, 
 conimissa pugna,bic corvus alis^^ et ungiiibus Galli ocu- 
 los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio 
 a Valeriointerficeretur,^ qui bine CorvTninomen accepit. 
 
 3. Postea Romani bellum gesserunt cum ^ jj 
 Samnitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum .^^o. 
 honore dictatoris profectus est. Qui ^ quum negotii cu- 
 jusdam causa Romam ivisset, 23rgecepit Q. Fabios Rul- 
 liano, magistro equTtum, quern apud exercTtum reliquit, 
 ne pugnam cum lioste committeret.** Sed ille occasio- 
 ndVn nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Sammtes delcvit. 
 Ob banc rem a dictatore capitis '» damnatus est. At ille 
 in urbem confiigit, et ingenti favore milTtum et populi 
 liberatus est ; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est sedi- 
 tio, ut psene ipse^ interficeretur.^ 
 
 4. Duobus annis post J T. Yeturius et Spurius Postu- 
 mius consules bellum adversiim Sammtes gerebant. Hi 
 aPontio TbelesTno, duce liostium,in insidias inducti stmt. 
 Nam ad Furculas Caudmas Romanes pellexit ^ -jj. 
 in angustias, unde sese expedlre non poterant. -i^^- 
 Ibi Pontius patrem suum Herenmum rogavit, quid ^ fa- 
 ciendum putaret. Ille rcspondit,aut omnes occidendos"' 
 
 Grammars.— ••' 535, r. xxxiv. : 8S9y r. xlvii.--'' 62*7, 1, 3d. : 120S, 
 — «= 380, r.: S71,—^ 542, r. xxxv. : 87S. r. xlii.— « G37, 1, 4th: 
 1222,—^ 403, r. v.: 831, r. xxxiii.— »» 520, i : 10ti>, r. Ixxiv.— 
 j 236, 4 : 47^/ tl2, 992,—^ 627, 5 : 1182, r. Ixxxvii.— •» 627, 1, 
 1st : 1220, 
 
 Idioms.— f 39, 1.—' 32, Z.—"^ 91, 5.— •» 108, 4 
 
1,34 SOMAN HISTORY. 
 
 esse, lit Romanorum vires fragerentur,* aiit omnes di- 
 mittendos, utbeneficio obligarentur.a Pontius utrnm- 
 qiie consilium improbavit, omnesqiie sub jugum misit 
 SamiiTtes deiiique post beilum undequinqnagiiita aiLL\o- 
 rum superfiti sunt. 
 ^ XJ. ^' I^evictis Samnitibus, Tarentmis ^ beilum 
 'i"-- indictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam 
 fecissent.^ Hi Pyrrlium,^ Epiri regem, contra Romanos 
 auxiliumd poposcerunt. - Is mox in Italiam venit, tum- 
 que primuni Romani cum transmarlno hoste pugnave- 
 runt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lae- 
 vinus. Hie, quum exploratores Pj^rrlii cepisset, jussit 
 ,eos per castra duci,^ tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent * 
 Pyrrho, quaecunque a Romanis agerentur.^ 
 
 6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhus auxilio elephantorum 
 vicit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per 
 noctem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanos milleJi" octingentos 
 cepit, eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui 
 in proelio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vidneribus 
 ct truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad 
 ccelum manus dicTtur cum liac voce : Ugo cum talibus 
 vii'is hrevi orhem terrdrum subigerem.^ 
 
 7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig- 
 nSque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad 
 Pr^neste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decTmo. Mox 
 terrore exercTtus, qui cum consiile sequebatur, in Cam- 
 paniam se reccpit. Lcgati ad Pyrrhum de captTvis rc- 
 dimendis ' missi honorif Tee ab eo suscepti sunt ; captTvos 
 sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis, Fabricium, sic 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 1, 2d: 1207,—^ 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv 
 -~« 629, 1237.—^ 508, r.: 734, r. xiii.— f 656, 1291, r. ci.^ 
 9 104, 5: 201.—^ 142, 2d: 1207, r. xcviii. 
 
 — — 4 
 
 iDioirs.— "1 62, 5.— • 94, 3.— « 7.— * 112, 8. 
 
LIBER II. 1 135 
 
 admiratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni siii promit- 
 teret, si ad se transTret,^ sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 
 
 8. Qiiiim jam Pyrrhus ingeiiti Romanorum admira- 
 tioiie teneretiir, legatum misit Ciiieam, prsestantissTmum. 
 viram, qui '^ pacem peteret ea conditione,^ ut Pyrrhus 
 earn, partem Italige, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. 
 Romaui responderunt, eum cum Romaiiis pacem habere 
 nou posse, nisi ex Italia recessisset.^ Ciiieas quuui 
 rediisset, Pyrrho eum^ interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma 
 visa esset,^ respondit, se regmn patriam vidisse.? 
 
 9. In altero^ proelio cum rege EpTri commisso Pyr- 
 rlms vuhieratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia 
 hostium csesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum ' fugit. Inter- 
 iecto anno, Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc 
 medicus Pyrrhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum 
 veneno occisiirum,J si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fa- 
 bricius vinctum redrlci jussit ad dominnm. Tunc rex 
 admiratus ilium dixisse fertur : llle ^ est Fabnciits, qui 
 difficilliis ah honestdte^ qucim sol a ciirsu suo averti potest, 
 Paulo post Pyrrhus tertio etiam proelio fusus a j^ xj. 
 Tarento recessit, et, quum in Grgeciam rediis- '^^^^ 
 BCt, apud Argos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 
 
 10. Anno quadringentesTmo nonagesTmo post ^ jj^ 
 uroeni conditam^ Romanorum exercTtus pri- 49^- 
 mum in Sicilian! trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum 
 Hieronum, Poenosque, qui multas civitates in ^ u_ 
 ea insula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto •*^^' 
 anno hujus belli, quod contra Poenos gerebatur, pri- 
 
 Grammars.— » 627, 2: 1265, r. xcvii. — "b 641, r. ii. : 1205, 
 
 « 542, r. XXXV. : S73f r. xlii.— -^ 627, 5 : 1207, r. xc\ iii f 627, 
 
 1JS2, V. Ixxxvii. — h 106, 7 : 20S.—^ 553, r. xxxvii. : 93S, r. Ivii 
 — fc 319, r. V. : G(W, r. vi.— » 684, 1337. 
 
 IKIOMS.— ^ 40, 4.— « 63, 2.— e 98, 2.— J 100, 2, and 94, 1, 2d. 
 
136 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 mum Romani, C. Duillio et Cn. Cornelio Asm^ consiil- 
 ibus,^ in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses 
 vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, 
 septem millia hostium ^ cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla 
 victoria Romanis'^ gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, 
 ut quum a coena rediret, pueri funalia gestantes, et 
 tibicen eum comitarentur.*^ 
 
 A. u. 11 • Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in Afri* 
 '^^^- cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- 
 sium dux, pugna navali superatur; nam perditis sexa- 
 ginta quatuor navibus se recepit 5 Romani viginti duas 
 amiserunt. Quum in AfrTcam venissent, Poenos in plurT- 
 bus prooliis vicerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, 
 septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Tum 
 victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis ^ . petierunt. 
 Quamf quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, 
 dare nolletnisi durissTmis conditionibus, Carthaginienses 
 auxilium petierunt a Lacedjemoniis.e Hi Xanthippum 
 miserunt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. 
 Regulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 
 
 12. Non tamen ubique for tuna Carthaginiensibus ff 
 favit. Quum aliquot proeliis victi essent, Regulum ro- 
 gaverunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivo- 
 rumque permutationem a Romanis obtineret. Ille quum 
 Romam venisset, inductus in Senatum dixit, se desiisse 
 Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua^ in potestatem Poenorum 
 venisset.' Tum Romanis J suasit, ne pacem cum Car- 
 thaginiensibus facerent:'^ illos' enim tot casibus fractos 
 spem nullam nisi in pace habere:™ tanti" nonesse,ut 
 
 Grammars. — '' 332, r. vi. : 751f r- xv. — "^ 382, r. xvi. : SiiOf r*. xl. 
 ^<' G27, 1, 4th: 1222.—^ 511, 737.—^ 403, r. v. : ,S\31f r. xxxiii. 
 — b 5(i5, r. xl. : fP4ff, r. Ix. — ' 650, r. vi. : 1291, v. ci. — J 501, r. 
 xxix. : 855^ r. xxxix.— ^ 627, 1, 3d : 1208.—'' 496, 800, 
 
 Idioms.—" 110, 2.— <" 39, 3.— > 94, 4.—'" 96, 2, and 94. I, 2. 
 
LIBER III. 1S7 
 
 lot millia^ captivorum propter se unum et paiicos, qui 
 ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Haec sententia 
 obtinuit. Regressiis igitur in Africam crudelissTmis 
 £uppliciis exstinctus est. 
 
 13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio a. U. 
 consulibus, anno belli PunTci vicesTmo tertio ^^■^• 
 magnum proelium navale commissum est contra Lily- 
 baeum, promontorium Sicili^e. In eo proelio septuaginta 
 tres Carthaginiensium naves captse,^ centum viginti 
 quinque demersge, triginta duo millia hostium capta, 
 tredecim millia occTsa sunt. Statim Cartliaginienses 
 pacem petierunt, cisque pax tributa est. CaptTvi Roma- 
 norum,^ qui tenebantur a CarthaginiensTbus redditi sunt. 
 Poeni Sicilia,^ Sardinia, et ceteris insulis,q!ige inter Tta- 
 liam Africamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Ilis- 
 paiiiam qu^ citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. 
 
 LIBER TERTIUS. 
 1. Anno quingentessTmo undetricesimo In- ^ jj 
 gentes Gallorum copise Alpes transierunt. Sed ^^-^• 
 pro Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est,c 
 octingenta millia » hommum^ ad id helium parata fu 
 isse.f Res prosper^ gesta est apud Clusium: quadra- 
 ginta millia liominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis s 
 post '» pugnatum est » contra Gallos in agro Insubrum, 
 finitumque est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cor- 
 nelio Scipione consulibus. Tum Marcellus regem GaL 
 
 Grai^mars. — * 104, 5 : 204. — = 355, r. x. : 771 f r. xix. — ^ 613, r. 
 ii.: 993, r. Ixx.— « 158, 10S6 ; and 164, 5: 327,—^ 565, r. xl : 
 950, Y. Ixi. :—^ 612, 951r — * 233, 3 : 453. 
 
 Idioms—'' 115, 2.— « 51 2.— ^ 94, 1, 2d, aud 98. 9 
 
l38 KOMAN HISTORY. 
 
 loium, Yiridomarum, manu sua occTdit, et triumpliaiis 
 spolia Galli stipiti^'^ imposita humeris suis \?exit. 
 
 2. Paulo post Pumcum bellum reiiovatum est per Hsn- 
 iiibiilem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar 
 novem annos ^ natum aris admoverat, ut odium perenne 
 in Romanos juraret.*^ Hie amium agens "vicesimum seta- 
 
 j^ XJ. tis Saguntum, Hispanias civitatem, Rcmanis ani^- 
 ^^^- icam, oppugnare d aggressus est. HuicRomaiii 
 per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret.^^. Qui*" 
 quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Cartliagmcm 
 niiseruntjUt mandaretur s Hannibali,^ ne bellum contra 
 socios populi Romani gereret.^ Dura responsa a Car- 
 thaginiensibus reddita. Saguntinis interea fame victis, 
 Rdmani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 
 
 3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, 
 Pyrengeum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam ccto- 
 ginta millia peditum, et viginti millia equitum, septem ct 
 triginta elepliantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligiires ct 
 Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. 
 Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticinum commisso,'i su- 
 peratus est, et, vulnere accepto,^^ in castra rediit. Ti;m 
 Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is 
 quoque vincTtur. Multi poptdi se Hannibrdi dediderunt. 
 Inde in Tusciam progressus, Flaminium consulem ad 
 Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius intercmp- 
 tus,^ Romanorum viginti quinque millia cassa sunt. 
 
 j^ jj 4. QuingentesTmo ct quadragesTmo anno post 
 
 ^40- urbem conditam L. ^milius Paullus et P. Te^ 
 
 rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. Quani- 
 
 \ Supply '«• vvUli tnukcur, or euvi with abduxisse. Gr. 676, llijii. 
 Grammars.—* 522. r. iii. : 1075, r. l.vxiv.— i- 565, r. xli. : .9^.*>, r. 
 
 Ix.— « 627, 1. 2d: 1207.—^ 665, 113S, r. Ixxx.— « 627, 1, Hd 
 
 1208. 
 
 Idioms.—^ 39, l.—s bl.—^ 104, 2.—' 115, 2. 
 
LIBER III. \ 139 
 
 qnam intellectum erat,^ HannibSlem non alTter vinci 
 posse quam mora, Yarro tamen morse ^ impatiens apiid 
 vicum,qiu Canme^' appellatiir, in Apulia pugnavit ; ambo 
 consules victi, PaiiUus interemptus est. In ea pugna, con- 
 sulares aut pr^torii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut 
 occTsi ; milTtum quadraginta niillia ; equitum tria millia 
 et quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen 
 pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod ^ nun- 
 quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 
 
 5. Post earn pugnam multae Italias civitates, qu£e Ro- 
 manis*^ paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- 
 nibal Romanis obttdit/ ut captTvos redimerent; respon- 
 sumque est ^ a senatu, eos cives non esse necessaries, qui 
 armati capti potuissent.^ Hos omnes ille postea variis 
 suppliciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum 
 Carthagmem misit,quos mambus^ equTtum Romanorum, 
 senatorum, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania 
 frater Hannibalis, Hasdrtibal, qui ibi remans6rat cum 
 magno exercTtu, a duobus Scipionibus vincTtur, perdit- 
 que in pugna triginta quinque millia hommum. 
 
 6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, 
 M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem 
 Campania, contra Hannibrdem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- 
 pore Pliilippus,Demetrii iilius, rex Macedonise, ad Han- 
 nibalem legates mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanes 
 pallicetur. Qui legati ' quum a Romanis capti essent,J 
 M. Valerius LaevTiius cum navibus missus est, qui regem 
 impedlret,'^ quo miiiiis copias in Italiam trajiceret.' Idem 
 in Macedonian! penetrans regem Philippum vicit. 
 
 Grammars.—" 662.— ^ 349, r. ix. : 765, r. xviii.— « 321, 608.-^ 
 •403, r. v.: 8,31, r. xxxiii.— ? 627, 6: 1291,—^ 501, ^. xxix. : 
 855, r. xxxix.— J 631, 1244, r. xciv.— ^ 643, 4i;h: 1212l 
 
 Idioms.—'' 51, 2.—"^ 37, 9.— <" 60, 4.—' 38, 1.— * 83, 2.—' 78, 7 
 
140 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Mo red- 
 lus magnam hiijiis insulae partem cepit, quam Poeiii 
 occupaverant ; Syracusas, nobilissTmam urbem, expug- 
 navit, et ingentem inde prsedam Romam ^ misit. L[e- 
 viiiiis in Macedonia cum Philippo et miiltis Grsecias 
 populis amicitiam fecit; et in Sicilian! profectus Han- 
 nonem, Poeuorum ducem, apud Agrigentum cepit; 
 quadraginta civitates in deditionem accepit, viginti sex 
 expugnavit. Ita omni Sicilia recepta, cum ingenti 
 gloria Romam ^ regressus est. 
 
 8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipiones ab HaS" 
 drubiile interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, 
 vir E-omanorum^ omnium fere primus. Hic,^ puer,*^ duo- 
 deviginti annorum,*' in pugna ad TicTnum,patrem singu- 
 lar! \irtiite servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem*'' 
 multos s nobilissimorum juvSnum Italiam deserere '' cu- 
 pientium, auctoritate sua ab hoc consilio deterruit. Yi- 
 ginti quatuor annorum^ juvenis in Hispaniam missus, 
 die quavenit, Cartliaginem Novam cepit, in quaomne au- 
 rum et argentum et belli apparatum Poeni habebant, no- 
 bilissTmos quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. 
 Hos obsTdes parentibus suis - reddidit. Quare omnes fer^ 
 Hispanise civitates ad eum uno ammo transierunt. 
 
 9. Ab eo inde tempore res Romanorum in dies Iseti- 
 ores factae sunt. Hasdrubal a fratre ex Hispania in 
 Italiam evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem, Id. 
 insidias incidit, et strenud pugnans occTsus est. Plii- 
 rimae autem civitates, quae in Brutiis ab Hannibiile 
 tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. 
 
 _^ - ■ . - - ' ■■ ■* 
 
 Grammars.—" 553, r.: 9,38, r. Wi\.—^ 355, r. x.:,77J, i'- xix.— 
 • 339, r. vii.: 7^7, r. xvi.— f 331, 750,—^ G59, 4 1120; and 
 665, 1138, V. IxKX.— ' 118, 3, 1st, Exc: 1018, 
 
 Idioms.—'^ 21, 4.— "i 13, 2.— b 21, 3. 
 
LIBER IV. 141 
 
 10. Anno decTmo quarto postqiiam in Italiam j^ -q. 
 Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatusj^ et in - ^^^' 
 Africam missus est. Ibi contra Hannonem, ducem Car- 
 tliaginiensium, prospere pugnat, totumque ejus exercT- 
 tum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia hominum 
 occTdit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quingen- 
 tis militibus. Syphacem, Nuniidi^ regem, qui se cum 
 Poenisconjunxerat, cepit, eumque cum nobilissimis Nu- 
 midis et infinitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua ^ re audita, 
 omnis fere Italia Hannibiilem desSrit. Ipse ^ a a. U. 
 Carthaginiensibus in Africam redlre jubetur. ^^^• 
 Ita anno decTmo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 
 
 11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus*'' semel frustra 
 tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- 
 simi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio 
 victor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. 
 Post hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. 
 Scipio, quum Romam rediisset, ingenti gloria triumpha- 
 vit, atque Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit 
 secundum PuiiTcum bellum post ^ annum undevicesi- 
 mum qiiam coeperat. 
 
 LIBER QUARTUS. 
 1. FiNiTO PunTco bello, seciitum est Macedo- ^^ -g^ 
 iiTcum contra Pliilippum regem. Superatus est ^^s- 
 rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocephalas, paxque 
 ei data est his legibus : 7ie Grcecice civitatibus, quas Ro- 
 mdni contra eum defendercmt^ helium inferret^ ut captivos 
 
 'Grammars.— d 471, 900.—^ 569, 95^.^^ 627, I, 2d: 1207- 
 Idioms.—" 115, 1.—^ 38, 3.—^ 32, 'i 
 
142 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 et transfugas redderet; quinquaginta solu7n naves liaht 
 ret; reliquas Romdnis daret; mille talenta prcestdret^ ev 
 ohsldem^ daret jilium Demetrium. T. Quinctius etiani 
 Lacedgemoniis iiitulit bellum, et ducem eorum Nabidem 
 vicit. 
 ^ U. 2. Finito bello Macedomco, secutum est bel- 
 ^6^- lum Syriacum contra Antiochum regem, cum 
 quo Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eum L. 
 Cornelius Scipio consul, cui^ frater ejus Scipio Africa- 
 nus legatus est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus,^ 
 Antiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asi^ civitatem, a Cor- 
 nelio Scipione consule ingenti proelio fusus est. Turn 
 rex Antiochus pacem petit. Data est ei t> hac lege, ut 
 ex Muropd et Asid recederet, atque intra Taurum se con- 
 tineret, decern millia talentorum et viginti ohsides prcebe- 
 ret^ Hannibdlem^ concitorem belli, dede7'et. Scipio Ro- 
 mam rediit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et 
 ipse, ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 
 
 3. Philippo, rege Macedoniae, mortuo, filius ejus Per- 
 seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis.'^ Dux Romano- 
 rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio 
 a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Ro- 
 mani cam pr^stare noluerunt, nisi his conditiombus,^ ut 
 se et suos Romanis dederet, Mox Emilias Paullus con- 
 j^ U. ^^^1 regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti mil- 
 ^^6. lia peditum ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege 
 fugit. Urbes Macedonise omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- 
 manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in 
 PauUi potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus 
 gestis,^ cum ingenti pompa,^Romam rediit in nave Persei, 
 
 Grammars. — ^ 522, r. iu.: lOUyT. Jxxiv. — « 542, r. xxxv. , S7S, 
 r. xlii.— f 545, 876, 
 
 Idioms.—* 13, 1.— -^ 115, 2.— ^ 104, 1. 
 
• LIBKR IV. 143 
 
 iuusitiltsB magnitiidmis '^^ nam sedecim remorum ordTnes 
 liabiiisse dicTtur. Triumphavit 'magnificentissTmd in 
 ciirrii aiireo, duObiis filiis iitroque latere ^ adstantibus,. 
 Ante currum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Per- 
 seus ducti sunt. 
 
 4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Cartliagi- ^ jj 
 iiem susceptum est sexcentesTmo et altero ^ anno ^^-• 
 ab urbe condTta,^ anno quinquagesimo primo postquam 
 secundum bellum Pumcum transactum erat. L. Man- 
 lius Censormus et M. Manlius consules in AfrTcam tra- 
 jecerunt,^ et oppugnaverunt Carthaginem. Multa ibi 
 pr^clare gesta sunt per Scipi(3nem, Seipionis Africani 
 nepotem, qui tribunus^" in Africa militabat. Hujus 
 apud omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque 
 quidquam magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, 
 quam contra eum proelium committere. 
 
 5. Quum jam magnum esset Seipionis nomen, tertio 
 anno postquam Romani in AfrTcam trajecerant,e consul 
 est creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is ^ j^ 
 banc urbem a civibus acerrime defensams ce- ^^^• 
 pit ac diruit. Ingens ibi prasda facta, plurimaque in- 
 veiita sunt, quae multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago 
 collegerat. H^c omnia Scipio civitatibus^ Italise, Si- 
 ciliiB, AfrTc83 reddidit, quas' suaJ recognoscebant. Ita 
 Carthago septingentesTmo anno, postquam condita erat, 
 Seleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 
 
 6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus 
 arma movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanorum ducem, ad 
 internecionem vicit. Post eum Q. Csecilius Metellus 
 dux a Romanis contra Pseudopliilippum missus est, et, 
 
 Grammars.—* 331), r. vii. : /»>?, r. xvi.— ^ 612, i)i)2, {in.)—'' 106, 
 T: 208.—^ 684, 1357^—'' 444, 720.— ^ 688, 1350, r. cv. 
 
 Idioms.— f 13, 1.—^ 63.—' 34.— J 31, 5, Note. 
 
144 ROMAN HISTORY. • 
 
 viginti quinqiie millibus ex militibus ^ ejus occTsis, Ma- 
 cedoniam recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in 
 potestatem suam redegit. Coriiithiis quoque bellum 
 indictum est, nobilissimae Grseciae civitati,'^ propter in- 
 juriam Romanis legatis illatam. Hanc Miimmius con- 
 ^ U sill cepit ac diruit. Tres igitiir Romae simiil 
 608. celeberrimi triumphi fueruiit; Scipionis^ ex 
 Africa, ante ciijiis curriim ductus est Hasdrubal ; Me- 
 telli ^ ex Macedonia, cujiis currum prsecessit Andriscus, 
 qui et Pseudophilippus dicitur ; Mummii ^ ex Corintho, 
 ante quern signa senea et pictse tabulas et alia urbis cla- 
 rissimse ornamenta praslata sunt. 
 
 ^ U. '^' Anno sexcentesimo decimo post urbem con- 
 610' ditam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra E,o- 
 manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latronum dux ; 
 postremo tantos ad bellum popiilos concitavit,ut vindex^ 
 libertatis Hispanise existimaretur.*" Denique a suiso in- 
 terfectus est. Quiim interfectores ejus prasmium a Cae- 
 pione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquam Roma- 
 nis placuisse ^ imperatorem a militibus suis interf ici. 
 
 8. Delude bellum exortum est cum Numantlnis, civi- 
 tate b Hispaniag. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post 
 eum C. Hostilius MancTnus consul, qui pacem cum lis 
 fecit infamem, quam popiilus et senatus jiissit infringi,» 
 atque ipsum MancTnum hostibus tradi.> Tiim P. Scipio 
 Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militenf 
 ignavum et corruptum correxit ; tum multas Hispaniae 
 A. U. civitates partim bello cepit, partim in deditio- 
 621- nemaccepit. Postremo ipsam Numaiitiam famo 
 ad deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit ; reliquam pro? 
 vinciam in fidem accepit. 
 
 Grammars.—'' 360, 775.— »» 253, 623.—^ 522, r. ili.: 107 ^y, r. 
 Ixiv.— « 319, r. V. : 6f>6*, r. vi. ; and 320, 067.—^ 627, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 Idioms. — ^ Sup. iriumphus. — e 19, 2. — *» 51, 5. — ' 90, 4. 
 
LIBER V. 145 
 
 9. P. Scipione NascTca^ et L. Calpurnio Bestia con- 
 sulTbus, Jugurthae, Numidarum regi, bellum illatum 
 est, quod Aclherbalem et Iliempsalem, Micipsge filios, pa- 
 trueles sues, interemisset. ^^ Missus ad versus eum con- 
 sul Calpurnius Bestia corniptus regis pecunia pacem 
 cum eo flagitiosissTmam fecit, quag a senatu improl^ata 
 est. DeuTque Qu. Caecilius Metellus consul Jugurtliani 
 variis proeliis vicit, elepliantos ejus occTdit vel cepit, mul- 
 tas civitates ipsius in deditionem accepit. Ei successit 
 C Marius, qui bello terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugur- 
 tham cepit. Ante currum triumphantis Marii ^ u. 
 Jugurtha cum duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, ^'^s- 
 et mox jussu consulis in carcere strangulatus. 
 
 LIBER QUINTUS. 
 
 1. DuM bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtliam geritur, 
 Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque Germanorum et Gallorum 
 gentes Italiae '"' minabantur, aliaeque Romanorum exerci- 
 tus fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romas ^ timor,nee iterum Galli 
 iirbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul ^ creatus, eique 
 bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est ; bello- 
 que protractOjtertius ei etquartus consulatusdelatusest. 
 In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium 
 cecTdit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Tlieuto- 
 buclium ; propter quod meritum absens quintd Consul 
 creatus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quo- ^ -g 
 rum copia adliuc infinita erat, in Italiam trans- ^^^• 
 ierunt. Iterum a C. Mario et Qu. Cattilo contra eos 
 
 Geammars.— i- 6o5, J;^JJ.— = 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— « 634i 
 —f 319, r. V. : 606 , r. vi. 
 
 Idioms.—* 110, 2.— -^ 4, 1.— « 121, 6. 
 
146 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 dimicatum est ^ ad Veronam. Centum et quadraginta 
 millia aut in pugna aut in fuga cassa sunt ; sexaginta mil- 
 lia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris ^ signa sublata sunt. 
 
 A. u. 2. Sexcentesimo quinquagesTmo nono anno 
 ^^^' ab urbe condita in Italia gravissTmum bellum 
 exarsit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Felignlque, qui multos 
 annos populo Romano obedierant, fequa cum illis jura 
 sibi b dari postulabant. Perniciosum admodum hoc bel- 
 lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occTsus est; plures 
 exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla 
 cum''- alia egregid gessit, tum Clucntium, hostium du- 
 cem, cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum 
 gravi utriusque partis calamitate hoc belkim tractum 
 est. Quinto demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei impos- 
 uit finem. Romani tamen,id^ quod prius negaverant, 
 jus civitatis, bello finito, sociis tribuerunt. 
 
 ^ U. ^- Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo sexages- 
 ^^^- imo sexto primum Romse bellum civile exortum 
 est; eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam bello 
 civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sullae bellum ad- 
 versus Mithridatem regem Poiiti decretum esset, Marius 
 ei^ hunc honorem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, qui 
 adhuc cum legiombus suis in Italia morabatur, cum 
 exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios ciim ^ interfecit, 
 tum fugavit. Tum rebus Romas utcunque compositis, in 
 Asiam profectus est, pluribusque proeliis Mithridatem 
 coegit, ut pacem a Romanis peteret,^ et Asia, quam in- 
 vaserat, relicta, regni sui finTbus contentus esset. 
 
 4. Sed dum Sulla in Grsecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- 
 cit, Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus 
 
 Grammars. — » 223, 3: tj^J.V. — ^ 'o2-d, r. lii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— 
 601, r. : 8i>o, r. xxxix.— f G27, 1, 3d : 1'>0S, 
 
 Idioms.—'^ 124, 8.— <^ 37, 9.— « 5, 1. 
 
LIBER VI. 147 
 
 ex consiilibus, bellum in Italia reparariint, et ingressi 
 Romam nobilissimos ex senatu et consulares viros in- 
 terfccerunt ; imiltos proscripseruiit ; ipsius Sullse domo 
 eversa, filios et iixorem ad fiigam compulerunt. Uni- 
 versus rclTquus senatiis ex iirbe fugiens ad Sullam in 
 Graeciam venit, orans ut patriae subvenlret.a- Sulla in 
 Italian! trajecit,'' hostiuin exercitus vicit, mox etiam 
 urbem ingressus est, quam csede ^ et sanguine civiilm 
 replevit. Quatuor millia inermium, qui se dediderant, 
 interf ici ^ jussit ; duo millia equTtum et senatorum pro- 
 scripsit. Turn de Mithridate triumphavit. Duo hsec 
 bella funestissima, ItalTcum, quod et sociale dictum est, 
 et civile, consumpserunt ultra centum et quinquaginta 
 millia hominum, viros consulares viginti quatuor, pra3- 
 torios septeni, adilitios sexaginta, senatores fere du- 
 centos. 
 
 LIBER SEXTUS. 
 
 1. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesTmo septua- ^ -g 
 gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo s et M. Aurelio ^"6- 
 Gotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bithynige, 
 et testamento populum Romaimm fecit heredem.e Mi- 
 thridates, pace rupta,^ Asiam rursus voluit invadere. 
 Ad versus eum ambo consules missi variam liabuere for- 
 tunam. Cotta apud Clialcedonem victus proelio, a rege 
 etiam intra oppTdum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde 
 Mitliridates Cyzicum h transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta,i 
 
 Grammars. -* 627, 1, 3d: 1208,—^ 444, 720.—" 515, r. xxxi.: 
 91 /.— « 440, 713.— s 695, 972.—^ 553, r. xxxvii. : 93S, r. Ivii. 
 
 Idioms.—^ 90, 4.— f* 104, 1.— s 110, 2 
 
148 KOMAN HISTORY. 
 
 totam Asiam invaderet, Luciillus ei,^ alter consul, oc- 
 currit, ac dum Mithridates in obsidione CyzTci commo- 
 ratur, ipse ^ eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum 
 Biultis proeliis vicit. Postremo Bj'zantiunic fugavit; 
 navali quoque proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita un^ 
 liieme ^ et estate a Lucullo centum fer^ millia ^ mili- 
 tum regis exstincta sunt. 
 A.'u. 2. Anno urbis sexcentesTmo ^ septuagesimo 
 ^''^- octavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. 
 Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores, ducibus s Spar- 
 taco, Crixo, et Q^nomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Capuse h 
 erat, efFugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes psene non le- 
 vins bellum, quam Hannibal, » moverunt. Nam con- 
 traxerunt exercTtum fere sexaginta milliume armato- 
 rum, multosque duces et duos Romanos consules vice- 
 runt. Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso 
 proconsiile, et, post multas calamitates Itali£e,J tertio 
 anno huic bello finis est imposTtus. 
 
 3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum MithridatTcum perse- 
 ciitus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud 
 Cablra civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- 
 duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proelio super atum fugavit, 
 et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam 
 tenebat, eidem^ erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a 
 Tigrane, Ai'meni^e rege, qui tum ingenti gloria impera- 
 bat; sed hujus quoque regnum ' Lucullus est ingressus. 
 Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenias civitatem, cepit, 
 ipsum regem, cum magno exercTtu venientem, ita vicit, 
 
 Grammars.— » 399, r. iv. : S.^G, r. xxxii.— "= 553, r. xxxvii. : 93 S, 
 r. Ivii.— d 565, r. xli. : 9o0, r. Ixi— « 104, 5 : 204.— ^ 106, 7 : 208. 
 " 548, r. xxxvi. : 932, r. Ivi.— ^ 470, 1st: S99.— 3 3S4:, 7o3.-^ 
 k 522, r. ui. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— > 613, r. lii. : 993, r. Ixx. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 32, 3.— «r 110, 2.- -^ 6, 1. 
 
LIBER VI. 148 
 
 ut robur milTtum Armeniorum deleret.^ Sed quum 
 Lucullus finem bello impoiiere pararet, successor ei ^^ 
 missus est. 
 
 4. Per ilia tempora pirata3 omnia maria infestabant 
 ita, ut Romanis, toto orbe^ terrarum victoribus, sola 
 havigatio tuta non esset.^ Quare id bellum Cn. Pom- 
 peio '^ decretum est, quod intra paucos menses ^ u. 
 incredibili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ^^'^'^ 
 ei ^ delatum bellum contra feo^em Mithridatem et Tisira- 
 iiem. Quo 6 suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Minore 
 Bocturno proslio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta mil- 
 libus ejus occTsis/ viginti tantiim de exercTtu suo perdi- 
 dit et duos centuriones. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et 
 duobus comitibus, neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui 
 seditione coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc vitae finem 
 liabuit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrise s atque con- 
 silii. Regnavit annis ^ sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duo- 
 bus : contra Romanes bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 
 
 5. Tigrani deinde Pompeins bellum intiilit. Illci seJ 
 ei* dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suum J 
 in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit. 
 Parte ^ regni eum multavit et grandi pecimia. Tum 
 alios etiam reges et populos superavit, Armenian! Mi- 
 norem Deiotaro, Galatiie regi, donavit, quia auxilium 
 contra Mithridatem tulerat. Scleuciam, vicmam Antio« 
 chiae civitatem, libertate ^ donavit, quod regem Tigranem 
 non recepisset."* Inde in Juda3am transgressus, Hiero- 
 solymam, caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim mil- 
 
 * i. e. Potnpey. f i. e. Tigranes. 
 
 Grammars.— * 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— ^ 318, t.:s.v.: SIS, t.xxvuI— 
 
 • 611, {in.): i)i)2,—'^ 522, r. Hi.: J075, r.lxxiv.— « 339, r. vii. : 7^7, 
 
 r. xvi.— '' 565^ r. xli. : 9/>0, r.Lsi.— * 118, 3, 3d: 102S.—i 118, 3, 
 
 Ist: lOlS,—^ 514,r.xxxi.: 911,vA.—^ 505, S39,—'^ Q55, 1235. 
 
 I-^iOMS — « 38 5.—' 104, 1. 
 
150 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 iTbus JudEeoriim occTsis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His 
 gestis finem antiquissimo bello imposuit. Ante trium- 
 pliantis a cuiTum ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, filius Ti- 
 granis, et Aristobiilus, rex Judseorum. Prelata ingens 
 pecimia, auri atque argenti infinitum.*' Hoc tempore 
 nullum per orbem terrarum grave bellum erat. 
 
 ^ U. ^' ^- Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio 
 ^^^' consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo 
 undenonagesimo L. Sergius CatilTna, nobilissimi gene- 
 ris*^ vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam^ patriam 
 conjuravit cum quibusdam claris quidem sed audacTbus 
 viris. A Cicerone urbe ^ expulsus est, socii ejus depre- 
 hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altSro 
 consiile, CatilTna ipse prcelio victus est et interfectus. 
 
 A.v. '^' Anno urbis conditoe sexcentesimo nonagesi- 
 693. j^Q tertio C. Julius Caesar cum L. Bibiilo consul 
 est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper vincen- 
 do f usque ad Oceanum BritaniiTcum processit. Domuit 
 autem annis s novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter xU- 
 pes, flumen Rliodaiium, Rlienum et Oceanum est. Bri- 
 tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus h ante eum ne nomen 
 quidem Romanorum cognitum erat ; Germaiios quoque 
 trans Rlienum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 
 
 8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius Crassus contra 
 Partlios missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina 
 
 j^ XJ. Gt auspicia proelium commississet, a Sureii^ 
 700. Orodis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum 
 lilio, clarissTmo et praestantissTmo juvene. Reliquiae ex- 
 ercTtus per C. Cassium quaestorem servatae sunt. 
 
 Grammars. — " o39, r. v. : 7*57, r. xvi. — « 613, r. lii. : J>i>,^^ r. )xx. 
 — f 705, 1340,— s 565, r. xli. : 950, r.lxi.— i" 528, r. xxxiii. : 8J:4^ 
 r. xxxvi. 
 
 Idioms.- •' Sup. Pompeii. — *' Sup. pondus. — "^ 112, 7. 
 
LIBER VT. 151 
 
 9. Hinc jam belliim civile successit, quo Ko- ^ u. 
 maiii nominis fortuiia mutata est. Caesar eiiim "05 
 victor e Gallia rediens, abseiis coepit poscere alteruin^. 
 cojisulatum ; quern quum aliqui sine dubitatione defer- 
 reiit,^ contradictum est*^ a Pompeio et aliis, jussiisque 
 est, dimissis exercitibus, in urbem redire. Propter hanc 
 injuriam ab Arimmo, iibi milites congregatos habebat, 
 infesto exercitu Romam^i contendit. Consules cum 
 Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex 
 urbe fugit, et in Graeciam transiit ; et, dum senatus bel- 
 lum contra Csesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem in- 
 gressus dictatorem se fecit. 
 
 10. Inde Hispaniase petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- 
 peravit ; turn in Graecia adversvim Pompeium ipsum dim- 
 icavit. Primo proelio victus est et fugatus ; evasit tamen, 
 quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit ; dixit- 
 que Caesar, nee* Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tantiim 
 die se potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia aoud Phar- 
 salum ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicave- 
 runt. Nunquamf adhuc Romanae copiae majores neque 
 melioribus ducTbus^ convenerant. Pugnatum est*^ ingen- 
 ti contentione, victusque ad postremum Pompeius, et cas- 
 tra ejus direpta sunt. Ipse fugatus AlexandrTam ^ petiit, 
 ut a rege ^gypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, accip- 
 eret s auxilia. At hie fortiinam magis quam amicitiam ^ 
 seciitus, occTdit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum CiB- 
 sari misit. Quo ' conspectu, CiBsar lacrymas fudisse dicT- 
 
 tur, tanti viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. 
 
 \ ' 
 
 * Nee, i. e. et non, Id. 124, 1. t JVunqiiam, i. e. neque nnquam. Id. 124, 5 
 GRAitMARS.— » 106, 7 : 208.—^ 63L 1244, r. xciv. ; and 159, IL : 
 lOSr.—" 223, 3: 453,—'^ 553, r. xxxvii. : 9SS, r. Ivii.— " 5r,2, 
 947^—^ 611, 992, {cum.)—e 627, I, 2d: 1207.— ^ 470, 1st: S99, 
 — i 684, 1357. 
 
 Idiom « H8 5, 
 
152 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 11. Quum ad Alexandnam venisset Csesar, Ptolemseiis 
 ei iiisidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illa- 
 tum est. Rex victus in Nilo periit, inveiitumque est 
 corpus ejus cum lorlca aurea. Cassar, Alexandria ^ po- 
 titus, regnum Cleopatrae dedit. Turn inde profectus 
 Pompeianarum ^ partium reliquias est persecutus, bel- 
 lisque civilibus toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam 
 rediit. Ubi quum insolentius agSre ccepisset,^ conjura- 
 tum ^ est in eum a sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, 
 equitibusque Romaiiis. Prascipui fiierunt inter conju- 
 ratos Bruti duo ex genere illius Bruti, qui, regibus ex- 
 pulsis,*^ primus Rom® consul fuerat, C. Cassius et Ser- 
 
 ^, XI. villus Casca. Ergo CaBsar, quum in Curiam ve- 
 ^^^- nisset,c viginti tribus vulneribus confossus est. 
 
 12. Interfecto Csesare, anno urbis scptingentesTmo no- 
 no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Cassaris 
 percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Caesaris partibus sta* 
 bat. Ergo airbata republica, Antonius, multis sceleribus 
 commissis,e a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fuga- 
 tusque Antonius, amisso exercTtu,^ confugit ad Lepidum, 
 qui Cgesari s magister equTtum fuerat, et tum grandes 
 copias militum habebat : a quo susceptus est. Mox Oc' 
 tavianus cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicatii- 
 rus h patris ' sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat 
 adoptatus, Romam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut 
 sibiJ juveni viginti annorum'^' consulatus daretur.' Tum 
 junctus cum Antonio et LepTdo rempublTcam armis ten- 
 ere coepit, senatumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cic- 
 ero orator ocpTsus est, multique alii nobiles. 
 
 Grammars.—* 484, r. xxvl—^ 337, 756,—" 631,1244, r. xciv.— 
 < 223, 3 : 453.— f 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— s 380, r. i. : 871.-^ 
 J 522, 1075.—^ 339, r. vii. : 757 , r. xvi.— > 627, 1, 3d: 1208. 
 
 Idioms.—* 7, 5.— « 104, 1.— *» 102, 1.—' viz. Julii Gcesaris. 
 
LIBER VI. ' 153 
 
 13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectures Caesaris, 
 ino'eiips bcllum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Caesar Oc- 
 tavianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. An- 
 tonius, apucl Pliilippos, MacedoniiB urbeiii, con- ^ jj 
 tra eos pugnaverunt. Primo proeliovicti sunt "^2- 
 Antonius et Caesar ; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cas- 
 sius; secundo Brutum et infimtam nobilitatem, quae 
 cum illis bellum susceperat, victam^ interfecerunt. Turn 
 victores rempublTcam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavi- 
 anus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Anto- 
 nius Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. 
 
 14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata ^ sorore Caesaris 
 Octaviani, Cleopatram reginam ^gypti, uxorem duxit. 
 Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopa- 
 tra cupiditate ^ muliebri optat Romae regnare. Victus 
 est ab Au gusto navali pugna clara et illustri ^ -g. 
 apud Actium, qui '^ locus in EpTro est. Hinc ''^^• 
 fugit in ^gyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad 
 Augustum transirent, se ipse^ interemit. Cleopatra 
 quoque aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta 
 est. Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augus- 
 tus Romam rediit anno duodecimo ^ quam consul fuS- 
 rat. Ex eo inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta 
 et quatuor annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duode- 
 cim annis cum Antonio et LepTdo tenuerat.f Ita ab 
 initio principatus ejus usque ad finem quinquaginta sex 
 anni fuere. 
 
 * "Enim," &c., assigning: a reason for "Solus." 
 t Sup. earn, i. e. rempub/icam. 
 Grammars.—' 268, 066.—'' 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— f 569, 
 570 : i)5J:, 055, 
 
 Idioms.—* 10-4. 3.— '^ 104, 1.— <» 37, 5.— « 33, 1. 
 
THE GEOGKAPHY AND THE NATIONS 
 
 OF ANTIQUITY. 
 
 1. Universus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, 
 Europam,^ Asiam^ Africam. Eiiropa ab Africa sejungT- 
 tur freto Gaditano, in cujus iitraque parte montes sunt 
 altissTmi, Abyla^ in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui ^ mon- 
 tes Herculis columnge ^ appellantur. Per idem fretum 
 mare internum, quod littoribus Europae, Asiae, et Africae 
 includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 
 
 2. Europa terminos"^ habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium, 
 pontum EuxTnum, et paludem Mffiotida;^ a meridie/ 
 mare internum; ab occidente, mare AtlantTcum sive 
 Oceanum; a septentrione/ mare Britannicum. Mare 
 internum tres maximos sinus liabet. Quorum s is, qui 
 Asif.m a Graecia sejungit, JEgseum mare vocatur ; secun- 
 dus, qui est inter Grseciam et Italiam, Ionium ; tertius 
 deiiTque, qui occidentales Italise oras alliiit, a Romaiiis 
 Tuscum, a Gragcis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 
 
 3. In ea Europa3 parte, qu£e ad occasum vergit, prima 
 terrarum? est Hispania, quse a tribus lateribus mari 
 circumdata per Pyrenasos montes cum Gallia cohceret. 
 
 Grammars.—* 257, (i29.—^ 319, r. v. : 006, r. vi.— <* 440, 715, 
 — « 90, 4: 127 -—^ 236, 6: 47o,—s 355, r. x. : 771, r, xix. 
 
 Tdioms.— '^ 37,' 6, Noie.—s 38. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 
 
 Quiim universa Hispania dives sit^ et fcBcunda, ea tamen 
 regio, quae a flumine Beeti ^ Baetica vocatiir, ceteras fer- 
 tilitate*^ antecellit. Ibi Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a 
 Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditaiio nomen dedit. Tota 
 ilia regio viris,'^ equis, ferro, plumbo, ^re, argeiito, au- 
 roque abundat^ et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fer- 
 tilis, linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque 
 lapicidinas habet. In BietTca minium reperitur. 
 
 4. Gallia posTta est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rlie- 
 num, orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidenta- 
 lem Oceanus. Ejus pars ilia, qu^e Italiae ^ est opposTta, 
 et Narbonensis vocatur, omnium ^ est laetissima. In ea 
 ora sita est Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condita, qui, pa- 
 tria a Persis devicta, quum servituteni ferre non pos- 
 sent,? Asia relicta,^ novas in Europa sedes qusesiverant. 
 Ibidem est campus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicTtur contra 
 Neptiini liberos dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent,ff 
 Jupiter filium imbre lapTdum adjuvit. Credas' plu- 
 isse ;J adeo multi passim jacent. 
 
 5. Rhodanus, fluvius, baud long^ a Rheni fontibus 
 ortus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita 
 ut per medium lacum integer fluat,k tantusque, quan- 
 tusi venit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus. Gal- 
 lias aliquandiu dirimit ; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, 
 aliorum amnium accessu auctus in mare effunditur. 
 
 6. Ea pars Galliae, quae ad Rlienum porrigitur, frumen- 
 ti pabulTque ^ feracissima est, coelum salubre ; noxia ani- 
 malium genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- 
 tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victTmis " gaudere existiment.^ 
 
 Grammars.— » 630, 12477—^^0, 5: 110. — '^ 535, r. xxxiy. : 
 8S9f r. xlvii.— <^ 480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix.— ^ 522, 107^.—^ 355, 
 r. X.: 77 If r. xix.— s G31, 1214,, r. xciv.— ' 171, 3, last Ex.: 
 1180, r. Ixxxvi.— 1^ 627, 1, 1st: 1220,— "" 361, r. xi. : 77(>,t.xx, 
 — n 485. 
 
 Idioms— f 19.— *» 104, 1.— J 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2.— > 44, 3. 
 
156 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 Magistri religionum et sapientiae sunt Druidas, qui, qua)^ 
 se scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis docent» 
 Animas geternas esse ^ credunt, vitamque alteram post 
 mortem incipere.^ Hanc ob causam cum defunctis<^ 
 arma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrinam homi- 
 nes ad bellum'^ alacriores facere existimant. • 
 
 7. Uni versa Gallia divTsa est inter tres magnos pop- 
 ulos, qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenaso monte usque 
 ad Garumnam Aquitani habitant; iiide ad Sequanam 
 Celtae ; Belgae denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent. 
 
 8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenseo monte delapsus, diu 
 vadosus est et vix navigabilis. Quanto^ magis proce- 
 dit, tanto fit latior ; ad postremum magni freti ^ similis, 
 non solum majora navigia tolgrat, verum etiam more 
 maris exsurgit, navigantesque ^ atrociter jactat. 
 
 9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentrionem pergit. 
 Postquam se hand procul Lutetia? cum Matrona con- 
 junxit, Oceaiio '^ infunditur. Hasc flumina opportunism 
 sima sunt mercTbus ' permutandis J et ex mari interno 
 in Oceanum transvehendis.J 
 
 10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus hand procul ab 
 origine lacumefficit Venetum,qui etiam Brigantmus ap- 
 pellatur. Delude longo spatio ^ per fines Helvetiorum, 
 Mediomatricorum, et Trevirorum continuo alveo fertur, 
 aut modicas insiilas^ circumfluens; in agro Batavo autem, 
 ubi Oceano appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur; 
 nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus,ingens lacus, 
 
 Grammars.— d 353, 2d: 76*f>.— « 579, r. xliii. : *)2i}, r. Iv, ; and 
 578, *>6*5.— <■ 385, S(>3,—s 611, (a): 992.—^ 522, 1075,—' 382, 
 r. xvi. : SOO^ r. xl— ^ 573, r. xlii. : 95S, r. Ixii.— > 613. r lii. : 993, 
 t. Ixx. 
 
 Idioms.--' 3*7, 2.— •» 95, 1.— <= 19, 1.— J 112, 6 
 
Nations of antiquity. 157 
 
 Flevo appGlltitur,ejusdemqiie nommis insulam amplexus, 
 fit iterum arctior et fluviiis ^ iterum in mare emittitur. 
 
 11. Trans Rhenum Germani habitant usque ad Yistu- 
 1am, quag fiji.ls est GermaniiB ad orientem. Ad meridiem 
 terminatur Alpibiis, ad septentrionem mari BxitannTco 
 et BaltTco. Incola3 corpurum proceritate^ exceDunt. 
 ^jAimos bellando,*^ corpora laboribus exercent. Hano 
 ob causam crebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tarn 
 finium prolatandorum ^ causa, aut imperii cupiditate, 
 sed ob belli amorem. Mites ^ tamen sunt erga suppli- 
 ces,s et boni hospitibus. Urbes moenibus cinctas aut 
 fossis aggeribusque munitas non habent. Ipsas domos 
 ad breve tempus struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus 
 coctis sed lignis, quae frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eo- 
 dem in loco morari ^ periculosum s arbitrantui' libertati. 
 
 12. Agricjilturse h Germani non admodiim student, 
 nee quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios 
 liabet, Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, cam- 
 pus, nemusve iis '' placuerit,' ibi domos figunt, mox alid 
 transituri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam 
 hiemem in subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere. 
 
 13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- 
 via redditur. Inter silvas J maxima est Hercynia, cujus 
 latitudinem^ Cassar novem dici'um iter^ patere narrat. 
 Insequenti tempeire magna pars ejus excTsaest. Flumina 
 lAiint in Germania multa et magna. Inter hasc clarissi- 
 nium nomcn Rheni, dc quo supra diximus, et Danubii. 
 Clari qiioque amnes, Magnus, Visurgis, Albis. Daiiubius, 
 
 Grammars.—' 252, 623.—^ 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii.— « 705, 
 1340.— s 270, 659.—^ 403, r. v. : 831, r. sxxiii.— ' 627, 5 : 
 1182, r.lxsxvii.— J 360, 775,—^ 671, r. Iviii. : U5(>^ r. Ixxix.— 
 * 573, r. xlii, : 938, r. Ixii. 
 
 Idioms.— » 13, I.— 112, 5.— « 19, 1.—' 89, 5. 
 
158 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 omnium Europge fiummuma maximus,apud Rhsetos ori- 
 tur, flex oque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexaginta 
 amnibus,m Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis effunditur. 
 
 14. Britaniam insulam Phoenicibus innotuisse,eosque 
 stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabTle 
 est. Romanis earn Julius Ceesar primus aperuit ; neque 
 tamen priiis cognita esse coepit quam Claudio'^ imperante. 
 Hadrianuseam,muro ab oceano Germanico ad Hiberni- 
 cum mare ducto, in duas partes divTsit, ut inferiorem in- 
 suljB partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- 
 lorum,qui in Scotia habitabant, incursionibus tueretur.c 
 
 15. Maxima insulae pars campestris, collibus passim 
 silvisque distincta. Incolae Gallos proceritate ^' corporum 
 vincunt, ceterum ingenio ^ Gallis similes, simpliciores ta- 
 men illis e magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urb- 
 ibus. Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabtila pecori, sed ple- 
 rumque ad breve tempus. Humanitate^ ceteris pra?- 
 stant ii, qui Cantium incolunt. Tota lisec regio est ma- 
 ritima. Qui interiurem insulce partem habitant, fru- 
 menta non serunt ; lacte ^ et carne vivunt. Pro vesti- 
 bus induti sunt pcllTbus.s 
 
 16. Italia ab AlpTbus usque ad fretum Siculum porrigi- 
 tur inter mare Tuscum et AdriatTcum. Multo '^ longior 
 est quam latior.' In medio se attoUit Appennmus mons, 
 qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad 
 Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- 
 gio ob fertilitatem soli coelique salubritatem. Quum lon- 
 g^ in mare procurrat,J plurimos liabet portus populorum 
 inter se'^ patentes cominercio.' Neque ulla facile'" est 
 
 Grammars.— *H55, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— '^ 694, 1351.—^ 627, 1, 2d : 
 i*^0/.— ''535, 889, r.i-lvii.— «467, <S'f>o.— '"485.— ?524, r. v.: ^O^^T, 
 r. Ixxiv.— h 579, r. xliii. 929, r. Iv.— ' 474, 90:j.—i 6:50, 1247.— 
 ^ 118, 5: 1019.—^ 391, r. xvii. : 818, r. xxviii.— ™ 591, lid: 1003^ 
 
 Idioms.—' 6, 3.— J 74, 1. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 
 
 regio, quae tot tamque pulchras urbes liabeat,^ inter 
 qiias Roma et magiiitudme ^ et nominis fama emYnet. 
 
 17. HiBC urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem moiites 
 complectitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; Augusti 
 aevo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant 
 fora, templa, porticus, aquseductus, theatra, arcus tri- 
 umphales, horti denique, et id genus ^ alia, ad quae vel 
 lecta^i animus stupet. Quare recte de ea prasdicare 
 videntur, qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum mag- 
 nificentiam ei^ comparari posse dixerunt. 
 
 18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi 
 ibi vitif eri coUes, ubi nobilissTma vina gignuntur, SetT- 
 num, Caecubum, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem 
 fontes f saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- 
 chylio s quoque et pisce nobili maria vicTna scatent. 
 
 19. ClarissTmi amnes Italiae sunt Padus et Tiberis. 
 Et Padus quidem in superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisal- 
 pTna vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesuli moiitis exoritur; 
 primum exTlis, delude aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per 
 septem ostia in mare effundat.^i Tiberis, qui antiquis- 
 simis temporibus Albulee nomen liabebat, ex Appenniiio 
 oritur ; delude duobus et quadraginta flumiiiibus auc- 
 tus fit navigabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa villas ad- 
 spicit, praecipue autem urbis Romance magnificentiam. 
 Placidissimus amiiium raro ripas ' egreditur. 
 
 20. In inferiore parte Italia3 clara quondam urbs Ta- 
 rentum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli 
 fertilitas coelTque jucuuda temperies in causa fuisse vide- 
 tur, ut incillae luxuria ot deliciis enervarentur. Quiim- 
 
 Gkammars.— ^' 630, 1-. 1.: Ik,^ ^ . —^ .uib, r. xxxiv. : 6'6'.9, r. 
 Xlvii.— <^ 611, (ad) : 992.—^ 688, J5J0, r. ev.— « 522, r. iii. : lOTH.— 
 f 308, 639.— s 480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix.— •> 627, 1, 1st : 12'^0,^ 
 611, (ultra): 992. 
 
 Idioji. — ^ 101, 4. 
 
160 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 que aliquandiu potential fiorerent,^ copiasque hand 
 contemiiendas alerent, peregrlnis tamen plerumque du- 
 cibus in bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho,^ rege EpTri, quo 
 superato, urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 
 
 21. ProxTma Italias est Sicilia, insula omnium ^^ maris 
 interni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus eana cum 
 Italia coli8esisse,« marisque impetu, ant terrae motu inde 
 divulsam esse,^ verisimTle est. Forma triangularis, ita 
 ut litterae, quam Grseci Delta vocant, imagmem ref erat 
 A tribus promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. NobilissTmus 
 ibi mons ^tnge ^ qui urbi Catanae immmet, tum s ob 
 altitudmem, tum etiam ob ignes, quos efFundit; quare 
 Cyclopum in illo monte officTnam esse poetse dicunt. 
 Cineres e crater ibus egesti agrum circumjacentem foe- 
 cundum et feracem reddere existimantur. Sunt ibi 
 Piorum campi, qui nomen habent a duobus juvenibus 
 CatanensTbus, qui, fiammis quondam repente ingruen- 
 tibus, parentes senectiite confectos, humeris sublatos, 
 flammge'^ eripuisse feruntur. Nomina fratrum Am- 
 phinomus et Anapus fuerimt. 
 
 22. Inter urbes Siciliae nulla est illustrior Svi-acusis, 
 Corinthiorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab 
 Atheniensibus bello petita, maximas liostium copias dele- 
 vit : Carthaa:inienses etiam ma2:nis interdiim cladibus af- 
 fecit. Secundo bello Piinico per triennium oppugnata, 
 Archimedis potissTmiim ingenio et arte defensa, a M« 
 Marcello capta est. Yicinus liuic urbi fons AretliusjB 
 Nympliae' sacer,ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponncso 
 per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si 
 quid ad Olympiam in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in 
 
 * Sup. esse, Gr. 179, 6 : 2S1, \ Commissari, " in order to enjoy a 
 banquet," Gr. 6G5, 1^55. 
 
 Grammars.— '^ 535, r. xxxiv. : 8S9, r. xlvii.— »> G30, 1217.— 
 « 720, r. {ut, as) : 136t}.—^ 355, r. x. : 77 1^ r. xix.— ^ 2G0, 6*^1.-— 
 2» 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— ' 382, r. xvi. : S(JO, r. xl. 
 
 Idioms.— '^ J9.— « 97, 1, and 4.— e 124, 7. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 16| 
 
 Aretliusae fonte reddi.^ De ilia fabula quid statuen- 
 dum sit,b sponte apparet. 
 
 23. In mari LigustTco insula est Corsica, quam Graeci 
 Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis^ invia, 
 coelum grave, mare circa ^ importiinum. Incolae, latro- 
 ciniis dediti, feri sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius 
 instilae amara esse dicuntur corporibusque *^ nocere. 
 ProxTma ei est Sardinia, quae a Graecis mercatoribus 
 Ichniisa vocatur, quia formam humani vestigii liabet. 
 Solum f quam coelum melius. Illud ^ fertile, hoc ^ grave 
 ac noxium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venena- 
 tas gignit. Multum inde frumenti s Romam mittitur ; 
 unde haec insula et Sicilia nutrlces urbis vocantur. 
 
 24. Grsecia nominis celebritate omiies fere alias orbis 
 terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magiiorum 
 ingeniorumh fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque 
 artes majore studio ' excoluit. Plurimas eadem colo- 
 nias in omnes terras partes deduxit. Multum itaque 
 terra marique valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum 
 gloria gessit. 
 
 25. Graecia inter Ionium et ^Egaeum mare porrigttur. 
 In plurimas regiones divTsa est, quarumJ amplissim^. sunt 
 Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam has a nonnullis a Grie- 
 cia sejunguntur — tum Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi 
 et Alexandri regnum illustravit ; quorum ille ^ Graeciam 
 subegit,hic'^ Asiamlatissime domuit, ereptumque Persist 
 imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regionis 
 et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarumJ septuaginta 
 
 Grammars.— '' 627, 5 : 1182—^ 611, {in): iJi)2,—^ 236, 4: 469, 
 — « 403, r. V. : .V5J, r.xxxiii.— ' 308, HSU,—^ 343, r. viii. : 700, r. 
 xvii.— »> 351, 76*7.—' 542, r.xxxv. : St'i, r. xlii.— J 355, r. x. : 771, 
 r. xix.— i^ 118, 3, 3d: 1028,—^ 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv. 
 
 Idjoms. — » Sup, dicitw — ^ 108, 9. — ' 5, 1, 
 
162 THE GEOGRAPHY AND TBK 
 
 duas, Perseo, ultimo Macedonise rege, superato, Paul" 
 lus jEmilius diripuit. 
 
 26. EpTrus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montibus, 
 desmit in Acheloo flumme. Plures earn populi inc5- 
 lunt. Illustris ibi Dodona^ in Molossorum finibus, 
 vetustissimo Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columb^e ibi ex 
 arboribus oractila dedisse narrantur; quercusque ipsas 
 et lebetes asneos inde suspensos deorum voluntatem 
 tinnitu significasse ^ fama est. 
 
 27. Aclieloi fiuvii ostiis^ insulse aliquot objacent, qua* 
 rum maxima est Cepliallenia. Multse prseterea insiilas 
 littori<^ Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam 
 Homerus Scheriam appellasse existimatur.^ In hac 
 Phseacas posuit ille et hortos Alcinoi. Coloniam hue 
 deduxerunt Corinthii, quo^ tempore Numa Pompilius 
 Romse regnavit. VicTna ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, as- 
 pera montibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, 
 ut ne fertilissTmis quidem regionibus cedat.^ 
 
 28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam et EpTrum, 
 foecunda regie, generosis prgecipue equis excellens, unde 
 Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi mem- 
 orabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existima- 
 tur,^ Pelion et Ossa, per quos gigantes coelum petivisse 
 dicuntur;d (Eta denique, in cujus vertTce Hercules, 
 rogo consceiisos se ipsum cremavit. Inter ^ Ossam et 
 Olympum Peiieus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, val- 
 lem amoenissimam, Tempe vocatam, irrTgans. 
 
 29. Iiiterh relTquas Graeci^ regiones nonimis claritate' 
 emmet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athence, 
 
 Grammars.—* 308, 639,— " 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.—d 67G, 
 1153,— f 627, 1, 1st.— i 535, r. xxxiv.: SSf), r. xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 97 1.—* 37, 2d, and Note.—^ 104, 1.—^ 123, 3 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163 
 
 de qua urbe decs inter se certasse fama est. Certius est ^ 
 iiul];im uiiquam iirbem totpoetas tulisse,tot oratores,tot 
 philosophos, totqiie in omni virtiitis genere claros vires. 
 Res autem bello oas^^ gessit,ut liuic soli^ glorise^ studere 
 videretur ; pacisqiie artes ita excoliiit, ut hac laude magis 
 'etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Acro- 
 p51is ^ urbi imminens, unde latus in mare prospectus pa- 
 tet. Per propylaea ad earn adscenditur/ splendidum Pe- 
 riclis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjunctus 
 est portus Piraeeus, post bellum PersTcum secundum a 
 Tliemistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio « navium. 
 
 30. AttTcam attingit Boeotia, fertilissTma regio. Inco- 
 Ise magis corporibus s valent quam ingeniis. Urbs cele- 
 berrima Thebas,^ quas Amphion musices^ ope moenibus 
 cinxisse dicitur . lllustravit eam Pindari poetse ingenium, 
 Epaminond^e virtus. Mons^' ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes, 
 et Cithaeron plurimis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 
 
 31. Boeotiae Phocis finitTma,e ubi Delphi urbs claris- 
 sTma. In qua urbe oraculum Apollinis quantam '■ apud 
 omnes gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot' quamque 
 prseclara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe DelphosJ 
 missa fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus 
 mons, in cujus verticibus Mus^ habitare dicuntur,k 
 unde aqua fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare 
 existimatur.'^ 
 
 32. Cum ea parte Grseci^e, quam hactenus descripsT- 
 mus, cohaeret ingens peninsula, quse Peloponnesus voca- 
 tiir, platani folio ^ simillima. Augustus ille trames inter 
 
 Grammaes.— "1 403. r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— • 308, 639. — » 535, r. 
 xxxiv. : 889. r. xlvii.— »> 62, 52,—^ 627. 5 : 1182, r. Ixxxvii.— 
 553, r. xxxvii. : 938, r. Ivii.— "^ 676, 1155.—^ 382, r. xvi. : 86O9 
 r. xl. 
 
 Idioms.—' 51, 2.—'' 28, 1.—° 16, 4.— ^ Sup. ahominihus; and 67, 2 
 8 
 
164 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 ^gaeum mare et Ionium, per quem cum Megaride cohas- 
 ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad 
 quod ludi celebrantur Isthmici. Ibidem in ipso Pelopon- 
 nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissima, ex cujus 
 summa'^ arce, (Acrocorinthon ^ appellant,) utrumque 
 mare conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret,<= maritimisque 
 valeret copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod 
 Homani cum Grsecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam 
 Cicero Grasciae lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expug- 
 nata'i funditusque deleta est. Restituit eam Julius 
 Caesar, colonosque ^ eo milTtes veteranos misit. 
 
 33. NobTlis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia templo 
 Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua^" ex ebore facta, 
 Phidise summi artificis opus praestantissTmum. Prope s 
 illud templum ad Alpliei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur 
 Olympici, ad quosvidendos^^ ex totaGrgeciaconcurritur.» 
 Ab his ludis GraBca gens res gestas suas numerat. 
 
 34. Nee Sparta prsetereundaJ est, urbs nobilissTma, 
 quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- 
 travit.k Nulla fer^ gens bellica laude^ magis floruit, 
 pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi im- 
 mmet mons Taygetus, qui "^ usque ad Arcadiam pro- 
 currit. ProxTm^ urbem s Eurotas fluvius delabitur, ad 
 cujus ripas Spartani se exercere solebant. In sinum 
 Laconicum effunditur. Hand procul inde abest pro- 
 montorium Taenarum, ubi altissimi specus, per quos 
 Orpheum ad inferos descendisse " narrant. 
 
 35. Mare ^gaeum, inter » Graeciam Asiamque patens, 
 
 Grammars.—'' 74, 68.— <= 631, 124:4, r. xciv.— « 440, 715.—^ 308, 
 €39.-^ 611, (ad): 992,—^ 313, 644.—^ 535, r. xxxiv.: 8S9, r. 
 Xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.— =» 1*7, 2.— <> 115, l.— »> 112, 7.— * Sup. ah liominihm ; 67,2.— 
 J 108, 1.— •» 35, 1.— » 97, 1.—° 123. 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 165 
 
 plurimis insulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt 
 Cyclades, sic appellatae, quia in orbem jacent. Media ea- 
 rum a est Delus, quae repente e mari enata esse dicitur. 
 In ea insula Latona ApollTnem et Dianam peperit, quae 
 numma ibi una cum matre summa religione coluntur. 
 Urbi immmet Cynthus, mons excelsus et arduus. Ino- 
 pus amnis pariter cum Nile decrescere et augeri dicitur. 
 Mercatus in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commod- 
 itatem templTque religionem mercatores ex toto orbe ter- 
 rarum eo confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Grae- 
 cise, post secundum PersTcum bellum, tribiita ad belli 
 usum in eam insidam, tanquam in commiine totius Grse- 
 ciae «rarium, conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti 
 tempore Athenienses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 
 
 36. Euboea insula littori^ Boeotiae et Atticae praetend- 
 itur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terrae motu a 
 Boeotia avulsa esse creditur; sgepius eam concussam 
 esse<^ constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungitur, vo- 
 catur EurTpus, ssevum et aestuosum mare, quod con- 
 tinuo motu agitatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis 
 die statis temporibus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii 
 hoc negant, dicentes, mare temer^ in venti modum hue 
 illuc moveri. Sunt, qui narrent,^ Aristotelem philos- 
 ophum, quia hujus miraculi causas investigare non pos- 
 set,*^ asgritudine confectum esse. 
 
 37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus.^ Supra Ma- 
 cedonian! Thracia porrigitur a Ponto EuxTno usque ad 
 JUyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantuin partibus foecuii- 
 dior, quae propriores sunt mari. Pomif erae arbores rarae ; 
 frequentiores vites ; sed wYSd non maturescunt,nisi frigus 
 studiose arcetur. Sola Tliasus, insula littori Thraciae 
 
 Grammars.—" 355, r. x. : 77 J f r. x\x.—^ 522, 1075.—^ 636, r. i. : 
 1227-—" 656, 1291, V. ci.— f 171, 1 : 1193, r. Ixxxviii. 
 
 IiJiOMS.— « 97, 1.— f 77, 7. 
 
166 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 » 
 
 adjacens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celebernmi He- 
 brus, ad quern Orpheus a Msenadibus discerptus esse 
 dicTtur, Nestus et Strymon. Montos altissimi, Hasmus, 
 ex cujus verttce Pontus et Adria conspicitur ; Rhodope 
 et Orbelus. 
 
 38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nomimbus di- 
 versae et monbus. Inter has Getse omnium sunt fero- 
 cissimi et ad mortem paratissimi.a Animas enim post 
 mortem redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos 
 deflentur; funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. 
 Pkires singuli ^ uxores habent. Has omnes, viro de- 
 functo, mactari simulque cum eo sepelTri cupiunt, mag- 
 noque id certamine a judicibus ^ contendunt. Virgines 
 non a parentibus traduntur viris, sed aut publice du- 
 cendas ^ locantur, aut veneunt. Formosas in pretio sunt ; 
 ceterae maritos mercede data inveniunt. 
 
 39. Inter urbes Thraciae memorabile est Byzantium, 
 ad Bosporum Thracium, urbs natiira munita et arte, 
 quae, cum^ ob soli fertilitatem, tum ob vicinitatem ma^ 
 ris, omnium rerum, quas vita requTrit, copia abundaL 
 Nee Sestos praetereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespon- 
 tum posita, quam amor Herus et Leandri memorabTlem 
 reddidit; nee Cynossema, tumulus Plecub^, ubi ilia, 
 post Trojam dirutam,^ in caiiem mutata et sepulta esse 
 dicitur. Nomen etiam habet in iisdem regionibus urbs 
 ^nos, ab ^nea e patria profugo condita; Zone, ubi 
 nemora Orpheum canentem seciita esse narrantur ; Ab- 
 dera denique, ubi Diomedes rex advenas equis suis 
 devorandos^ objiciebat, donee ipse ab Hercule iisdem 
 objectus est. Quae s urbs quum ranarum muriumque 
 multitudme infestaretur, incolae, relicto'^ patriae solo. 
 
 Grammars.—" 386, 865.—'' 511, 7S7»—^ 684, 1357. 
 Idioms.—'' 26, 6.— <! 107, 1.— « 124, 8.—s 38, 1.— »' 104, 1. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 1C7 
 
 novas sedes quaesiverunt. Hos Cassander, rex Mace- 
 donise, in societatem accepisse, agrosque in extremal- 
 Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 
 
 40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur 
 Scytliia ab uno latere Ponto EuxTno, ab altero montibus 
 Rhipseis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio 
 nuUis fere intus finibus dividitur. Scytliae enim nee 
 agrum exercent, nee certas sedes liabent, sed armenta et 
 pecora pascentes per incultas solitudines errare solent. 
 Uxores liberosque secum in plaustris vehunt. Lacte et 
 melle vescuntur ; aurum et argentum, cujus nnllus apud 
 eos usiis est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus ^ vestiunt. 
 
 41. DiversjB sunt Scytharum gentes, diversTque mores. 
 Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacrificiis celebrent,^ 
 eorumque capitibus ^ affabre expolTtis auroque vinctis 
 pro poculis utantur. , Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, 
 idque ^ tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet 
 majoribus. li, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, 
 autiquissTmis temporibus advenas Dianae mactabant. 
 Interius habitantes ceteris ^ rudiores sunt. Bella amant, 
 et quo? quis plures hostes interemerit, eoff majore ex- 
 istimatione apud suos'^ habetur. Ne foedera quidem in- 
 cruenta sunt. Sauciant se qui paciscuntur, sanguinem- 
 que permistum degustant. Id fidei pignus certissTmum 
 esse putant. 
 
 42. Maxima flummum Scytliicorum sunt Ister, qui et 
 Danul^ius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic- 
 tum est.' Borysthenes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liqui- 
 . « . — 
 
 * Tanto magis quanto quis : literally, " more by so much as any one,'* 
 (Grr. 580. 930), i. e., " in proportion as," &c. 
 
 Grammars.—*' 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1. — «= 631, r. i. : 1227, 
 Obs.6.— '484,r.xxvu 880, r. xliv.— ' 223, 3: 453. 
 
 Idioms.—* 17 ].— "^ 1, 4.— ^ Sa^. faciunL—^ 6, 3.—s 22, 4, and 44, 7 
 — «» 19. 3. 
 
168 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 dissimas aquas trahit et potatu^ jucundas. Placidus 
 idem Isetissima pabiila alit. Magno spatio navigabilis 
 juxta urbem Borystheuida ^ in Pontum effiinditur. 
 
 43. Ultra Rliip^eos m©ntes et Aquiloiiem gens habitare 
 existimatur felicissima, Hyperboreos ^ appellant. Regio 
 aprTca,felix coeli temperies omnique afflatu^ noxio carens. 
 Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio,^ bruma semel occi- 
 dit. Incolse in nemoribus et lucis habitant ; sine omni 
 discordia et aegritudine vivunt. Quum vitse ^ eos taedet, 
 epulis sumptis s ex rupe se in mare prsecipitant. Hoc 
 enim sepultiirse genus beatissimum esse existimant. 
 
 44. Asia ceteris terras partibus h est amplior. Ocea- 
 nus cam alluit, ut locis ita nominibus diff erens ; Eous 
 ab oriente, a meridie Indicus, a septentrione Scythicus. 
 Asise nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, quae a marl 
 -^gseo usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est 
 Bithynia ad Propontidem sita, ubi GranTcus in mare 
 effunditur, ad quern amnem Alexander, rex Macedo- 
 nise, primam victoriam de Persis reportavit. Trans 
 ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus in cervice peninsulae, 
 urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appellata, qui in illis region- 
 ibus ab Argonautis pugna occTsus est. Hand procul 
 ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare effunditur, circa quern 
 angues nascuntur, non solum ob magnitudmem mirabi- 
 les, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex aqua emergunt et 
 hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 
 
 45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum,' 
 quod fre turn quinque stadiai latumEuropamab Asiasep- 
 ^rat. Ipsisk in faucibus. Bospori oppidum est Chalcedon,^ 
 
 Grammars.— a 716, r. Ixiv.: 1365, r. cvii.— i* 90, 4: 127 -~ 
 • 440.— <i 480, r. XXV.: 907, r. xlix.— « 565, r. xl. : 94:9, r. Ix.— 
 ' 419, 805, r. xxvi.— i 545, S70.— i 573, r. xlii.: 958, r. Ixii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 114, 2.— « Sup. quam.—f 66, 5.— s 104, 1.—'' 6, 3.--^ 32, 
 6. — ' S'ip. condita. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 109 
 
 ab Argia, Mcgarensium principe, et templum Jovis, ab 
 Jasone condltum. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, 
 11011 molli^ iieqiie areiioso circumdatus litture, tempes- 
 tatibus '^ obnoxius, raris stationibus.*^ Olim ob saevita- 
 tem populorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus 
 fuisse dicTtur ; postea, mollitis illorum moribus, dictus 
 est EuxTnus. 
 
 46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs 
 est Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta 
 earn spelunca est Acherusia, quam ad Manes perviam 
 esse existimant.^ Hinc Cerberus ab Hercule extractus 
 fuisse dicitur. Ultra fluvium Thermodonta Mossyni 
 habitant. Hi totum corpus distinguunt notis. Reges 
 suffragio elTguiit ; eosdem in turre lignea incliisos arc- 
 tissime custodiunt, et, si quid perperam imperitaverint,^ 
 inedia totius diei afficiunt. Extremum Ponti angulum 
 Colclii tenent ad PiiasTdem ; quas ^ loca fabula de vel- 
 lere aureo et Argonautarum expeditio illustravit. 
 
 47. Inter provincias Asias proprie dictae illiistris est 
 Ionia, in duodecim civitates divTsa. Inter eas est Miletus, 
 belli pacisque artTbus inclyta; eique vicTiiumPanionium, 
 sacra regio, quo omnes lonum civitates statis temporibus 
 legatos solebant mittere. Nulla facile s urbs plures colo- 
 nias misit, quam Miletus. Ephesi, quam^ urbem Amaz5- 
 nes condidisse traduntur, templum est Dianae, quod sep- 
 tem mundi miraculis annumerari solet. Totius templi 
 longitudo est quadringentorum viginti qiiinque pedum, « 
 latitiido ducentorum viginti; coliimnae centum viginti sep- 
 tem numero,sexaginta pedum altitudine;^ ex iis triginta 
 sex caelatae. Operi ■ praefuit Chersipliron architectus. 
 
 Grammars. — ^ 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xJ.— <= 339, r. vii. : /J/, r 
 tvL— d 305, 6*56.-^305, 6*56.-^591, 3d: 1003,^^ o3b, r 
 xxxiv. : SSOf r. xlvii.— ' 393, r. i. : S20, r. xxix. 
 
 Idioms.—* 16. 6.— « 74, 6.— f 37, 4. 
 
170 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 48. ^olis olim Mysia appellata,a et, ubi Hellespon- 
 tum attingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices mon- ^ 
 tis IdsBjUrbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universa 
 Grsecia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idseo monte Scamander 
 defluit et Simois, amnes fama quam natura majoresr 
 Ipsum montem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium 
 illustrem reddidit. In littore clarae sunt urbes Rhoeteum 
 et Dardania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis, qui ibi post certa- 
 men cum Ulysse gladio inc'ubuit, utraque ^ clarius. 
 
 49. lonibusc Cares sunt finitimi, populus armorum<^ 
 bellTque aded amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac- 
 cepta gereret.e Princeps Cariae urbs ^ Halicarnassus, 
 Argivorum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus eorum 
 Mausolus fuit. Qui^ quum vita? defunctus esset, Ar- 
 temisia conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cin- 
 eresque contiisa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendi- 
 dumque praeterea sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter sep- 
 tem orbis terrarum miraciila censetur. » 
 
 50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, libi Asia 
 propria sic dicta cum Syria conjungitur. Sinus ille ab 
 urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqu^ h 
 limpidissima et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo 
 quum lavaret,' parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.j 
 Antrum Corycium in iisdem regiombus ob singularem 
 natiiram memorabile est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in 
 monte arduo,alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen~ 
 dentibus. Ubi ad ima^ perventum est,^ rursus aliud 
 antrum aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorvim ingredientes^ 
 
 Grammars.— <» 308, O^i).—" 382, r. xvi. : S60^ r. xl.— <» 349, r. ix. 
 76*5, r. xviii.— « 627, 1, 1st : 1220,— « i84, r. xxvi. : SSO, r. xViv 
 — »» 33S; r. vii. : 7^7, r. xvi. — • G31, 1214, r. xciv.— J 627, 3 
 1282, r. xcix. 
 
 Idioms.—^ Sup. urle.—< 39, 1.— i^ 19, 6, aud 19, 1.—' 67. 5. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171 
 
 terrere dicitur. Totus hie specus augustus est et vera 
 sacer, et a diis habitari existimatur. 
 
 51. E Cilicia egressos^ Syria excipit, ciijus pars est 
 PhoenTce in littore maris interni posTta. Hanc regio- 
 nem sollers hommum genus colit. Phoenices enim lit- 
 terarum formas a se inventas aliis poptilis traclideriint ; 
 alias etiam artes, qii^e ad navigationem et mercatiirain 
 spectant, studiose coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio^ 
 crebrisque fluminibus rigata, quorum ope terras maris- 
 que opes facili negotio inter se'^ permutantur. Nobi- 
 lissTmae PhcenTces urbes Sidon, antequam a Persis cape- 
 retur, maritimarum urbium maxima; et Tyrus, aggere 
 cum terra conjuncta. Purpura ^ hujus urbis omnium 
 pretiosissTma. Conficitur ille color ex succo in conchis, 
 quae etiam purpurse vocantur, latente. 
 
 52. Ex Syria descenditur ^^ in Arabiam, peninsulam 
 inter duo maria, Rnbrum et PersTcum, porrectam. Hu- 
 jus ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petrasas nomen accepit, 
 plane est sterilis ; hanc excTpit ea, quae ob vastas solitu- 
 dines Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhaeret Arabia 
 Felix, regio angusta, sed cinnami,^ thuris, aliorumque 
 odorum feracissima. Multae ibi gentes sunt, quee fixas 
 sedes non -habeant,^ Nomades a Graecis appellat^e. Lac- 
 te ? et carne ferina vescuntur. Multi etiam Arabum 
 populi latrociniis s vivunt. Primus e Romanis ^lius 
 Gallus in hanc terram cum exercitu penetravit. 
 
 53. Camelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duoharum 
 sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabise. Ill^e ^ bina habent in 
 dorso tubera, hae'^ singula ; unum autem sub pectore, cui 
 incumbant. Dentium ordine ' superiore carent. Sitim 
 
 GRAMiiARS.— b 308, 6*5.9.— <= 118, 5: 1019.—^ 349, r.ix. : 777, e. 
 _f 644.— ff 484, r. xxvi. : 8S0, r. xliv.— »> 118,3, 3d: 102S.— 
 i 480, r. XXV.: 9 07, v. xlix. 
 
 Idioms,—* 19, l.—^ 67, 6. 
 
172 ' THE GEOGRAPHY ANB THE 
 
 quatriduo tolerant ; aquam, antequam bibant,^ pedibus 
 tiirbant. Vivmit quinquagenis anms;^ qugedam etiam 
 centenis. 
 
 54. Ex Arabia pervemtur in Babyloniam, ciii Babylon 
 nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- 
 nitudme et divitiis clara. Semiramis eam condiderat, 
 vel, ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. 
 Murus exstructus laterculo^ coctTli, triginta et duos 
 pedes ^ est latus, ita ut quadrigae inter se ^ occurentes 
 sine periculo commeare dicantur ; altitiido ducentorum 
 pedum ; turres autem denis ^ pedibus ^ quam murus al- 
 tiores sunt. Totius operis ambitus sexaginta millia pas- 
 suum complectitur. Mediam urbems permeat Euphra- 
 tes. Arcem habet viginti stadiorum h ambitu ;' super e^ 
 pensiles horti conspiciuntur, tantasque sunt moles tam- 
 que firmas, ut onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 
 
 55. Amplissima Asi^e regioi India primumpatefacta est 
 armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedoniae, cujus exem- 
 plum successores secuti in interiora^ Indiae penetrave- 
 runt. In eo tractu, quem Alexander subegit, quinque 
 millia oppidorum fuisse,* gentesque novem, Indiamque 
 tertiam partem esse '" terrarum omnium, ejus comites 
 scripserunt. Ingentes ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo»i 
 major Ganges. Indus in ParopamTso ortus undeviginti 
 amnes recipit, totidem Ganges interque eos plures nav- 
 igabiles. 
 
 56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi 
 grandiores ceteris. « Arbores tantae proceritatish esse tra- 
 duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber- 
 
 Grammars.— * 627, 4: 1241, r. xciii.— '^ 565, r. xli. : .9^50, r. Ixi. 
 _e 541.— d 5V3, r. xlii. : 958, r. IxiL— « 118, 5 : 1019.— ^ 5V9, r. 
 xliii. : 929, r. Iv.— ^ 613, r. lii. : 993, r. Ixx.— »> 339, r. vii. : 757, 
 r. xvi.— i 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii.— J 251, r. i : 622. 
 
 Idioms.—'' 19, 6.— » 98, 2.—'" 96, 2.—° 6, 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 
 
 las soli, temperies coeli, aqiiarum abiindantia. Immanes 
 qiioque serpentes alit, qui elepliantos morsu et ambitu 
 corporis coiificiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut 
 meiia frondibus ^ defluant,^ sylvae lauas ferant,^ arun- 
 dinum internodia fissa cymbarum usum praebeant, bi- 
 nosque, qu^dam etiam ternos<^ homines, vehant. 
 
 57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino^ aUi 
 vestiuiitur et lanis arborum, alii ferarum aviumque pel- 
 libus, pars iiiidi « incedunt/ Quidam animalia occidere 
 eorumque cariiibus vesci nefass putant; alii piscibus 
 tantum aluntur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, priiis 
 quam annis et macie conficiantur,^ velut hostias caedunt 
 eorumque visceribus ' epulantur ; ubi senectus eos mor- 
 busve iiivadit, mortem in solitudme aequo ammo ex- 
 spectant. li, qui sapientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis 
 ad occasiim stare solent, solem immobilibus ociilis intu- 
 eiites; ferveiitibus arenisJ toto die^ alternis pedibus^ 
 insistunt. Mortem non exspectant, sed sponte arces- 
 sunt in rogos incensos se praecipitantes. 
 
 58. MaxTmos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, 
 ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant.^ 
 Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt ar- 
 ma jacere, gladiatorum more congredi,saltare et per funes 
 incedere. Plinius narrat,Rom8e unum segnioris ingenii™ 
 saepius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardius" accipie» 
 bat,quae tradebantur; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem 
 meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. 
 Ducit agmen maxTmus natu,^ cogit is, qui aetate ei est 
 
 Grammars.—* 613, r. lii.: *)93f r. Ixx.— »> 627, 1, 1st.: 1220.-- 
 ^ 5'24, r. : 107^.—^ 279, 679.—' 316. r. ii : 64S, r. iv.—^ 627, 4: 
 1241,—^ 485.— j 611, 992, {in)—^ 565, r. xii. : 950, r. Ixi.— ' 542, 
 r. XXXV. : 873, r. xlii.— "> 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— • 113, 6, Note . 
 224 ; and 535, 889, r. xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.— <= 26, 1. — e 51, 5. Sup. esse.—» 22, 3. 
 
174 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 proximns. Amnem transituri minimos pragmittuni. Ca- 
 piuntur foveis. In has iibi elephas deciderit,^ cet^ri ra- 
 mos congerunt, aggeres construunt, omiiTqiie vi conan- 
 tiir extrahere. Domaiitur fame et verberibus. Domiti 
 militant et turres ^ armatorum in hostes ferunt, magna- 
 que ex parte Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies pro- 
 sternunt, armatos proterunt. Ingens dentibus^ pretium. 
 In Grsecia ebur ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretio- 
 sissima materia adhibetur ; in extremis^ Africse postium 
 vicem in domiciliis pragbet, sepesque in pecSrum stabu- 
 lis elephantorum dentibus^ fimit. Inter omnia anima- 
 lia f maxime oderunt s murem. Infestus elephanto etiam 
 rhinoceros, qui nomen habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. 
 In pugna niaxim^ adversarii alvum petit, quam scit 
 esse molliorem. Longitudme elephantum fer^ exas^ 
 quat ; crura multo breviora ; color buxeus. 
 
 59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. H«c avis huma- 
 nas voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo 
 radio verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti^ 
 ejus etidem est duritia, quas rostro.'^ Quum devolat, 
 rostro se excTpit, elque innititur. 
 
 60. Testudines tantse magnitudmis Indicum mare emit- 
 tit,ut singularum testis^ casas integant.J Insiilask rubri 
 praecipu^ maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- 
 miscentes in summa aqua, id^ quod proditur stertentium 
 sonitu. Tum terni adnatant, a duobus in dorsum verti- 
 tur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- 
 tore stantibus trahitiir. In mari testudmes conch yliis vi- 
 vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapTdes comminuant;J 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 5: 1182, r. Ixxxvii.— »> 361, r. xi. : 776% r 
 XX.— « 378, r. XV.: S70, r. xli.— « 541.— ^ 360, 775.— « 222, Obs. 2 
 436.—^ 394, r. ii. : 82 1, r. xxx.— ' 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1.— J 627 
 1, 1st. : 1220.—^ 553, 938, r. Ivii. 
 
 Idioms. — ^ Sup. plenas, full. — ^ 19, (pariibus.) — ' 31, 9, JVofe 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITT. 175 
 
 in terram egressae, herbis.* Pariunt ova ovis avium 
 similia, ad centena ^ iiumero ; eaqiie extra aquam dc- 
 fossa terra cooperiunt. 
 
 61. Margaritas IiidTci oceani omnium^ maxime laii- 
 dantiir. Inveniuntiir in conchis scopulis adhasrentibus. 
 Maxima laus est in candore,magnitiidTne,l8evore,ponde' 
 re. Raro duas inveniuntiir, quae sibi ex omni parte sint 
 similes. Has auribus^ suspendere,^ fentinarum est glo- 
 ria. Duos maximos uniones Cleopatra, ^gypti regiiia, 
 habuisse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnifi- 
 centia superaret,^' in coena aceto solvit, soliitum liausit. 
 
 62. ^gyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posTta, 
 a plurimis ad Asiam refertur ; alii Asiam ArabTco sinu 
 terminari existimant. Haec regio, quanqiiam expers^ 
 est imbrium, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efficit, 
 omnium fluviorum, qui in mare internum effunduntur, 
 maximus. Hie in desertis Africae oritur, tum ^Ethio- 
 pi^ descendit in ^gyptum, ubi de altis rupTbus prse- 
 cipitatus usque ad Elephantidem urbem fervens adhuc 
 dccurrit. Tum demiim fit placidior. Juxta Cercaso- 
 Tum oppTdum in plures amnes dividitur, et tandem per 
 septem ora effunditur in mare. 
 
 63. Nilus, nivibus in ^thiopise moiitibus solutis,cres- 
 cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quiiiquaginta 
 fer^ dies; totidem diebus minuTtur . Justum incrementum 
 estcubitorumh sedecim. Siminores sunt aqu8e,non omnia 
 ligant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorumh duodevi- 
 ginti ; minimum quinqiie. Quum stetere aquse, aggercs 
 aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om- 
 nis recesserit,' agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. 
 
 GRAMii.vRS.— » 485, 0.30 f Obs. 4. (vmmt.) — ^ \01 , 11: 209,-^ 
 •■ 600, ST Of r. xli.— d 501, r. xxix. : SHo, r. xxxix.— « 660, r. Ivi. : 
 1147f r. ixxxii— f 627, 1, 2d: 1207.—^ 361, r. xi. : 770, r. xx. 
 — «» 339, r.vii. : 757, r. xvi. 
 
176 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 64. Nilus crocodTlum alit, belluam quadrupedem, in 
 terra non minus qiiam in fiumine hominibus infestam. 
 Unum hoc animal terrestre lingua usu^ caret; den- 
 tium plures habet or dines ; maxilla inferior est immo^ 
 bilis. Magnitudme excedit plerumque duodeviginti 
 cubita. Parit ova anserinis ^ non majora. Ungiiibus 
 etiam armatus est, et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. 
 Dies in terra agit, noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et 
 in littore somnum capit ore hiante, trochilus, parva 
 avis, dentes ei ^ faucesque purgat. Sed hiantem conspi- 
 catus ichneumon, per easdem fauces ut telum aliquod 
 immissus, erodit alvum. Hebetes oculos dicTtur habere 
 in aqua, extra aquam acerrimos. Tentyritae in insult 
 Nili habitantes, dirae huic belluae ^ obviam ire audent, 
 eamque incredibili audacia expugnant. 
 
 ^^. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotSmum ; 
 ungulis^ binis, dorso^ equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro 
 resimo, cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetra- 
 bilis, prasterquam si humore madeat.^ Primus hippo- 
 potamum et quinque crocodTlos M. Scaurus aedilitatis 
 suae ludiss Romae ostendit. 
 
 QQ. Multa in vEgypto mira sunt et artis et natiir£e ope- 
 ra. Inter ea, quae manibus hommum facta sunt, eminent 
 pyramTdes,quarummaxTm£e sunt etceleberrimaeinmon- 
 te sterili inter Memphin oppTdum et cam partem ^gypti, 
 quae Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- 
 ginta sex hommum h millia annis viginti extruxisse tra- 
 duntur. Haec octo jugera soli occupat; unumquodque 
 latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes ' longum est ; alti- 
 
 Grammars.— » 480, r. xxv.: 907 f r. xlix.— ^ 337, 750.—'' 380, 
 871.—^ 600, r. xlvii. : 870, r. xli.— « 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— 
 > 627, 1, 2d: 1205,— s 565, r. xl. : 91:9, r. Ix.— »» 355, r. x. : 771, 
 r. xix. — ' 573, r. xlii. : 958, r. Ixii. 
 
 Idiom. — ^ 19, {ovis, 6, 3.) 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177 
 
 tudo a cacumine pedum * quindecim millium. Intus in 
 ea est puteus octoginta sex cubitorum.a Ante has py- 
 ramides Sphinx est posita niirae magnitudinis.a Capitis 
 ambitus centum duos pedes habet ; longitudo est pedum 
 centum quadraginta trium ; altitudo a ventre usque ad 
 summum capitis apicem sexaginta duorum. 
 
 67. Inter miraciila ^gypti commemoratur etiam Moe- 
 ris lacus, quingenta milha ^ passuum in circuitu patens ; 
 Labyrinthus ter mille domes et regias duodecim uno 
 pariete amplexus, totus marmore^ exstructus tectus- 
 que ; turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemseo, Lagi 
 filio, condita. Usus^ ejus navibus^ noctu ignes osten- 
 dere ad prsenuntianda ^ vada portusque introitum. 
 
 68. In palustribus ^gypti regionibus papyrum nasci- 
 tur. Radicibus incolae pro ligno utuntur ; ex ipso autem 
 papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac 
 fuiies. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum modo 
 decoctum. Prieparantur ex eo etiam chartas. Chartas ex 
 papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. 
 Prime enim scriptum^ in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris 
 quarundam arborum; posteapublicamonimentaplumbe- 
 is tabulis*^ confici,aut marmoribus' mandari coepta sunt. 
 Tandem aemulatio regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis in biblio- 
 thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Perg-ami 
 inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta 
 ex pipyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 
 
 69. Mores incolarum ^gypti ab aliorum populorum 
 moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, 
 nee sepeliunt ; veriim arte medicates intra penetralia col- 
 
 Grammars. — * 839, r vii. : 75/^ r. xvi. — ^ 573, r. xlii. : />.>^', r 
 ■|xii.^<= 541.— <» 308, 6.?.9.— « 501, r. xxix. : S55, r. xxxix.— ^ 611, 
 {in.): 992.—^ 522, 107 n. 
 
 Idioms.—' 112, 1.— e 67, e. Sup. tst.— i 124. 12. 
 
178 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 / 
 
 I5cant. Negotia extra domos femmae, viri domos et res 
 domesticas curant ; onera illge humeris, hi capitibus ge- 
 ruiit. Colunt effigies multorum aiiimalium et ipsa ani- 
 malia. Hsec interfecisse ^ capitale est ; morbo e^xstincta 
 lugent et sepeliunt. 
 
 70. Apis omnium ^gypti populorum numen est; bos 
 niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula; nodus sub 
 lingua, quem cantliarum appellant. Non fas est eum 
 certos vitse annos excedere. Ad hunc vitae terminum 
 quum pervenerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum 
 lugent, aliumque quaerunt, quem ei substituant;^ nee 
 tamen unquam diu quasritur. Deliibra ei sunt gemma, 
 quee thalamos vocant, ubi populus auguria captat. Al- 
 teram c intrasse ^ * la3tum est ; in altero dira portendit. 
 Pro bono etiam habetur signo, si e manibus consulen- 
 tium cibum capit. In publicum procedentem grex 
 puerorum comitatur, carmenque in ejus lionorem ca- 
 nunt,^ idque videtur intelligere. 
 
 71. Ultra ^gyptum ^Etliiopes habitant. Horumpop- 
 uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu- 
 tius vivunt. Plus auri^ apud eos reperitur, quam seris ; 
 banc ob causam ass illis videtur pretiosius. ^Ere se ex- 
 ornant, vincula auro ^" fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, 
 cujus aqua tam est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, 
 quae immittiintiir, sustinere queat ; quare arborum quo- 
 que folia non innatant aqiue, sed pessum aguntur. 
 
 72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo ; a ceteris parti- 
 bus mari. Kegiones ad mare positag eximi^ sunt fertiles ; 
 interiores incultae et arenis sterilibus tectae, et ob nimium 
 
 * (Apim,) intrasse alter um, "for Apis to have^tered the one," Icetum esU 
 Grammars.— » 660, r. Ivi. : 114:7, r. Ixxxii. — ^ 630, 1206,-^ 
 317 649,—'' 343, r. viii. : S60, r. xl— ' 541. 
 
 Idiom. — « 19, {thalamum) 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 
 
 calorem deserta?. Prima pars ab occidente est ^Maiirita- 
 Ilia. Ibi mons prasaltus Abyla, Calpae monti in Ilispania, 
 oppositus. Hi moiites columnas Herculis appellantur. 
 Fama est, ante Herciilem mare internum terris inclii- 
 siim iuisse, nee exTtum habuisse in Oceanum ; Herciilem 
 autem junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum 
 Oceano. Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tan- 
 tum oppidis habitatur. Solum melius quam incolae. 
 
 73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis 
 longo a littore intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita flucti- 
 bus, spinae piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancorae 
 etiam cautibus infixae, et alia ejusmSdi signa maris olim 
 usque ad ea loca effiisi. Finitima regio, a promontorio 
 Metagonio ad aras Philsenorum, proprie vocatur Africa. 
 Urbes in ea celeberrimse UtTca et Carthago, amb^ a 
 Phoenicibus conditae. Carthagmem divitiae, mercatiira 
 imprimis comparatas, tum bella cum Romanis gesta, 
 excidium denique illustravit.^ 
 
 74. De aris Pliilaenorum liaec narrantur. Pertinacis- 
 sTma fuerat contentio inter Carthagmem et Cyrenas de 
 finibus. Tandem placuit,'' utrinque eodem tempSre juv(> 
 nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finTbus haberi. 
 Carthaginiensium legati, Philaeni fratres, pauld ante tem> 
 pus constitiitum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum C}Te^ 
 nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset coi> 
 tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt, se tum demum liiinc 
 locum pro finibus habitiiros esse, si Philasni se ibi vivos 
 obrui passi essent. lUi conditionem acceperunt. Car- 
 thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis lo> 
 cis, ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorum-. 
 
 que virt litem agternis honoribus proseciiti sunt, 
 
 . ■ — , -^ 
 
 Grammar. — * 313, 644:, 
 
 Idiom. — ^ 51, 5. Sup. iUis^ 80, 2. 
 
180 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 75. Inde ad Catabatlimum Cyrenaica porrigitur, ubi 
 Ammoiiis oraculum et fons quidam, qiiem Solis esse « 
 dicunt. Hie fons medi^ nocte fervet,^ turn paulatim te- 
 pescit ; sole oriente fit frigidus ; per meridiem maxTmd 
 riget. Catabathmus vallis est devexa versiis ^gyptum. 
 Ibi fiiiTtur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes non liabent, 
 sed in tuguriis vivunt, quas mapalia vocantur. Vulgus 
 pecudum vestitur pellibus.<^ Potus est lac succusque 
 baccarum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vi- 
 vmit. Sequuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducun- 
 tur, ita illi tuguria sua promo vent. Leges nullas habent, 
 nee in commiine consultant. Inter hos Troglodjtae in 
 specubus habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 
 
 76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, 
 ieones gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat. 
 Leoni ^ praecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicT- 
 tur; in infantes nonnisi summa fame saevit. AiiTmi 
 ejus index ^ cauda, quam, dum placidus est, immotam 
 servat ; dum irascitur, terrain et se ipsum ^ ea flagellat. 
 Vis e summa in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim 
 cedit, quam diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo ciirsu 
 fertur.? Vulneratus percussorem novit,h et in quanta- 
 libet multitudme appetit. Hoc tam saevum animal gal- 
 linacei cantus terret. Domatur etiam ab hominibus. 
 Hanno Pcenus primus leonem mansuefactum ostendisse 
 dicitur. Marcus autem Antonius triumvir primus, post 
 pugnain in campis Philippicis, Romas Ieones ad currum 
 junxit. 
 
 77. Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo' 
 
 Grammars.—* 319, r.: 6*6*6*, r. vi. Sup. /bwiem.— *> 157, 1 : lOSl, 
 — = 524, r. V. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— «» 394, r. u. : 821, r. xxx.— e 308, 
 639,—' 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii. 
 
 It^IOMS.— ' 33, 1.— s 116, 3.— »» 84, 3. 
 
 4 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 181 
 
 insidentis exoequant, celeritatem vincimt. Peniia) ad 
 hoc demum videiitur datae, ut currentes adjiivent; nam 
 a terra tolli non jjossunt. Ungulce cervinis ^ sunt sim- 
 iles. His in fuga compreliendunt lapides, eosque con- 
 tra sequentes jaculantiir. Omnia conc5quiint. Cete- 
 rum magna iis ^ stoliditas, ita ut, quum caput et collum 
 frutice occultavcrint, se latere existiment.c Peiin^ 
 corum quaeruntur ad ornatum. 
 
 78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum^ cubitorum;^ 
 nee minores India. Certd Megasthenes scribit, serpen- 
 tes ibi in tantam magnitudmem adolescSre, ut solTdos 
 hauriant cervos taurosque. In primo Punico bello ad 
 flumen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum ^ a 
 Kegulo, imperatore Romano, ballistis et tormentis ex- 
 pugnata esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillae diu Romae 
 in templo quodam asservatae sunt. In India serpentes 
 perpetuum bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arbori- 
 bus se in prgetereuntes ^ priecipTtant gressusque ligant 
 nodis. Hos nodos elephanti manu resolvunt. At dra- 
 cones in ipsas s elephantorum nares caput condunt spi- 
 ritumque praecliidunt ; pleriimque in ilia dimicatione 
 utrlque commoriuntur, dum victus elepLas corruensh 
 serpentem pondere suo elTdit. 
 
 Grammars.—* 337, 756,—^ 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.— « 627, 1 
 Ist : 1220.—^ S39, r. vii. : 7ij7, r. xvL— »» 688, 13i>0, r. cv. 
 
 Idioms.—" 18, {ungulis).—^ 26, 1 f 101, 1, {ilbs)—e 32, 6. 
 
DICTIONARY. 
 
 
 EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 art J. 
 
 adjective. 
 
 fr- 
 
 
 from 
 
 obsol. 
 
 obsolete. 
 
 adv 
 
 ailverb. 
 
 fieq. 
 
 
 frequentative. 
 
 ord. 
 
 ordinal. 
 
 app. 
 
 appeadix. 
 
 inc. 
 
 
 inceptive. 
 
 part. 
 
 participle. 
 
 e. 
 
 common gender. 
 
 ind. 
 
 
 indeclinable. 
 
 pass. 
 
 passive. 
 
 conj. 
 
 coujunctioa. 
 
 imp. 
 
 
 impersonal. 
 
 pi. 
 
 plural. 
 
 compar 
 
 comparative. 
 
 int. 
 
 
 interjection. 
 
 prep. 
 
 preposition. 
 
 d. 
 
 doubtful geuder. 
 
 intr. 
 
 
 intransitive. 
 
 pret. 
 
 preteritive. 
 
 def. 
 
 defective 
 
 irr. 
 
 
 irregular. 
 
 pro. 
 
 pronoun. 
 
 dep 
 
 deponent. 
 
 771. 
 
 
 masculine. 
 
 rel. 
 
 relative. 
 
 dim. 
 
 diminutive. 
 
 n. 
 
 
 neuter. 
 
 subs. 
 
 . substantive 
 
 dis. 
 
 distributive. 
 
 neiit. 
 
 pass. 
 
 neuter passive. 
 
 sup. 
 
 superlative. 
 
 / 
 
 feminine 
 
 num. 
 
 
 numeral. 
 
 tr. 
 
 transitive. 
 
 comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25, 21G. 
 
 id. derived from the same word as the preceding. 
 
 Numbers in Roman figures alone refer to paragraphs in BtiUions's Latin Grammar 
 
 §, with a number in Roman figures, refers to the section of that number in Bui 
 lions' s Latin Grammar. 
 
 Numbers in heavy-faced figures refer to paragraphs in Bullions & Moiris's Latiti 
 Grammar. 
 
 Id. (Idioms) refers to the Introduction, in tliis work, concerning Latin idioms. 
 
 ,'^ Words marked m. f. n. c. d., denoting gender, are nouns, and their declension is 
 known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according to § 3, 41, 
 
 Words conjugated are verbs, and their conjugation is known by the vowel before re 
 in the infinitive, according to 184, 3, 27 1» 
 
 A. an ahhreviafion of Aiilus. 
 
 A, ab, ab=;, prep. />-o?>?, &y,(abl.) 
 ab oriente, on the east: a 
 meridie, on the south. 
 
 Abdera, a?, f. a maritime toicn 
 of Thrace. 
 
 Abditus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 removed; hidden; conceal- 
 ed, secret; from 
 
 Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi- 
 tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re- 
 move from view ; to hide; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Abduco, abducere, abduxi, 
 abdurtiim, tr. (ab & duco,) 
 to lead aicay. 
 
 Abductii.=:, a, um, part, (abdu- 
 co ) 
 
 Abeo, abire, abii, abitum, intr. 
 
 irr. (ab & eo,) to go away ; 
 
 to depart. 
 Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 (ab & erro,) to stray; to 
 
 wander ; to lose the way. 
 Abjectus, a, um, part, from 
 Abjicio, abjicere, abjeci, abjec- 
 
 tum, tr. (ab & jacio.) to 
 
 cast from; to cast away ; 
 
 to throw aside. 
 Abluo, ere, i, tum, tr. (ab & 
 
 luo,) to icash from, or away; 
 
 to ivash; to purify. 
 Abrunipo, abrumpere, abrupi, 
 
 abruptuin, tr. (ab & rum- 
 
 po.) to break off; to break. 
 Abscindo, ab.scindere, ab?cidi, 
 
 abscissum, tr. (ab & ^cln- 
 
 do,) to cut off. 
 
184 
 
 ABSENS ACCIPIO. 
 
 Absens, tis, part, (absum § 54, 
 Ohs. 3,) absent. 280. 
 
 Absolvo, absolvere, absolvi, 
 absolutiim, tr. (ab & solvo,) 
 to loose from ; to loose; to 
 release. 
 
 Absorbeo, absorbere, absorbui 
 & absorpsi, tr. (ab & sor- 
 beo,) to suck in from, (viz : 
 an object;) to absorb, or 
 such in; to swallow.. 
 
 Absterreo, ere, ui, itiim, tr. 
 (abs & terreo,) to frighten 
 away; to deter. 
 
 Abstiner/tia, je, f. abstinence; 
 disinterestedness ; freedom 
 from avarice; from 
 
 Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui, 
 tr. (abs & teneo, § 81,) to 
 keep from; to a bs tain. 
 
 Absum, abesse, abfiii, intr. irr. 
 (ab & sum,) {to be from, 
 Viz : a place, i. e.) to be cd)- 
 sent, ov distant; to begone; 
 parum abesse, to want but 
 little; to be near. 
 
 Absumo, absumere, absumpsi, 
 absumptum, tr. (ab & su- 
 mo,) to tahe aivay ; to co?i- 
 sume; to destroy; to waste. 
 
 Absumptus, a, um, part, (ab- 
 sumo.) * 
 
 Absurdus, a, um, adj. (ab & 
 surdus, deaf; senseless ;) 
 harsh; grating; hence 
 senseless ; absurd. 
 
 Abundantia, ^e, i.jylenty; ahun- 
 dance; from 
 
 Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (ab & undo, to rise in waves, 
 
 to boil, and hence) to over- 
 flow ; to abound. 
 
 Abyla, se, f. Abyla; a moun- 
 tain in Africa, at the en- 
 trance of the Mediterranean 
 sea, opposite to mount Calpe 
 in Spain. These moun- 
 tains were anciently called 
 the Pillars of Hercides. 
 
 Ac, atque, conj. arid; as ; than., 
 
 Acca, 3d, f. Acca Laureyitiaj 
 the ivife of Faustidus, and 
 7iurse of Romulus and Re- 
 mus. 
 
 Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac- 
 cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,) 
 to move near to; to draw 
 near ; to approach; to ad- 
 vance; to engage in; to 
 undertake. 
 
 Accendo, accendere, accendi, 
 accensum, tr. (ad & can- 
 deo,) to set on fire. 
 
 Accensus, a, um, part, (accen- 
 do,) set on fre; kindled; 
 lighted ; inflamed; burning. 
 
 Acceptus, a, um, part, (accip- 
 io.) 
 
 Accessus, us, m. (accedo,) ap- 
 proach : access ; accession. 
 
 Accido, accidere, accidi, intr. 
 (ad & cado,) to fcdl down 
 at, or before: accidit, imp. 
 it happens^ or it hap- 
 pened. 
 
 Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac- 
 ceptum, tr. (ad & capio, 
 Gr. 215, 5, 2d.) to tale; to 
 receive; to learn; to hear; 
 to understand; to accept: 
 
ACCIPITER ADAMO. 
 
 185 
 
 accTpere fin em, to come to [ 
 
 an end; to terminate, OOS* 
 Ac'cipiter, tris, m. a Jiawk. 
 Acciimbo, ac'cumbere, accii- 
 
 bui, intr. (ad.& cubo, 375) 
 
 to sit or recline at table. 
 Accurate, adv. (iiis, issime) 
 
 (accural us, ad & euro,) ac- 
 curately ; carefully. 
 Accurro, accurrere, accurri or 
 
 accucurri, intr. (ad & curro,) 
 
 to run to. 
 Accilso, are, iivi, atum, tr. (ad 
 
 & causor, to allege., from 
 
 causa,) to accuse; to blame; 
 
 to find fault with. 
 Acer, cris, ere, adj. (acrior; 
 
 acerrimus,)^ sharp; sour; 
 
 eager; vehement; rapid; 
 
 courageous ; fierce ; violent ; 
 
 acute; keen; piercing.' 
 Acerbus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 
 sour; unripe; vexatious; 
 
 harsh; morose; disagree- 
 
 hle; from acer. 
 Acerrime, adv. sup. See Acri- 
 
 ter. 
 Acervus, i, m. a heap. 
 Acetum, i, n. vinegar. 
 Achaicus, a, um, adj. Achcean, 
 
 Grecian. 
 Achelous, i, ra. a river of Epi- 
 
 rus. 
 Acheru-ia, ne, f. a lal'e in 
 
 Campania ; also, a cave in 
 
 Bithynia. 
 Achilles, is & eos, m. (§ 15, 
 
 130,) the son of Peleus and 
 
 Thetis, and the bravest of 
 
 the Grecian chiefs^ at the 
 
 siege of Troy. 
 
 Acidus, a, um, adj. comp, 
 sour; sharp; acid. 
 
 Acies, ei, f. an edge; aline of 
 soldiers; an army in battle 
 array; a squadron; a, 
 rank; an army ; a battle. 
 
 Acinus, i, m. a berry ; agrape^ 
 stone. 
 
 Acriter, acriiis, accerrime, adv. 
 (from acer) sharply ; ard.ent". 
 ly ; fiercely; courageously. 
 
 Acroceraunia, orum,n.pl.(§18, 
 17 Sf) lofty moiDi tains be- 
 tween Albania and Epirus. 
 
 Acrocorinthos, i, f. (Gr. 74,) 
 the citadel of Corinth. (SS* 
 
 Acropolis, is, f. the citadel of 
 Athens. 
 
 Actio, onis, f. (from ago,) an 
 action ; operation ; aprocess. 
 
 Actium, i, n. a promontory of 
 Epirus, famous for a naval 
 victory of Augustus over 
 Anthony and Cleopatra. 
 
 Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) 
 driven; led. 
 
 Aculeus, i, m. (acuo) a sting ; 
 a thorn; a prickle; a por^ 
 cupine's quill. 
 
 Acumen, inis, n, (from acuo,) 
 acutejiess ; perspicacity. 
 
 Acus, li*?, f. (acuo) a needle. 
 
 Ad, prep, to; near; at; to- 
 wards: with a numeral, 
 about. Li composition, see 
 Gr.23l,239',d70,-i-SiS. 
 
 Adamas, antis, m. adamant; a 
 diamond. 
 
 Adamo, are, a\'i, atum, tr. (ad 
 & amo,) to love greatly, or 
 desperately. 
 
186 
 
 ADDICO ADMONITUS. 
 
 Addico, dicere, dixi, dictum, 
 ti-o ( ad & dico,) to adjudge ; 
 assign; make over. 
 
 Additus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Addo, addere, addidi, additum, 
 tr. (ad & do,) to put a 
 thing close to another ; i. e. 
 to add; to annex; to ap- 
 point ; to give. 
 
 Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad- 
 ductum, tr. (ad & dnco,) to 
 lead; to bring: in dubita- 
 tionem, to bring into ques- 
 tion. 
 
 Ademptus, a, um, part, (adi- 
 mo.) 
 
 Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so 
 much ; to such a degree ; so 
 very. 
 
 Adeo, adire, adii, aditum, intr. 
 irr. (ad & eo,) to go to. 
 § 83, 3. 413. 
 
 AdhEerens, tis, part, from 
 
 Adha^reo, haerere, hsesi, hte- 
 sum, (ad & hsereo,) to stick 
 to; to adhere; to adjoin; 
 to lie contiguous. 
 
 Adherbal, Tdis, m. a king of 
 Numidia, put to death by 
 his cousin Jugurtha. 
 
 Adhibeo, adliibere, adliibui, 
 adhibitum, tr. (ad & ha- 
 beo,) to hold forth ; to ad- 
 mit; to apply; to use; to 
 employ. 
 
 Adhuc, adv. (ad & hue) hither- 
 to ; yet ; as yet ; still. 
 
 Adimo, adimcre, adrmi, ad- 
 emptum, tr. (ud & emo,) to 
 take away. 
 Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus 
 
 sum, dep. (ad&apiscor) to 
 reach; to attain; to over- 
 take ; to get. 
 
 Aditus, us, m. (adeo,) a going 
 to; entrance; access; ap- 
 proach. 
 
 Adjaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. (ad 
 & jaceo,) to lie near; to 
 adjoin; to border upon. 
 
 Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi, 
 adjunctum, tr.(ad & jungo,) 
 to join to ; to unite with. 
 
 Adjtitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Adjiivo, adjuvare, adjuvi, ad- 
 jutum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to 
 assist; to help; to aid. 
 
 Admetus, i, m. a king of 
 Tliessaly. 
 
 Administer, tri, m. a servant; 
 an assistant. 
 
 Administro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & ministro,) to admin- 
 ister ; to manage. 
 
 Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,) 
 admiration. 
 
 Admiratus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to admire. 
 
 Admissus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Admitto, admittere, admisi, 
 admissum, tr. (ad & mit- 
 to,) to admit; to allow ; to 
 receive. 
 
 Admodum, adv. (ad & modus,) 
 vei^y ; much; greatly. 
 
 Admoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
 (ad &, moneo,) to put in 
 mind; to admonish; to 
 warn. 
 
 Admonitus, a, um, part, fad- 
 moneo.) 
 
ADMOVEO AD VERSUS. 
 
 187 
 
 to grow, 
 groio up. 
 
 Admoveo, admovere, admovi, 
 admotum, tr. (ad & moveo) 
 to move to; to bring to. 
 
 Adnato, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 freq. (ad & nato, from no,) 
 to swim to. 
 
 Adolescens, tis, adj. (adoles- 
 co,) (compar. ior, § 26, 6,) 
 young: subs, a young man 
 or woman; a youth. 
 
 Adolescentia, a3, f. [the state 
 or time of youth ;^ youth; a 
 youth; from 
 
 Adolesco, adolescere, adolevi, 
 adultum, intr. inc. (227, 2) 
 to increase ; to 
 
 588. 
 
 Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & opto,) to choose to ov for 
 one^s self; i. e. to adopt; to 
 take for a son ; to assume. 
 
 Adorior, orlri, ortus sum, tr. 
 dep. (ad & orior,) to rise or 
 go to; (hence,) to attach; 
 to accost ; to address, to un- 
 dertake. 
 
 Adria, a^, m. the Adriatic sea. 
 
 Adriaticus, a, um, adj. Adri- 
 atic: mare Adriaticum, the 
 Adriatic sea; now, the gulf 
 of Venice. 
 
 Ad>cendo, see Ascendo. 
 
 Ad?equor, see Assequor. 
 
 Ad servo, see Asservo. 
 
 Adsigno, see Assigno. 
 
 Adsisto, or assisto, sistere, 
 stiti, intr. (ad & sisto,) to 
 stand, by ; to assist; to help. 
 
 Adspecturus, a, um, part, (as- 
 picio.) 
 
 Adspergo, or aspergo, gere, 
 9 
 
 si, sum, tr. (ad & spargo,) 
 to sprinkle. 
 
 Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere, 
 spexi, spectum, tr. (ad & 
 specio,) to look at ; see ; re- 
 gard; behold. 
 
 Adstans, tis, part.; from 
 
 Adsto, or asto, stare, stiti, intr. 
 (ad & sto,) to stand by; to 
 be near. 
 
 Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr. 
 (ad & sum,) to be present ; 
 to aid; to assist. 
 
 Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a 
 flatterer. 
 
 Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad & 
 uncus,) bent; crooked. 
 
 Advectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Adveho, advehere, advexi, ad- 
 vectum, tr (ad & veho,) to 
 carry; to convey. 
 
 Advena, ae, c. (advenio,) a 
 stranger. 
 
 Adveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Advenio, advenire, adveni, ad- 
 ventum, intr. (ad & venio,) 
 to arrive; to come. 
 
 Adventus, us, m. (from adve- 
 nio,) aji arrival; a coming. 
 
 Adversarius, i, m. (adversor, 
 to oppose,) an adversary; 
 an enemy. 
 
 Adversus, a, um, adj. (adver- 
 to, to turn to,) tufned to- 
 wards; adverse; opposite; 
 unfavorable; bad; front- 
 ing; adversa cicatrix, a 
 scar in front: adverso cor- 
 pore, on the breast. 
 
 Adversus & adversiim, prep, 
 (id.) against; towards 
 
188 
 
 ADVOCO ^STUOSUS. 
 
 Advoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & voco,) to call for, or to ; 
 to call ; to summon. 
 
 Advolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (ad & volo,) to jly to. 
 
 -^difico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ffides, a house ; & facio,) 
 to huild. 
 
 .^dilis, is, m. (gedes) an cedile ; 
 a magistrate who had charge 
 of the public huildings. 
 
 -^dilitas, atis, f. (aedilis,) the 
 office of an cedile ; cedileship. 
 
 _^dilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who 
 has been an cedile. 
 
 -^gseus, a, um, adj. ^gcean ; 
 JEgaeum mare, the ^gcean 
 sea, lying between Greece 
 and Asia Minor ; now called 
 the Archipelago. 
 
 -/Eger, ra, rum, adj. (aegrior,) 
 segerrimus,) sich, weak, in- 
 firm ; diseased. 
 
 ^gre, adv. (agger,) grievous- 
 ly ; with difficulty. 
 
 ^gritudo, inis, f. (seger,) sor~ 
 row; grief. 
 
 ^gyptLis, i. f. (45, 2,) 33 ; 
 ^gypt, 
 
 ^lius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 ^milius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral noble Romans of the 
 gens Emilia, or ^milian 
 tribe. 
 
 JEmulatio, onis, f. (aemulor,) 
 emulation ; rivalry ; com- 
 petition. 
 
 uJEmCdus, a, um, adj. emidous. 
 
 ^mulus, i, m. a rival ; a com- 
 petitor. 
 
 -^neas, ae, m. a Trojan prince, 
 the son of Venus and An- 
 chises. 
 
 ^neus, a, um, adj. (ass,) bra- 
 zen. 
 
 ^nos, i, f. (74,) a town m 
 Tlirace, at the mouth of the 
 Hebrus, named cfter its 
 founder, ^neas. OS* 
 
 ^olis, idis, f. a country on the 
 western coast of Asia Minor, 
 between Troas and Ionia. 
 
 ^qualis, e, adj. (gequus,) 
 equal. 
 
 ^qualiter, adv. (sequalis,) 
 equally. 
 
 uS^quitas, atis, f. equity ; jus- 
 tice; moderation; from 
 
 JEquus, a,, um, adj. (comp.) 
 equal: aequus animus, or 
 aequa mens, equanimity. 
 
 Aer, is, m. the air ; the atmos- 
 phere. 
 
 ^rarium, i, n. the treasury; 
 from 
 
 ^s, aeris, n. brass; money. 
 
 ^schylus, i, m.. a celebrated 
 Greek tragic poet. 
 
 JEsculapius, i, m. the son of 
 Apollo, and god of medicine. 
 
 ^stas, atis, f. (a3stus,) summer. 
 
 ^stimandus, a, um, part, to 
 be esteemed, prized; or re- 
 garded; from 
 
 ^stimo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 esteem; to value; to regard ; 
 to judge of, to estimate. 
 
 ^stuo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (aestus,) to be very hot; to 
 boil. 
 
 -^stuosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
^STUS AGGER. 
 
 189 
 
 mdulating ; rising in 
 surges; boiling; stormy; 
 turbulent. 
 
 JEi^ixi?^, us, m. heat. 
 
 ^Etas, atis, f. (scil. asvitas, from 
 a3vum,) age. 
 
 ^ternus, a, um, adj. (scil. £evi- 
 ternus, id.) eternal; immor- 
 tal. 
 
 Ethiopia, je. f. Ethiopia, a 
 country in Africa, ^y^^^9 ^^^ 
 both sides of the equator. 
 
 ^thiops, opis, m. an Ethio- 
 pian. 
 
 -^tna, 96, f. a volcanic moun- 
 tain in Sicily. 
 
 -^vum, i, n. time ; an age. 
 
 Afsr, ra, rum, adj. of Africa. 
 
 AiFibre, adv. (ad & faber, an 
 artist,) artfully; ingenious- 
 ly ; curiously ; in *a work- 
 manlike manner. 
 
 AfFectii-;, a, um, part, affected; 
 afficted. 
 
 AfF ro, aiFerre, attuli, allatum, 
 tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to 
 bring; to carry. 
 
 AfRcio, icore, eci, ectiim, tr. 
 (ad & facio,) to affect: ine- 
 dia, to affect with hunger ; 
 i. e. to deprive of food: 
 claiibus, to overthrow: 
 pa^s. to be affected: gaudio, 
 to be affected with joy; to 
 rejoice ; febri, to be attacked 
 loith a fever. 
 
 Affigo, affigere, affixi, affix- 
 um, tr. (ad & figo,) to af- 
 fix; to fasten; affigere cru- 
 ci, to crucify. 
 
 AiFinis, e, adj. (ad *& finis,) 
 
 neighboring; contiguous: 
 lience, 
 
 AfFlnis, is, c. a relation. 
 
 Afiirmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & fii'mo,) to affrm; to 
 confirm. 
 
 Affixus, a, um, part. (afFigo.) 
 
 Afflatus, us, m. (affio, to blow 
 against ;) a blast ; a breeze ; 
 a gale; inspiration. 
 
 Africa, ae, f. Africa; also a 
 part of the African conti- 
 nent, lying east of Numid- 
 ia, and west of Gyrene. 
 
 Africanus, i, m. the agnomen 
 of two of the Scipios, de- 
 r Ivedfrom their conquest of 
 Africa. (887, 15SH, 4.) 
 
 Africus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Africa; African. Africus 
 ventus, the southwest wind. 
 
 Agamemnon, onis, m. a king 
 
 of Mycence, the commander- 
 
 er-in-chief of the Grecian 
 
 forces at the siege of Troy. 
 
 Agathyrsi, orum, m. pi. a bar- 
 barous tribe living near the 
 palus MiBotis. 
 
 Agellus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a 
 small farm. 
 
 Ageiior, oris, m. a king of 
 Phoenicia. 
 
 Agens, tis, part, (ago.) 
 
 Ager,' gri, m. afield; land; a 
 farm; an estate; ground; 
 a territory ; the country. 
 
 Agger, eris, m. (aggero, ad & 
 gero, to carry to :) a heap ; 
 a pile ; a mound; a bul- 
 wark; a bank; a rampart; 
 a dam. 
 
190 
 
 AGGREDIOR ALCINOUS. 
 
 Aggredlor, ecTi, essus sum, tr. 
 & intr. dep. (ad & gradi- 
 or,) to go to ; to attack. 
 
 Agressus, a, um, part, having 
 attacked. 
 
 Agitator, oris, ra. a driver ; from 
 
 Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (ago,) 227, Obs. 2, to drive; 
 to agitate; to revolve. S 8 4* 
 
 Aglaus, i, m. a poor Arcadian. 
 
 Agmen, inis, n. (ago,) a train ; 
 a troop upon the march; a 
 hand; an army. 
 
 Agnitvis, a, um, part, from 
 
 Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
 agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,) 
 to recognize; to know. 
 
 Agnus, i, m. a lamb. 
 
 Ago, agere, egi, actum, tr. 
 to set in motion ; to drive ; 
 to lead; to act; to do; to 
 reside; to live: funus, to 
 perform funeral rites : an- 
 num vigesimum, to he 
 spending, or to he in his 
 twentieth year: bene, to he- 
 have well: agere gratias, to 
 thank. 
 
 Agor, agi, actus sum, pass, to 
 he led: agitur, it is debat- 
 ed: res de qua agitur, the 
 point in debate: pessum 
 agi, to sink. 
 
 Agricola, ae, m. (ager & colo,) 
 a husbandniayi; a farmer. 
 
 Agricultura, se, (id.) f. agri- 
 culture. 
 
 Agrigentum, i, n. a town upon 
 the southern coast of Sicily, 
 now Gir genii. 
 
 Agrippa, je, m. the name 
 
 of several distinguished 
 
 Romans. 
 Alienum, i, n. (scil. vas aene- 
 
 um,) a brazen vessel; a ket- 
 tle; a caldron. 
 Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, (§84, 5,) 
 
 I say. 4:42, 
 Ajax, acis, m. the name of 
 
 two distinguished Grecian 
 
 warriors at the siege of 
 
 Troy. 
 Ala, 86, f. a wing ; an armpit ; 
 
 an arm. 
 AlScer, or acris, acre, adj. 
 
 (comp.) lively ; courageous ; 
 
 ready ; fierce ; spirited. 
 Alba, £6, f. Alba Longa ; a city 
 
 of Latium, built by Asca- 
 
 nius. 
 Albanus, • i, m. an inhabitant 
 
 of Alba; an Alban. 
 Albanus, a, um, adj. Alhani. 
 
 mons Albanus, mount AU 
 
 bonus, at the foot of which 
 
 Alba Longa was built, 16 
 
 miles from Rome. 
 Albis, is, m. a large river of 
 
 Germany, now the Elbe. 
 Albida, ae, m. an ancient name 
 
 of the Tiber. 
 Albus, a, um, adj. white; (a 
 
 pale white; see candidus.) 
 Alcestis, idis, f.^ the daughter 
 
 of Pelias, and wife of Ad- 
 
 7netus. 
 Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent 
 
 Athenian, the pupil of So- 
 crates. 
 Alciiioitri, i, m. a king of Phoea- 
 
ALCYONE ALPESo 
 
 191 
 
 cia^ or Corcyra, whose gar- 
 dens were very celebrated. 
 
 Alcyone, es, f. the daughter of 
 ^olus, and wife of Ceyx : 
 she and her kushand were 
 changed into sea-birds- call- 
 ed Aicyones, kingfishers. 
 
 Alcyoii, is, m. kingjisher. 
 
 Alcyoneus, a, iim, adj. halcyon. 
 
 Alexander, dri, m. Alexander 
 surnamed the Great, the 
 son of Philip, king of 3Ia- 
 cedon. 
 
 Alexandria, ae, f. the capitcdof 
 Egypt; founded by Alex- 
 ander the Great. 
 
 Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be 
 cold. 
 
 Alicunde, adv. (aliqnis & mi- 
 de,) from some place. 
 
 Allenatus, a, um, part, aliena- 
 ted; estranged; from 
 
 Alieno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 cdienate ; to estrange ; from 
 
 Alienu^, a, um, adj. of or be- 
 longing to another; for- 
 eign; another mail's; an- 
 other's ; m. a stranger. 
 
 Alio, adv. to another place; 
 elseivhere. 
 
 Allquandiu, adv. (aliquis & 
 din,) for some time. 
 ^ Aliqnando, adv. (alius & quan- 
 do,) once ; formerly; at some 
 time ; at length ; sometimes. 
 
 Aliquantum, n. adj. something; 
 someichat; a little. 
 
 AL'quis, allqna, aliquod & ali- 
 quid, indef. pron. (§ .37, 3,) 
 some ; some one ; a certain 
 one, 251. 
 
 Aliquot, ind. adj. some. 
 
 Aliter, adv. (alius,) otherwise; 
 aliter — aliter, in one way — 
 in another. 
 
 Alius, a, ud, adj. § 20, Note 2; 
 another; other: alii — alii, 
 some — others. 102, 
 
 Allatus, a, um, part. (afFero,) 
 brought. 
 
 Allectus, a, um, part, (allicio.) 
 
 Allevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & levo,) to raise up ; to al- 
 leviate ; to lighten. 
 
 Allia, 33, f. a small river of 
 Italy, flowing into the Ti- 
 ber. 
 
 Allicio, licere, lexi, lectum, (ad 
 & lacio, to draw,) tr. to al- 
 lure; to entice. 
 
 Alligatns, a, um, pai*t. hound; 
 confined; from 
 
 Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & ligo,) to bind to ; to fast- 
 en; to bind or tie. 
 
 Allocutus, a, um, part, specdc- 
 ing, or having spoken to; 
 from 
 
 Alloquor, -loqui, -loctitus sum, 
 tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to 
 specdc to; to address; to 
 accost. 
 
 Alluo, -lucre, -lui, tr. (ad & 
 luo,) to flow near; to wash; 
 to lave. 
 
 Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al- 
 tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed; 
 to support; to increase; to 
 maintain; to strengthen. 
 
 Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son oj 
 Titan and Terra. 
 
 Alpes, ium, f. pi. the Alps, 
 
192 
 
 ALPHEUS AMPHION. 
 
 Alj^lieus, i, ra. a river of Pe- 
 loponiiesus. 
 
 Alpinus, a, um, adj. of or he- 
 longing to the Alps; Al- 
 pine: Alpmi mures, mar- 
 mots. 
 
 Alte, (iiis, issime,) adv. on 
 high; highly; loudly; 
 deeply; low. 
 
 'Alter, era, eriim, adj. § 20, 4, 
 the one {<f two ;) the other ; 
 the second. 106, 7. 20H, 
 
 Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter,) 
 alternate; hy turns. 
 
 Althaea, as, f. the wife of (E- 
 7ieus, and mother of Mele- 
 ager. 
 
 Altitudo, inis, f. height; from 
 
 Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) high; lofty; deep; 
 loud. 
 
 Alumnus, i, m. (alo,) a pupil; 
 a foster-son. 
 
 Alveus, i, m. a channel; from 
 
 Alvus, i, f. the helly. 
 
 Am, insep. prep. 239, 2, 487* 
 
 Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) loving ; fond of. 
 
 Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 hitter. 
 
 Amatus, a, um, part, (amo.) 
 
 Amazon, onis; pi. Amazones, 
 um, f. Amazons., a nation 
 of female warriors^ icho 
 lived near the river Don, 
 and afterwards passed over 
 into Asia Minor. 
 
 Anibitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am- 
 hition. 
 
 Ambitus, us, m. (id.) a going 
 round or ahout; coinpass; 
 
 extent; circuit; circumfer- 
 ence. 
 
 Ambo, 2d, o, adj. pi. 104, 3; 
 hoth; {taken together; see 
 uterque.) 203, 
 
 Ambrdo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (dim. f. ambio,) to walk. 
 
 Amice, adv. -cius, -cissime, 
 (amicus,) in a friendly 
 manner ; kindly. 
 
 Amicitia, ^e, i. friendship ; from 
 
 Amicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (amo,) friendly. 
 
 Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend. 
 
 Amissus, a, um, j)art. from 
 
 Amitto, amittere, amisi, amis- 
 sum, tr. (a & mitto,) to send 
 away ; to lose ; to relinquish. 
 
 Ammon, onis, m. a surname of 
 Jupiter, who was worshiped 
 under this name, in the des- 
 erts of Lyhia, under the 
 form of a ram. 
 
 Amnis, is, d. a river. 
 
 Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to love; 
 (viz., cordicdly, from the im- 
 pulse of natural affection; 
 see diligo.) 
 
 Amcenus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) pleasant; agreeable; 
 delightful; from amo. 
 
 Amor, oris, m. (amo.) love. 
 
 Amoveo, vere, vi, tum, tr. (a 
 & moveo,) to move away 
 ov from ; to remove. 
 
 Amphinomus, i, m. a Catanean 
 distinguished for his f Hal 
 affection. 
 
 Amphion, onis, m. a son of 
 Jupiter and Antiope, and 
 the hushand of Niohe. He 
 
AMPLE ANIO. 
 
 193 
 
 ?5 said to hai'e built Tliehes 
 hj the sound of Ids lyre. 
 
 Ample, adv. (ius, issime,) am- 
 ply ; from amplus. 
 
 Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr. 
 dep. (am & plector,) to em- 
 brace. 
 
 Amplexu^, a, um, part, having 
 embraced; embracing. 
 
 Aiiiplio, are, avi, alum, tr. 
 (amplus,) to enlarge. 
 
 Amplius, adv. (ample,) more. 
 
 Amplus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 great ; abundant ; large ; 
 spacious. 
 
 Amulius, i, m. the son of Sil- 
 vius Procas, and brother of 
 Numitor. 
 
 Amyclci3, arum, f. pi. a town on 
 the western coast of Italy. 
 
 Amycu-5, i, m. a son of Nep- 
 tune, and king of Bebrycia. 
 
 An, adv. whether; or. 
 
 Anacreon, tis, m. a celebrated 
 lyric poet of Teas., in Ionia. 
 
 Anapus, i, m. a Ga.tanean, the 
 brother of Amphinomus. 
 
 Anaxagoras, jb, m. a philoso- 
 pher of Olazomene, in Ionia. 
 
 Anceps, cipitis, adj. (ancipi- 
 tior,) (am and caput,) un- 
 certain; doubtful. 
 
 Anchlses, ae, m. a Trojan, the 
 father of ^neas. 
 
 Anchora, or Ancora, k, f. an 
 anchor. 
 
 A.ncilla, te, f. a female servant ; 
 a maid. 
 
 Ancus, i, m. (Martins,) the 
 fourth king of Rome. 
 
 Andriscus, i, m. a person of 
 
 mean birth, called also Pseu- 
 
 dophilippus, on account of 
 
 his pretending to be Philip, 
 
 the son of Persis, king of 
 
 Macedon. 
 
 Andromeda, as, f. the daughter 
 
 of CepJius and Cassiope, 
 
 and wife of Perseus. 
 
 Ango, ang^re, anxi, tr. {to 
 
 press close^or tight ; to stra)i- 
 
 gle; hence,) to trouble; to 
 
 disquiet; to torment ; to vex. 
 
 Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake.; 
 
 a serpent. 
 Angulus, i. m. a corner. 
 Angustiai, arum, f. pi. narrow- 
 ness; a narrow pass; a de- 
 file; from 
 Augustus,- a, um, adj. comp. 
 (ango,) narrow; limited; 
 straitened ; pinching. 
 Anima, ae, f. (animus,) breath; 
 
 life; the soul. 
 Animadverto, vertere, verti, 
 versum, tr. (animus ad & 
 verto, to turn the mind to ;) 
 to attend to ; to observe ; to 
 notice ; to punish. 
 Animal, alis, n. (anima,) an 
 
 animal. 
 Animosus, a, um, adj. full of 
 wind or breath ; spirited; 
 courageous; bold; from 
 Animus, i, m. wind; breath ; 
 spirit; the soid or mind; 
 disposition ; spirit or co\(r- 
 age ; a design ; uno animo, 
 unanimously ; mihi est an- 
 imus, I have a )Jiind ; I in- 
 tend. See mens. 
 Anio, enis, m. a branch of the 
 
194 
 
 ANNECTO — APOLLO. 
 
 Tiber ^ which enters it three 
 miles above Rome. It is 
 now called the Teverone^ 
 
 AnnectOj-iiectere, -nexui, -nex- 
 um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an- 
 nex; to tie ov fasten to. 
 
 Annona, ffi, 1". (annu.s,) yearly ; 
 produce ; corn ; provisions. 
 
 Annulus, i, m. (dim, from an- 
 nus,) a small circle i a 
 ring. 
 
 Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & numero,) to reckon 
 among; to number; to 
 reckon. 
 
 Annuo, -nuere, -nui, intr. (ad 
 & nuo, to nod,) to assent; 
 to agree. 
 
 Annus, i, m. a circle; a year; 
 hence 
 
 Annuus, a, um, adj. annual; 
 yearly ; lasting a year. 
 
 Anser, eris, m. a goose; hence 
 
 Anseiinus, a, um, adj. of or 
 belonging to a goose: ova, 
 goose-eggs. 
 
 Ante, adv. before; sooner. 
 
 Ante, prep, before. 
 
 Antea, adv. (ante & ea ace. 
 pi. n. of is,) before; here- 
 tofore. 
 
 Antecello,-cellere, tr. (ante & 
 cello, obsol, to drive^ to 
 drive or move before ; hence 
 to excel; to surpass; to ex- 
 ceed ; to be superior to. 
 
 Antep6no,-ponere, -posui, -pos- 
 itum, tr. (ante & pono,) to 
 set before ; to prefer. 
 
 AnteposituR, a, Mm, part, (an- 
 tepono.) 
 
 ! Antequam, adv. before that; 
 
 before. 
 Antigonus, i, m. a king oj 
 
 Macedonia. 
 Antiochia, ik, f. the capital of 
 
 Syria. 
 Antiochus, i, m. a king oj 
 
 Syria. 
 Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly- 
 
 cus, king of Thebes, and 
 
 the mother of Amphion. 
 Antlquus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) ancient; old; of long 
 
 continuance; fr. ante. 
 Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian 
 
 poet. 
 Antium, i, n. a maritime town 
 
 of Italy. 
 Antonius, i, m. Antony, the 
 
 name of a Roman family. 
 Antrum, i, n. a cave. 
 Apelles, is, m. a celebrated 
 
 painter of the island of Cos. 
 Apennlnus, i, m. the Appe- 
 
 nines. 
 Aper, apri, m. a boar; a wild 
 
 boar. 
 Aperio,-perire, -perui, -pertum, 
 
 tr. (ad & pario,) to open ; 
 
 to discover ; to disclose; to 
 
 make known. 
 Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.) 
 Apex, icis, m. a point; the 
 
 top; the summit. 
 Apis, is, f. a bee. 
 Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped 
 
 as a deity among the -Egyp- 
 tians. 
 Apollo, inis, m. the son of Ju- 
 piter and Latona, and the 
 
 god of music and poetry. 
 
APPARA.TUS ARCEO. 
 
 19S 
 
 Api)aratus, us, m. (apparo, to 
 prepare;) a preparation; 
 apparatus ; equipment; Jia- 
 bilime^U. 
 
 Ai^pareo, ere, ui, intr. (ad & 
 pareo,) to appear; to he 
 manifest or clear. 
 
 Appellandus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Appello, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & pello,) to name or 
 call; to address; to call 
 upon. 
 
 Appendo, - pendere, - pendi, 
 -pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,) 
 to hang upon or to; to 
 weigh out; to pay. 
 
 AppSteiis, tis, part, seeking af- 
 ter ; from 
 
 Appeto, -petere, -petivi, -pe- 
 tltiiin, tr. (ad & peto,) to 
 seek to; hence, to desire; 
 strive f(^'; to aim at; to 
 attack. 
 
 Appiu>!, i, m. a Roman prjieno- 
 men belonging to the Clau- 
 dian gens or tribe. 
 
 Appano, -ponere, -posui, -ppsi- 
 tum, tr. (ad & pono,) to set 
 or place before ; to put to; 
 to join. 
 
 Appo^itus, a, um, part, (aj)- 
 pono.) 
 
 Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, 
 iutr. (ad & propinquo,) to 
 approach; to draw near. 
 
 Aprleu?. a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 sunny; serene; warm: (as 
 if apericus /Vom aperio.) 
 
 Apto, are, avi, atum, tr. toft; 
 to adjust. 
 
 Apud, prep, at; in; among; 
 before ; to ; in the house of; 
 in the writings of 
 
 Apulia, se, f. a country in the 
 eastern part of Italy, near 
 the Adriatic. 
 
 Aqua, £6, f. water. 
 
 Aqujeductus, us, m. (aqua & 
 duco, to lead:) an aque- 
 duct; a conduit. 
 
 Aquila, 3d, f. an eagle. 
 
 Aquilo, onis, m. the north 
 wind. 
 
 Aquitania, ae, f. a country of 
 Gaul. 
 
 Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Aquitania. 
 
 Ara, ge, f. an altar. 
 
 Arabia, se, f. Arabia; hence, 
 
 Ai'abicus, a, um, adj. Arabian; 
 of or belonging to Ara- 
 bia. Arabicus sinus, the 
 Red Sea. 
 
 Arabius, a, um, adj. Arcdnan. 
 
 Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian. 
 
 Arbitratu^, a, um, part, having 
 thought; from 
 
 Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (arbiter,) to believe: 
 to think. 
 
 Arbor, & Ai-bos, oris, f. a tree. 
 
 Area, «, f. a chest. 
 
 Arcadia, ge, f. Arcadia, a coun- 
 try in the interior of Pelo- 
 ponnesus. 
 
 Areas, adis, m. an Ai'cadian ; 
 also, a son of Jupiter and 
 Calisto. 
 
 Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ivard off; 
 to keep from; to restrain. 
 
196 
 
 ARCES SITUS ARMENTUM. 
 
 Arcessitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Arcesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ar- 
 cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,) 
 to call; to send for ; to in- 
 vite; to summon. 
 
 Archimedes, is, m. a famous 
 mathematician and mecha- 
 nician of Syracuse. 
 
 Arcliitectus, i, m. an architect ; 
 a builder. 
 
 Archytas, as, m. a Pythagore- 
 an philosopher of Taren- 
 tum. 
 
 Arete, adv. (ius, issime,) strait- 
 ly ; closely; from 
 
 Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) narrow ; close; from 
 arceo. 
 
 Arcus, us, m. a how ; an arch. 
 
 Ardea, ae, f. a city of Latium, 
 the capital of the Rutuli. 
 
 Ardens, lis, part. & adj. hur7i- 
 ing ; hot; from 
 
 Ardeo, ardCre, arsi, arsum, 
 intr. to gloiu ; to he on fire; 
 to hum; to sparkle; to 
 shine; to dazzle. 
 
 Arduus, a, um, adj. high; 
 lofty; steep ; arduous; dif 
 ficidt. 
 
 Arena, se, f. (areo, to he dryi) 
 sand; hence 
 
 Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. 
 
 Arethusa, a3, f. the name of a 
 nymph of Elis, who was 
 changed into a fountain in 
 Sicily. 
 
 Argentum, i, n. silver. 
 
 Argias, 86, m. a chief of the 
 Megare7isians. 
 
 Arglvus, a, um, adj. (Argos,) 
 of Argos ; Argive. 
 
 Argivi, orum, m. pi. (id.) Ar- 
 gives ; inhabitants of Argos. 
 
 Argonauts, arum, m. pi. (Argo 
 & nauta?,) the Argonauts ; 
 the crew of the ship Argo. 
 
 Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, 
 orum, m. pi. a city in 
 Greece, the capital of Ar- 
 golis. 
 
 Arguo, uere, ui, utum, to speak 
 in loud or shrill tones : 
 hence, to argue; to accuse; 
 to prove; to show ; to con- 
 vict. 
 
 Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, 
 on the coast of the Adriatic. 
 
 Aristobulus, i, m. a name of 
 several of the high priests 
 and kings of Judea. 
 
 Aristoteles, is, n^ Aristotle, a 
 Greek philosopher, horn at 
 Stagtra, a city of Macedo^ 
 nia. 
 
 Arma, orum. n. pi. arms. 
 
 Armatus, a, um, part, of armo, 
 armed: pi. armati, orum, 
 armed men ; soldiers. 
 
 Armenia, ee, f. (Major,) a 
 country of Asia, lying be- 
 tiveen Taurus and the Cau- 
 casus. 
 
 Armenia, {:e, f. (Minor,) a small 
 country lying heticeen Caj)- 
 adocia and the Euphrates. 
 
 Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- 
 nian. 
 
 Armentum, i, n. {for aramen* 
 turn, from aro,) a herd. 
 
ARMILLA ASTUTUS. 
 
 197 
 
 Armilla, a^, f. (dim. fr. armus, 
 the arm,) a Jjracelet or ring 
 worn on the left arm by 
 soldiers who had been dis- 
 tinguished in battle. 
 
 Anno, fire, avi, atum, tr. (ar- 
 ma, to arm. 
 
 Aro, -are, -avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 ' plough; to cover with the 
 plough. 
 
 Arrei)tus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
 tum, tr. (ad & rapio,) § 80, 
 5,) to seize upon. 003, 
 
 Arrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & rogo) to demand for one's 
 self; to arrogate ; to claim. 
 
 Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; 
 skill; employment ; occupa- 
 tion; pursuit. 
 
 Ar.^i. See Ardeo. 
 
 Artemisia, as, f. the wife of 
 Ma u sol us, king of Carta. 
 
 Artifex, icis, c. (ars & facio,) 
 an artist. 
 
 Arundo, inis, f. a reed; a cane. 
 
 AruRs, tis, m. the eldest son of 
 Tarquin the Proud. 
 
 Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel; 
 a fortress. 
 
 Ascanius, i, m. the son of ^- 
 neas and Creusa. 
 
 Ascendo, (or adscendo,) dere, 
 di, sum, tr. & intr. (ad & 
 scando, to climb to,) to as- 
 cend; to rise: ascenditur, 
 imp it is ascended.or they as- 
 cend; 223, 6. & Id, 67, note. 
 
 Asia, a?, f. Asia ; Asia Minor ; 
 also, procons^dar Asia, or 
 the Roman province. 
 
 Asiatic'us, i, m. ati agnomen 
 
 of L. Cornelius Scipio, on 
 
 account of his victories in 
 
 Asia. 887, 4, 1538, 4. 
 Asina, ai, n^ a cognomen or 
 
 surname of a part of the 
 Cornelian family. 
 Asinus, i, m. an ass. 
 Aspect urns, a, um, part (as- 
 
 picio.) 
 Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
 
 errimus,) rough; rugged. 
 Aspergo. See Ad.-pergo. 
 As- or ad- spemor, ari, atus 
 
 sum, tr. dep. to spurn; to 
 
 despise ; to reject. 
 Aspicio. See Adspicio. 
 Aspis, idis, f. a7i asp. 
 Assecutus, a, um, part, from 
 Assequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, 
 
 tr. dep. (ad & sequor,) to 
 
 come up to; to overtahe; 
 
 to obtain. 
 Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 
 & servo,) to take care of; 
 
 to preserve ; to keep. 
 Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 
 & signo,) to mark with a 
 
 seal: hence, to appoint; to 
 
 allot; to distribute. 
 Assisto. See Adsisto. 
 Assuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
 
 -suetum, intr. inc. (ad & 
 
 suesco.) to be accustomed; 
 
 to be wont. 
 Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
 
 -surrectum, intr. (ad & sur- 
 
 go,) to rise up ; to arise. 
 Astronomia, as, f. astronomy. 
 Asiutus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) {from astu, the city. 
 
198 
 
 ASYLUM AUGUSTUS^, 
 
 viz.; of Athens^ hiowing ; 
 shreivd; cunning; crafty. 
 
 Asylum, i, n. an asylum. 
 
 •At, conj. but. 
 
 Atalanta, iB, f. the daughter of 
 Schoeneus, king of Arca- 
 dia^ celebrated for her 
 swiftness in running. 
 
 Atliena3, arum, f. pi. Athens^ the 
 capital of Attica; hence, 
 
 Atheniensis, is, m. an Athe- 
 nian. 
 
 Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper 
 name. 
 
 Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- 
 tic ; relating to Atlas : mare 
 Atlanticum, the Atlantic 
 ocean. 
 
 Atque, conj. and; as; than. 
 
 Atrociter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 (atrox,) fiercely ; violently ; 
 severely. 
 
 Attains, i, m. a king of Per- 
 gamus. 
 
 Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
 (ad & tero,) tr. to rub close ; 
 to rub off; to wear. 
 
 Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- 
 tica. 
 
 Attica, 3d, f. Attica, a country 
 in the southern part of 
 Gi-eece proper. 
 
 Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
 tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to 
 touch; to border upon; to 
 attain; to reach. 
 
 AttoUo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) 
 to raise up. 
 
 Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,) 
 rubbed away; worn off. 
 
 Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one 
 
 who inci^eases or enlarges; 
 hence, an author. 
 
 Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; 
 influence; reputation; tr. 
 auctor. 
 
 Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) 
 increased; enlarged; aug- 
 mented. 
 
 Audacia, ae, f. audacity; bold- 
 ness; from 
 
 Audax, acis, adj. (comp.) bold; 
 daring ; audacious ; despe- 
 rate; from 
 
 Audeo, audere, ausus sum, 
 neut. pass, to dare; to at- 
 tempt. § 78, 312. 
 
 Audio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
 hear. 
 
 Audltus, a, um, part. 
 
 Auditus, us, m. the hearing. 
 
 Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- 
 tum, tr. irr. (ab & fero,) to 
 take aivay ; to remove. 
 
 Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (ab & fugio.) to 
 ffy away; to run off; to 
 escape; to fee. 
 
 Augendus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, 
 tr. to cause to grow ; to in- 
 crease ; to augment; to en- 
 large ; intr. to grow ; to in- 
 crease; to rise. 
 
 Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bii^d, 
 & garrio, to chirp,) a fore- 
 telling of future events from 
 the singing of birds ; hence, 
 augury ; divination. 
 
 Auguste, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 nobly; from 
 
 Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
AUGUSTUS AXENUS. 
 
 190 
 
 august; grand; venerable; 
 (from aiigeo.) 
 
 Augustus, i, m. an honorary 
 apjyellation hestoiued hy the 
 senate upon Ccesar Octavi- 
 anus ; succeeding emperors 
 took the same name. 
 
 Aulis, idis, f. a seaport town in 
 Bceotia. 
 
 Aulus, i, m. a common praeno- 
 men among the Romans. 
 887, 1 ; 1538, 1. 
 
 Aurelius, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,) 
 golden. 
 
 Auriga, ae, m. (aurea, Obsol. 
 a rein^ and ago, to hold, or 
 drive,) a charioteer. 
 
 Auris, is, f. the ear. 
 
 Aurum, i, n. gold. 
 
 Auspicicum, i, n. (avis a bird, 
 and specio, to look:) a spe- 
 cies of divination, from the 
 flight, Sfc, of birds; an 
 auspice; the guidance, or 
 protection of another. 
 
 Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,) 
 daring ; having dared. 
 
 Aut, conj. or ; aut — aut, either 
 — or. 
 
 Autem, conj. but; yet. 
 
 Autumnus, i, m. (augeo,) au- 
 tumn. 
 
 ,Auxi. See Augeo. 
 
 Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help; 
 aid; assistance. 
 
 Avaritia, a?, f. avarice; from 
 
 Avarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 avaricious ; covetous: (fr. 
 aveo, to long for.) 
 
 Avelio, -vehere, -vexi, -veetum, 
 tr. (a & veho,) to carry off, 
 or away. 
 
 Avelio, -vellere, -velli or -vul:>i, 
 -vulsum, tr. (a & vello.) to 
 pull off, or away ; to pluck; 
 to take away (forcibly). 
 
 Aventlnus, i, m. mount Aven- 
 tine, one of the seven hills 
 on which Rome was built. 
 
 Aversus, a, um, part, turned 
 away: cicatrix aver.so, a 
 scar in the back: from 
 
 Averto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (a & verto,) to 
 turn away; to avert; to 
 turn. 
 
 Avicula, ae, f. dim. (avis,) a 
 small bird. 
 
 Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) 
 (ior, issimus,)<^eszrow5 ; rav' 
 enous,; greedy; eager. 
 
 Avis, is, f. a bird. 
 
 Avoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (a & 
 voco,) to call away; to di- 
 vert; to withdraw. 
 
 Avolaturus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a 
 & volo.) to fly away, or off 
 
 Avulsus, part, (avelio.) 
 
 Avuncfdus, i, m. (dim. of 
 avus,) a mother's brother; 
 an luicle. 
 
 Avus. i, m. a grandfather. 
 
 Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek 
 word signifying inhospita- 
 ble:) tJie Euxine sea; an- 
 ciently so called, on account 
 of the cruelty of the neigh" 
 boring tribes. 
 
200 
 
 E-ABYLON BENEFICIUM. 
 
 B. 
 
 Babylon, onis, f, the metropo- 
 lis of Chaldea, ^y^^W '^I^on 
 the Euphrates. 
 
 Babylonia, 03, f. the country 
 about Babylon. 
 
 Bacca, £e, f. a berry. 
 
 Bacchus, i, m. the son of Jupi- 
 ter and Semele, and the god 
 of wine. 
 
 Bactra, orum, n. the capital of 
 Bactria7ia, situated upon 
 the sources of the Oxus. 
 
 Bactriani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Bactriana. 
 
 Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- 
 trian, pertaining to Bactra 
 or Bactriana. 
 
 Baculus, i, m. and Baculum, i, 
 n. a staff. 
 
 Bsetica, as, f. a country in the 
 southern part of Spain, 
 watered by the river Bcetis. 
 
 Baetis, is, m. a river in the 
 southern part of Spain, 
 now the Gaudalquiver. 
 
 Bagrada, ae, m. a river of Af- 
 rica, between Utica and 
 Carthage. 
 
 Ballista, se, f. an engine for 
 throwing stones. 
 
 Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic: 
 mare Balticum, the Baltic 
 sea. 
 
 Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking 
 a strange language; {7iot 
 Greek or Roman ;) foreign ; 
 hence, barbarous ; rude ; 
 uncivilized; savage: subs. 
 barbari, barbarians. 
 
 Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavio.n: 
 belonging to Batavia, now 
 Holland. 
 
 Beatitudo, mis, f. blessedness ; 
 happiness ; from 
 
 Beiitus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) happy ; blessed; (fr. 
 beo, to make happy.) 
 
 Bebrycia, se, f. a country of 
 Asia. 
 
 Belga3, arum, m. pi. the inhab- 
 itants of the north-east pari 
 of Gaul; the Belgians. 
 
 Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or 
 pertairiing to the Belgce. 
 
 Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of 
 Glaucus, king of Ephyra. 
 
 Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus, (bellum,) of a war- 
 like spirit; given to war. 
 
 Bellicus, a, um, adj. (bellum,) 
 relating to war ; warlike. 
 
 Belligero, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (bellum & gero,) to wage 
 war ; to carry on war. 
 
 Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 war; to wage war; to con- 
 tend; to fight. 
 
 Bellua, ie, f. a large heast; a 
 monster. 
 
 Bellum, i, n. (duellum,) war. 
 
 Belus, i, m. the founder of the 
 Bahylonish empire. 
 
 Bene, adv. (melius, optime,) 
 
 well; finely; very: bene 
 
 pugniire, to fght succesS' 
 
 fully ; (fr. benus obsoL for 
 
 bonus.) 
 
 Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa- 
 cio,) a beneft; a kindness*. 
 
BENEVOLEXTIA BRIGANTINUS. 
 
 201 
 
 Benevolentia, ae, f. Cbeno & vo- ] 
 lo,) benevoleiice ; goodwill. 
 
 Benigae, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 kindly ; . from 
 
 Benigiius, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 kind; benign: (benigenusfr. 
 benus for bonus, & genus.) 
 
 Bestia, ae, f. a beast; a wild 
 beast. 
 
 Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a 
 Mo man consul. 
 
 Bias, antis, m. a philosopher 
 born at Priene, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 
 Bibliotheca, ae, f. a library. 
 
 Bibo, biberc, bibi, bibitum, 
 tr. to drink^ (in order to 
 quench thirst:) to imbibe: 
 See poto. 
 
 Bibilhis, i, m. a colleague of 
 Julius Ccesar in the con- 
 sulship. 
 
 Bini, se, a, num. adj. l06, 207 ^ 
 two by two ; tivo, two each. 
 
 Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) 
 two footed; with two feet. 
 
 Bis, num. adv. twice. 
 
 Bitliynia, ae, f. a country of 
 Asia Minor, east of the 
 Propontis. 
 
 Blamlitia, ae, f. compliment- 
 ing ; blanditins, pi. bland- 
 ishments ; caresses ; flattery : 
 from 
 
 Blaiidus, a, um, adj. Hor, issi- 
 mus,) courteous; agreeable; 
 flattering ; enticing ; invit- 
 ing ; tempting. 
 
 Boeotia, ae, f. a cou7ifri/ of 
 Greece, north of Attica. 
 
 Bonitas, atis, f. goodness; ex- 
 cellence, from 
 
 Bonus, a, um, adj. (mehor, op- 
 timus,) good; happy ; kind. 
 
 Bonum, i, n. a good thing ; an 
 endowment ; an advantage ; 
 profit: bona, n. pi. an es- 
 tate; goods: (fr. bonus.) 
 
 Boreahs, e, ad}.7iorthern ; irom 
 
 Boreas, ie, m. the north wind. 
 
 Borysthenes, £e, m. a large ri- 
 ver of Scythia, flowing into 
 the Euxine ; it is now called 
 the Dneiper. 
 
 Borysthenis, idis, f. the name of 
 a town at the mouth of the 
 Borysthenes. 
 
 Bos, bovis, c. an ox; a cow 
 § 15. 12, 12S. 
 
 Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m. 
 the name of two straits be- 
 tween Europe and Asia; 
 one the Thracian Bospho- 
 rus, now the straits of Con- 
 stantinople; the other the 
 Cimmerian Bosphorus, now 
 the straits of Caffa. 
 
 Braehium, i, n. the arm ; (viz. 
 from the hand to the el- 
 bow.) 
 
 Brevi, adv. shortly ; briefly; in 
 short time ; from 
 
 Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short; 
 brief; hence, 
 
 Bre vitas, atis, f. shortness; 
 brevity. 
 
 Brigantlnus, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to Brigantium, a 
 town of the Vindelici; 
 Brigantinus lacus, the lake 
 of Constance, 
 
202 
 
 BRITANNIA CALEFIO. 
 
 Britannia, ae, f. Great Britain. 
 
 Britannicus, a, nm, adj. belong- 
 ing to Britain; British. 
 
 Britannus, a, um, adj. British: 
 Britanni, the Britons. 
 
 Briima, a^, f. the winter sol- 
 stice; the shortest day. 
 
 Bruttium, i, n. a promontory 
 of Italy. 
 
 Bruttii, orum, m. pi. a people 
 in the southern fart of 
 Italy. 
 
 Brutus, i, m. the nq/me of an 
 illustrious noble family. 
 
 Bucephrdus, i, f. the name of 
 Alexander's war-horse. 
 
 Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- 
 dia, near the Ilydaspes, 
 built by Alexander, in me- 
 mory of his horse. 
 
 Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, 
 thie box-tree:) of box; of a 
 pale yellow color, like box- 
 wood. 
 
 Byzantium,* i, n» now Constan- 
 tinople, a city of Tlirace, 
 situated upon the Bospho- 
 rus. 
 
 C. 
 
 C, an abbreviation of Caius. 
 Cabira, ind. a town of Pontus. 
 Caciimen, inis, n. the top; the 
 
 peak; the summit. 
 Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) 
 Cadmus, i, m. the son of Age- 
 
 nor, king of Phoenicia. 
 Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, 
 
 intr. to fall. 
 Caecilius, i, m. a Roma^i name. 
 
 Csecilbum. i, n. a toum of Cam' 
 
 pania, famous for its wine. 
 CaecLibus, a, um, adj. Cmcu- 
 
 ban; of Ccecid)um. 
 Ctedes, is, f. slaughter; car- 
 
 n age ; homicide ; murder ; 
 
 from 
 Ceedo, credere, cecidi, caesum, 
 
 tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; 
 
 to beat. 
 Ceelatus, a, um, part, from 
 Ca3lo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 carve ; to engrave ;■ to sculp- 
 
 ture; to emboss. 
 Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. an 
 
 onion. 
 C^epio, onis, m. a Roman consul 
 
 who commanded in Spain. 
 Caesar, aris, m. a cognomen or 
 
 surname given to the Julian 
 
 family. 
 Csestus, ui?, m. (csedo,) a 
 
 gauntlet ; a boxing-glove. 
 Caesus, a, um, part. (c£edo,) 
 
 cut; slain; beaten. 
 Caius, i, m. a Roman prasno- 
 
 men. 
 Calais, is, m. a son of Boreas. 
 Calamitas, atis, f. {a storm 
 
 which breaks the reeds or 
 
 stalks of corn, hence,) a 
 
 calamity ; a misfortune ; fr. 
 Calamus, i, m. a reed. 
 Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala- 
 
 thus,) a small basket. 
 Calefacio, calefacere, calefeci, 
 
 calefactum, tr. (caleo & fa- 
 
 cio,) to warrn; to heat. 
 Caleflo, fieri, factus sum, intr. 
 
 irr. § 83, Obs. 3; to be 
 
 war^med. 
 
CALEFACTUS CAPTIVU3. 
 
 203 
 
 Calefactns, a, um, part, (cale- 
 fio,) warmed. 
 
 Calidus, a, um, adj. (comp. fr. 
 caleo,) warm. 
 
 Caliidus, a, uin. adj. (calleo, 
 from callu^^, hardness^ viz: 
 of skin occasioned hy hard 
 labor ; hence,) practiced; 
 experienced ; shrewd; cun- 
 ning. 
 
 Calor, oris, m warmth; heat. 
 
 Calpe, es, f. a hill or mountain 
 in Spain, opposite to Abyla 
 in Africa. 
 
 Calpurniu^, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 Calydoiiius, a, lim, adj. of or 
 belonging to Calydon, a city 
 of ^tolia; Calydonian. 
 
 Camelus, i, c. a camel. 
 
 Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) 
 a Roman general. 
 
 Campania, ae, f. a pleasant 
 country of Italy., between 
 Latium and Lucania. 
 
 Campester, tris, tre, adj. even; 
 plain; level; champaign; 
 flat; from 
 
 Campus, i, m. a plain ; a field ; 
 the Campus Martins. 
 
 Cancer, en; m. a crab. 
 
 Candidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 white; (a bright or shini7ig 
 ivhite; see albus.) 
 
 Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- 
 ness ; ichiteness ; clearness. 
 
 Canens, tis, part, of cano, 
 singing. 
 
 Canis, is, c. a dog. 
 
 CannjE, arum, f. pi. a village 
 in Apulia, famous for the 
 
 defeat of the Romans hy 
 Hannibal. 
 
 Cannensis, e, adj. belonging to 
 Cannce. 
 
 Cano, canc^re, cecmi, cantum, 
 tr. to sing; to sound or 
 play upon an instrument, 
 
 Cantans, tis, part, (canto.) 
 
 Cantluirus, i, m. a b'eile; a 
 knot under the tongue of 
 the god Apis. 
 
 Cantium, i, n. now the county 
 of Kent, England. 
 
 Canto, are, a\'i, atum, tr. freq. 
 (cano,) to sing; to repeat 
 often. 
 
 Cantus, us, m. (id.) singing ; a 
 song : cantus galli, the crow- 
 ing of the cock. 
 
 Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. 
 
 Capesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ca- 
 pio,) § 88, o, to take; to take 
 the management of: fugam 
 capessere, to flee. o87» 
 
 Capiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Capio, capere, cepi, captum, tr. 
 (properly, to hold; to con- 
 tain; commonly,) to take; 
 to capture , to take captive ; 
 to enjoy ; to derive. 
 
 Capitrdis, e, adj. (caput,) re- 
 lating to the head or life; 
 capital; mortcd; deadly; 
 pernicious: capitfde, {sc, 
 crimen,) a capital crime. 
 
 Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap- 
 itol ; the Roman citadel on 
 the Capitoline hill. 
 
 Capra, ae, f. a she-goat. 
 
 Captivus, a, um, adj. (capio,) 
 captive. 
 
204 
 
 CAPTO — CASUS. 
 
 Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 
 SS'Jiy (capio,) to catch at ; 
 
 to seek for ; to hunt for. 
 Captus, a, um, part, (eapio,) 
 
 taken; taken captive; 
 Capua, k, f. the principal city 
 
 of Campania. 
 Caput, itis, n. a head; life; 
 
 the skull; a capital city; 
 
 capitis damnare, to con- 
 demn to death. 
 Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a 
 
 coal;) a collier; a maker 
 
 of charcoal. 
 Career, eris, m/ a prison. 
 Careo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to he 
 
 without; to he free from; 
 
 to he destitute ; not to have ; 
 
 to want. 
 Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians ; 
 
 the inhahitants of Caria. 
 Caria, ae, f. a country in the 
 
 southeastern part of Asia 
 
 Minor. 
 Carica, se, f. a fig; (properly, 
 
 carica ficus.) 
 Carmen, mis, n. a song; a 
 
 poem. 
 Carneades, is, m. a philosopher 
 
 of Cyrene. 
 Caro, carnis, f. flesh. 
 Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a 
 
 ivagon. 
 Carpetani, orum, m. pi. a peo- 
 ple of Spain, on the borders 
 
 of the Tagus. 
 Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carp- 
 
 tiim, tr. to pluck ; to gather ; 
 
 to tear. 
 Carrae, arum, f. pi. a city of 
 
 Mesopotamia^ near the Eu^ 
 phrates. • 
 
 Carthaginiensis, e, adj. of or 
 helonging to Carthage. ; Car- 
 thaginian : subs, a Cartha- 
 ginian. 
 
 Carthrigo, mis, f. Carthage, a 
 maritime city in Africa: 
 Carthago Nova, Carihagc- 
 na, a town of Spain. 
 
 Carus, a, um, adj. (ior, itsimus,) 
 dear ; precious ; costly. 
 
 Casa, ae, f. a cottage ; a hut. 
 
 Casca, ae, m. the surname of P, 
 Servilius, one of the con- 
 spirators against CcBsar. 
 
 Caseus, i, m. cheese. 
 
 Cassander, dri, m. the name of 
 a Macedonian. 
 
 Cassiope, es, f. the wife of Ce- 
 pheus, king of Jithiopia, 
 and mother of Ayidromeda. 
 
 Cassius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans, 
 
 Castalius, a, um, adj. Casta- 
 lian; of Castalia, a foun- 
 tain of Phocis, at the foot 
 of mount Parnassus. 
 
 Castigatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Castlgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 chastise ; to punish; to cor- 
 rect. 
 
 Castor, oris, m. the brother of 
 Pollux and Helen. 
 
 Castrum, i, n. (ca?a,) a castle: 
 castra, orum, pi. a camp: 
 castra ponere, to pitch a 
 camp; to encamp. 
 
 Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall; 
 accident; chance; anevenU 
 
CATABATHMUS — CELT^E. 
 
 205 
 
 a misfortune: a disaster; 
 
 a calujimttj. 
 Catabatliiiius, i, m. a declivity ; 
 
 a (jradiiid descent ; a valley 
 
 hetioeen Egypt and Africa 
 
 proper. 
 Cat Ilia, 03, f. now Catania^ a 
 
 cihj of Sicily, near mount 
 
 Cataiiensis, e, adj. belonging to 
 Ocitana; Gatanean. 
 
 Catitiiius, i, m. Catienus Ploti- 
 nus, « Roman distinguished 
 for his attachment to his 
 patron. 
 
 Catilliia, JB, m. a conspirator 
 against the Roman govern- 
 mjut, lohose plot was detect- 
 ed and defeated by Cicero. 
 
 Cato, oais, m. the name of a 
 R) man family. 
 
 Catulus, i, m. the name of a 
 Rom%n family. 
 
 Catrdu-i, i, m. (dim. canis,) a 
 little dog ; a whelp ; the 
 young of beasts. 
 
 Caucasus, i, m. « mountain of 
 Asia, between the Black and 
 Caspian seas. 
 
 Cauda, ce, f. a tail. 
 
 Caudlniis, a, um, adj. Caudine ; 
 of or belonging to Caudium, 
 a town of Italy. 
 
 Caula, ae, f. a fold; a sheep- 
 cote. 
 
 Causa, ne, f. a cause ; a reason ; 
 a lawsuit: in causa est, or 
 cau-a est, is the reason: 
 causa, for the sal-e of. 
 
 Cautes, is. f. a sharp rock; a 
 crag; a cliff: from 
 18 
 
 Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, 
 iiitr. & tr. to beware; to 
 
 avoid; to shun: cavere 
 sibi ab, to secure themselves 
 
 from; to guard against. 
 Caverna, 03, f. (cavus,) a cate; 
 
 a cavern. 
 Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow. 
 Cecldi. See Cosdo. 
 Cecidi. See Cado. 
 Cecini. See Cano. 
 Cecropia, ae, f. an ancient name 
 
 of Athens ; from 
 Cecrops, opis, m. the first king 
 
 of Athens. 
 Cedo cedere, cessi, cessum, 
 
 intr. to yield; to give place ; 
 
 to retire; to retreat; to 
 
 suhnit. 
 Celeber, bris, bre, adj. (celebri'^ 
 
 or, celeberrimus,) crowded; 
 
 much visited; renoivned; 
 
 famous ; distinguished. 
 Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele- 
 
 bro.) 
 Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber.) a 
 
 great crowd; fame; glory ; 
 
 celebrity ; renown. 
 Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 visit; to celebrate; to make 
 
 famous; to perform. 
 Celeritas, atis, f. (celer, sivift,) 
 
 speed; swiftness; quick- 
 ness. 
 Celeriter, adv., (ius, rime,) 
 
 sioiftly. 
 Celeus. i, m. a king of EJeusi'i. 
 Celo, are, avi, atum, tr. to hide; 
 
 to conceal. 
 Celtre, arum, m. pi. the Celts J 
 
 a people of GauL 
 
206 
 
 CENSEO CETUS. 
 
 Censeo, ere, ui, um, tr. to esti- 
 mate; to judge ; to believe; 
 to count ; to reckon. 
 
 Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
 sor ; a censurer ; a critic. 
 
 Censorinus, i, m. (L. Manlins,) 
 a Roman consul in the third 
 Punic war. 
 
 Censorius, i, m. (censor,) one 
 who has been a censor; a 
 surname of Cato the elder. 
 
 Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
 sus ; an enumeration of the 
 people ; a registering of the 
 people, their ages, &)C. 
 
 Centeni, ae, a, num, adj. pi. dis- 
 trib. (centum.) every hund- 
 red; a hundred. 
 
 Centesimus, a, um, num, adj. 
 ord. (id.) the hundredth. 
 
 Centies, num, adv. a hundred 
 times; from 
 
 Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a 
 hundred. 
 
 Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,) 
 a centurion; a captain of 
 a hundred men. 
 
 Cephallenia, a?, f. an island in 
 the Ionian sea, now Cepha- 
 lonia. 
 
 Cepe. See C?epe. 
 
 Cepi. See Capio. 
 
 Cera, ae, f. wax. 
 
 Cerberus, i, m. the name of 
 the three-headed dog which 
 guarded the entrance of the 
 infernal regions. 
 
 Cercasorum, i, n. a town of 
 Egypt. 
 
 Ceres, eris, f. Ceres, the goddess 
 of corn^ 
 
 Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, 
 
 tr. properly, to sift; to dis- 
 
 tinguish: hence, to see; to 
 
 perceive. 
 Certamen, mis, n. (certo,) a 
 
 contest ; a battle ; zecd; ea- 
 gerness ; strife; contention; 
 
 debate ; a game or exercise : 
 
 Olympicum certamen, the 
 
 Olympic games. 
 Certe, adv. ius, issime, (certus,) 
 
 certainly, at least. 
 Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 
 intr. (certus,) to determine, 
 
 or male sure ; to contend; 
 
 to strive ; to fight. 
 Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,) 
 
 (ior, issimus,) certain ; fx- 
 
 ed: certiorem facere, to in- 
 
 fo'rm. 
 Cerva, ge, f. a female deer ; a 
 
 hind; hence, 
 Cervinus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 
 to a stag or deer. 
 Cervix, icis, f. {the hinder part 
 
 of) the neck; an isthmus-^ 
 Cervus, i, m. a male deer ; a 
 
 stag. 
 Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a 
 
 lingerer ; an idler ; from 
 Cesso, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 freq. (cedo,) to cease; to 
 
 loiter. 
 Ceterus, {and ceter, seldom 
 
 used,) cetera, ceterum, adj. 
 
 other; the other; the rest; 
 
 hence, 
 Ceterum, adv. but; however, - 
 
 as for the rest. 
 Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a 
 
 whale; any large sea fish. 
 
CEYX CITH^RON. 
 
 207 
 
 Ceyx, yds, m. the son of Hes- | 
 perus, and husband of Al- \ 
 cyone. \ 
 
 Chalcc'don, oiiis, f. a city of 
 Bithynia, opposite Byzan- 
 tium. 
 
 Chaklaicus, a, um, adj. (Clial- 
 daea,) Chaldean. 
 
 Cliarta, je, f. paper. 
 
 Chersipliron, onis, m. a distin- 
 guished architect., under 
 whose direction the temple 
 of Ephesus loas built. 
 
 Chersonesus, i, f. a peninsula. 
 
 Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcemo- 
 nian philosopher, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 
 Christus, i, m. CJirist. 
 
 Cibus, i, Td.food; nourishment. 
 
 Cicatrix, icis, f. a wound; a 
 scar ; a cicatrice. 
 
 Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated 
 Roman orator. 
 
 Cicoaia, as, f. a storlc. 
 
 Cilicia, £6, f. a country in the 
 southeast part of Asia Mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Cimbri, orum, m. pi. a nation 
 
 formerly inhabiting the 
 
 northern part of Germany. 
 
 Cinctus, a, um, part, (cingo.) 
 
 Cineas, se, m. a Thessalian, 
 the favorite minister of 
 Pyrrlms. 
 
 Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc- 
 tiun, tr. to surround; to 
 encompass ; to encircle; to 
 gird. 
 
 Cinis, eris, d. ashes; cinders. 
 
 Cinna, 38, m. (L. Cornelius,) 
 
 a consid at Home, in the 
 time of the civil icar. 
 
 Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon. 
 
 Circa & Circum, prep. & adv. 
 about; around; in the 
 neighborhood of. 
 
 Circuitus, us, m. (circumeo,) 
 a circuit ; a circumference. 
 
 Circumdatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum, 
 tr. (circum & do,) to put , 
 around; to surrou7id; to - 
 environ; to invest. 
 
 Circumeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. 
 irr. (cii'cum & eo, § 83, 3.) 
 to go round; to visit. 413* 
 
 Circumfluo, -fluere, -fluxi,-flux- 
 um, intr. (circum & fluo,) 
 to flow round. 
 
 Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir- 
 cumeo.) 
 
 Circumjaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir- 
 cum & jaceo,) tolie around; 
 to border upon. 
 
 Circumsto, stare, steti, intr. 
 (circum & sto,) to stand 
 round. 
 
 Circumvenio, -venire, -veni 
 -ventum, tr. (circum & ve- 
 nio,) to go round; to sur- 
 round; to circumvent. 
 
 Circumventus, a, um, part. 
 
 Ciris, is, f. the name of the 
 fish into which Scylla was 
 changed. 
 
 Cisalplnus, a, um, adj. (cis & 
 Alpes,) Ciscdpine; on this 
 side of the Alps; that is, 
 on the side nearest to 
 Borne. 
 
 Cithaeron. onis, m. a moun* 
 
208 
 
 CITO — CCELUM. 
 
 tain of B(jeotia, near Tliebes, 
 sacred to Bacchus. 
 
 Cito, adv. (ius, issime,) quick- 
 ly; from 
 
 Citus, a, urn, adj. (citus, part, 
 cieo,) (ior, issimus,) quick. 
 
 Citra, prep. & adv. on this side. 
 
 Civicus, a, um, adj, (civis,) 
 civic : corona civica, a civ- 
 ic crown given to him who 
 had saved the life of a citi- 
 zen by killing an enemy. 
 
 Civilis, e, adj. (comp,) of or 
 belonging to a citizen ; civil; 
 courteous; from 
 
 Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a 
 citizen. 
 
 Civitas, fitis, f. (civis,) a city ; 
 
 a state; the inhabitants of 
 
 a city ; the body of citizens ; 
 
 a constitution ; citizenship ; 
 
 freedom of the city. 
 
 Clades, is, f. loss; damage; 
 defeat; disaster ; slaughter. 
 
 Clam, prep, without the knowl- 
 edge of: — adv. privately; 
 secretly. 
 
 Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr. & 
 tr. to cry out; to ccdl on; 
 hence, 
 
 Clamor, oris, m. a clamor ; a 
 cry. 
 
 Clandestlnus, a, um, adj. (clam,) 
 secret; clandestine. 
 
 Claritas, atis, f. celehnty ; 
 fame; from 
 
 Clarus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) clear; famous; re- 
 nowned; celebrated; loud. 
 
 Classis, isj f. a class; ajleet. 
 
 Claudius, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans^ belo7igi7ig 
 to the tribe hence called 
 Claudian. 
 
 Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau- 
 sum, tr. to close ; to shut. 
 
 Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. 
 
 Clausus, a, um, j)art. (claudo,) 
 shut up. 
 
 Clavus, i, m. a nail; a spike. 
 
 Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 merciful; hence, 
 
 Clementer, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 gently; kindly. 
 
 Clementia, se, f. (id.) clemency ; 
 mildness. 
 
 Cleopatra, se, f. an Egyptian 
 queen celebrated for beauty. 
 
 Cloaca, as, f. a drain; a com- 
 mon sewer. 
 
 Clodius, i, m. a Roman of il- 
 lustrious family, remarka- 
 ble for his licentiousness. 
 
 Cluentius, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Clusium, i, n. a city of Etruria. 
 
 Clypeus, i, m. a shield. 
 
 Cneius, i, m. a Roman pra^no- 
 men; abbreviated Cn. 
 
 Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,) 
 collected; assembled; com- 
 pelled. 
 
 Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. 
 
 Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis- 
 tinguished for his bravery. 
 
 Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked; 
 dried; burnt. 
 
 Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,) 
 baked; burnt; boiled. 
 
 Coelum, i, n. sing. m. pi. 96, 
 
CCENA— COLO. 
 
 209 
 
 4, heaven; the climate; the 
 sky: the air; the atmos- 
 phere. 
 
 Coena, ae, f. a supper. 
 
 Coepi, isse, def. § 84, Obs. 2, I 
 begin, or / began. 45t>. 
 
 Coeptus, a, urn, part, begun. 
 
 Coerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (con 
 & arceo,) to surround, to 
 restrain; to check; to con- 
 trol. 
 
 Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a 
 thought; a reflection. 
 
 Cogitatum, i, n. a thought; 
 from 
 
 Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. (for 
 coagito, con & agito,) to 
 revolve in the mind; to 
 think; to consider ; to med- 
 itate. 
 
 Cogiiitus, a, um, part, (cog- 
 nosco.) 
 
 Cognomen, inis, n. (con & no- 
 men,) a surname. lS38fS. 
 
 Cognosco, -noscere, -ndvi, -ni- 
 tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to 
 investigate ; hence, to know ; 
 to learn : de causji, to try or 
 decide a suit at law. 
 
 Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, 
 tr. (coigo, con & ago,) to 
 drive together ; to drive; to 
 compel; to force; to urge; 
 to collect; agmen, to bring 
 up the rear. 
 
 CohcTereo, -hgerere, -liassi, hae- 
 sum, intr. (con & haereo,) 
 to stick together ; to adhere ; 
 to be united; to be joined to. 
 
 Cohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hibi- 
 tum, tr. (con & habeo,) to 
 
 hold together; to holdback; 
 
 to restrain. 
 Cohors, tis, f. a cohort; the 
 
 tenth part of a legion. 
 Colclii, orum, m. the people of 
 
 Colchis. 
 Colchis, idis, f. a country of 
 
 Asia, east of the Euxine. 
 Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
 
 intr. dep, (con & labor,) to 
 
 fall down ; to fall together ; 
 
 to fall. 
 CoUare, is, n. (collum,) a col- 
 lar; a necklace. 
 CollatTnus, i, m. a surname of 
 
 Tarquinius, the husband of 
 
 Lucretia. 
 Collectus, a,um,part. (coUigo.) 
 CoUega, ae, m. (con & lego, 
 
 -are,) one who has charge 
 
 along with another, i. e. a 
 
 colleague. 
 Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a 
 
 college ; a company. 
 Colligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, 
 
 tr. (con & lego,) to collect. 
 Collis, is, m. a hill. 
 CoUocatus, a, um, part, from 
 CoUoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (con 
 
 & loco,) to place : statuam, 
 
 to erect: to set up. 
 Colloquium, i, n. conversation; 
 
 an interview ; from 
 Colloquor, -loquit, -locQtus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. (con & loquor.) to 
 
 speak together ; to converse, 
 Collum, i, n. the neck. 
 Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr. 
 
 to care for ; to cidtivate ; to 
 
 exercise; to pursue: to 
 
 practise; to respect; to re- 
 
210 
 
 COLONIA COMMOROR. 
 
 gard; to venerate; to wor- 
 ship; to inhabit. 
 Colonia, a3, f. a colony: from 
 Colonus, i, m. (colo,) a colo- 
 nist. 
 Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. 
 Columba, a3, f. a dove; a pig- 
 eon. 
 Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. 
 Columna, se, f. (colfimen, a 
 prop^) a pillar ; a column. 
 Comburo, -urere, -ussi, -ustum, 
 tr. (con. & uro, § 80, 5,) io 
 burn up; to consume. 00(>» 
 Comedendus, a, um^ part, from 
 Comedo, edere, edi, esum & 
 estum, tr. (con & edo,) to 
 eat up; to devour. 
 Comes, itis, c. (con & eo,) one 
 who gives with another ; a 
 companion. 
 Cometes, ae, m. a comet; S2» 
 Comissor, or Commissor, ari, 
 atus sum, intr. dep. to revel 
 as Bacchanalians; to riot; 
 to banquet; to carouse. 
 Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.) 
 Comitatus, a, um, part, from 
 Comitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (comes,) to accompany ; to 
 attend; to follow. 
 Commemoro, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (con & memoro,) to 
 commemorate ; to mention. 
 (^^ommendo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & mando,) to commit 
 to one's care ; to commend; 
 to recommend. 
 Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (con & meo,) to go to and 
 
 fro; to go and come; to 
 pass. 
 Commercium, i, n. (con & 
 merx,) commerce ; ex- 
 change ; traffic; intercourse. 
 Commigro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (con & migro,) to emigrate ; 
 to remove. 
 Comminuo, -minuere, -minui, 
 -minutum, tr. (con & mi- 
 nuo,) to dash or break in 
 pieces; to crush; bruise. 
 
 Comminutus, a, um, part, bro- 
 ken in pieces; diminished. 
 
 Committo, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to 
 bring or put together; to 
 commit; to entrust; to be- 
 gin: pugnam, to join bat- 
 tle; to commence or to fight 
 a battle. 
 
 Commissus, a, um, part, in- 
 trusted; perpetrated ; com- 
 mitted; commenced: proe- 
 lium commissum, a battle 
 begun or fought: copiis 
 commissis, forces being en- 
 gaged. 
 
 Commoditas, atis, f. (commo- 
 dus,) aptness; ftness; a 
 convenience; commodious- 
 ness. 
 
 Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad- 
 vantage; gain. 
 
 Commorior, -mori & -moriri, 
 -mortuus sum, intr. dep. 
 (con & morior,) to die to- 
 gether. 
 
 Commoror, ari, atus sum, 
 intr. dep. (con & moror,) 
 
COMMOTUS CONCIPIO. 
 
 211 
 
 to reside with; to stay at; 
 to remain; to continue. 
 
 Commotus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Commoveo, -movere, -movi, 
 -motum, tr. (con & moveo,) 
 to move together or wholly ; 
 to move; to excite; to stir 
 up ; to injiuence ; to induce. 
 
 Commiinico, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. to communicate ; to im- 
 part; to tell; from 
 
 Communis, e, adj. (comp.) 
 common: in commune con- 
 sulere, to consult for the 
 common good. 
 
 Commuto, are, avi, atiim, tr. 
 (con & muto,) to change; 
 to alter; to excJiange. 
 
 Comoedia, ae, f. a comedy. 
 
 Comparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & paro.) to prepare; 
 to get together ; to gain; to 
 procure; to compare. 
 
 Compello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- 
 sum, tr. (con & pello,) to 
 drive; to compel ; to force; 
 in fugam, to put to flight. 
 
 Compenso, are, Tni, atum, tr. 
 (con & penso,) to weigh to- 
 gether ; to compensate; to 
 make amends for. 
 
 Comperio, -perire, -peri, -per- 
 tum, tr. (con & pario,) to 
 find out; to learn; to dis- 
 cover. 
 
 Complector, -plecti, -plexus 
 sum, tr. dep. (con & plec- 
 tor,) to embrace; to com- 
 prise; to comprehend; to 
 reach; to extend: com'- 
 plecti amore, to hve. 
 
 10 
 
 Compono, -ponerc, -posui, -po- 
 
 situm, tr. (con & pono,) to 
 
 put together; to compose; 
 
 to arrange ; to construct ; to 
 
 finish; to compare; hence, 
 
 Compositus, a, um, part, fin- 
 ished; composed; quieted, 
 
 Compreliendendus, a, um, fr. 
 
 Comprehendo, -prehendere, 
 -prehendi, -prehensum, tr. 
 (con & prehendo,) to grasp 
 or hold together ; to comjjre- 
 hend ; to seize ; to apprehend. 
 
 Comprehensus, a, um, part. 
 
 Compulsus, a, um, part, (com- 
 pello.) 
 
 Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,) 
 having endeavored. 
 
 Concedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. & tr. (con & ce- 
 do,) to step aside ; to yield; 
 to permit; to grant. 
 
 Conceptus, a, um, part, (con- 
 cipio,) conceived; couched; 
 expressed. 
 
 Concessus, a, um, part, (con- 
 cedo.) 
 
 Concha, £e, f. a shell fish. 
 
 Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish. 
 
 Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 join together ; to conciliate ; 
 
 to reconcile; to acquire for 
 
 one's self; to gain; to ob^ 
 
 tain; from 
 
 Concilium, i, n. a council. 
 
 Concio, onis, f. (concieo.) an 
 assembly; an assembly of 
 the people. 
 
 Concipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
 tr. (con & capio,) to take 
 together; to conceive; to 
 
212 
 
 CONCITO CONGERO. 
 
 imagine; to form; to draw 
 up; to comprehend. 
 
 Concito,, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (con & cito,) to set in 
 motion; to excite; to raise. 
 
 Concitor, oris, m. 07ie who ex- 
 cites ; an exciter ; a mover; 
 a distwrher. 
 
 Concoquo,-coquere, -coxi, -coc- 
 tum, tr. (con & coquo,) to 
 boil; to digest. 
 
 Concordia, ?e, f. (concors,) con- 
 cord; agreement ; harmony. 
 
 Concredo, -credere,- -credidi, 
 -creditum, tr. (con & credo,) 
 to consign; to trust; to in- 
 trust. 
 
 Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & cremo,) to hum 
 with ; to hum ; to consume. 
 
 Concurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
 sum, intr. (con & curro,) to 
 rwn together: concurritur, 
 pass. imp. a crowd assem- 
 ble. Id. 67, Note. 
 
 Concussus, a, um, part, shaken; 
 moved; from 
 
 Concutio, cutere, cussi, cussum, 
 tr. (con & quatio,) to shake ; 
 to agitate; to tremble. 
 
 Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) 
 condition; situatio7i; a 
 proposal; terms. 
 
 Conditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (con & do,) to put together ; 
 to lay up; to found; to 
 build; to make; to form; to 
 hide; to bury ; to conceal. 
 
 Conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (con &, duco,) to » 
 
 lead together; to conduct; 
 to hire. 
 
 Confectus, a, um, part, (con- 
 ficio.) 
 
 Conf ero, conferre, contfdi, col" 
 latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,J) 
 to bring together ; to heap 
 up ; to bestow ; to give : ^^e 
 conferre, to betake one^s 
 self; to go. 
 
 Conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 (con & facio, to do tho- 
 roughly ;^ to make; to fin- 
 ish ; to waste ; to wear out ; 
 to terminate; to consume; 
 to ruin ; to destroy ; to kill, 
 
 Confilgo, -fligere, -iiixi,-flictum, 
 (con & fligo,) to strike or 
 dash together; to contend; 
 to engage; to Jight; (viz.: 
 in close combat.) See dim- 
 ico. 
 
 Conflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (con 
 & flo,) to blow together; 
 to melt; to unite; to com- 
 pose. 
 
 Confiuo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
 intr. (con & tiuo,) to flow to- 
 gether ; to flock ; to assemble. 
 
 Confodio,-fodere, -iodi, -fossum, 
 tr. (con & fodio,) to dig 
 through and through; to 
 pierce; to stab. 
 
 Confossus, a, um, part, (confo- 
 dio.) 
 
 Confugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (con & fugio,) to 
 flee to; to flee for refuge; 
 to flee. 
 
 Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges- 
 tum, tr. (con & gero,) t(^ 
 
CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM 
 
 213 
 
 firing together ; to collect; to 
 heap up. 
 
 Congredior, -gredi, ^gressus 
 sum, intr. dep. (con & gra- 
 dior,) to meet ; to encounter ; 
 to engage; to fight. 
 
 Coiigrego, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & grex,) to assemble 
 in filochs; to assemble. 
 
 Conjectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Conjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (con & jacio,) to cast; 
 to throw forcibly; to con- 
 jecture. 
 
 Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) 
 marriage. 
 
 Conj lingo, -jungere, -junxi, 
 -junctum, tr. (con & jungo,) 
 to unite; to bind; to join. 
 
 Conjuratus, a, um, part con- 
 spired: conjurati, subs, con- 
 spirators ; from 
 
 Conjuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & juro,) to sivear to- 
 gether ; to combine ; to con- 
 spire: conjiiratum est, a 
 conspiracy ibccs formed. 
 
 Conjiix, Ligis, c. (con & jugo,) a 
 spouse; a husband or luife. 
 
 Conor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 to attempt; to venture; to 
 endeavor; to strive. 
 
 Con(pieror, queri, questus sum, 
 intr. dep. (con & queror,) 
 to complain; to lament. 
 
 Conscendo, -scendere, -scendi, 
 -scensum, tr. (con & scan- 
 do,) to climb up ; to ascend. 
 
 Conscensus, a, um, part, (con- 
 scendo.) 
 
 Conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi, 
 
 -scitum, tr. (con & scisco,) 
 to investigate ; to vote to- 
 gether; to agree; to decree; 
 to execute ; sibi mortem con- 
 sciscere, to lay violent hands 
 on one's self; to commit sui' 
 cide. 
 
 Consecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con& sacro,) to consecrate; 
 to dedicate; to devote. 
 
 Consedi. See Consldo. 
 
 Consenesco, senescere, senui, 
 intr. inc. (con & senesco,) 
 to groiv old. 
 
 Consentio, -sentire, -sensi, -sen- 
 sum, intr. (con & sentio,) 
 to think together ; to agree; 
 to consent; to unite. 
 
 Consequor, - sequi, - secutus 
 sum, tr. dep. (con & se- 
 quor,) to folloiv closely ; to 
 gam; to obtain. 
 
 Consecutus, a, um, part, having 
 obtained. 
 
 Consero, -serere, -semi, -ser- 
 
 tum, tr. (con & sero,) to 
 
 join; to put together : pug«- 
 
 nam, to join battle ; to fight. 
 
 Conservandus, a, um, part, 
 from 
 
 Conservo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & servo,) to preserve ; 
 to maintain; to perpetuate, 
 
 Considens, tis, part, from 
 
 Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 
 sum, intr. (con & sido,) to sit 
 doivn; to encamp; to take 
 one's seat; to perch ; to light. 
 
 Consilium, i, ri. (consulo,) 
 counsel; design; intention; 
 a council; deliberation ; ad' 
 
214 
 
 CONSISTO CONTEMPLOR. 
 
 vice; a plan; judgment; 
 discretion ; prudence ; wis- 
 dom. 
 
 Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, iiitr. 
 (con & sisto,) to stand to- 
 gether ; to stand ; to consist. 
 
 Consolor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (con & solor,) to console ; 
 to comfort. 
 
 Conspectus, a, um, part, (con- 
 spicio.) 
 
 Conspectus, us, m. (id.) a see- 
 ing ; a sight; a view. 
 
 Conspicatus, a, um, part, (con- 
 si^icor.) 
 
 Conspicio, - spicere, - spexi, 
 -spectum, tr. (con & spe- 
 cio,) to hehold; to see. 
 
 Conspicor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (id.) to hehold; to see. 
 
 Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 consjncuous; distinguished. 
 
 Constans, tis, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) jirm; constant; 
 steady. 
 
 Constituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutum, tr. (con & statuo,) 
 to cause to stand, i. e., to 
 place; to establish; to ap- 
 point ; to resolve. 
 
 Consto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (con 
 & sto,) to stand dog ether ; 
 to co7isist of: constat, imp. 
 it is certain; it is evident. 
 
 Construo, - struere, - struxi, 
 structum, tr. (con & struo,) 
 to pile together; to con- 
 struct; to build; to com- 
 pose; to form. 
 
 Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
 -suetum, intr. (con & su- 
 
 esco,) to be accustomed : 
 hence, 
 
 Consuetudo, mis, f. habit; cus- 
 tom. 
 
 Consul, ulis, m. a consul; 
 hence, 
 
 Consularis, e, adj. of or per- 
 taining to the consul; con- 
 sular: vir consularis, one 
 who has been a consid; a 
 man of consular dignity. 
 
 Consulatus, us, m. (consul,) th» 
 consulship. 
 
 Consulo, -sulere, -sului, -sul- 
 -tum, tr. to advise; to con- 
 sult. 
 
 Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. &• 
 intr. freq. (consulo,) to ad-^ 
 vise together ; to considt. 
 
 Consumo, -sumere, -sumsi, 
 -sumptum, tr. (con & su- 
 mo,) to take together, or at 
 once; hence, to consume; 
 to wear out; to exhaust; to 
 waste; to destroy; hence, 
 
 Consumptus, a, um, part. 
 
 Contagiosus, a, um, adj- 
 comp. (contingo,) conta' 
 gious. 
 
 Contemnendus, a, um, part, 
 from 
 
 Contemno, -temnere, -tenrpsi, 
 -temptum, tr. (con & tem- 
 no,) to desjnse; to reject 
 with scorn. 
 
 Contemplatus, a, um, part, ob- 
 serving ; regarding ; con- 
 sidering ; from 
 
 Contemplor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (con & templum, a 
 quarter in the heavens,) to 
 
CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 
 
 215 
 
 hole attentively at the 
 heavem; (said originally 
 of the augurs; hence,) to 
 contemplate ; to regard; to 
 consider, to look at; to 
 gaze upon. 
 
 Contemptim, adv. with con- 
 tempi , contemptuously ; 
 scornfully ; from 
 
 Contemptus, a, um, part, (con- 
 temno.) 
 
 Contemptus, us, m. (id.) con- 
 tempt. 
 
 Contendo, dere, di, turn, tr. & 
 intr. (con & tendo, to 
 stretchy or draw, or strive 
 together, hence,) to dispute; 
 tojight; to contend; to go 
 to; to direct one's course; 
 to request; hence, 
 
 Contentio, onis, f. contention ; 
 a debate ; a controversy ; ex- 
 ertion ; an effort ; a strife. 
 
 Contentus, a, um, adj, (comp.) 
 content; satisfied: fr. con- 
 tineo. 
 
 Contero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
 tr. (con & tero,) to break; 
 to pound; to ivaste. 
 
 Continens, tis, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) holding togefher ; 
 hence, joining; continued: 
 un interrupted ; temperate ; 
 subs. f. the continent, or 
 main land: from 
 
 Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (con & teneo,) to 
 hold together, or in ; to con- 
 tain. 
 
 Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -fac- 
 tum, tr. (con & tango,) to 
 
 touch ; conttgit, imp. it 
 happens: mihi, it happeiis 
 to me; I have the fortune. 
 
 Continuo, a:dv, immediately; 
 forthwith; in succession; 
 fi'ora 
 
 Continuus, a, um, adj. (con- 
 tineo,) continued; adjoin- 
 ing ; incessant; un inter - 
 TU'pted; continual; without 
 intermission; in close suc- 
 cession: continuo alveo, in 
 one entire or undivided 
 channel. 
 
 Contra, prep, against; oppo- 
 site to: adv. on tlte other 
 hand. 
 
 Contractus, a, um, part, (con- 
 traho. 
 
 Contradico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
 tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to 
 spteak against; to contra- 
 dict; to oppose. 
 
 Contradictus, a, um, part, con- 
 tradicted; opposed. 
 
 Contraho,-trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 tum, tr. (con & tralio,) to 
 draw together ; to contract ; 
 to assemble; to collect. 
 
 Contrarius, a, um, adj, (con- 
 tra,) contrary; opposite. 
 
 Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, tr. 
 dep. (con & tueor,) to re- 
 gard; to behold; to view; 
 to gaze upon ; to survey. 
 
 Contundo, -tundere, -tudi, -tu- 
 sum, tr. (con & lundo,) to 
 beat together; to beat; to 
 bruise; to crush; to puU 
 verize. 
 
 Contusus, a, um, part. 
 
216 
 
 CONVALESCO CORROSUS. 
 
 Convalesce, -valescere, -valui, 
 intr. inc. (con & valesco, 
 from valeo,) to grow well; 
 to recover. 
 
 Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
 tum, intr. (con & venio,) to 
 come together ; to meet; to 
 cissemhle. 
 
 Converto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (con & verto,) to 
 turn ; to resort to ; to appro- 
 priate; to convert into; to 
 change; se in preces, to 
 turn one^s self to entreating. 
 
 Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) 
 loud noise; scolding; re- 
 proach ; abuse. 
 
 Convivium, i, n. (con & vivo,) 
 a feast; ahanguet; an en- 
 tertainment. 
 
 Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & voco,) to call to- 
 gether ; to asse77ihle. 
 
 Convolve, -vcflvere, -volvi, -vo- 
 lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) 
 to roll together; pass, to be 
 rolled together: se, to roll 
 one''s self up. 
 
 Cooperio, -perlre, -perui, -per- 
 tum, tr. (con & operio,) to 
 cover. 
 
 Copia, se, f. an abundance; a 
 multitude; a swarm: co- 
 pias, pi. forces, troops. 
 
 Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co- 
 piously ; abundantly: from 
 copiosus, from copia. 
 
 Coquo, coqnere, coxi, coctum, 
 tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; 
 to roast; hence. 
 
 Coquus, i, m. a cook. 
 
 Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 
 
 Coram, prep, in the presence 
 of; before: adv. openly. 
 
 Corcjra, se, f. an island on the 
 coast of Epirus, now Corfu. 
 
 Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corin- 
 thian; belonging to Cor- 
 inth. 
 
 Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. 
 
 Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city 
 of Achaia, in Ch-eece. 
 
 Corioli, orum, m. pi. a town 
 of Latium. 
 
 Coriolanus, i, m. a distinguish- 
 ed Roman general. 
 
 Corium, i, n. the skin; the skin 
 or hide of a beast; leather. 
 
 Cornelia, se, f. a noble Roman 
 lady. 
 
 Cornelius, i, m. the name of 
 an illustrious tribe, or clan^ 
 at Rome, adj. Cornelian. 
 
 Cornix, icis, f. a crow. 
 
 Cornu, us, n. a horn ; a tusk 
 (91). 137. 
 
 Corona, se, f. a crown. 
 
 Corpus, oris, n. a body ; a corpse. 
 
 Correptus,a,um,part. (corripio.) 
 
 Corrigo, -rigere, -rexi, -rectum, 
 tF.(con & rego,) to set right; 
 to straighten; to make bet- 
 ter ; to correct. 
 
 Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
 tum, tr. (con & rapio,) to 
 seize. 
 
 Corrodo, rodere, rosi, rosura, 
 tr. (con & rodo,) to gnaw; 
 to corrode. 
 
 Corrosus, a, um, part, (corrodo,) 
 
CORRUMPO CRUDELIS. 
 
 217 
 
 CoiTumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, 
 -ruptum, tr (con & ruin- 
 po,) to break up, (or thoi^- 
 oughly ;) to corrupt; to 
 bribe; to hurt; to violate; 
 to seduce; to impair; to 
 destroy. 
 
 Corruo, -iTiere, -rui, intr. (con 
 & ruo,) to fall down; to de- 
 cay. 
 
 Corrnptiis, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- 
 ted; foul; corrupt. 
 
 Corsica, a3, f. an island in tJie 
 Mediterranean sea, north 
 of Sardinia. 
 
 Corvinus, i, m. a surname giv- 
 en to M. Valerius, from an 
 incident in his life; from 
 
 Corvus, i, m. a raven. 
 
 Corycius, a, um, adj. Cory dan; 
 of Corycus. 
 
 Corycus, i, m. the name of a city 
 and mountain of Cilicia. 
 
 Cos., an abbreviation of con>ul ; 
 Coss., q/consides; Gr.891. 
 
 Cotta, ae, m. a Roman cogno- 
 men, belonging to the Au- 
 relian tribe. 
 
 Crater, eris, m. a goblet; a cra- 
 ter; the mouth of a volcano. 
 
 Crates, etis, m. a Tlieban phi- 
 losopher. 
 
 Crassus, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family of the Lu- 
 cinian tribe. 
 
 Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) 
 
 Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. 
 (crebrior,creberrimus,)y)'e- 
 quent, 
 
 19 
 
 Crebr5, adv. (crebrius, creber- 
 rime,) (creber,) frequently. 
 
 Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 to believe; to trust. 
 
 Credalus, a, um. adj. (credo,) 
 easy of belief; credulous. 
 
 Cremera, 96, f. a river of Etru- 
 ria, near which the Fabian 
 family tvere defeated and 
 destroyed. 
 
 Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 burn; to consume. 
 
 Creo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make; to choose; to elect. 
 
 Cresco, crescere, crevi, cre- 
 tum, intr. (creo.) to spring 
 up ; to increase; to grow. 
 
 Creta, se, f. Crete, now Can- 
 dia, an island in the Med- 
 iterranean sea, south of the 
 Cyclades. 
 
 Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to 
 Crete; Cretan. 
 
 Crevi. See Cresco. 
 
 Crimen, mis, n. a crime; a 
 fault; an accusation: ali- 
 cui crimini dare, to charge 
 as a crime against one. 
 
 Crinis, is, m. the hair. 
 
 Crixus, i, m. the name of a cel- 
 ebrated gladiator. 
 
 Crocodllus, i, m. a crocodile. 
 
 Crueiatus, a. um, part, (crueio.) 
 
 Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture; 
 distress ; trouble; affliction. 
 
 Crueio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (crux,) to crucify ; to tor- 
 ment; to torture. 
 
 CrudCdis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence> 
 
218 
 
 CRUDELITER CYCLADES. 
 
 Crudeliter, adv. (lus, issime,) 
 cruelly. 
 
 Crudus, a, um, adj. (cruor,) 
 properly, full of bloodj 
 crude; raiv ; unripe. 
 
 Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. 
 
 Crus, cruris, n. the leg ; {from 
 the knee to the ankle.^ 
 
 Crux, crucis, f. a cross. 
 
 Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, 
 n. (cubo, to recline,) the 
 arm, from the elbow to the 
 wrist; a cubit. 
 
 Cucurri. See Curro. 
 
 Cui, & Cujus. See Qui, & Quis. 
 
 Culex, icis, m. a gnat. 
 
 Culpa, 86. f. a fault; guilt; 
 blame; hence, 
 
 Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 blame. 
 
 Cultellus, i, m. (dim. from cul- 
 ter,) a little knife ; a knife. 
 
 Cultus, a, um, part, (colo,) cul- 
 tivated; improved; dressed. 
 
 Cum, prep, with: adv. the 
 same as quum, when: cum 
 — tum, not only — but also; 
 as well — as also. 
 
 Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) 
 delaying; a delaying; hesi- 
 tation. 
 
 Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the 
 whole. 
 
 Cunicidus, i,m. a rabbit; a cony. 
 
 Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a 
 wish; a desire; cupidity; 
 (with moderation.) 
 
 Cupldo, inis, f. desire; (with 
 ' eagerness.) 
 
 Cupidus,a, um, adj. comp. (id.) 
 desirous. 
 
 Cupiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Cupio, ere, ivi, itum, tr. to de^ 
 sire ; to wish ; to long for. 
 
 Cur., adv. (abbreviated for 
 quare,) why; wherefore. 
 
 Cura, as, f. care ; anxi'dy. 
 
 Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the 
 Sabines. 
 
 Curia, a3, f. a curia or ward; 
 one of thirty parts into 
 which the Roman people 
 were divided; the senate 
 house. 
 
 Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the name 
 of an Alban tribe. TJiree 
 brothers belonging to this 
 tribe fought with the Ho- 
 ratii. 
 
 Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. (cura,) 
 to take care of; to care; to 
 be concerned; to cure or heal. 
 
 Curro, currere, cucurri, cur- 
 sum, intr. to run; hence, 
 
 Currus, us, m. a chariot: and 
 
 Cur&or, oris, m. (curro,) a run- 
 ner ; also a surname given 
 to L. Papirius. 
 
 Cursus, us, (id.) a running ; a 
 course. • 
 
 Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked. 
 
 Custodia, re, f. (custos,) a 
 watch; a guard ; a prison, 
 
 Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (id.) 
 to guard; to watch; to pre- 
 serve ; to keep safely. 
 
 Custos, odis, c. a guardi a 
 keeper. 
 
 Cutis, is, f. the skin. 
 
 Cyaneus, a. um, adj. dark blue, 
 
 Cyclades, um, f. pi. a chisfer 
 of islands in the Archipela" 
 
CYCLOPES DEBELLO 
 
 219 
 
 ing a town of ilie same 
 name. 
 
 go, wJiich derive their name ' Cyrnus, i. f. a Greek name of 
 
 from lying in a circle. \ the island of Corsica. 
 
 Cyclopes, um, in. pi. the Cy- Cyrus, i, m. Gyrus, the name 
 
 clops, giants of Sicily, liv- \ of a Persian king. 
 
 ing near ^tna. j Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an 
 
 Cydnus, i, m. a river of Cilicia. \ island near Mysia. contain- 
 Cyllene, es, f. a mountain in 
 
 Arcadia. 
 Cymba, ae, f. a boat; a shff; a 
 
 canoe. D. 
 
 Cymljakim, i, n. a cymhcd. 
 CynTcus, i. m. a Cynic. 'TJie Dsedalns, i, m. an ingenious 
 
 Cynics loere a sect of phi- Athenian artist, the son of 
 
 losophers founded by Antis- JEuphemus. 
 
 thenes. \ Damno, are, avi, atum, tr> 
 
 Cynocephiil?e, arum, f. pi. (damnum, loss,) to adjudge 
 
 small hills near Scotussa in 
 Thessaly. 
 
 to loss of any hind; to con' 
 demn. 
 
 Cynocepliali, orum, m. pi. a j Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuri- 
 people of India with heads | ous; hurtful, 
 like dogs. ■ Danaus, i, m. an ancient kifig 
 
 of Argos, and brother of 
 u^gyptus. 
 
 Cynocephrdus, i, m. a7i Egyp 
 tian deity. 
 
 Cyno.ssema, atis, n. a promon- j Dandus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 tory of Thrace, near Sestos, Dans, tis, part, (do.) 
 where queen Hecuba was Danubius, i, m. the Danube^ 
 
 buried. 
 Cynthus, i, m. a hill near the 
 
 town of Delos. 
 Cyren-fe, arum, f. pi. Cyrene, a 
 
 city of Africa, the capital 
 
 of Cyrenaica. 
 Cyrenaica, ae, f. a country in 
 
 the northern part of Africa, 
 
 a large river of Germany, 
 called also the Ister, after 
 its entrance into Ulyri- 
 cum. 
 
 Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meal. 
 
 Dardania, as, f. a country and 
 city of Asia Minor, near 
 the Hellespont. 
 
 so called from its capital, Daturus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 
 Cyrence. . j Datus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 
 CyrensBus, a, um, adj. Cyrene- De, prep, from; of; concern- 
 
 an; belonging to Cyrence. I ing; on account of 
 Cyi-eiiensis, e, adj. Cyrenean;^/YyQ2i,^,i.^\,^,a goddess. 5'^ , 
 
 of CyrencB. \ Debello, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 
220 
 
 DEBEO DEDUCO. 
 
 & bello,) to put down hy 
 loar ; hence, to conquer ; to 
 subdue. 
 
 Debeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de & 
 Imbeo,) to owe; to he ohliged; 
 with an infinitive, ought, or 
 shoidd. 
 
 Debcor, eri, itus sum, pass, to 
 he due. 
 
 Debihto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (debiUs,) to weaken; to en- 
 feeble. 
 
 Debitus, a, um, part, (debeo,) 
 due; deserved; owing. 
 
 Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to 
 depart ; to retire ; to with- 
 draw ; to yield; to die. 
 
 Decern, num. adj. teri. 
 
 Decemviri, orum, m. pi. de- 
 cemvirsy ten men appointed 
 to prepare a code of laws 
 for the Romans, and hy 
 ivhom the laws of the twelve 
 tables were formed. 
 
 Decerno, -cernere, -crevi, cre- 
 tum, tr. (de & cerno,) to 
 separate one thing from 
 another; to judge; to de- 
 cide; to fight; to coritend ; 
 to discern; to decree: hel- 
 ium decretumest, the man- 
 agement of the war was de- 
 ■ creed. 
 
 Decerpo,-cerpere,-cerpsi,-cerp- 
 tum, tr. (de & carpo,) to 
 pluck off; to pick ; to gather. 
 
 Decide, -cidere, -cTdi, intr. (de 
 & cado,) to fall, (viz : from 
 or down:) dentes decidunt, 
 the teeth fail, or come out. 
 
 Decimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 
 (decem,) the tenth. 
 Decius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eixd Romans distinguished 
 for their j^atriotism. 
 Declaro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & claro, to make clear ;) to 
 declare ; to show. 
 Decoctus, a, um, part, from 
 Decdquo, -coquere, -coxi, -coc- 
 tum, tr. (de & coquo,) to 
 hail down ; to boil. 
 Decorus, a, um, adj. (decor,) ie- 
 coming ; handsome ; adorn- 
 ed; decorous; beautiful. 
 Decretus, a, um, part, (de- 
 cerno.) 
 Decresco, -crescere, -crevi, intr. 
 (de & cresco,) to sink down, 
 or subside ; to decrease ; to 
 diminish; to fall to decay. 
 Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
 intr. (de & cubo) to lie down. 
 I Decurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
 I sum, intr. (de & curro,) to 
 \ run down ; to flow down. 
 Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) an or- 
 ' nament. 
 I Dedi. See Do. 
 j Dedidi. See Dedo. 
 Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a giv- 
 1 ing up; a surreiider. 
 \ Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.) 
 I Dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum, 
 j tr. (de & do,) to give up ; to 
 ; surrender ; to deliver up ; to 
 I addict or devote one's self. 
 Deduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 I turn, tr. (de & duco.) to lead 
 or draw downwards ,• to lead 
 forth; to bring; to lead* 
 
DEFATIGO DELINQUO. 
 
 221 
 
 Defatigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & fatlgo,) to weary out; to 
 fatigue. 
 
 Defeiido, -fend'jre, -fendi, -fen- 
 sum,tr.(de&feiido,obsol, to 
 hit ;) to defend ; to j^rotect. 
 
 Defensus, a, um, part, (defen- 
 do.) 
 
 Def ero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. 
 irr. (de & fero,) to bring, 
 (viz: doiun, or along;) to 
 convey; to proffer ; to con- 
 fer ; to give. 
 
 Deficiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Deficio, -iicere, -feci, -tectum, 
 
 tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to 
 
 fail; to abandon; to be 
 
 wanting.; to decrease; to be 
 
 eclipsed; to revolt. 
 
 Defleo, ere, evi, etum, (de & 
 fleo,) to deplore; to bewail; 
 to lament; to weep for. 
 
 Detluo, -iiuere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
 intr. (de & tiuo,) to flow 
 down. 
 
 Defodio, -fodere, -f odi, -fossum, 
 tr. (de & fodio, to dig 
 down;) to bury ; to inter. 
 
 Deformitas, atis, f. (deformis,) 
 deformity ; ugliness. 
 
 Defossus, a, um, part, (defodio.) 
 
 Defunctus, a, um, part, fin- 
 ished: defunctus or defunc- 
 tus vita, dead; from 
 
 Defungor, -fungi, -functus sum, 
 intr. de}). (de & fungor,) to 
 ' execute ; to perform ; to be 
 free from; to finish. 
 
 Degens, tis, part, from 
 
 Dego, degere, degi, tr. & intr. 
 
 (de & ago,) to lead; to live; 
 to dwell: degere aitatem, 
 to live. 
 
 Degusto, Tire, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & gusto,) to taste. 
 
 Deinde, adv. (de & inde,) thmi; 
 further ; after that; next. 
 
 Deiotarus, i, m. a man who 
 was made king of Galatia, 
 hy the Roman senate , by 
 the favor of Pompey. 
 
 Dejectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Dejicio,-jicere,-jeci, -jectum, tr. 
 (de & jacio,) to throw, or 
 cast doivn. 
 
 Delabor,-labi, lapsus sum, intr. 
 dep. (de & labor,) to fall; 
 to glide down; to flow. 
 
 Delatus, a, um, part, (defero,) 
 carried down; conferred. 
 
 Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & lacto,) to allure; to de- 
 light; to please. 
 
 Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo.) 
 
 Delendus, a, um, part, to be de- 
 stroyed; from 
 
 Deleo, ere, evi, etum,. tr. (de 
 & leo, to daub;) to extin- 
 guish; to destroy. 
 
 Delicife, arum, f. pi. (delicio,) 
 delights; diversions ; plea- 
 ■ sures. 
 
 Delictum, i, n. (delinquo.) a 
 neglect of duty ; a fault; 
 crime. 
 
 Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, 
 tr. (de &; lego,) to select; to 
 choose. 
 
 Delinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lic- 
 tum, tr. (de & linquo,) to 
 
222 
 
 DELPHICUS DEPULSO. 
 
 fail in duty ; to offend; to 
 do wrong. 
 
 Delphicus, a, um, adj. Delphic, 
 belonging to Delphi. 
 
 Delphi, orum, m. pi. a town of 
 Phocis, famous for the tem- 
 ple and oracle of Apollo. 
 
 Delphinus, i, m. a dolphin. 
 
 Delta, 93, f. a part of Egypt, 
 so called from its resem- 
 blance to the Greek letter 
 delta, ^. 
 
 Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu- 
 rify;) a temple; a shrine. 
 
 Delus or OS, i, f. an island in 
 the ^gean sea; the birth 
 place of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, 
 father of the elder Tarquin. 
 
 Demergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
 -mersum, tr. (de & mergo,) 
 to plunge ; to sink. 
 
 Demersus, a, um, part. 
 
 Demetrius, i, m. a Greek prop- 
 er name. 
 
 Demissus, a, um, part, cast 
 down; descending; from 
 
 Demitto,- mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to 
 send down; to let down; to 
 drop. 
 
 Democritus, i, m. a Grecian 
 philosopher, born at Abdera. 
 Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (de & monstro,) to point 
 out; to show; to demon- 
 strate ; to prove. 
 Demosthenes, is, m. the most 
 celebrated of the Athenian 
 orators. 
 Demum, adv. at length; not 
 
 till then ; at last ; only ; in 
 fine. 
 Deni, a3, a, dis. num. adj. pi. 
 
 every ten; ten; by tens. 
 Denique, adv. finally ; at last. 
 Dens, tis, m. a tooth. 
 Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 thick. 
 Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a 
 
 brave Roman soldier. 
 Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, 
 atum, tr. (de & nuntio,) 
 prop, to mcdce known; to 
 foreshow; to proclaim; to 
 declare ; to denounce. 
 Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, 
 tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to 
 feed upon; to eat up; to 
 feed. 
 Depingo, -pingere, -pinxi, -pic- 
 tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to 
 paint; to depict; to de- 
 scribe; to exhibit. 
 Deploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & ploro,) to deplorej to 
 weep for ; to mourn. 
 Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (de & pono,) to 
 lay down or aside. 
 Depopulatus, a, um, part, from 
 Depopulor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (de & popCdus,) to lay 
 waste. 
 Deporto, are, Tivi, atum, tr. (de 
 
 & porto,) to carry down. 
 Deprehendo, -prehendere,-pre- 
 hendi, -prehensum, tr. (de" 
 & prehendo,) to seize; ,io 
 catch; to detect. 
 Deprehensus, a, um, part. 
 Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
DESCENDO — DEVOLO. 
 
 223 
 
 freq. (de & pulso,) to push 
 away: to keep off; to repel. 
 
 Descendo, -sceiidere, -sceiidi, 
 -scensum, iiitr. (de & scan- 
 do,) to descend: in certa- 
 men descendere, to engage 
 in a contest : descenditur i 
 "imp. one descends ; we de- 
 scend; Id. 76, Note. 
 
 Describo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
 scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,) 
 prop, to write down; to de- 
 scribe; to divide; to order. 
 
 Desero, -serere, -semi, -sertum, 
 tr. (de & sero,) to desert ; to 
 forsake; to abandon: (op- 
 posite of sero, 238,3,479.) 
 
 Desertum, i, n. a desert; from 
 
 Desert us, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) deserted; waste; 
 desolate; desert. 
 
 Desiderium, i, n. (desidero, to 
 desire:) a longing for; a 
 desire; love; affection; re- 
 gret; grief. 
 
 Desiiio, siiiere, sivi, and sii 
 8itum, intr. (de & sino,) to 
 leave off'; to terminate; to 
 cease; to end; to renounce. 
 Note — An ace. after this 
 verb is governed by an in- 
 finitive understood. 
 
 Desperatus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. despaired of; past 
 hope; desperate; hopeless: 
 from 
 
 DespPro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (de & spero,) to despair: 
 Gr. 2;J8, 3, 479. 
 
 Desponsatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 p.esponso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 freq. (despondeo.) to pro- 
 mise in marriage; to be- 
 troth; to ctffance. 
 
 Destino, Tire, avi, atum, tr. 
 prop.^oj^x ; to destine ; to ap- 
 point; to resolve; to aim at. 
 
 Desum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. 
 (de & sum,) to be wanting; 
 238, 3, 479. 
 
 Deterior, adj. compar. (sup. 
 deterrimus, § 2G, 4,) worse. 
 
 Deterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
 (de & terreo,) to frighten 
 from; to deter. 
 
 Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (de & testor,) to call 
 to witness; to wish {as a 
 curse) : to deprecate; to de- 
 test. 
 
 Dctractus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Detrfiho, -trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 tum, tr. (de & tralio,) to 
 draw down or away; to 
 draw off; to take from. 
 
 Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,) 
 detriment; damage; harm; 
 loss. 
 
 Deus, i, m. Ood; a god. 
 
 Develio,-veliei€.-vexi,-vectum, 
 tr. (de & veho,) to carry 
 down, or a*vay. 
 
 Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping,; 
 inclining. 
 
 Devictus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Devinc'0,-vincere,-vioi-.-victum, 
 tr. (de & vinco,> to con* 
 qiier ; to subdue; to over- 
 come. 
 
 Devolo, Tire, avi, atiiu^i mXv. 
 (de & volo,) to fly d^y^i: 
 to fly away. 
 
224 
 
 DEVORO DILIGO. 
 
 Devoro. are, avi, atum. tr. (de 
 & voro,) to devour; to eat 
 up. 
 
 Devotus, a, um. part, from 
 
 Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo- 
 tum, tr. (de & voveo,) to 
 vow; to devote; to conse- 
 crate. 
 
 Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, 
 § 20, 3, adj. right; on the 
 right hand. 100^8. 
 
 Dextra, 3d. f. the right hand. 
 
 Diadema, atis, n. a diadem; a 
 white Jillet worn upon the 
 heads of kings. 
 
 Diagoras, ae, m. a Rhodian 
 who died of excessive joy, 
 hecause his three sons were 
 victorious at the Olympic 
 games. 
 
 Diana, se, f. the daughter of 
 Jupiter and Latona, and 
 sister of Apollo. 
 
 Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to con- 
 secrate ; to dedicate ; from 
 
 Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. 
 to say ; to name', to call. 
 
 Dictator, oris, m. a dictator ; 
 a chief magistrate, elected 
 on special occasions, and 
 vested with absolute author- 
 ity ; from 
 
 Difcto, are, avi, atum, freq. to 
 say often; to dictate. 
 
 Dictum, i, n, (dico,) a word; 
 an expression. 
 
 Diet us, a, um, part, (dico.) 
 
 Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. in 
 pi., a day ; in dies, daily ; 
 ecery day. 
 
 Differens, tis, adj. different; 
 differing; from 
 
 Differo, differre, distuli, dila- 
 tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & 
 fero,) to carry apart, or in 
 different directions ; to car- 
 ry up and down; to scat- 
 ter; to disperse; to spread 
 abroad; to publish; to de- 
 fer; to be different. 
 
 Diliicile, adv. (ius, lime,) diff,- 
 cidtly ; with diffculty ; from 
 
 Difficilis, e, adj. comp. (dis & 
 facilis,) difficult; 239, Obs. 
 1, hence, 487 9 2. 
 
 Difficultas, atis, f. difficidty; 
 trouble; poverty. 
 
 Digitus, i, m. a finger; a fin- 
 ger's breadth. 
 
 Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig- 
 nor,) vouchsafing ; thought 
 worthy. 
 
 Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig- 
 nity ; office; honor. 
 
 Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to think worthy; to vouch- 
 safe; to deign; from 
 
 Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) worthy. 
 
 Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. (dis 
 & lanio,) to tear or rend in 
 pieces. 
 
 Diligenter, ady. (ius issime,) 
 diligently; car ef idly; fr. 
 diligens. 
 
 Diligo,-ligere, -lexi.-lectum, tr. 
 
 (dis & lego,) to select ca/re- 
 
 fully; to esteem a thing for 
 
 its value; hence, to love. 
 
 See amo. 
 
DIMICATIO DISSERO. 
 
 225 
 
 Dimicatio, onis, f. a figld; a 
 contact; a battle; from 
 
 Diinico, are, avi, {or ui,) atiim, 
 intr, (dis & mico, to glit- 
 ter^ to fight: viz., with 
 swords gleaBiing: dimica- 
 tum est, a battle was 
 fought. 
 
 Dimissus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to 
 send away ; to dismiss; to 
 let go. 
 
 Diogenes, is, m. an eminent 
 Cynic philosopher, born at 
 Sinope, a city of Asia Mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian 
 warrior ; also, a cruel king 
 of Thrace. 
 
 Dionysius, i, m. the name of 
 two tyrants of Syracuse. 
 
 Dirempturus, a, um, part, (di- 
 rimo,) about to decide. 
 
 Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.) 
 
 Dirimo, -imere, -emi, -emptum, 
 tr. (dis & emo,) properly, 
 to take one thing from an- 
 other ; to divide; to part; 
 to separate; to decide. 
 
 Diripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
 tr. (dis & rapio,) to tear 
 asunder ; to rob ; to plunder; 
 to pillage ; to destroy. 
 
 Diruo, -ruere, -rui, -riitum, tr. 
 (dis & ruo,) to pull down ; 
 to overthrow; to raze; to 
 destroy. 
 
 Dirus, a, um, adj. frightful; 
 terrible; direful; ominous. 
 
 Dirutus, a, um, part, (diruo.) 1 
 
 Discedo,-cedere,-cessi, -cessum, 
 intr. (dis & cedo,) to go 
 away ; to depart. 
 
 Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, 
 cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,) 
 to tear asunder^ or in 
 piece^. 
 
 Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis- 
 cerpo.) 
 
 Discipulus, i, m. (disco^) a pu- 
 pil; a scholar. 
 
 Disco, discere, didici, tr. to 
 learn. 
 
 Discordia, re, f. (discors, dis & 
 cor,) discord; disagreement; 
 the Goddess Discord. 
 
 Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (id,) to differ in feeling ; to 
 be at variance; to differ. 
 
 Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, itum, 
 intr. (dis & crepo,) to dif- 
 fer in sound; to differ ; to 
 disagree. 
 
 Diserte, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 clearly; eloquently. 
 
 Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute; 
 a discourse; a discussion; 
 from 
 
 Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (dis & puto,) to be of oppo- 
 site sentiments; hence, to 
 disjnite; to discuss; to dis- 
 course. 
 
 Dissemino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (dis & semmo,) to spread 
 abroad; to scatter ; to pro- 
 mulgate. 
 
 Dissero, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
 tum, tr. (dis & sero, to 
 plait;) to unplait; 239, 
 to disentangle; hence, to 
 
226 
 
 DISSIDIUM DOMICILIUM. 
 
 explain; to discourse; to 
 reason; to debate; to say. 
 
 Dissidiuni, i, n. (dissideo,) a 
 disagreement ; a dissension. 
 
 Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. ^'2^, 
 1,) unlike; dissimilar; fr. 
 dis & similis. 220, 
 
 Distans, tis, part, (disto, ) stand- 
 ing asunder; diff eyeing ; 
 distant; being divided. 
 
 Distinguo, -stinguere, -stiiixi, 
 stinctum, tr. (di & stinguo,) 
 to distinguish, (viz: by 
 marks ;) to mark ; to adorn ; 
 to variegate; to spot; to 
 sprinkle. 
 
 Disto, strire, intr. (di & sto,) 
 intr. to stand apart; to be 
 distant; to be divided; to 
 differ. 
 
 DistribuOj-tribuere, -tribni, -tri- 
 bOtum, (dis & tribiio,) to 
 distribute; to divide. 
 
 Ditis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) rich. 
 
 Diu, adv. (utius, utissiiiic-,) 
 {dies,)long ; for a long time. 
 
 Diurnus, a, um, adj. (id.) daily. 
 
 Diutmus, a, um, adj. (diii,) 
 continual; long continued. 
 
 Diutiirnltas, atis, f. long con- 
 tinuance; duration; from 
 
 Diiiturnus; a, um, adj. (diu,) 
 long ; lasting ; ior, 224:, 
 
 Divello, -vellere, -velli, or vul- 
 si,-vulsum5 tr. (di & vello,) 
 to pidl asunder; to sepa- 
 rate ; to disjoin ; to tear off. 
 
 Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr. 
 diverto,) turned different 
 ways; diffevent. 
 
 Dives, itis, adj. nc/i; wealthly; 
 fertile ; fruitful. 
 
 Divido, dividere, divisi, di-vi- 
 sum, tr. (di & iduo, obsol. to 
 divide ;) to divide ; to sepa- 
 rate; to distribute. 
 
 Di villus, a, um. adj. (comp.) 
 divine; heavenly; fr. divus. 
 
 Divisus, a, um, part, (divido.) 
 
 Divitiae, arum, f. pi. (dives,) 
 riches; wecdth. 
 
 Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.) 
 
 Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to 
 give; to grant; to surren- 
 der: poenas, to suffer pun- 
 ishment: crimini, to impute 
 as a crime; to accuse -• tiiiem, 
 to terminate: nomeii, to 
 give name. 
 
 Doceo, ere, ui, tum, tr. to teach. 
 
 Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do- 
 cility ; teachableness. 
 
 Doctriiia, as, f. (doceo,) instruc- 
 tion; education; doctrine. 
 
 Doctus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. (doceo,) taught; 
 learned. 
 
 Dodoiia, £6, f. a town and for- 
 est of £p7rus, where were a 
 temple and oracle of Jupiter. 
 
 Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve; 
 to sorrow ; to be in pain. 
 
 Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain; 
 sorrow ; grief 
 
 Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; 
 a stratagem ; guile ; artifice. 
 
 Domesticus, a, um, adj. (do- 
 mus,) domestic. 
 
 Domicilium, i, u. (id.) a habi- 
 tation; a house; an abode. 
 
DOMINA ECCE. 
 
 227 
 
 Domina, se, f. (dominus,) a 
 mistress. 
 
 Dominatio, onis, f- govern- 
 ment, absolute power; do- 
 minion; usurpation; des- 
 potism: from 
 
 Dominus, i, m. (domus,) mas- 
 ter ; owner; lord. 
 
 Doiiiitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Domo, are, ui, itum, tr. to sidh 
 due ; to tame ; to overpower; 
 to conquer ; to vanquish. 
 
 Domus, us, & i, f. 93, 5, a 
 house : domi, at home : do- 
 mo, from home: domum, 
 home. 14:4:, 
 
 Donee, adv. until; as long as. 
 
 Dono, are, avi, atum, tr. (do- 
 num,) to give freely; to 
 present. 
 
 Donum, i, n. (do,) a free gift; 
 an offering ; a present. 
 
 Dormio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. to 
 sleep. 
 
 Dorsum, i, n. the hack. 
 
 Dos, dotis, f. a portion ; a dowry. 
 
 Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a 
 species of serpent. 
 
 Druidas, arum, m, pi.- Druids., 
 priests of the ancient Bri- 
 tons and Gauls 
 
 Dubitatio, onis, f. a doubt; hes- 
 itation; question: from 
 
 Dubito, are, avi, atum, intr, 
 (dubius,) to hesitate; to 
 doubt 
 
 Ducenti, «, a, num. adj. pi two 
 hundred. 
 
 Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to 
 lead; to conduct: uxorem, 
 to take a wife ; to marry : 
 
 exequias, to perform fune- 
 ral rites : murum, to build 
 a wall. 
 
 Ductus, a, um, part. led. 
 
 Duillius, i, m. (Caius,) a Io- 
 nian commander.^ who frst 
 conquered the Carthagini- 
 ans in a naval engagement. 
 
 Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 sweet; pleasant. 
 
 Dum, adv. &; <io\\y while; whilst; 
 as long as; until. 
 
 Duo, ae, o. num. adj. pi. 104, 3, 
 two. 203, 
 
 Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 (duo & decern,) twelve; 
 hence, 
 
 Duodeclmus, a, um, num. adj. 
 ord. the twelfth. 
 
 Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. 
 pi. (duo, de & viginti, 104, 
 1,) eighteen. 203, 
 
 Duritia, a?, & Durities, Gi, f. 
 hardness; from 
 
 Durus, a, mn, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) hard; severe; harsh; 
 unfavorable. 
 
 Dux, cis, c (duco,) a leader; a 
 guide; a commander. 
 
 E. 
 
 E, ex, prep, out of; from ; of; 
 
 among. 
 Ea. See Is. 
 Eb.bo, -bibere, -bibi, -bibitum, 
 
 tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up- 
 Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) 
 
 drunkenness. 
 Ebur, oris, n. ivory. 
 Ecce, int. See! lol behold! 
 
228 
 
 EDICO ELEUSINII. 
 
 Edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, 
 tr. (e & dico,) to proclaim ; 
 to announce ; to publish; to 
 order. 
 
 Edidi. See Edo. 
 
 Editus, a, um, part, published; 
 uttered; produced; from 
 
 Edo, -dere, "dldi, -ditum, tr. (e 
 & do,) to give out; to pub- 
 lisli; to cause; to occasion; 
 to produce ; to make : spec- 
 taculum edere, to give an 
 exhibition. 
 
 Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, 
 tr. irr. § 83, 9, to eat; to 
 co7isume. 4:31» 
 
 Educatus, a, mil, part, from 
 
 Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 dnco,) to bring up ; to edu- 
 cate; to instruct. 
 
 Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, 
 tr. (e & duco,) to lead forth ; 
 to bring forth ; to produce ; 
 to draw out. 
 
 Etficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to 
 make; to form; to cause; 
 to accomplish. 
 
 Effigies, lei, f. (effingo,) an 
 image; an effigy. 
 
 Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 flo,) to breathe out.- ani- 
 mam, to die; to expire. 
 
 Effugio, -fugere, -fugii -fugi- 
 tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,) 
 to fly from, to escape, to flee. 
 
 Effundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
 sum, tr, (e & fuudo,) to 
 pour out ; to spill; to dis- 
 charge ; to luaste ; to over- 
 flow; to extend or spread. 
 
 Effusus, a, um, ^loA, poured 
 
 out; wasted. 
 Egeria, se, f. a nymph of the 
 
 Aricinian grove^ and from 
 
 whom Numa professed to 
 
 receive instructions respect^ 
 
 ing religious rites. 
 Egero, -gercre, -gessi, -gestum, 
 
 tr. (e & gero,) to carry out ; 
 
 to cast forth; to throw out. 
 Egestus, a, um", part. 
 Egi. See Ago. 
 Ego, mei, subs. pro. 1; 231, 
 Egredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. (e & gradior,)^o go 
 
 out; to overflow; to go beyond. 
 Egregie, adv. in a distinguished 
 
 manner; excellently; fa- 
 mously; from 
 Egregius, a, um, adj. (e & grex,) 
 
 properly, chosen from the 
 
 flock ; hence, distinguished; 
 
 eminent; choice. 
 Egressus, a, mn, part, (egre- 
 dior.) 
 Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is 
 
 & modus,) such ; such like ; 
 
 of the same sort. 
 Elilbor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. 
 
 dep. (e & labor,) to glide 
 
 away ; to escape. 
 Elapsus, a, um, part, having 
 
 passed. 
 Elephantis, idis, f. aji island 
 
 and city in the southern 
 
 part of Egypt. 
 Elephantus, i, & Elephas, an- 
 
 tis, m. an elephant. 
 Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the Eleu- 
 
 sinians; the inhabitants of 
 
 Eleusis. 
 
ELBUSIS EPISTOLA. 
 
 229 
 
 Eleusis & -in, inis, f. a town 
 of Attica^ sacred to Ceres. 
 
 Elido, -lidere, -lisi, -llsum, tr. 
 (e &, libdo,) to strike oat ; to 
 dash in pieces ; to crush. 
 
 Eligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, tr. 
 (e & lego,) to pick out; to 
 choose; to select. 
 
 Eloqueris, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (eloquor,) eloquent. 
 
 Eloquentia, ie, f. (id.) elo- 
 quence. 
 
 Eloquor, -loqiii, -locutus sum, 
 tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to 
 speak out; to say; to de- 
 clare; to tell. 
 
 Eluceo, -lucere, -luxi, intr. (e 
 & luceo,) to shine forth. 
 
 Emergo,-mergere,-mersi,-mer- 
 sum, intr. (e & mergo,) to 
 emerge; to come out; to 
 rise up. 
 
 Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e & 
 mineo, obsol. to stand, or 
 appear above ; hence,) to be 
 eminent; to rise above; to 
 he consjncuous ; to be dis- 
 tinguished; to appear. 
 
 Emitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 • sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to 
 send forth ; to discharge. 
 
 Emo, emere, emi, emptura, tr. 
 primarily, to take : common- 
 ly, ^o buy; to purchase. 
 
 Emorior, -mori, or monri,-mor- 
 tuus sum, intr. dep. to die. 
 
 Emptus, a, um, part, (emo.) 
 
 Enascor,-nasci,-natus sum, intr. 
 dep. to spring from, Qv up; 
 to he horn; to arise* 
 
 Enatus, a, um, part, horn of. 
 
 Eneco,-necare,-uecavi or -nec- 
 ui,-necatum, tr. (e & neco,) 
 to kill (outright.) 
 
 Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 unnerve, or enervate; to en- 
 feeble; to weaken. 
 
 Enim, conj. for; but; truly; 
 indeed. 
 
 Enna, jb, f. a town of Sicily. 
 
 Ennius, i, m. a very ancient 
 Homan poet. 
 
 Enuntio, or -eio, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (e & nuntio, or -cio,) to 
 say, or tell out; to pro- 
 claim; to disclose; to di- 
 vidge. 
 
 Eo, Ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. § 83, 
 3, to go. 418. 
 
 E6, adv. (i. e. eoloco,)thither; 
 to that degree; to that 
 pitch; to that degree of 
 eminence. 
 
 Eous, i, m. the morning star. 
 
 Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the 
 eastern. 
 
 Epaminondas, fe, m. a distin- 
 guished Tlieban general. 
 
 Ephesus, i, m. a city on the 
 luestern coast of lonia,near 
 the river Cayster. 
 
 Ephialtes, is, a giant, the son 
 of Neptune, or of Aloeus^ 
 and brother of Otos. 
 
 Epimenides, is, m. a poet of 
 Gnossus, in Crete. 
 
 Epirus, i, f. a country in the 
 western part of Greece. 
 
 Epistola, ae, f. an epistle; a 
 letter. 
 
230 
 
 EPUL OR EUROPA. 
 
 Epulor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 
 dep. to feast; to feast upon; 
 
 to eat; from 
 Epulum, i, n. sing., & Epiilce, 
 
 arum, f. pi. a solemn feast ; 
 
 a banquet; a feast. ISO* 
 jEques, itis, m. (equus,) a 
 
 knight; a horseman: equi- 
 
 tes, pi. kniyhis ; horsemen; 
 
 cavalry. 
 Equidem, conj. (ego & qui- 
 
 dem,) indeed; I for my 
 
 part; (joined mostly with 
 
 verbs of the first person.) 
 lEquitatus, us, m. (equito,)cay- 
 
 alry. 
 Equus, i, m. a horse. 
 Eram, Ero, &c. tiee Sum, ^77. 
 Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.) 
 Erga, prep, towards. 
 Ergo, conj. therefore. 
 Erinaeeus, i, m. a hedgehog. 
 Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
 
 tr. (e & rapio,)to tear from; 
 
 to take from; to rescue; to 
 
 take away ; to deliver. 
 Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 wander; to err ; to stray; 
 
 to roam. 
 Erodo, -rodere, -rosi, -rosum, 
 
 tr. (e & rodo,) to gnaw 
 
 away; to consume; to eat 
 
 into. 
 Erudio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (e & 
 
 rudis,) to free from a rude 
 
 state; hence, to instruct; 
 
 to form; hence, 
 Eruditio, onis, f. instruction; 
 
 learning. 
 Eruditus, a, um, part, (erudio.) 
 Esse, Essem, &c. See Sum. 
 
 Esuriens, ti?, part, hungry; be- 
 ing hungry; from 
 
 Esurio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. to. 
 be hungry. 
 
 Et, conj. and; also; even: et 
 — et, both — and. 
 
 Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also; 
 especially; with an adjec- 
 tive or adverb in the com- 
 parative degree, even. 
 
 Etruria, ae, f. a country of 
 Italy ^ north and west of the 
 Tiber ; Tuscany. 
 
 Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peO' 
 pie of Etruria; the Tus- 
 cans or Etrurians. 
 
 Etruscus, a, um. adj. belonging 
 to Etruria; Tuscan or 
 Eitrurian. 
 
 Euboea, oe, f. o large island in 
 the JEgean sea,near Bceotia. 
 
 Eumenes, is, m. a general in 
 Alexander's army ; also, the 
 name of several kings of 
 Pergamus. 
 
 Euns, for iens, part, of eo. 
 
 Euphemus, i, m. the father of 
 Dcedalus. 
 
 Euphrates, is, m. a large river 
 which forms the westerrn 
 boundary of Mesopotamia. 
 
 Euripides, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian tragic poet. 
 
 EurTpus, i, m. a narrow strait 
 between Bceotia and Euboea, 
 
 Europa, a3,f. Europe^one of the 
 quarters of the earth, sup- 
 posed to have been named 
 from Europa, the daughter 
 of Agtnor, king of Phoe- 
 nicia. 
 
EUROTAS EXCOLO. 
 
 231 
 
 Eurotas, ae, m. a river of La- 
 conia^ near Sparta. 
 
 Euxlnus, i, m. from EvBstvog, 
 (hospitable,) (pontus,) the 
 Eaxine, now the Black Sea. 
 
 Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vastim, 
 tr. & intr. (e & vado,) to go 
 out; to escape ; to become. 
 
 Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (e & verto,) to 
 overturn; to destroy. 
 
 Eversus, a, um, part, over- 
 turned; destroyed. 
 
 Evoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 voco,) to call out; to sum- 
 mon; to implore. 
 
 Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e 
 & volo,) to jly out ov away. 
 
 Evomo, -vomC-re, -vomui, -vom- 
 itum, tr. (e & vomo,) to 
 vomit forth; to discharge. 
 
 Ex, prep, (before a vowel.) 
 See E. 
 
 Exactus, a, um, part, (exigo,) 
 banished; driven away. 
 
 Exaequo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & asquo,) to make equal; to 
 ejual. 
 
 Exanimo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & anima,) to deprive of life ; 
 to kill; to render lifeless. 
 
 Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, 
 intr. inc. to burn; to be- 
 come inflamed; to kindle; 
 to become excited; to be en- 
 raged: bellura exarsit, a 
 IV ar broke out. 
 
 Exa>pGro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex and aspero, to make 
 rough; fr. asper,) to exas- 
 perate; to incense. 
 
 Exca3C0, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & caucus,) to make 
 blind; to blind. 
 
 Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to 
 go forth or out; to depart; 
 tr. to exceed; to surpass ; to 
 go beyond. 
 
 Excello, -c'ellere, -cellui, -eel- 
 sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob- 
 sol. to move ;) to be high; — 
 to excel; to be eminent. 
 
 Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
 excelsior,) high; lofty. 
 
 Excidium, i, n. destruction; 
 
 ruin; from 
 
 Excido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (ex 
 & cado,) to fallout ovfrom; 
 tofcdl; to drop; to perish. 
 
 Excido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, 
 tr. (ex & ca^do,) to cut out; 
 to cut down; to hew out. 
 
 Exclsus, a, um, part. 
 
 Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to 
 take out; to except; to re- 
 ceive ; to support ; to follow ; 
 to succeed; to sustain. 
 
 Excitandus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Excito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (excieo,) to excite; to 
 awaken; to arouse; to stir 
 up. 
 
 Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & clamo,) to cry out; 
 to exclaim. 
 
 ExclQdo, -cludere, -clusi, -clu- 
 pum, tr. (ex & claudo ) to 
 shut out; to exclude; to 
 hatch. 
 
 Excolo, -colere, -colui, -cultum. 
 
232 
 
 EXCRUCIO EXPEDIO. 
 
 tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate : 
 to exercise. 
 
 Excrucio, are, iivi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & crucio,) to torture; 
 to torment; to trouble; § 91, 
 4. 480. 
 
 Excubias, Tirum, f. pi. (excubo,) 
 a guard; a watch; a senti- 
 nel; {generally by night.) 
 See vigilia & static. 
 
 Excusatio, onis, f. (excuso,) 
 an excusing; an excuse; 
 an apology. 
 
 Exedo, -edere & esse, -edi, 
 -esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo, 
 § 83, 9,) to eat; to eat up ; 
 to dccour. 4:31» 480, 
 
 Exempliim, i, n. an example ; 
 an instance. 
 
 Exequise. See Exsequiae. 
 
 Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (ex 
 & arceo,) to exercise; to 
 train; to discipline; to 
 practice: agrum, to culti- 
 vate the earth. 
 
 Exercitus, us, m. ayi army ; (a 
 body of disciplined troops.) 
 
 Exhaurio, -baurire, -bausi, 
 -baustum, tr. (ex & bau- 
 rio,) to draw out; to ex- 
 haust; to drain; to wear 
 out; to impoverish. 
 
 Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (ex & ago,) to drive away ; 
 to banish. 
 
 Exiguus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 little; small; scanty; see 
 parvus. 
 
 Exibs, e, adj. (exibor, § 26, 1,) 
 slender; small; thin. 
 
 Exibum, and Exsilium, i, n. 
 
 (ex & sobim,) exile; hau" 
 
 ishment. 
 Eximie, adv. remarkably ; very-, 
 
 from 
 Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,) 
 
 extraordinary ; remarkable. 
 Existimatio, onis, f. opinion; 
 
 reputation; respect; from 
 Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (ex & gestimo,) to judge, ov 
 
 think; to imagine; to sup" 
 
 pose. 
 Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly 
 
 issue; end: usually destruc~ 
 
 tion; ruin. 
 Exitus, us, m. (id.) an exit; 
 
 the event; the issue; an 
 
 outlet. 
 Exoratus, a, um, part, (exoro,) 
 
 entreated; influenced; in" 
 
 duced. 
 Exorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, intr. 
 
 dep. (ex & orior,) to rise 
 
 up, or out of; to arise; to 
 
 appear. 
 Exorno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 
 & orno,) to adorn; to 
 
 deck. 
 Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 
 <fe oro,) to entreat or beseech 
 
 earnestly. 238, 4, 480, 
 Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,) 
 
 risen; having arisen. 
 Expecto, or -specto, are, avi, 
 
 atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to 
 
 look for ; to wait for. 
 Expedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
 
 & pes,) properly to take the 
 
 foot out of confinement; 
 
 hence, to free ; to extricate ; 
 
 to expedite: expedit, imp. 
 
\ 
 
 EXPEDITIO EXTORQUEO. 
 
 233 
 
 it is Jit; if is expedient} 
 hence, 
 
 Expeditio, onis, f. an expedition. 
 
 Expello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- 
 sura, tr. (ex & pello,) to 
 drive out; to expel; to ban- 
 ish. 
 
 Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,) 
 having no part in; hence, 
 without; devoid; void of; 
 destitute of. 
 
 Expeto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
 & peto,) to ash ; to demand; 
 to strive after ; to seek ear- 
 nestly. 
 
 Expio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & pio,) to free from thepol- 
 luUon of some crime or of- 
 fence; to expiate; to ap- 
 pease. 
 
 Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex 
 & pleo,) to fill up; to fill 
 full. 
 
 Explico, are, avi, & ui, atum, 
 & itum, tr. (ex & plico,) to 
 unfold; to spread; to ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Explorator, oris, m. (explore,) 
 a spy ; a scout, 
 
 Expoho, ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (ex & 
 polio,) to polish; to adorn; 
 to improve; to finish. 238,4. 
 
 Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set 
 forth; to expose; to explain. 
 
 Exprobro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex&probrum.) to upbraid; 
 to blame ; to reproach ; to 
 cast in one's teeth. 
 
 Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & pugno,) to take by 
 
 assaidt; to conquer; to van- 
 quish ; to subdue ; to fake by 
 storm. 238, 4, 480. 
 
 Expulsus,a,um, part, (expello.) 
 
 Exsequioe, arum, f. pi. (exse- 
 qiior,) funeral rites. 
 
 Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii & ui, 
 intr. (ex & salio,) to spring 
 up or out; to leap forth. 
 
 Exspiro, or ExjDlro, are, avi, 
 atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to 
 breathe forth ; to expire; to 
 die. 
 
 Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, 
 um, part, dead; from 
 
 Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
 -stinctum, tr. (ex & stin- 
 guo,) to extinguish; to kill; 
 to put to death ; to destroy. 
 
 Exstructus, or Extructus, a, 
 um, part, from 
 
 Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere, 
 -struxi, -structum, tr. (ex & 
 struo,) to build, or pile up ; 
 to construct. 
 
 Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
 -surrectum, mtr. (ex & 
 surgo,) to rise up; to arise; 
 to sivell; to surge. 
 
 Exter, or Exterus, a, um, adj. 
 (exterior, extimus or ex- 
 tremus, § 26, 2,) foreign; 
 strange; outward. f^22» 
 
 Exto, extare, extiti, intr. (ex & 
 sto,) to stand out or forth; 
 usually, to be; to remain; 
 to be extant. 
 
 Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, 
 -tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,) 
 to extort; to wrest from ; to 
 obtain by force. 
 
234 
 
 EXTRA FAMILTARITAS. 
 
 Extra, prep, (for extera, scil. 
 parte,) beyond; without; 
 except. 
 
 Extractus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Extnilio, -trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to 
 draw out; to extract; to 
 extricate; to free; to res- 
 cue; to liberate. 
 
 Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 exterus,) extreme; the last; 
 the farthest. 
 
 F. 
 
 Faba, as, f. a bean. 
 
 Fabius, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious Roman family. 
 
 Fabricius, i, m. a Roman, dis- 
 tinguished for his integrity. 
 
 Fabrico. are, avi, atum, tr. (fa- 
 ber,) to make; to forge; to 
 manufacture. 
 
 Fabula, k, f. (fari,) a story; 
 a fable; a tradition; a 
 play. 
 
 Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (fabula,) fabulous. 
 
 Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa- 
 cio. 
 
 Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) 
 
 Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face ; 
 appearance. 
 
 Facile, adv. (ius, lime,) easi- 
 ly ; willingly; clearly; un- 
 doubtedly; from 
 
 Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp. 
 § 26, 1,) easy. 220.^ 
 
 Facinu^, oris, n. any action; a, 
 bold deed; a crime; an ex- 
 ploit; from 
 
 Facio, facere, feci, factum, 
 tr. to do; to make; to val" 
 ue: {spoken of individual 
 things:) facere iter, to 
 travel: male facere, to in- 
 jure; to hurt: sacra face- 
 re, to offer sacrifice: face- 
 re pluris, to value higher'. 
 certiorem, to inform: fac, 
 take care; cause; hence, 
 
 Factum, i, n. an action; a 
 deed. 
 
 Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.) 
 
 Factus, a, um, part, (facio,) 
 made; done: facta obvi- 
 ^m, meeting: pr^eda facta, 
 booty having been taken. 
 
 Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) eloquent; from 
 fari. 
 
 Falerii, orum, m. pi. a town 
 of Etruria. 
 
 Falernus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Campania, famous for its 
 wine. 
 
 Falemus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Falernus ; Falernian. 
 
 Falisci, orum, m. pi. tlie inhab^ 
 itants of Falerii. 
 
 Fama, se, f. fame; reputation.; 
 report. 
 
 Famelicus, a, um, adj. hungry; 
 famished; from 
 
 Fames, is, f. hunger; famine. 
 
 Familia, ag, f (famulus,) a 
 family; servants; hence, 
 
 Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of 
 the same family ; familiar; 
 hence, 
 
 Familiaritas, atis, i. friendship; 
 intimacy; confidence. 
 
\ 
 
 FAMILIARITER FEROX. 
 
 235 
 
 Famillariter, adv. (ins, issi- 
 me,) (id.) familiarly ; on 
 terms of intimacy. 
 
 Faraijla, as, f. (famulus, a serv- 
 ant;) a maid; a female 
 servant or slave. 
 
 Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by 
 the laws of religion or of 
 God:) a lawful tiling. 
 
 Fascis, is, m. a bundle ; a fag- 
 ot: fasces, pi. bundles of 
 birchen rods, carried before 
 the Roman magistrates, 
 with an axe bound up in 
 the middle of them. 
 
 Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) /a^a/; 
 ordained by fate. 
 
 Fateov, fateri, fassus sum, tr. 
 dep. to confess. \ 
 
 Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum 
 & dico,) prophetic. 
 
 Fatigatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Fatlgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 weary. 
 
 Fatum, i, n. (for, i. e. a thing 
 declared or determined;) 
 fate; destiny: fata, pi. the 
 fates. 
 
 Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in 
 the sing. 96, 10, 182,) the 
 throat: pi. fauces, the 
 throat; the jaws; the straits. 
 
 Faustulus, i, m. the shepherd 
 by whom Romulus and Re- 
 mus were brought up. 
 
 Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, 
 intr. to favor ; hence. 
 
 Favor, oris, m. favor; good 
 ivill; partiality; applause. 
 
 Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, from 
 ferveo,) a fever. 
 11 
 
 Feci. See Facio. 
 
 Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) fell- 
 city; good fortune; happi^ 
 ness. 
 
 Feliciter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 fortunately; successfully; 
 happily, 
 
 Felis, is, f. a cat. 
 
 Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 happy; fortunate; fruit- 
 ful; fertile; opulent; aus- 
 picious ; favorable. 
 
 Femina, ae, f. a female; a wo- 
 man. 
 
 Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi- 
 na,) female ; feminine ; 
 pertaining to females. 
 
 Fera, ae, f. a wild beast. 
 
 Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 (fero,) fruitful; produc- 
 tive ; fertile ; abounding in. 
 
 Fere, adv. almost; nearly; 
 about', fere nullus, scarcely 
 any one. 
 
 Ferens, tis, part, (fero.) 
 
 Ferinus, a, um, adj. (lera,) of 
 wild beasts. 
 
 Ferio, ire, tr. to strike, or 
 beat. 
 
 Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 
 to bear; to carry; to relate; 
 to bring ; to produce : ferre 
 manum, to stretch forth ; to 
 extend: ferunt, they say, 
 
 Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass, to 
 be carried; to flow ; to move 
 rapidly ; to fly : fertur, imp. 
 it is said; hence, 
 
 Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 wild; fierce; savage; fero- 
 cious. 
 
236 
 
 FERREUS FLAGRO. 
 
 Ferreus, a, um, adj. iron; ob- 
 durate; from 
 Ferrum, i, n. iron; a sword; 
 
 a Jcnife. 
 Fertilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus, 
 
 (fero,) fertile; fruitful; 
 
 hence, 
 Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility; 
 
 richness ; fruitfulness. 
 Ferula, se, f. (t'erio,) a staff; a 
 
 reed. 
 Ferus, a, um, adj. wild; rude; 
 
 uncultivated ; uncivilized; 
 
 savage, 
 Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. 
 
 to boil; to seethe; to foam ; 
 
 to be hot; to glow. 
 Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) 
 
 weary; tired; fatigued. 
 Festum, i, n. a feast; from 
 Festus, a, um, adj. festive; 
 
 joyful; merry, 
 Fieus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a 
 
 Fidelis, e, adj. (comp.) faith- 
 ful; from 
 
 Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith: 
 in fidem, in confirmation: 
 in fidem accipere, to re- 
 ceive under one's protec- 
 tion. 
 
 Figo, iigere, fixi, fixum, tr. to 
 fix; to fasten. \_S7» 
 
 Filia, 33, f. 61, 4; a daughter. 
 
 Filius, i, m. § 10, Exc. 5; a 
 son. OS* 
 
 Filum, i, n. a thread. 
 
 Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. 
 to split; to cleave. 
 
 Fingens, tls, part, feigning; 
 pretending; from 
 
 Fingo, iingere, finxi, fictum, 
 tr. to form ; to make ; to de- 
 vise; to pretend; to feign. 
 
 Finio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to end; 
 to finish; to terminate; 
 from 
 
 Finis, is, d. the end; a bound- 
 ary ; a limit: fines, m. pi. 
 the limits of a country^ &c. 
 
 Finltus, a, um, part, (finio.) 
 
 Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) 
 neighboring. 
 
 Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. jDass- 
 § 83, 8; (facio,) to be 
 made; to become; to hap- 
 pen: fit, it happens: fac- 
 tum est, it happened ; it 
 came to pass. 420 • 
 
 Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) 
 
 Firmiter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 {"^rmus,) firmly ; securely. 
 
 Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make firm ; to confirm ; to 
 establish; from 
 
 Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 firm; strong; secure. 
 
 Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) 
 
 Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) 
 fixed; permanent. 
 
 Flagello, are, avi, atum, ir. to 
 whip; to scourge; to lash. 
 
 Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) shameful; infa- 
 mous; outrageous ; from 
 
 Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- 
 tion; ati outrage; a crime; 
 a dishonor ; villainy. 
 
 Flagro, are, avi, alum, intr. 
 to burn; to be on fire: to 
 suffer ; to be oppressed: to 
 be violent. 
 
FLAMINIUS — FOSSA. 
 
 237 
 
 Flaminius, i. m. a Roman. 
 Flavus, a, um, adj. yellow, 
 Flamma, ae, f. a flame. 
 Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, 
 
 tr. to bend; to boio ; to turn; 
 
 to move; to prevail upon. 
 Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & intr. 
 
 to 'weep ; to lament. 
 Fletus, us, m. weeping; fears. 
 Flevo, onis, m. a lake near the 
 
 mouth of the Rhine, now 
 
 the Zwjder Zee. 
 Flexus, a, um, part, (flecto,) 
 
 bent; changed; turned. 
 Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to 
 
 bloom; to blossom; to flour- 
 ish; to be distinguished. 
 F]o3, floris, m. a floiver; a 
 
 blossom. 
 Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave. 
 Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, intr. 
 
 to flow ; hence, 
 Fluvius, i, m. properly, a 
 
 river. 
 Flume n, mis, n. (fluo,) an 
 
 abundant flowing; viz., of 
 
 waters, or of any thing 
 
 else; as, flumen verborum 
 
 orationis. Cic. Usually, a 
 
 river. 
 Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, 
 
 ir. to dig; to pierce; to 
 
 bore. 
 Fcecunditas, atis, f. fruitful- 
 
 ness; from 
 Foecundus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 
 slmus,) fruitful; fertile. 
 Fcedus, eris, n. a league; a 
 
 trcotg. 
 Folmm, i, n. a leaf. 
 
 Fons, lis, m. a fountain ; a 
 source ; a spring. 
 
 Forem, def. verb, § 84, o ; 
 would or should be; fore, 
 to be about to be; it would 
 or will come to pass. 
 
 Foris, adv. abroad. 
 
 Forma, ae, f. a form; shape; 
 figure; beauty. 
 
 Formica, oe, f. an ant. 
 
 Formldo, mis, f. fear; dread; 
 terror; hence, 
 
 Formidoiosus, a, um, adj. 
 (comp.) fearful; timorous, 
 
 Formositas, atis, f. beauty; eh' 
 gance ; from 
 
 Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) beautiful; hand- 
 some; from forma. 
 
 Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance; for- 
 tune. 
 
 Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps ; 
 (applied to what may hap- 
 pen.) 
 
 Forte, adv. (abl fr. fors,) acci- 
 dentally; by chance; (ap- 
 plied to what did happen.) 
 
 Fortis, e, adj» (ior, issimus,) 
 bold; brave; courageous. 
 
 Fortiter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 bravely ; from fortis. 
 
 Fortitudo, inis, f. (fortis,) bold- 
 ness; bravery. 
 
 Fortuna, se, f. (fors,) fortune; 
 chance. 
 
 Forum, i, n. the marhet-place ; 
 the forum; the court of jus- 
 tice. 
 
 Fossa, se, f. (fodio,) a ditch; a 
 trench; a moat. 
 
238 
 
 FOVEA FUNESTUS. 
 
 Fovea, as, f. a pit. 
 
 Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr. 
 
 to keep warm; to cherish. 
 Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.) 
 Fragilis, e, adj. (frango,) frail; 
 
 perishable. 
 Fragilitas, atis, f. (fragilis,) 
 
 frailty; weakness. 
 Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a 
 
 fragment; apiece. 
 Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- 
 
 tum, tr. to break; to break 
 
 in pieces; to weaken; to 
 
 destroy. 
 Frater, tris, m. a brother. 
 Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. 
 
 comp. (fraus,) fraudulent ; 
 
 deceitful; treacherous. 
 Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) frequent ; numerous. 
 Fretum, i, n. a strait ; a sea. 
 Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum & 
 
 fricatum, tr. to rub. 
 Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) cold; from 
 Frigus, oris, n. cold. 
 Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a 
 
 tree ; a branch with leaves. 
 Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; 
 
 enjoyment: hence, fruit; 
 
 produce; advantage. 
 Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. 
 
 scarcely used,) properly 
 
 all that the earth produces 
 
 for our subsistence; corn; 
 
 fruges, um, pi. fruits; the 
 
 various kinds of corn. 
 Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corn; 
 
 wheat. 
 Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus, 
 
 intr. dep. to enjoy. 
 
 Frustra, adv. (frudo, id. ac 
 
 fraudo,) in vain; to no 
 
 purpose. 
 Frustratus, a, um, part, from 
 Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. 
 
 (frustra,) to frustrate; to 
 
 deceive. 
 Frutex, icis, m. a shrub; a bush. 
 Fuga, ae, f. a flight. 
 Fugax, acis, adj. (acior, acissi- 
 
 mus,) swift ; fleeting ; from 
 
 fugio. 
 Fugiens, tis, part, from 
 Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, 
 
 intr. & tr. to fly ; to escape ; 
 
 to avoid; to flee; to flee 
 
 from. 
 Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to put 
 
 to flight; to drive off; to 
 
 chase. 
 Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. 
 Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to 
 
 shine. 
 Fullgo, inis, f. (fumus,) soot. 
 Fullo, onis, m. a fuller. 
 Fulmen, mis, n. (i. e. fulgi- 
 
 men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder; 
 
 a thunderbolt; lightning. 
 Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. 
 Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from 
 
 the foundation ; utterly, 
 Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, tr. 
 
 to pour out: lacrymas, to 
 
 shed tears: liostes, to scat- 
 ter; to rout; to discomfit. 
 Fundus, i, m. the bottom of any 
 
 thing: ahoafarm; afield; 
 
 imus fundus, the very bot- 
 tom. 
 Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 
 simus,) (funus,) polluted by 
 
FUNG OR GENITUS. 
 
 239 
 
 a dead hody; fatal; de- 
 structive. 
 
 Fungor" fungi, functus, sura, 
 intr. dep- to j^erform or dis- 
 charge an office; to do; to 
 execute: fa to, to die. 
 
 Funis, i.^, d. a rope ; a cable. 
 
 Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu- 
 ller cd obsequies. 
 
 Fur, furis, e. a thief. 
 
 Furcula, a?, f. dim. (furca,) a 
 little fork: Furculaj Cau- 
 dinse, the name of a narroio 
 defile in the country of the 
 Hirplni, in Italy ^ where the 
 Romans were defeated by 
 the Samnites. 
 
 Furiosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 furious ; mad; from iuro. 
 
 Furius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans. 
 
 Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) 
 
 Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,) 
 • about to be; future, 
 
 G. 
 
 Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of 
 an island and town in 
 Spain., near the straits of 
 Gibrcdtar, now Cadiz. 
 
 Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of 
 Gades or Cadiz: fretum 
 Gaditanum, the straits of 
 Gibraltar. 
 
 Galatia, a?, f. « country in the 
 interior of Asia Minor. 
 
 Gallia, oe, f. Gaul^ now France. 
 
 Gaili;i3, pi. the divisions of. 
 Gaul. 1 
 
 Gallicus, a, um, adj, belonging 
 to Gaul; Gallic. 
 
 Gallina, se, f. a hen. 
 
 Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. 
 
 Gallus, i, m. a cock. 
 
 Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of 
 Gallia ; a Gaid; also a cog- 
 nomen of several Romans. 
 
 Ganges, is, m. the name of a 
 large river in India. 
 
 Garumna, ae, f. the Garonne, a 
 river of Aquitania. 
 
 Gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, 
 n. pass. § 78 ; to rejoice / 
 312, to be pleased with. 
 
 Gaudium, i, n.joy; gladness. 
 
 Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau- 
 deo.) rejoicing; having re- 
 joiced. 
 
 Geminus, a, um, adj. double; 
 gemiui lilii, twin sons. 
 
 Gemitus, us, m. (gemo,) a 
 groan; a sigh. 
 
 Gemmatus, a, um, part, adorn- 
 ed with gems ; gemmed; glit^ 
 tering; from 
 
 Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (gemma,) to adorn with 
 gems. 
 
 Gener, generi, m. a son-in-law, 
 
 Genero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ge- 
 nus,) to beget; to produce. 
 
 Generositas, atis, nobleness of 
 mind; magnanimity ; from 
 
 Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) (genus,) noble; 
 spirited; brave; generous; 
 fruitful; fertile. 
 
 Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,) 
 born; produced. 
 
240 
 
 GENS GRASS OR. 
 
 Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe; 
 a family ; a clan. 
 
 Genui. See Gigiio. 
 
 Genus, eris, n. a race ; a fam- 
 ily ; a sort or kind. 
 
 Geometria, ae, f. geometry. 
 
 Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) hear- 
 ing ; conducting. 
 
 Germanns, i, m. « German; an 
 inhahitant of Germany. 
 
 Germania, £e, f. Germany. 
 
 Germanicus, a, um, adj. Ger- 
 man; of Germany. 
 
 Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, 
 tr. to hear ; to carry; (viz: 
 a load or hurden ;) to do ; to 
 conduct or manage; (spo- 
 ken of one who has the 
 charge ; see ago and facio ;) 
 res eas gessit, 'performed 
 such exploits: odium, to 
 hate: onus, to hear a hur- 
 den: beUum, to ivage or 
 carry on war. 
 
 Geryon, is, m, a giant who was 
 slain by Hercides, and whose 
 oxen were driven into Greece 
 
 Gestans, tis, part, from 
 
 Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (gero,) to hear; to carry 
 about. 
 
 Gestus, a, um, part, borne ; per- 
 formed: res gestee, see Res. 
 
 Getse, arum, m. pi. a savage 
 people of Dacia, north of 
 the Danuhe. 
 
 Gigas, antis, m. a giant. 
 
 Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- 
 tum, tr. to beget; to bring 
 forth; to bear; to produce. 
 
 Glaber, bra, brum, adj. (bri- 
 
 or, berrimus,) bald; hare; 
 smooth. 
 
 Glaciahs, e, adj. icy ; freezing ; 
 from 
 
 Glacies, ei, f. ice. 
 
 Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a 
 gladiator. 
 
 Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. he- 
 longing to a gladiator ; gla- 
 diatorial; from 
 
 Gladius, i, m. a sword. 
 
 Glans, dis, f. mast; an acorn. 
 
 Glisco, ere, intr. to increase. 
 
 Gloria, £6, f. glory; fame. 
 
 Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to boast. 
 
 Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 active; industrious. 
 
 Gorgias, £e, m. a celebrated 
 sojjhist and orator. 
 
 Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, Iimus, 
 § 26, 1,) slender; lean; 
 delicate. 220* 
 
 Gracchus, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious Roman family. 
 
 Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, 
 intr. dep. to go ; to walk ; fr. 
 
 Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair. 
 
 Graecia, 2d, f. Greece. 
 
 Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; 
 Greek: — subs, a Greek. 
 
 Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 large ; great ; {in a higher 
 sense than maG;nus.) 
 
 Granicus, i, m. a river of My- 
 sia, emptying into the Pro- 
 pontis. 
 
 Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. freq. (gradior,) to ad- 
 vance; to march; to pro- 
 ceed; to make an attack. 
 
GRATES HANXIBAL. 
 
 241 
 
 Grates, def. f. pi. (gratus,) 
 thanks: ac^iire grates, to 
 tkanl: § 18, 12. 182. 
 
 Gratia, a^, f. (gratus,) grace; 
 favor; thanks; return; re- 
 quital; gratitude: liabere, 
 to feel indehted or obliged ; 
 to be grateful: in gratiam, 
 in favor of: grsdia, for the 
 sake. 
 
 Gratulatus, a, um, part, having 
 congratulated; from 
 
 Gratulor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to congratulate ; from 
 
 Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) acceptable ; pleasing; 
 grateful. 
 
 Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 heavy; severe; great: grave; 
 
 , important; violent; noxious; 
 unwholesome: gravis som- 
 nus, sound sleep ; hence, 
 
 Gravitas, atis, f. heaviness; 
 gravity; iveight. 
 
 Graviter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 hardly; heavily; grievous- 
 ly; severely; tr mu gravis. 
 
 Gravo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gra- 
 vis,) to load; to oppress; 
 to burden. 
 
 Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in 
 herds. 
 
 Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a 
 step; apace; a gait. 
 
 Grex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; 
 a company. 
 
 Gi'us, gruis, c. a crane. 
 
 Gubernator, oris, m. (guberno, 
 to govern;^ a pilot; a ruler. 
 
 Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy- 
 clndes. 
 
 21 
 
 Gyges, is, m. a rich king of 
 Lydia. 
 
 Gymnosophistee, arum, m. 
 Gymnosophists ; a sect of 
 Indian philosopJiers. 
 
 H. 
 
 Habens, lis, part, from 
 
 Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
 have; to possess; to hold; 
 to esteem; to suppose; to 
 take: habere consilium, to 
 deliberate. 
 
 Habito, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 intr. to inhabit; to dwell. 
 
 Habiturus, a, um, part, (ha- 
 beo.) 
 
 Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.) 
 
 Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) habit; 
 form; dress; attire; man- 
 gier. 
 
 Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,) 
 hitherto; thus far. 
 
 Hadrianus, i, m. Adrian^ the 
 fifteenth emperor of Rome. 
 
 HEemus, i, m. a mountain of 
 TJirace, from whose top, 
 both the Euxine and Adri- 
 atic seas can be seen. 
 
 Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f. 
 the halcyon or kingfisher. 
 See Alcyone. 
 
 Halicarnassus^ i, f. a maritime 
 city of Caria, the birth- 
 place of Herodotus. 
 
 Hamilcar, aris, m. a Cartha- 
 ginian genercd. 
 
 Hannibal, alis, m. a brave Car- 
 thaginian general, the son 
 of Hamilcar. 
 
242 
 
 HANNO — HESPERUS. 
 
 Hanno, onis, m. a Carthagin- 
 ian general. 
 
 Harmonia, se, f. the wife of 
 Cadmus, and daughter of 
 Mars and Venus. 
 
 Harpyice, arum, f. pi. the Har- 
 pies ; winged monsters, hav- 
 ing the faces of women, and 
 the bodies of vultures. 
 
 Haruspex, icis, m. (haruga & 
 specie,) a soothsayer ; a di- 
 viner ; one who pretended 
 to a knowledge of future 
 events from inspecting the 
 entrails of victims. 
 
 Hasdriibal, Tilis, m. a Cartha- 
 ginian general, the brother 
 of Hannibal. 
 
 Hasta, ie, f. a spear; a lance. 
 
 Haud, adv. not. 
 
 Haurio, haurire, hausi, haus- 
 tum, tr. to draw out; to 
 drink; to swallow. 
 
 Haustus, us, m. (id.) a draught. 
 
 Hebes, etis, adj. (comp.) blunt; 
 obtuse; dim. 
 
 Hebesco, ere, intr. inc, (hebeo,) 
 to grow blu7ity dim, or 
 dull. 
 
 Hebrus, i, m. a large river of 
 Tlirace. 
 
 Hecuba, £e, f. the wife of Pri- 
 am, king of Troy. 
 
 Hedera, se, f. ivy. 
 
 Hegesias, 2d, m. an eloquent 
 philosopher of Cyrme. 
 
 Helena, ae, f. Helen, the daugh- 
 ter of Jupiter and Leda, 
 and wif. of 3Ienelaus. 
 
 Helicon, onis, m. a mountain 
 of Boeotia, near Parnassus^ 
 
 and sacred to Apollo and 
 the Muses. 
 
 Helvetia, aj, f. a country in 
 the eastern part of Gaui^ 
 now Switzerland. 
 
 Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Heke^ 
 tians ;' the i?iliabitants of 
 Helvetia. 
 
 Helleborum, i, n. or Hellebo- 
 rus, i, m. the herb helle- 
 bore. 
 
 Hellespontus, i. m. a strait be- 
 ticeen Thrace and Asia 
 Minor, now called the Dar- 
 danelles. 
 
 Heraclea, £e, f. the name of 
 several cities in Magna 
 GrcBcia, in Pontus, in Sy-^ 
 ria, &c. 
 
 Herba, ae, f. an herb; grass; 
 hence, 
 
 Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 grassy; full of herbs or 
 grass. 
 
 Hercilles, is, m. a celebrated 
 hero, son of Jupiter and 
 Alcmena. 
 
 Hercynius, a, um, adj. Hercy- 
 nian: Hercynia sylva, a 
 large forest in Germany^ 
 now the Black Forest. 
 
 Heres or Hseres, edis, c an 
 heir. 
 
 Herennms, i, m. a general of 
 the Samnite^s. 
 
 Hero, us, (§ 15, 13,) f. a priest- 
 ess of Venus, who resided 
 at Sestos, and who was be^ 
 loved by Leander, a youth 
 of Abydos. ISO* 
 
 Hesperus, i, m. a son of lape^ 
 
HEU HORRIDUS. 
 
 243 
 
 tus, who settled in Tfahj, 
 and from whom that coun- 
 try ivas called Hesperia; 
 aUo the evening star. 
 
 Heu ! int. cdas ! ah 1 
 
 Hians, tis, part, (hio.) 
 
 Hiatus, us, m. (hio,)" an open- 
 ing; a chasm; an aperture. 
 
 Hibernlcus, a, urn, adj. Irish; 
 (probably from Hiherna, 
 the winter quarters of the 
 Roman soldiers.) 
 
 Ilibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems,) 
 of winter ; wintry. 
 
 Hie, adv. here ; in this place. 
 
 Hie, hcec, hoc, pro. § 31, 1, 
 this; he; she, &c. 230 » 
 
 Hiempsal, alis, m. a king of 
 Numidia. 
 
 Hiems, emis, f. ivinter. 
 
 Hiero, onis, m. tyrant of Syra- 
 'cuse. 
 
 Hierosolyma, se, f. & Hierosoly- 
 ma, orura, n. pi. Jerusalem, 
 the capital of Judea. 
 
 Hinc, adv. hence ; from hence ; 
 from this ; from this time. 
 
 Hinnio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. to 
 neigh; hence, 
 
 Hinuitus, u^, m. a neighing. 
 
 Hinnuleus, i, m. (liinnus,) a 
 fawn. 
 
 Hio, are, avi, atum, intr. gape ; 
 to yawn ; to open the mouth; 
 to long for. 
 
 Hipi^arehiis, i, m. the son of 
 PtMstratus, a tyrant of 
 Athens. 
 
 Hippolytus, i, m. the son of 
 Theseus. 
 
 Hippomenes, is, m. the son of 
 
 Megareus, and husband of 
 
 Atalanta. 
 Hippopotamus, i, m. the hippO' 
 
 potanius or river-horse. 
 Hispania, ce, f. Spain. 
 Hispanus, a, um, adj. Spanish. 
 
 subs. m. a Spaniard. 
 Hodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) tO' 
 
 day; at this time; now-a- 
 
 days. 
 Hodieque, (for hodie quoque,) 
 
 adv. to this day; to this 
 
 time. 
 Hoedus, i, m. a hid; a young 
 
 goat. 
 Homerus, i, m. Homer, the most 
 
 ancient and illustrious of 
 
 the Greek poets. 
 Horaofinis, c. (humus,) a man; 
 
 a person ; one. 
 Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir* 
 
 tue; dignity; from 
 Honestus, a, um, adj. honora- 
 ble; noble; from 
 Honor & -os, oris, m. honor; re- 
 spect; an honor ; an office. 
 Honorifice, adv. (centiiis, cen- 
 
 tissime, from honorificus, 
 
 §26,3,) honorably: parum 
 
 honorifice, slightingly; with 
 
 little respect. 221, 
 Hora, £6, f. an hour. 
 Horatius, i, m. Horace; the 
 
 name of several Romans: 
 
 Horatii, pi. three Roman 
 
 brothers, who fought with 
 
 the three Curiatii. 
 Hortensius, i, m. the name of 
 
 several Romans. 
 Horridus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (horreo, to hrisile up;^ 
 
244 
 
 HORTATUS ID^US. 
 
 rough; rugged; rude; un- 
 polished; barbarous. 
 
 Hortatus, us, m. an exhortation; 
 instigatio7i ; advice; from 
 
 Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. clep. 
 to exhort. 
 
 Hortus, i, m. a garden. 
 
 Hospes, itis, c. a stranger; a 
 visitor ; a guest; a host. 
 
 Kospitium, i, n. (hospes,) hos- 
 pitality: hospitio accipere, 
 to entertain. 
 
 Hostia, 86, f. (hostis,) a victim. 
 
 Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) the 
 third king of Rome: a 
 cog7iomen among the Ro- 
 mans. 
 
 Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 
 
 Hue, adv. (hoc,) hither: hue 
 — iUue, hith er — thither ; 
 now here — now there. 
 
 Hujusmodi, adj. ind. (gen. of 
 hie & modus,) of this sort 
 or hind. 
 
 Humanitas, atis, f. humanity; 
 kindness; gentleness; from 
 
 Humanus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (liomo,) human. 
 
 m. the shoidder. 
 
 Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior, 
 limus, § 26, 1,) humble: hu- 
 mili loeo natum esse, to he 
 horn in a humble station, or 
 of obscure parents. 220 » 
 
 Humor, oris, m. (humeo,) mois- 
 ture: pi. liquids; humors. 
 
 Humus, i, f. the ground: humi, 
 on the ground. 559, 04:4:, 
 
 Hysena, ae, f. the hyena. 
 
 Hydrus, i, m. a water snake. 
 
 Humerus, i. 
 
 Hymmis, i, m. a hymn ; a song 
 of praise. 
 
 Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (ijtie^ 
 (joijeug.) properly, living be- 
 yond the source of the north 
 ivind; northern : Hyperbo- 
 rei, orum, m. pi. people in^ 
 habiting the northern re- 
 gions; beyond Scythia. 
 
 Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine^ 
 
 I. 
 
 lapetus, i, m. the son of Ccelus 
 and Terra. 
 
 Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain, 
 now the Ebro. 
 
 Ibi, adv. there; here; then. 
 
 Ibidem, adv. in the same place. 
 
 Ibis, idis, f. the Ibis, the Egyp- 
 tian stork. 
 
 Icarus, i, m. the son of Dcedalus. ' 
 
 Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icarus; 
 Icarian. 
 
 Ichneumon, onis, m. the ichneu- 
 mon or Egyptian rat. 
 
 Ichnusa, se, f. an ancient Greek 
 name of Sardinia. 
 
 Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to 
 strike; foedus, to make, rat- 
 ify, or conclude a league or 
 treaty. 
 
 Ictus, a, um, part. 
 
 Ictus, us, m. (ico,) a blow; a 
 stroke. 
 
 Ida, a3, f. a mountain of Troas, 
 near Troy. 
 
 Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging to 
 Ida: mons Idceus, mount 
 Ida. 
 
IDEM IMMOLO. 
 
 245 
 
 Idem, eadem, idem, pro. 122, 
 the mme^ 23i), 
 
 Idoneus, a, um, adj.^^; suitable. 
 
 Igitur, conj. therefore; then. 
 
 Ignams, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
 rus,) ignorant. 
 
 Igiiavus, a, um, adj. comp. (in 
 & gnavus,) inactive; idle; 
 cowardly. 
 
 Igni'^, is, m. fire ; fiame. 
 
 Ignobilis, e, adj. (in & nobilis,) 
 unknown; ignoble; meaT^. 
 
 Ignoro, are, avi, atum, ti*. (ig- 
 narus,) to be ignorant; not 
 to know. 
 
 Ignotus, a, um, part. & adj. (in 
 & notus,) unknown. 
 
 Ilium, i, n. Iliiun or Troy^ the 
 principal city of Troas. 
 
 Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in- 
 fer©,) brought in: inferred. 
 
 lUe, a, ud, pro. § 31, 2; that; 
 he; she; it; the former; 
 pi. they ; those. 239, 
 
 Illecebra, ag, f. (illicio,) an al- 
 lurement; an enticemerit. 
 
 Illieo, adv. (in & loco,) m that 
 place; immediately; in- 
 stantly. 
 
 Illuc, adv. (illoc,) thither: hue 
 — illuc, now here — now 
 there. 
 
 Blustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 illustrious; famous; cele- 
 brated; from 
 
 Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & lustro,) to enlighten; to 
 illustrate; to render fa- 
 mous ; to celebrate ; to make 
 renowned. 
 
 Illyria, -x, f. a country opposite 
 
 to Italy., and bordering on 
 the Adriatic. 
 Imago, inis, f. an image; a 
 picture; a figure; a re- 
 semblance. 
 
 Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bacil- 
 lus, as if leaning on a staff-) 
 (lior, limus, § 26, 1,) weak; 
 feeble. 220. 
 
 Imber, bris, m. a shower; a rain. 
 
 Imitatio, onis, f. imitation: ad 
 imitationem, in imitation; 
 from 
 
 Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to imitate; to copy. 
 
 Immanis, 6, adj. comp. (in & 
 magnus,) very great ; huge; 
 monstrous; cruel; dreadful. 
 
 Immensus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 mensus,) immeasurable ; 
 boundless ; immoderate. 
 
 Immeritus, a, um, part, (in & 
 meritus,) not deserving; 
 undeserved. 
 
 Imminens, tis, part, hanging 
 over; threatening; from 
 
 Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
 mineo,) to hang over; to 
 impend; to threaten; to he 
 near. 
 
 Immissus, a, um, part, admit- 
 ted; sent in; darted in; from 
 
 Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (in & mitto,) to let 
 in ; to send to, into, against^ 
 or upon; to throw at. 
 
 Immobilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 mobilis,) immovable ; stead- 
 fast. 
 
 Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & mola,) properly, to 
 
246 
 
 IMMORTALIS — IMPONO. 
 
 sprinMe with the mola or 
 salted cake; hence, to sa- 
 crifice; to immolate. 
 Immortalis, e, adj. (in & mor- 
 talis,) immortal. 
 
 Immotus, a. um, part, (in & 
 motus,) unmoved; still; mo- 
 tionless. 
 
 Immutatus, a, um, part, altered; 
 changed; (sometimes, ex- 
 changed;) from 
 
 Immuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & muto,) to change; to 
 alter. 
 
 Impatiens, tis, adj. (in & pa- 
 tiens,) impatient; not able 
 to endure. 
 
 Impeditus, a, um, part, imped- 
 ed; Milder ed; encumbered ; 
 entangled; from 
 
 Impedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in 
 & pes,) properly, to fetter ; 
 hence, to impede; to ob- 
 struct; to check; to delay ; 
 to prevent ; to disturb. 
 
 Impendo, -pendere, wants pret. 
 & sup. intr. (in & pendeo,) 
 to hang over ; to impend; 
 to threaten. 
 
 Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in & 
 • penetrabilis,) impenetrable. 
 
 Impense, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 exceedingly ; greatly; from 
 impensus. 
 
 Imperator, oris, m. (impero,) a 
 commander ; a general. 
 
 Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (impero,) to command; 
 to rule; to govern. 
 
 tnperitus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) (in & peritus,) in- 
 
 experienced; unacquainted 
 with. 
 Imperium, i, n. a command; 
 government; reign; su- 
 preme authority; powrr , 
 (imperium, military com' 
 mand; potestas, civil aii- 
 thority ;) from 
 Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 command; to order ; to di- 
 rect; to govern ; to ride over, 
 Impertiens, tis, part, from 
 Impertio, ire, Tvi, itum, tr. (in 
 & partio,) to impart; to 
 share; to give. 
 Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & patro,) to obtain; to 
 Jinish. 
 Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,) an 
 attack; onset; force; vio- 
 lence ; impetuosity. 
 Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pius,) 
 
 impious ; undutiful. 
 Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in 
 & pleo,) to fill; to accom- 
 plish; to perform. 
 Implicitus, a, um, part, en- 
 tangled; attacked; from 
 Implico, are, avi or ui, atum 
 or itum, tr. (in & plico,) to 
 infold; to entangle; to im- 
 plicate. 
 Implicor, ari, atus or itus sum, 
 pass, to be entangled' mor- 
 bo, to be attacked with sick- 
 ness. 
 Imploro, are, avi, etum, tr. (in 
 & ploro,) to implore; to be- 
 seech; to beg. 
 Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum^ tr. (in & pono,) to lay 
 
IMPORTUNUS — INCOLO. 
 
 91' 
 
 or piece upon; to impose; 
 to put. 
 
 Tmportunus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 dangerous ; perilous ; trou- 
 blesome; cruel; outrageous ; 
 restless ; ungovernable. 
 
 InipositiJs, a, um, part, (im- 
 poiiOo 
 
 Tmprlmis, adv. (in & primis, 
 from primus,) among the 
 first; especially; eminently. 
 
 Improbatus, a, um, part, (im- 
 probo,) disallowed ; disap- 
 proved. 
 
 Improbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & probo,) to disapprove ; to 
 t eject. 
 
 Improbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (in & probus,) not good; 
 wicked; had. 
 
 Imprfidens, tis, adj. comp. (in 
 & prudens,) imprudent ; 
 inconsiderate. 
 
 Impugnaturus, a, um, part, fr, 
 
 Impugno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 fight against; to attach. 
 
 Impune, adv. (in & poena,) 
 ivith impwiity ; ivithout 
 hurt; without punishment. 
 
 Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- 
 ferus, § 26, 2,) the lowest; 
 the deepest. 222^ 
 
 In, prep, with the accusative, 
 signifies, into; toivards; 
 upon; until; for; against: 
 with the ablative, in; up- 
 on; among; at: in dies, 
 from day to day: in eo 
 esse, to he en the point of: 
 ,in sublime, aloft. 
 
 Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty; 
 vain ; ineffectual ; foolish. 
 
 Inaresco,.-arescere, -arui, intr. 
 inc. to grow dry. SSS» 
 
 Incedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, 
 intr. (in & cedo,) to goon; 
 to go; to walk; to come. 
 
 Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in 
 & candeo,) to light; to 
 kindle; to set fire to; to 
 inflame. 
 
 Incensus, a, um, part, lighted; 
 kindled; hurning; infiamed. 
 
 Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (in & certus,) un- 
 certain. 
 
 Inchoo, are, avi, atom, tr. to 
 hegin. 
 
 Incidens, tis, part, from 
 
 Incido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (in 
 & cado,) to fall into or 
 upon; to chance to meet 
 with. 
 
 Incipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, 
 tr. (in & capio,) to com- 
 mence; to hegin. 
 
 Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & cito,) to stir up; to in- 
 stigaie; to encom-age; to 
 animate. 
 
 Licludo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in 
 & claudo,) to shut in; to 
 include ; to inclose; to en- 
 circle; to encompass. 
 
 Inclusus, a, um, part, (includo.) 
 
 Inclytus, a, um, adj. (issimus, 
 § 2G, 5,) famous; celehi^a- 
 ted; renowned. 223 • 
 
 Incola, iE, c. an inhabitant; fr. 
 
 Incolo, colore, colui, cultum, 
 
248 
 
 INCOLUMIS INERTIA., 
 
 tr. (in Sc colo,) to dwell in 
 a place; to inhabit. 
 
 Incolumis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 coliimis,) unhm^t; safe; un- 
 punished. 
 
 Incompertus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 compertus,) not found out; 
 unknown ; uncertain. 
 
 Inconsiderate, adv. (ius, issi- 
 me,) inconsiderately ; rash- 
 
 Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 credibilis,) incredihle; won- 
 derful; hence, 
 
 Incredibiliter, adv. (iiis, issi- 
 me,) incredibly. 
 
 Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) 
 an increase. 
 
 Increpo, are, ui, itum, tr. (in 
 & crepo,) to make a loud 
 noise ; to reprove ; to chide ; 
 to blame. 
 
 IncTuentus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 cruor,) bloodless. 
 
 Inculte, adv. (ius, i^sime,) 
 rudely; plainly; from 
 
 Incultus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. (in & colo,) uncidti- 
 vated; uninhabited; desert. 
 
 Ihcumbo, - cumbere, - cubui, 
 -cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,) 
 to lean; to lie; to rest or 
 recline upon; to apply to: 
 gladio, to fall upon one's 
 sword. 
 
 Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a 
 running against; an attach; 
 an incursion ; an inroad. 
 
 Inde, adv. thence ; from thence. 
 
 Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in- 
 dex; a mark; a sign. 
 
 India, ae, f. a country of Asia, 
 named from the river Indus* 
 
 Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & dico, are,) to show ; to 
 discover. 
 
 Indico, cere, xi, ctum. tr. (in 
 & dico,) to indicate ; to an- 
 nounce ; to declare ; to pro- 
 claim; to appoint; hence, 
 
 Indictus, a, um, part. 
 
 Indicus, a, um, adj. of India; 
 Indian. 
 
 Indigena, as, c. (in & geno,) 
 one born in a certain place ; 
 a native. 
 
 Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to 
 grow,) the natural disposi- 
 tion; nature; inherent qual- 
 ity. See Ingenium. • 
 
 Induco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in. 
 & duco,) to lead in ; to in- 
 duce; to persuade ; hence, 
 
 Inductus, a, um, part. 
 
 Induo, -duere, -dui, -dutum, tr. 
 to put on; to dress; to clothe. 
 
 Indus, i, m. a large river in the 
 tvestern part of India. 
 
 Industria, se, f. (industrius,) 
 industry ; diligence. 
 
 Indutus, a, um, part, (induo.) • 
 
 Inedia, ae, f. (in & edo,) icant 
 of food; facing; hunger. 
 
 Ineo, ire, ii, itum, tr. & intr. 
 irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter 
 into; to enter upon; to 
 make; to form. 
 
 Inermis, e, adj. (in & arma,) 
 unarmed; defenceless. 
 
 Inertia, 2d, f. (iners,) want of 
 art; laziness; sloth; idle- 
 ness. 
 
INFAMIS INGRUO. 
 
 249 
 
 Infiimis, e, adj. (in & fama,) 
 ill spoken of; infamous ; 
 disgraceful. , 
 
 Lifaris, tis, c. (in & fans,) one 
 who can not sjyeah; an in- 
 fant; a child. 
 
 Inf cri, orum, m. pi. the infer- 
 nal regions; Hades; Or- 
 cus; the infernal gods. 
 
 Inferior, us. adj. See Inf ems. 
 
 Lifero, inferre, intuli, illatum, 
 tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring 
 in or against ; to bring up- 
 on ; to inflict upon : bellum, 
 to make war upon. 
 
 Inferus, a, um, adj. (inferior, 
 infimus, or imus, § 26, 2,) 
 low; humble. 222» 
 
 Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 infest; to disturb; to mo- 
 lest; to vex; to plague; to 
 troid)le ; to annoy ; from 
 
 Infestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (in & festus,) not 
 pleasant; hostile; inimical. 
 
 Inf igo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in & 
 figo,) to fix; to fasten; to 
 drive m. 
 
 Infinitus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 finio,) infinite ; unbounded; 
 vast ; immense : infinitum 
 argenti, an immense quan- 
 tity of silver: iniinita no- 
 bilitas, a vast number, &c. 
 
 Infirmus, a, um,.adj. ior, issi- 
 mus, (in & firmus,) weak; 
 infirm. 
 
 Infixus, part, (inflgo.) 
 
 luiiammo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 to set on fire; to inflame; 
 to excite; to animate. 
 
 Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,) 
 blown up ; puffed up. 
 
 Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
 & fligo.) properly, to strike 
 one thing against another ; 
 hence, to ii^flict. 
 
 Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
 flo,) to bloiv upon. 
 
 Infra, prep, beneath ; beloiu. 
 
 Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
 frendeo,) to gnash with the 
 teeth. 
 
 Infringo, -fringere, -fregi, -frac- 
 tum, tr. (in & frango,) to 
 break or rend in pieces ; to 
 disannul; to make void. 
 
 Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
 sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to 
 pour in: infunditur, it 
 empties; (said of rivers), 
 
 Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,) 
 judgment; sagacity ; pene- 
 tration; natural disposi^ 
 tion; genius; talents; cha- 
 racier. 
 
 Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, § 26, 6,) 
 great; very great; huge; 
 (in a much higher sense 
 them magnus.) 224» 
 
 Ingenuus, a, um, adj. (ingeno,) 
 natural; free-born; free; 
 noble; ingenuous. 
 
 Ingredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 
 tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- 
 dior,) to go in; to enter ; to 
 come in; to ivalk; to walk 
 upon; to go. 
 
 Ingres.sus, a, um, part, 
 
 Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to 
 invade; to assail; to pour 
 down; tofcdlupon suddenly. 
 
250 
 
 INH^ REO — INSIDEO. 
 
 Inhsereo, -hssrere, -laaesi, -liae- 
 sum, intr. (in & haereo,) to 
 cleave or stick to or in: co- 
 
 gitationibus, to be fixed or 
 
 lost in thought, 
 Inhio, are, avi, atem, tr. & 
 
 intr. (in & hio,;^ to gape 
 
 for; to desire. 
 Inimlcus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (in & amicus,) inimical; 
 
 hostile. 
 Inimicus, i, m. subs, 'an enemy. 
 Jnique, adv. ius, issime, (inl- 
 
 quus, in & fequus, not 
 
 equalj) imequdlly.; unjustly. 
 Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- 
 
 Tnencement; a beginning. 
 Initurus, a, um, part, (ineo,) 
 
 ahout'to enter upon or begin. 
 jjnjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 
 tr. (in & jacio,) to throw in 
 
 or upon. 
 Injuria, as, f. (injurius, in & 
 
 jus,) an injury.; 'an insult. 
 Innato, are, avi, atum, intr. (in 
 
 & nato,) to swim or Jloat 
 
 upon. 
 Innltor, -nlti, -nisus or nixus 
 
 sum, intr. dep. (in & nitor,) 
 
 to lean or depend upon; to 
 
 rest upon. 
 Jnnocentia, k, f. (in & no- 
 
 cens,) harmlessness ; injio- 
 
 cence. 
 Innotesco, -noteseere, -notui, 
 
 intr. inc. (in & notesco,) 
 
 to become known; to be 
 
 known. 
 ^JnTiOxius. a, um, adj. comp. (in 
 
 & noxius,) harmless. 
 
 Innumerabilis, €, adj. (in <fe 
 
 n umerabilis,) innumerable. 
 Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in <& 
 
 numerus,) without rmmber» 
 Liopia, a?, f (inops,) want; 
 
 scarcity. 
 Inopus, i, m. a fountain or 
 
 river of Delcs^ near which 
 
 Apollo and Diana were 
 
 said to have been horn. 
 Inprimis, and in primis,. adv^ 
 
 same as imprimis. 
 Inquam, or inquio, def. / say; 
 
 § 84, 2. 442. 
 Inquino, are, avi, atum, tr. t(y 
 
 pollute; to stain; to soil. 
 Inquiro, -quirere, =quislvi, qui ' 
 
 situm, tr. (m & quserOs) tO' 
 
 seek for ; to inquire; to in-- 
 
 vestigate. 
 Insania, se, f. (insanus,) mad" 
 
 ness. 
 Insanio, Ire, ivi, itum,,intr. (tn- 
 
 sanus,) to be made 
 Inscribo, -scribere,. -scripsi, 
 
 -scriptum, tr (in & scribo,) 
 
 to write upon ; to inscribe 
 Inscriptus, a, um, part.. 
 Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an 
 
 insect. 
 Insequens, tis, part, succeed-- 
 
 ing; subsequent; following; 
 
 from 
 Insequor, -sequi, -seen tus, sum,, 
 
 tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to 
 
 follow after; to follow, 
 Insidens, tis, part, frcm 
 Insideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, 
 
 intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit 
 
 upon. 
 
INSmi^ INTERCIPIO. 
 
 251 
 
 Insidicc, arnm, f. pi. (insidoo,) 
 an ambush ; ambuscade ; 
 treachery ; deceit: j^er iiisi- 
 dlas, treaclierously. 
 
 Insidlans, tis, part, from 
 
 Insidlor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (lusidue,) to lie in wait; to 
 lie in ambush; to deceive. 
 
 Insigne, is, ii. a mark; a token; 
 an ensign; from 
 
 Insigiiis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 signum.) distinguished {by 
 some 7nark;) eminent. 
 
 Insisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
 intr. (in & sis to,) to stand 
 upon; to insist. 
 
 Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) 
 inconsolahly. 
 
 Insolens, tis, adj. (in & solens,) 
 (ior, issimus,) not usual; 
 insolent ; h a ughty. 
 
 Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) 
 (ius, issime,) haughtily; 
 insolently. 
 
 Inspectans, tis, part, from 
 
 Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (in & specto,) to look 
 upon ; to inspect. 
 
 Instaturus,'a, um, part, (insto.) 
 
 Instituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitu- 
 tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to 
 set or put into ; to appoint; 
 to resolve ; to make; to or- 
 der. 
 
 Institutum, i, n. an institution; 
 a doctrine; from 
 
 Institutus, a, um, part, (in- 
 stituo.) 
 
 Insto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (in & 
 sto,) to stand near to; to 
 urge; to persist; to har- 
 
 ass; to pursue closely: to 
 heg earnestly. 
 
 Instrument um, i, n. (instruo,) 
 an instrument ; utensil; ini" 
 plement. 
 
 Instruo, -struere, -struxi, -struc- 
 tum, tr. (in & struo,) to put 
 together^ or in order; to ar- 
 range; to prepare; to sup- 
 ply with ; to instruct. 
 
 Insubres, um, m. pi. a people 
 living north of the Po, in 
 Cisalpine Gaul. 
 
 Insuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -su- 
 etum, intr. inc. (in & sues- 
 co,) to grow accustomed. 
 
 Insula, », f. an island. 
 
 Insuper, adv. (in & super,) 
 moreover. 
 
 Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in & 
 tago, whence tango,) (ri- 
 or, errimus,) not touched; 
 whole; entire; unhurt; just; 
 uncorrupted. 
 
 Intego, -tegjre, -texi, -tectum, 
 tr. (in & tego,) to cover. 
 
 Integritas, atis, f. (integer,) in- 
 tegrity; probity; honesty. 
 
 Intellectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Litelligo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (inter & lego,) to choose 
 between; hence, to under- 
 stand; to perceive ; to dis- 
 cern; to know ; to learn. 
 
 Liter, prep, between; among: 
 inter se, mutually: occur- 
 rentes inter se, meeting 
 each other. 
 
 Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to 
 seize by surprise; to inter- 
 
252 
 
 INTERDICO INTKEPIDUS. 
 
 cept; to usurp; to take 
 away fraudulently. 
 
 Interdlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
 tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to 
 interpose a command; to 
 forhid; to prohibit, 
 
 Interdictus, a, um, part. 
 
 Interdiu, adv. (inter & diu,) 
 hy day; in the day time. 
 
 Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) 
 sometimes. 
 
 Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in 
 the mean time. 
 
 Interemptus, a, iim, part, (in- 
 terimo.) 
 
 Intereo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr. 
 (inter & eo,413,) to perish. 
 
 Interest, imp. (intersum,) it 
 concerns: mea, it concerns 
 me. 
 
 Interfector, oris, ni. a murder- 
 er; a slayer ; a destroyer. 
 
 Interfectus, a, um, part, killed. 
 
 Interlioio, -ficere, -feci, -tec- 
 tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to 
 destroy ; to kill; to slay. 
 
 Interim, adv. (inter & im, the 
 old ace. of is,) in the mean 
 time. 
 
 Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
 tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to 
 take from the midst ; to kill; 
 to put to death ; to slay. 
 
 Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus, 
 222 f) inner; the interior. 
 
 Interiiis, adv. (intro,) farther 
 in the interior. 
 
 Interjectus, a, um, part, cast 
 between: anno interjecto, a 
 year having intervened ; a 
 year after ; from 
 
 Interjicio, -jicere, -J5ci, -J52- 
 tum, tr. (inter & jacioy) ft 
 throw hetween. 
 
 Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) 
 ruin; destruction: ad in 
 ternecionem, with a gene 
 ral massacre. 
 
 Internodium, i, n. (inter & no 
 dus,) the space between two 
 knots; a joint. 
 
 Internus, a, um, adj. internal: 
 mare internum, the Medi- 
 terranean sea. 
 
 Interpres, etis, c. an interpreter. 
 
 Interregnum, i, n. (inter & reg- 
 num,) an interregnwn; a 
 vacancy of the throne. 
 
 Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (inter & rogo,) to ask. 
 
 Intersum, esse, fui, intr, irr, 
 (inter & sum,) to be pre^ 
 sent at^ between, with, or 
 among. 
 
 Litervallum, i, r\. (inter & val- 
 lus,) an interval; a space i 
 a distance. 
 
 Interveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- 
 tum, intr. (inter & venio.) 
 to come between; to inter- 
 vene. 
 
 Intexo, ere, ui, turn, tr. (in & 
 texo,) to interweave. 
 
 Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- 
 terns, interior, 222^) in^ 
 nermost; inmost; intimate; 
 familiar; much beloved. 
 
 Intra, prep, within: — adv. hv 
 ward. 
 
 Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 iYe\Adi\\^,) fearless; intrepid. 
 
INTRO — IRE. 
 
 253 
 
 In(ro, are, avi, aturajtr. (iiitro, ' Invisus, a, urn, adj. (invicleo,) 
 
 & eo,) to enter. 
 Introdueo, -ducere, -duxi, -diic- 
 
 envied; hated; hateful; oh- 
 noxious: plebi, unpopular. 
 
 turn, tr (intro & duco,) to Iiivitatus, a, um, \ydvt. invited ; 
 
 lead in ; to introduce. 
 
 entertained: — subs, a yuest. 
 
 Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) aii Iimto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 entrance. I incite. 
 
 lutiieiis, tis, part, from | Irmus, a, um, adj. (in & via,) 
 
 Intueor, eri, itus sum, tr. dep. i impassible, inaccessible, im' 
 
 (ill & tueor,) to look upon ; penetrable. 
 
 to consider; to behold; to Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 
 (/aze at. 
 Intus, adv. within. 
 
 & voco,) to ccdl upon; to 
 invoke. 
 
 Inusitatus, a, mil, adj. comp. lones, um, m. pi. lonians ; the 
 (in & usitatus,) unaccus- inhabitants of Ionia, 
 
 tonied; unusual; extraor- Ionia, as, f. Ionia; a country 
 
 dinary. 
 
 Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 utilis,) useless. 
 
 Invado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, 
 ti". (in & vado,) to invade; 
 to attack; to assail. 
 
 Invenio, -venire, -veni,-ventum, 
 tr. (in & venio,) to come to, 
 or upon; to find; .to yet; 
 to procure; to obtain; to 
 invent; to discover. 
 
 Inventus, a, um, partv 
 
 Investlgo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & vestlgo,) to trace or 
 Jindout; to investiyate ; to 
 discover. 
 
 Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- 
 tually; in turn: se invi- 
 cem occiderunt, they sleiv 
 one another. 
 
 Invictus, a, um, part, (in & 
 victus,) unconquerable ) im- 
 penetrable ; invulnerable. 
 
 Invidia, a^, f. (invidus,) envy; 
 hatred. 
 
 22 
 
 on the western coast of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 lonius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; 
 Ionian: mare, tJiat part 
 of the Mediterranean which 
 lies bet'ween Greece and the 
 south of Italy. 
 
 Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian 
 yeneral. 
 
 Ipliigema, 03, f. tlie dauyhter 
 of Ayamemnon and Cly- 
 temnestra, and priestess of 
 Diana. 
 
 Ipse, a, um, pro. 243^ he him- 
 self; she herself; itself; or 
 simply he; she; it: et ipse, 
 he also; before a verb of 
 the first or second person, 
 I; thou: ego ipse, I myself : 
 tu ipse, thou thyself tfcc. 
 
 Ira, 36, f. anyer ; raye ; hence, 
 
 Irascor, irasci, intr. dep. to be 
 anyry ; hence, 
 
 Iratus, a, um, adj. anyry. 
 
 Ii'e. See Eo. 
 
254 
 
 IRREPARABILIS — ^JACULOR. 
 
 Irreparabilis, e^ adj. comp. (in 
 & repambUjs,) irreparable; 
 irrecover able. 
 
 Irretio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in & 
 rete,) to enclose in a net; 
 to entangle; to ensnare. 
 
 Irridens, tis^ part, from 
 
 Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & 
 rideo,) to laugh at; to de- 
 ride. 
 
 Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
 rigo,) to water ; to bedew ; to 
 moisten. 
 
 Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirria, 
 to snarl like a dog ;) to irri- 
 tate ; to provoke ; to incite. 
 
 Irruens, tis, part, from 
 
 IiTuo, uere, ui, (in & ruo,) intr. 
 to rush in^ into^ or upon ; to 
 rush; to attack. 
 
 Is, ea, id, pro. § 31, 3, this; he: 
 she; it: in eo esse, i. e. in 
 eo statu, to be in that state ; 
 to be upon the point. 24:3, 
 
 Issus, i, f. a maritime city of 
 Cilicia. 
 
 Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
 longing to Issus. 
 
 Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian orator. 
 
 Iste, a, ud, pro. § 31, 2, that; 
 that person or thing ; he; 
 she; it. {Tlie demonstra- 
 tive of the second person^ 
 and used to indicate a thing 
 near^ relating to, or spoken 
 of by the person addressed. 
 lis, 3, 3d, 102S.) 
 
 Ister, tri, m. the name of the 
 .Danube, after it enters Il- 
 ly ricum. 
 
 Istlimicus, a, um, adj. Isth- 
 mian; belonging t& ths 
 Isthmus of Corinth: luii, 
 games celebrated at that 
 place. 
 
 Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus. 
 
 Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a 
 manner; even so , thus, 
 j Italia, se, f. Italy. 
 
 Italus, a, um, adj. Italian,. 
 I Itrdi, subs, the Italians^ 
 
 Italicus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Italy ; Italian.. 
 
 Itaque, adv. (ita & cpe,) and 
 'SO ; therefore. 
 
 Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) m jour- 
 ney ; a road; a march. 
 
 Iterum, adv. (iter,) again; once 
 rnore ; a second time. 
 
 Ithaca, 03, f. a rocky island in 
 the Ionian sea, with a cit^ 
 of the same name. 
 
 Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in 
 like tnanner ; likewise ; a>lso^ 
 
 Iturus, a, um, part. (eOo), 
 
 Ivi. See Eo. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jacens, tis, part» from; 
 
 Jaceo, ere, ui, itum, to lie: intr, 
 
 to be situated, 
 Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactiim, tr* 
 
 to throw;; to cast; toj^ing; 
 
 to hurl, 
 Jacta, are, avi, atnm, freq,. 
 
 (jacio,) to throw often; to 
 
 toss ; to agitate. 
 Jactus, a, um, part^ (jacio,) 
 
 cast; thrown. 
 Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep^ 
 
JAM ^JUS. 
 
 255 
 
 (jaculum, ffcm jacio,) to 
 hurl; to dart; to shoot. 
 
 Jam, adv. (a stronger term 
 than nunc,) noiv ; already; 
 presently; even: jam nunc, 
 even now: jam tum, eveii 
 then: jam inde, ever since: 
 jam primum, in the first 
 -place. 
 
 Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du- 
 dum, lately;^ long ago. 
 
 Janici'dum, i, n. one of the seven 
 hills of Rome. 
 
 Jason, onis, m. the son of 
 ^son, king of Thessaly, 
 and leader of the Argo- 
 nauts ; also, an inhabitant 
 of Lycia. 
 
 Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 fasting; hungry. 
 
 Jovis. See Jupiter. 
 
 Juba, ae, f the mane. 
 
 Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, 
 tr. to command; to hid; to 
 order ; to direct. 
 
 Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (jocus,) agreeable ; delight- 
 ful; pleasant; sweet. 
 
 Judfca, 03, f. Judea. 
 
 Judaius, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Judea: — subs, a Jew. 
 
 Judex, icis, c. (judico,) a 
 judge. 
 
 Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a 
 judgment ; decis ion . 
 
 Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus 
 & dico,) to judge ; to deem; 
 to determine ; to decide. 
 
 Jugerum, i, n. 96, 7, {the quan- 
 tity ploughed by a yoke of 
 
 oxen in one day ;^ an acre 
 of land. 183* 
 
 Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke; 
 a ridge or chain of moun' 
 tains: in war, an instru- 
 ment consisting of two 
 spears placed erect^ and a 
 third laid transversely up- 
 on them. 
 
 Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of Nu- 
 midia. 
 
 Julius, i, m. a name of Coesar^ 
 who belonged to the gens 
 Julia. 
 
 Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) 
 
 Junior, adj. (comp. from juve- 
 nis,) younger; §26,6, 224:m 
 
 Junius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman tribe which includ- 
 ed the family of Brutus. 
 
 Jungo, jungere,junxi, junctum, 
 tr. to unite; to connect; to 
 join: currui, to put in; to 
 harness to. 
 
 Juno, onis, f. the daughter of 
 Saturn and wife of Jupi- 
 ter. 
 
 Jupiter, Jovis, m. § 15, 12, the 
 son of Saturn and king of 
 the gods. 123 • 
 
 Jurgiosus, a, um, adj. (jurgi- 
 um,) quarrelsome; braid- 
 ing. 
 
 Juro, ai'e, avi, atum, tr. to 
 swear; from 
 
 Jus, juris, n. right; justice; 
 natural law: jus civitatis, 
 the freedom of the city; cit- 
 izenship : jure, ivifh reason; 
 rightly; deservedly. 
 
256 
 
 JUSSI LANATUS. 
 
 Jussl. See Jubeo. 
 
 Jussus, a, um, part, (jubeo.) 
 
 Jussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- 
 mand. 
 
 Justitia, se, f. justice ; from 
 
 Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) 
 just; rig Jit ; full; regular ; 
 ordinary; exact. 
 
 Juvenca, se, f. (f. of juvencus, 
 i. e. juvenicus, fr. juveiiis,) 
 a coiu ; a heifer. 
 
 Juvencius, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 ■ eral, conquered by Andris- 
 cus. 
 
 Juvenis, adj. (junior, § 26, 6,) 
 (fr. juvo,) young; youth- 
 ful. 224. 
 
 Juvenis, is, c. a young man or 
 woman ; a youth ; hence, 
 
 Juventus, utis, f. youth. 
 
 Juvo, juvfire, juvi, jutum, tr. 
 to help ; to assist. 
 
 Juxta, prep, (jungo,) near; 
 hard by : — adv. alike; 
 even; equally. 
 
 L. 
 
 L., an ahhreviation of Lucius. 
 Labor, & Labos, oris, m. labor ; 
 
 toil. 
 Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. 
 
 to fall; to glide; to glide 
 
 away; to floiu on. 
 Laboriosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (labor,) laborious. 
 Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 to loorh or lahor ; to suffer 
 
 with ; to he distressed. 
 Labyrintlius, i, m. a labyrinth. 
 Lac, lactis, n. milk. 
 
 Lacednsmon, Snis, f. Lacedcp^ 
 
 moiu or Sparta^ the capital 
 
 of Laconia. 
 LacediPmonius, a, um, adj. 
 
 belonging to LacedcEmon ; 
 
 Lacedcemonian ; Spartan. 
 Laceratus, a, um, part, from 
 Lacero, are, tivi, atum, tr. (la- 
 
 cer, mangled;^ to tear in 
 
 pieces. 
 Lacessitus, a, um, part, from 
 Lacesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (la- 
 
 cio,) to provoke ; to stir up ; 
 
 to disturb; to trouble. 
 Lacryma, se, f. a tear. 
 Lacus, us, m. a lake. 
 Laconicus, a, um, adj. Laconic^ 
 
 Spartan ; Lacedamonian, 
 Lgedo, IsedOre, Isesi, laesum, tr. 
 
 to injure; to hurt. 
 Laetatus, a, um, part, (laetor.) 
 Leetitia, je, f. {lading,) joy. 
 Lsetor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to rejoice ; to he glad; to be 
 
 delighted with. 
 L^tus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) glad; joyful; fidl of 
 
 joy ; fortunate; prosperous; 
 
 fruitful ; abundant. 
 Lsevinus, i, m. the name of a 
 
 Roman family ; (P.Vale- 
 rius,) a Roman consul. 
 Lcevor, oris, m. (lee vis or levis,) 
 
 smoothness. 
 Lagus, i, m. a Macedonian^ 
 
 who adopted as his son that 
 
 Ptolemy ivho afterwards 
 
 became king of Mgypt. 
 Lana, ae, f. wool. 
 Lanatus, a, um, adj. hearing 
 
 wool; woolly. 
 
LANIATUS — LEGATIO. 
 
 257 
 
 Laniatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 tear in pieces. 
 
 Lapicidlna, ae, f. (lapis & cae- 
 do,) a quarry. 
 
 Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony; 
 from 
 
 Lapis, idis, m. a stone. 
 
 Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.) 
 
 Laqueus, i, m. a noose; a 
 snare. 
 
 Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from 
 largus,) a present. 
 
 Late, adv. (iiis, issime,) wide- 
 ly ; extensively ; from latus. 
 
 Latebra, ae, f. (lateo,) a lurk- 
 ing-place; a hiding-place; 
 a retreat. 
 
 Latens, tis, part, from 
 
 Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to he hid- 
 den; to be concealed; to he 
 unknown ; to he unknown to. 
 
 Later, eris, m. a brick. 
 
 Latercllus, i, m. dim. (later,) 
 a little brick; a brick. 
 
 Latinus, i, m. an ancient king 
 of the Laurentes, a people 
 of Italy. 
 
 Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of 
 Latium: Latini, subs, the 
 Latins. 
 
 Latitudo, inis, f. (latus,) breadth. 
 
 Latium, i, n. Latium. 
 
 Latmus, i, m. a mountain in 
 Caria, near the borders of 
 Ionia. 
 
 Latona, ae, f. the daughter of 
 the giant Cceus, and moth- 
 er of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Latro, are, avi, atum, intr. & 
 tx. to bark; to bark at. 
 
 Latro, onis, m. properly, a 
 mercenary soldier; com- 
 monly, a robber. 
 
 Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocinor,) 
 robbery ; piracy. 
 
 Laturus, a, um, part, (fero.) 
 
 Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issN 
 mus,) broad; ivide. 
 
 Latus, eris, n. a side. 
 
 Laudatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 praise; to extol; to coneniend. 
 
 Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca. 
 
 Laus, dis, i. praise; glory ; hon-- 
 or ; fame; repute; estima- 
 tion; value. 
 
 Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau- 
 tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously ; 
 magnificently. 
 
 Lavinia, ie, f. the daughter of 
 Latinus^ and the second 
 wife of ^neas. 
 
 Lavinium, i, n. a city in Itahjy 
 built by j^neas. 
 
 Lavo, lavilre & lavere, lavi, 
 lotum, lautum, & lavatum, 
 tr. to wash; to bathe. 
 
 Leaena, ce, f. a lioness. 
 
 Leander, & Leandrus, dri, m. 
 a youth of Abydos, distin- 
 guished for his attachment 
 to Hero. 
 
 Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal' 
 dron. 
 
 Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) 
 read; chosen. 
 
 Leda, se, f. the wife of Tynda- 
 rus, king of Sparta, and 
 the mother of Helena. 
 
 Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) an 
 embassy. 
 
258 
 
 LEGATUS LIGO. 
 
 Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a 
 deputy; a lieutenant; an 
 ambassador. 
 
 Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) a le- 
 gion; ten cohorts of soldiers. 
 
 Legislator, oris, m. (lex&fero,) 
 a legislator ; a lawgiver. 
 
 Lego, legere, legi, lectum, tr. 
 to gather; to collect; to 
 choose; to read. 
 
 Lemanus, i, m. the name of a 
 lake in Gaid, bordering up- 
 on the country of the Helve- 
 tii, now the lake of Geneva. 
 
 Leo, onis, m. a lion. 
 
 Leonidas, ^e, m. a brave king 
 of Sparta, who fell in the 
 battle of Thermopylce. 
 
 Leontinus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Leontini, a city and a 
 people of the same name, on 
 the eastern coast of Sicily. 
 
 Lepidus, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious family of the 
 u^milian clan. 
 
 Lepus, oris, m. a hare. 
 
 Letalis, e, adj. fatal; deadly ; 
 from. 
 
 Letum, & Lethum, i, n. death. 
 
 Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimiis,) 
 light; trivial; inconsidera- 
 ble; smooth; hence, 
 
 Levitas, atis, f. lightness. 
 
 Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- 
 vis,) to make light ; to ease; 
 to relieve; to lighten; to al- 
 leviate. 
 
 Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or 
 written law; a law; a condi- 
 tion. Legem ferre, or roga- 
 re,to propose a law. /See jus. 
 
 Libens, tis, part, (libet,) wiU 
 
 ling. 
 Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr. 
 
 libens,) willingly. 
 Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it 
 
 pleases. 
 Liber, libera, liberum, sAyfree; 
 
 (liberior, liberrimus.) 
 Liber, libri, m. the inner bark 
 
 of a tree; a writing on 
 
 bark ; ,a leaf; a book. 
 Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) 
 
 liberally; kindly. 
 Liberatus, a, um, part, (libero,) 
 
 liberated; set at liberty. 
 Libere, adv. iiis, rime, (liber,) 
 
 freely ; without restraint. 
 Liberi, orum, m. pi. (liber,) 
 
 persons free born ; children. 
 Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 free; to liberate; to deliver. 
 Libertas, atis, f. (liber,) lib- 
 erty. 
 Libya, ae, f. properly Libya, a 
 
 kingdom of Africa, lying 
 
 west of Egypt; sometimes 
 
 it comprehends the whole 
 
 of Africa. 
 Licinius, i, m. a name common 
 
 among the Romans. 
 Licet, uit, itimi est, imp. § 85, 4, 
 
 it is lawful; it is permitted s 
 
 tibi, you may ; one may. 
 Licet, conj. although. [t^o^» 
 Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lien, the 
 
 spleen ;) splenetic. 
 Ligneus, a, um, adj. wooden; fr. 
 Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of 
 
 wood; timber: ligna, pieces 
 
 of wood; sticks. 
 Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr. to hind. 
 
LIGURIA LUCULLUS. 
 
 259 
 
 Liguria, se, f. Liguria, a coun- 
 try in the west of Italy. 
 
 Ligus, uris, m. a Ligurian. 
 
 Ligiisticus, a, urn, adj. Ligu- 
 rian: mare, the gulf of 
 Genoa. 
 
 Lilyba3uiTi, i, n. a promontory 
 on the western coast of Sic- 
 ily. 
 
 Limpidus, a, urn, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) (lymplia or limpa,) 
 transparent ; limpid; clear. 
 
 Limus, i, m. mud; clay. 
 
 Lingaa, £e, f. (lingo,) the tongue; 
 a language. 
 
 Linum, i, n.Jiax; linen. 
 
 Liquidus, a, um, adj. (liqueo, 
 to melt;) (ior, issimus,) li- 
 quid; clear; pure; limpid. 
 
 Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten- 
 tion; a controversy. 
 
 LittSra, or Lltera, £e, f. (lino,) 
 a letter of the alphabet: 
 (pi.) letters ; literature ; 
 learning; a letter ; an epis- 
 tle; hence, 
 
 LitterariUs, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to letters; literary. 
 
 LIttus, or Litus, oris, n. the 
 shore. 
 
 Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 'place^ set, dispose, or ar- 
 range; to give or dispose 
 of in marriage ; from 
 
 Locus, i, m. in sing.; loci & 
 loca, m. & n. in pi. a 
 place. 
 
 Locusta, a^, f. a locust. 
 
 Longe, adv. (ius, issime,) (lon- 
 gus,) /t«?';/?rojf. 
 
 Longinquus, a um,adj. (comp. 
 
 12 
 
 ior,) far; distant; long; 
 foreign. 
 
 Longitudo, inis, f. length; fr. 
 
 Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) long: applied both 
 to time and space; last- 
 ing. 
 
 LocLitus, a, um, part, (loquor,) 
 having spoken. 
 
 Locuturus, a, um, part, about 
 to speak \ from 
 
 Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, 
 intr. dep. to speak; to con- 
 verse: tr. to say. 
 
 Lorica, se. f. a coat of mail; 
 corselet; breast-plate; cui- 
 rass; (anciently made of 
 thongs;) from 
 
 Lorum, i, n. a thong. 
 
 Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.) 
 
 Lubenter, adv. (ius, issime.) 
 See Libenter. 
 
 Lubet. See Libet. 
 
 Lubido, or Libido, inis, f. lust; 
 desire. 
 
 Lubricus, a, um, adj. (labor,) 
 to slip; slippery. 
 
 Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to 
 shine. 
 
 Lucius, i, m. a Roman prasno- 
 men. 
 
 Lucretia, se, f. a Roman mat- 
 ron, the wife of Collatlnus. 
 
 Lucretius, i, m. the father of 
 Lucretia. 
 
 Luetus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn- 
 ing ; sorrow. 
 
 Luculkis, i, m. a Roman cele- 
 brated for his luxury, his 
 patronage of learned merty 
 and his military talents* 
 
260 
 
 LUCUS MACROBII. 
 
 Lucus, i, m. a wood^ consecra- 
 ted to some deity ; a grove. 
 
 Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, tr. 
 to play ; to be in sport; to 
 deceive; from 
 
 Ludns, i, m. a game ; a play ; a 
 place of exercise ; a school: 
 gladiatorius, a school for 
 gladiators. 
 
 Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to 
 mourn; to lament. 
 
 Lumen, inis, n. (luceo,) light; 
 an eye. 
 
 Luna, £6, f. the moon. 
 
 Lupa, 86, f. a she-wolf. 
 
 Lupus, i, m. a wolf. 
 
 Luscinia, as, f. a nightingale. 
 
 Lusitania, se, f. apart of His- 
 pania, now Portugal. 
 
 Liistro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 purify ; to appease ; to ex- 
 piate: exercitum, to re- 
 view; to muster ; from 
 
 Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,) 
 purification ; a sacrifice of 
 purification offered at the 
 conclusion of the census ev- 
 ery five years ; a period of 
 five years ; a place for bath- 
 ing ; hence, the place where 
 swine wallow ; a den or lair 
 of wild beasts. 
 
 Lusus, us, m. (ludo,) a game: 
 a play: per lusum, m spor^; 
 sportively. 
 
 Lutatius, i, m. the name of a 
 Romcin tribe: C. Lutatius 
 Catulus, a Roman consul 
 in the Punic war. 
 
 Lutetia, ae, f. a city of Gcml, 
 now Paris. 
 
 Lutum, i, n. (luo,) clay. 
 
 Lux, lucis, f. light. 
 
 Luxuria, 3d, f. (luxus, fr. luo,) 
 that which dissolves or loos- 
 ens the energies of body and 
 mind; hence, luxury; ex- 
 cess ; voluptuousness. 
 
 Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; of 
 Lyciay a country of Asia 
 Minor* 
 
 Lycomedes, is, m. a king of 
 Scyros. 
 
 Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan 
 law-giver. 
 
 Lydia, ae, t. a country of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated 
 Lacedcemonian general. 
 
 Lysimachus, i, m. one of Alex- 
 ander's generals, who was 
 afterwards king of a part 
 of Tlirace. 
 
 M. 
 
 M., an abbreviation of Marcus. 
 
 Macedo, onis, m. a Macedonian. 
 
 Macedonia, ae. f. a country of 
 Europe, lyinq west oj 
 TJirace, and north of Tlies- 
 saly and Epirus. 
 
 Macedonicus, a, um, adj. of 
 Macedonia; Macedonian', 
 also, an agnomen, or sur- 
 name of Q. Metellus. 
 
 Macies, ei, f. (maceo.) lean- 
 ness; decay. 
 
 Macrobii, orum, m. pi. (« (^^eek 
 word signifying long- 
 lived;) a name giv^r> if* ^^r- 
 taiti tribes of Ethi^'p^'^^o^s^ 
 
MACTATUS MALUM. 
 
 261 
 
 who were distinguished for 
 th^r longevity. 
 
 Mactatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Macto, are, avi, atiim, tr. (ma- 
 gis aucto, from aiigeo,) to 
 increase with honors; to 
 enrich: to honor with sa- 
 crifices: hence, to sacrijice; 
 to slay. 
 
 Macula, oe^f. a spot; a stain. 
 
 Madeo, ere, ui, intr. to he 
 moist; to be wet. 
 
 Moenades, um, f. ]A. priestesses 
 of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- 
 chancds. 
 
 Maeotis, idis, adj. Mceotian: 
 palus Masotis, a lake or 
 gulf lying north of the 
 Euxin,e^ now called the sea 
 of Azoph. 
 
 Magis, adv. (sup. maxime, 
 Gr. 234,) more; rather; 
 better. 4:6 4* 
 
 Magister, tri, m. (magis,) a 
 teacher; a master: magis- 
 ter equitum, the command- 
 er of the cavalry, and the 
 dictator's lieutenant; hence, 
 
 Magistratus, us, m. a magis- 
 tracy ; a civil office ; a ma- 
 gistrate. 
 
 Magnesia, te, f. a town of 
 Ionia. 
 
 Magnifice, adv. (entius, entis- 
 shue,) (magnificus,) mag- 
 nificently ; splendidly. 
 
 Magnificentia, se, f (id.) mag- 
 nifcence ; splendor ; grand- 
 eur ; from 
 
 Magnificus, a, um, adj. (en- 
 tior, entissimus,) (magnus 
 
 and facio,) magnificent ; 
 splendid. 
 
 Magiiitudo, inis, f. (magnus,) 
 greatness; magnitude; size; 
 (aj)piied chiefly to material 
 objects.) ' 
 
 Magnopere, adv. sometimes 
 magno opere, (magnus & 
 opus,) greatly; very; ear' 
 nestly. 
 
 Magnus, a, um, adj. (major, 
 maximus, 113,) the gene- 
 ral term applied to great" 
 ness of every kind;) great; 
 large. 210, 
 
 Major, comp. (magnus,) great- 
 er; the elder ; hence, 
 
 Majores, um, m. pi. forefath- 
 ers; ancestors. 
 
 Male, adv. (pejus, pessTme,) 
 (mains,) badly; ill; hurt- 
 fidly. 
 
 Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
 tum, intr. (male & dico,) to 
 revile ; to rail at ; to abuse ; 
 to reproach. 
 
 Maledicus, a, um, adj. (entior« 
 entissimus, 113, 3,) revil- 
 ing ; railing; scurrilous; 
 abusive. 22 !• 
 
 Maleficus, a, um, adj. (entior, 
 entissimus, 113, 3,) (male 
 & facio,) wiclzed; hurtful; 
 mischievous ; injurious : — • 
 subs, an evil doer. 221. 
 
 Malo, malle, malui, tr. irr. 
 (magis & volo,) § 83, 6, to 
 prefer; to be more ivilling; 
 to ivish. 410, 
 
 Malum, i, n. an apple. 
 
 Malum, i, n. (mains,) evil; 
 
262 
 
 MALUS MAKS. 
 
 misfortune ; calamity; suf- 
 ferings; evil deeds. 
 
 Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes- 
 simus, § 26,) bad; wicked: 
 mali, had men. 2JL0t 
 
 Manciuus, i, m. a Roman con- 
 sid who made a disgraceful 
 peace with the Numantians. 
 
 Mando, mandere, mandi, man- 
 sum, tr. to chew ; to eat. 
 
 Mando, are, avi, atum, tr. (man- 
 ui & do,) to give into one's 
 hand; hence, to command; 
 to intrust; to commit; to 
 hid; to enjoin: mandare 
 marmoribus, to engrave up- 
 on marble. 
 
 Mane, ind. n. the morning; 
 adv. early in the morning. 
 
 Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to 
 remain; to continue. 
 
 Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes; 
 ghosts or shades of the dead. 
 
 Manlius, i, m. a Roman proper 
 name. 
 
 Mano, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 flow. 
 
 Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci, -fac- 
 tum, tr. (mansues & facio,) 
 to tame; to make tame. 
 
 Mansuefio, -fieri, -factus sum, 
 irr. § 83, Obs. 3, p. 188, to 
 be made tame. 4:20* 
 
 Mansuefactus, a, um, part. 
 
 Mantinea, ae, f. a city of Arca- 
 dia. 
 
 Manubiae, arum, f. pi. (ma- 
 nus,) booty; spoils; plun- 
 der. 
 
 Manumissus, a, um, part. fr. 
 
 Manumitto, -mittere, -misi, 
 
 -missum, tr. (manus & mit-» 
 to,) to set free; at liberty; 
 to free; to manumif. 
 
 Manus, us, f. a hand; the trimk 
 of an elephant; a band or 
 body of soldiers. 
 
 Mapale, is, n. a hut or cottage 
 of the Numidians. 
 
 Marcellus, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family which pro- 
 duced many illustrious 
 men. 
 
 Marcius, i, m. a Roman name 
 and eognomen or surname. 
 
 Marcus, i, m. a Roman prae- 
 nomen. 
 
 Mare, is, n. the sea; (a gene- 
 ral term: aequor, a level 
 surface: pontus, the sea, 
 so called from Pontus^ an 
 ancient god of the sea: pe- 
 lagus, the deep sea.) 
 
 Margarita, ae, f. a pearl. 
 
 Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a 
 people of Bithynia. 
 
 Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) 
 marine; pertaining to the 
 sea: aqua marina, sea- 
 water. 
 
 Maritimus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 maritime ; on the sea-coast: 
 copiae, naval forces. 
 
 Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus- 
 band. 
 
 Marius, i, m. (C.) a distin- 
 guished Roman general, 
 who was seven times elected 
 consid. 
 
 Mai'mor, oris, n. marble. 
 
 Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter 
 and Juno, and god of war. 
 
MAKSI MFGASTHENES. 
 
 263 
 
 Marsi, brum, m.'pl. a people of 
 Latium, upon the borders 
 of Lake TicJnus. 
 
 Marsyas, je, m. a celebrated 
 Phrygian musician; also, 
 a brother of Antir/onus, the 
 king of Macedonia. 
 
 Massa, ae, f. a mass ; a lump. 
 
 Massicus, a, um, a(^. Classic, 
 of 3fassicus, a monntain. 
 in Campania, famous for 
 its wine' vinum, Classic 
 wine. 
 
 Massilia, », f. a maritime town 
 of Gallia Narbonensis, now 
 Marseilles. 
 
 Mater, tris, f. a mother: a ma- 
 tron ; hence, 
 
 Materia, as, f. a material; mat- 
 ter ; stuff; tiinber. 
 
 Matrimonium, i, n. (id.) ma- 
 trimony ; marriage. 
 
 Matrona, a", f. a river of Gaul. 
 
 Matrona, te, f. a matron. 
 
 Maturesco, maturescere, ma- 
 turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to 
 grow ripe; from 
 
 Maturus, a, um, adj. (ior, ri- 
 mus, or issimus,) ripe ; ma- 
 ture; perfect. 
 
 Mauritania, ae, f. a country in 
 the western part of Africa, 
 extending from Numidia to 
 the Atlantic ocean. 
 
 Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca- 
 ria. 
 
 Maxilla, ae, f. a jaw ; 
 bone. 
 
 Maxime, adv. (sup. of magi>,) 
 most of all; especially; 
 greatly. 
 
 a jaw- 
 
 MaxTmus, i, m. a Roman sur- 
 name: Qu. Fabius Maxi- 
 mus, a distinguished Ro- 
 man general. 
 Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 magnus,) greatest; eldest: 
 maximus natu, oldest. See 
 Natu. 
 IMecum, (me & cum.) ivith me^ 
 Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to cure; 
 
 to heal. 
 Mediclna, ae, f. (medicus,) med- 
 icine. 
 Medico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (id.) to heal; to administer 
 medicine; to medicate; to 
 prepare medically; to em" 
 balm. 
 Medicus, i, m. a physician. 
 Meditfitus, a, um, part, de" 
 
 signed; practiced; from 
 Meditor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to meditate; to reflect; to 
 practice. 
 Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a 
 
 people of Belgic Gaid. 
 Medius, a, um, adj. middle; 
 the midst: medium, the 
 middle. 
 Medusa, as, f. one of the three 
 
 Gorgons. 
 Megara, ae, f. the capital of 
 
 Jfegaris. 
 Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Mega- 
 rensians ; the inhabitants 
 of Megnra. 
 Megfiris, idis, f. a smcdl coun-^ 
 
 try of Greece. 
 Megasthenes, is, m. a Greek 
 historian, whose works have 
 been lost. 
 
264 
 
 MEHERCULE MERITUM. 
 
 Meherculey adv. hy Hercules; 
 truly; certainly. 
 
 Mel, lis, n. lioney. 
 
 Meleagrus, & -iiger, gri, m. a 
 king of Calydonia. 
 
 Melior, us, adj. (comp of bo- 
 nus, 113,) better. 
 
 Melius, adv. (comp. of bene, 
 234,) better. 219. 
 
 Membrana, ae, f. <2 thm skin; a 
 membrane ; 'parchment. 
 
 Membrum, i, n. a limb; a mem- 
 ber. 
 
 Memini, def. pret. 222, 2, 1 
 remember; I relate. 43T» 
 
 Memor, oris, adj. mindful. 
 
 Memorabilis, e, adj. comp. 
 (memor,) memorable; re- 
 markable; worthy of being 
 jnentioned. 
 
 Memoria, ce, f. (id.) memory. 
 
 Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 remember ; to call to one\ 
 ■memory; to say; to men- 
 tion. 
 
 ]Mempliis, is, f. a large city of 
 Egypt. 
 
 Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; 
 from 
 
 Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior,) 
 false; lying. 
 
 Menelaus, i, m. a king of 
 Sparta, the son of Atreus, 
 and husband of Helen. 
 
 Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a 
 Roman, diMinguished for 
 his success in reconciling 
 the plebeians to the patri- 
 cians. 
 
 Mens, tis, f. the mind; the un- 
 derstanding ; {the reason- 
 
 ing faculty as distinguished 
 from animus, the seat of 
 feelings and passions.) An- 
 imo et mente, with the whole 
 soul. 
 
 Mensis, is, m. a month. 
 
 Mentio, onis, f. (memmi,) a 
 mention or a speaking of. 
 
 Mentior, ii'^, itus sum, tr. dep. 
 to lie; to assert falsely ; to 
 feign; to deceive. 
 
 Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a 
 merchant; a trader. 
 
 Mercatura, ae, f. (id.) merchan- 
 dise; trade. 
 
 Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar- 
 ket; a mart; a fair; an 
 emporium; a sale. 
 
 Merces, edis, f. (mereo,) wa- 
 ges ; a reward ; a price. 
 
 Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the 
 son of Jupiter and Maia. 
 He was the messenger of 
 the gods. 
 
 Mereo, ere, ui, itum, intr. & 
 tr. to deserve; to gain; to 
 acquire. 
 
 Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr. & 
 tr. dep. to deserve; to earn. 
 
 Mergo, mergere, mersi, mer- 
 sum, tr. to sink; to dip in, 
 or under. 
 
 Meridianus, a, um, adj. south- 
 ern; south; at noon-day; 
 from 
 
 Meridie^', iei, m. (medius, & di- 
 es,) noon; mid-day; south. 
 
 Meritc), adv. with reason ; with 
 good reason ; deservedly. 
 
 Meritum, i, n. (mereo,) merit; 
 desert. 
 
MERSI MINIMUS. 
 
 265 
 
 Mersi. See Mergo. 
 
 Mersus, a, um, part, (mergo.) 
 
 Merula, ae, f. a blackbird. 
 
 Merx, cis, f. merchandise. 
 
 Messis, is, f. (meto,) the har- 
 vest; a reaping. 
 
 Meta, re, f. (meto, are,) a pil- 
 lar in the form of a cone; 
 a goal, a limit. 
 
 Metagoiiium, i, n. a promon- 
 tory in the northern part of 
 Africa. 
 
 Metallum, i, n. metal; a mine. 
 
 Metanira, ae, f. the wife of Ce- 
 leits, king of Eleusis. 
 
 Metellus, i, m. the name of 
 an illustrious family at 
 Rome. 
 
 Metior, metiri, mensus sum, 
 tr. dep. to measure. 
 
 Metius, i, m. (Suffetius,) an 
 Alban general, put to death 
 by Tullus Hostilius. 
 
 Meto, metere, messui, messum, 
 tr. to reap; to mow. 
 
 Metuo, metuere, metui, tr. & 
 intr. to fear ; from 
 
 Metus, us, m.fear. 
 
 Meus, a, um, pro. 121, (ego,) 
 my; mine. 230* 
 
 Micipsa, 2d, m. a king of Nu- 
 midia. 
 
 JVfico, are, ui, intr. to move 
 quickly^ or with a quiver- 
 ing, tremulous motion, as 
 the tongue of a serpent; to 
 glance: to slime; to glitter. 
 See dimico. 
 
 Midas, se, m. a king of Phry- 
 gia, distinguished for his 
 wealth 
 
 Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 remove ; to migrate ; to wau' 
 der. 
 
 Mihi. See Esro. 
 
 Miles, itis, c. (niille, properly, 
 one of a thousand ;) a sol' 
 dier ; the soldiery. 
 
 Miletus, i, f. the capital of 
 Tom a, near the borders of 
 Caria. 
 
 Militia, ae, f. (miles,) war; 
 military service. 
 
 Milito, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (id.) to serve in war. 
 
 Mille, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- 
 sand : millia, um, pi. — mil- 
 le, adj. ind. 104, 5. 
 
 Miliiarium, i, n. (mille, sc, pas- 
 suum, 909,) a milestone; a 
 mile, or ^000 feet: ad quin- 
 tum miliiarium urbis, to the 
 fifth milestone of the city, 
 i. e. within five miles of the 
 city. 
 
 Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian general, who con- 
 quered the Persians. 
 
 Milvius, i, m. a kite. 
 
 IVIinae, arum, f. pi. (mineo, 
 to hang over;) projecting 
 points; battlements; com- 
 monly, threats. 
 
 Minatus, a, um, part, (minor.) 
 
 Minerva, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Jupiter, and goddess of war 
 and wisdom. 
 
 MInlme, adv. (sup. of parum,) 
 least; at least ; not at all. 
 
 Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 parvus, 113,) the least; the 
 smallest. 21Q» 
 
266 
 
 MINISTERIUM M O D US. 
 
 Ministerium, i, n. (minister,) 
 service; labor. 
 
 Minium, i, n. red lead; ver- 
 milion. 
 
 Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 & intr. to project ; to reach 
 upwards; to threaten; to 
 menace. 
 
 Minor, oris, adj. (comp. of par- 
 vus, 113,) less; smaller; 
 weaker. 2J.0* 
 
 Minos, ois, a son of Europa, 
 and king of Crete. 
 
 Minuo, minuere, minui, minu- 
 tum, tr. (minus,) to dimin- 
 ish. 
 
 Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp. 
 of parum,) less: quo minus, 
 or quominus, that — not. 
 
 Miraculum, i, n. (miror,) a 
 miracle; a wonder. 
 
 Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder- 
 ful; astonishing. 
 
 Miratus, a, um, part, (miror,) 
 wondering at. 
 
 Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder- 
 fully ; remarkably. 
 
 Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to wonder at; to admire; 
 from 
 
 Mirus, a, um, adj. wonderful; 
 surprising. 
 
 Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis- 
 tum or mixtum, tr. to min- 
 gle; to mix. 
 
 Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
 errimuf^,) miserable ; un- 
 happy ; wretched; sad. 
 
 Misei'atus, a, um, part, (mise- 
 ror.) 
 
 Misereor, misereri, miseritus, 
 
 or misertus sum, tr. dep. 
 (miser,) to have compas- 
 sion; to pity. 
 
 Miseret, miseruit, miseritum 
 est, imp. (misereo, fr. mi- 
 ser,) it pitieth: me mise- 
 ret, I pity. 
 
 Misericordia, as, f. (misericors, 
 from mii^ereo &, cor,) pity; 
 compassion. 
 
 Miseror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (miser,) to pity. 
 
 Misi. See Mitto. 
 
 Mistus & mixtus, a, um, part, 
 (misceo.) 
 
 Mithridates, is, m. a celebrated 
 king of Pontus. 
 
 Mitliridaticus, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to Mithridates ; 
 Mithridatic. 
 
 Mitis, e, adj. § 21, II., (ior, is- 
 simus,) mild; meek; kind; 
 humane. JOG* 
 
 Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, 
 tr. to send; to throw; to 
 bring forth; to produce; to 
 afford: mittere se in 
 aquam, to plunge into the 
 ivater. 
 
 Mixtus. See Mistus. 
 
 Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,) 
 7noderate; of moderate size; 
 small. 
 
 Modius, i, m. a measure; a 
 half bushel. 908, A.1SS9. 
 
 Modo, adv. now; only; but: 
 modo — modo, sometimes — 
 sometimes: conj. {for si 
 modo or dummddo,) pro- 
 vided that; if only. 
 
 Modus, i, m. a measure ; same 
 
MCENIA MUCIUS. 
 
 267 
 
 as modius, (908, 4,) a man- 
 ner; a luay; degree; limit; 
 moderation. 1550 ^ 4. 
 
 JMcenia, um, n. pi. (munio,) the 
 walls of a city, furnished 
 rvith towers and battlements 
 for defence. 
 
 Moenus, i, m. the Maine, a river 
 of Germany, and a branch 
 of the Rhine. 
 
 Moerens, tis, part, from 
 
 Moereo, moerere, intr. to be sad; 
 to mourn, 
 
 Moeris, is, m. a lahe in Egypt. 
 
 ]Moles, is, f. a mass ; a bulk ; a 
 burden; a weight ; a pile. 
 
 Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,) 
 (ior, issimus,) irksome; se- 
 vere; troublesome; oppres- 
 sive ; unwelcome. 
 
 Mollio, ire, ivi, Hum, tr. to 
 soften; to moderate; from 
 
 Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 soft; tender. 
 
 Molo^!isi, orum, m. pi. the Molos- 
 sians, a people of Eptrus. 
 
 Momordi. See Mordeo. 
 
 JMonens, tis, part, from 
 
 Moiieo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to ad- 
 vise; to remind; to loarn; 
 to admonish; hence, 
 
 Monimentum, or -umentum, i, 
 n. (moneo,) a monument; a 
 rnemorial; a record; and 
 
 IMonitor, oris, m. a monitor. 
 
 Mons, tis, m. a ynountain; a 
 mount. 
 
 Monstro, are, avi,atura,tr. (mo- 
 neo,) to sliow ; point out. 
 
 Mora, oe, f. delay. 
 
 Moj'bus, i, m. a disease. 
 
 Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bit- 
 ing ; sharp; snappish; fr. 
 
 Mordeo, mordere, momordi^ 
 morsum, tr. to bite. 
 
 Mores. See Mos. 
 
 Moriens, tis, part, from 
 
 Morior, mori & moriri, mor- 
 tuus sum, intr. dep. 220, to 
 die. 399 
 
 Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 to delay; to tarry; to stay ; 
 to remain; tr. nihil moror, 1 
 care not for ; I value not. 
 
 Morosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (mos,) morose; peevish; 
 fretful. 
 
 Mors, tis, f. death. 
 
 Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite; 
 biting. 
 
 Mortrdis, e, adj. (mors,) morfcd. 
 
 MortuLis, a, um, part, (morior,) 
 dead. 
 
 Mos, moris, m. a manner; a 
 way; a custom: more, af- 
 ter the manner of; like: 
 mores, conduct; deportment; 
 manners ; customs. 
 
 Mossyni, orum, m. p . a people 
 of Asia 3Iinor, near the 
 Euxine. 
 
 Motus, us, m. (moveo,) motion: 
 terrjje motus, an earthquake. 
 
 Motus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Moveo, movere, movi, motum, 
 tr. to move; to stir; to ex- 
 cite. 
 
 Mox, adv. soon; soon after; by 
 and by. 
 
 Mucins, i, m. (Scasvola,) a Ro- 
 man, celebrated for his for- 
 titude. 
 
268 
 
 MULIEBRIS NARBONENSIS. 
 
 Muliebris, e, adj. womanly,; 
 female; from • , 
 
 Miilier, eris, f. a woman. 
 
 Multitudo, inis, f. (multus,) a 
 multitude. 
 
 Multo, or -cto, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (multa, or mulcta, from 
 mulgeo,) to punish hy de- 
 privation; to fine; to im- 
 pose a fine ; to sentence to 
 pay a fine. 
 
 Multo, & Multum, adv. much: 
 multo, hy far. 
 
 Multus, a, um, adj. much; 
 many. 
 
 Mummius, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral. 
 
 Mundus, i, m. (mundus, neat^ 
 orderly,) the world; the 
 universe. 
 
 Muniendus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Munio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
 huild a wall or fortress; to 
 fortify: viam, to open or 
 prepare a road. 
 
 Munus, eris, n. an office; ser- 
 vice; duty ; a gift; a pre- 
 sent; a favor; a reward 
 for service; (distinguished 
 from donum, a free gift.) 
 
 Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to 
 
 a wall: corona, the mural 
 
 crown, given to him who 
 
 first mounted the wall of a 
 
 besieged, town ; from 
 
 Murus, i, m. a ivall;. a wall of 
 a town, garden^ or other 
 enclosed place. 
 
 Mus, muris, m. a mouse. 
 
 Musa, 86, f. a muse; a song. 
 
 Musca, 36, f. afiy. 
 
 Musculus, i, m. dim, (mus,) a 
 little mouse. 
 
 Musice, es, & *Musica, se, f. 
 (musa,) music; the art of 
 music; hence, 
 
 Musicus, a, um, adj. musical. 
 
 Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo- 
 veo,) to change; to trans- 
 form. 
 
 Mygdonia, je, f. a small coun- 
 try of Phrygia. 
 
 Myrmecides, is, m. an ingen- 
 ious artist of Miletus. 
 
 Myndius, i, m. a Myndian ; an 
 inhabitant of Myndus. 
 
 Myndus, i, f. a city in Caria, 
 near Halicarnassus. 
 
 Mysia, ae, f. a country of Asia 
 Minor, having the Propon- 
 tis on the north, and the 
 ^gean sea on the west. 
 
 N. 
 
 « 
 
 Nabis, idis, m. a tyrant of La- 
 cedcemon. 
 
 Nee, adv. verily ; truly. 
 
 Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis- 
 cor,) having found. 
 
 Nam, conj. ybr; but. 
 
 Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus 
 sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not 
 used,) to get; to find) to 
 meet with. 
 ^Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbo- 
 nensis Gallia, one of the 
 four divisions of Gaul, in 
 the south-eastern part, de- 
 riving its name from the 
 city of Narboy now Nar- 
 botme. 
 
NARIS NEMO. 
 
 269 
 
 Naris, is, f. the nostril. 
 
 Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to re- 
 late; to tell; to say. 
 
 Nascor, nasci, natus sum, intr. 
 dep. to be born ; to grow ; to 
 be produced. 
 
 Nascica, ae, m. a surname of 
 Publius Cornelius Scipio. 
 
 Nasus, i, m. the nose. 
 
 Natalis, e, adj. (nascor,) na- 
 tal: dies natalis, a birth- 
 day. 
 
 Nat ail?, tis, part, from 
 
 Nato, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
 (no,) to sivim; to float. 
 
 Natu, abl. sing. m. by birth: 
 natu minor, the younger: 
 minimus, the youngest: ma- 
 jor, the elder: maximum, the 
 oldest; § 26, 6. 224. n. 
 
 Natura, ae, f. (nascor,) na- 
 ture; creation; power; 
 hence, 
 
 Naturalis, e, adj. natural. 
 
 Natus, a urn, part, (nascor,) 
 born: octoginta aniios na- 
 tus, born eighty years ; i. e. 
 eighty years old; hence, 
 
 Natus, i, m. a son. 
 
 Naufragium, i, n. (navis & 
 frango,) a shipivreck. 
 
 Nauta, se, and navita, ae, (na- 
 vis,) m. a sailor. 
 
 Navfdis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; 
 belonging to ships. 
 
 Navigabdis, e, adj. (navigo,) 
 navigable. 
 
 Navigatio, onis, f. (id.) naviga- 
 tion; and 
 
 Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves- 
 sel ; from 
 
 Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na- 
 vis & ago,) to steer, navi- 
 gate, or direct a ship ; to 
 navigate; to sail: naviga- 
 tur, imp. navigation is car- 
 ried on ; they sail. 
 
 Navis, is, f. a ship. 
 
 Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that; 
 that — not: ne quidem, not 
 even. 
 
 Ne, *conj. enclitic: whether; 
 or: (In direct questions the 
 translation is commonly 
 omitted, Id. oQ, 3d.) 
 
 Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and not; 
 but not; neither ; nor. 
 
 Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne- 
 cesse,) necessary : — subs, a 
 friend. 
 
 Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) neces- 
 sity; duty. 
 
 Neco, are, avi or ui, atum, tr. 
 to kill; to destroy ; to slay. 
 
 Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) zm- 
 piety ; wrong; wickedness. 
 
 Neglectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Negligo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect; 
 not to care for ; to disre- 
 gard. 
 
 Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. (^ro- 
 bably, ne & aio,) to deny; 
 to refuse : equcd to dico ut 
 non, to declare that not. 
 
 Negotium, i, n. (nee & otium,) 
 business ; labor ; pains ; dif- 
 ficulty: faclli or nuUo nego- 
 ko, ivith little OYno trouble; 
 easily. 
 
 Nemo, inis, c. (ne & homo,) 
 no one; no man. 
 
270 
 
 NEMUS NO CEO. 
 
 Nemus, 5ris, n. a foreat; a 
 grove ; {but not consecrated 
 as lucus.) 
 
 Nepos, Otis, m. a grandson. 
 
 NeptOnus, i, m. the god of the 
 sea, son of Satiuii and Ops. 
 
 Nequaqiiam, adv. (ne & qua- 
 quam,) by no means. 
 
 Neque, conj. (ne & que,) and 
 —^not; neither; nor. 
 
 Nequeo, ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. 
 (ne & queo, § 83, 3,) I ca7i 
 7iot; I am not able. 41S, 
 
 Nequis, -qua, -quod, or -quid, 
 pro. (ne & quis,) § 35, lest 
 any one; that no one or no 
 thing. 
 
 Nereis, Idis, f. a Nereid; a sea- 
 nymph. TJie Nereids were 
 the daughters of Nereus and 
 Doris. 
 
 Nescio, Ire, Tvi, itum, tr. (ne & 
 scio,) to be ignorant of; not 
 to know ; can not. 
 
 Kestus, i, m. a river in the 
 western fart of Tftrace. 
 
 Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (ne & 
 uter,) neither of the two; 
 neither. 
 
 Nicomedes, is, m. a king of 
 JBithynia. 
 
 Nidifico, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (nidus & facio,) to build a 
 nest. 
 
 Nidus, i, m. a nest. 
 
 Niger, gra, grum, adj. (nigrior, 
 nigerrimus,) black. 
 
 Nihil, n, ind. or Nihilum, i, n. 
 (ne & liilum,) nothing: ni- 
 hil hi^beo quod, / have no- 
 
 thing on account of which f 
 i. e. I have no reason why. 
 
 Nihilominus, adv. (nihilo mi- 
 nus, less by nutldng ;) nev" 
 ertheless. 
 
 Nilus, i, m. the Nile; the larg- 
 est river of Africa. 
 
 Nimius, a, um, adj. (nimis, too 
 jnuch;) too great; excess* 
 ive ; immoderate. 
 
 Nimium, & Nimio, adv. (id.) 
 too much. 
 
 Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria, 
 
 Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am- 
 phlon, king of Thebes. 
 
 Nisi, conj. (ne & si,) unless; 
 except; if not. 
 
 Nisus, i, m. a king of MegariSf 
 and the father of Sylla. 
 
 Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni- 
 ieo,) shining ; bright; clear. 
 
 Nitor, oris, m. (niteo,) splen- 
 dor ; gloss; brilliancy. 
 
 Nitor, niti, nisus & nixus sum, 
 dep. to strive. 
 
 Nix, nivis, f. snow. 
 
 No, nare, navi, natum, intr. to 
 swim. 
 
 Nobilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 (nosco,) known; noted; no- 
 ble ; celehrated ; famous ; of 
 high rank; hence, 
 
 Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the 
 nobility; the nobles; a no- 
 ble spirit; nobleness. 
 
 Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (id.) to ennoble; to make 
 famous. 
 
 Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 
 injure; to harm. 
 
NOCTU NUMANTIA. 
 
 271 
 
 Noctu, abl. sing, monoptot, by 
 night; in the night time. 
 
 Koctunius, a, um, adj. (noctu,) 
 niyhtly ; nocturnal. 
 
 Kodu-!, i, 111. a knot ; a tumor. 
 
 Kola, 03, f. a city of Campa- 
 nia. 
 
 Kolo, nolle, nolui, intr. irr. 
 (non & volo, § 83, 5,) to be 
 unwilling : noli facere, do 
 not: noli esse, be not; Id. 
 87. 418. 
 
 Nomades, um, m. pi. a name 
 given to those tribes who 
 wander from place to place, 
 with their flocks and herds, 
 having no fixed residence. 
 
 Nomen, inis, n. a name ; fame. 
 
 Kon, adv. not. 
 
 Konagesimus, a, um, adj. ord. 
 the ninetieth. 
 
 Konne, adv. (non & ne, a neg- 
 ative interrogative^) noti 
 as, nonne fecit? lias he not 
 done it ? 
 
 Nonniliil, n. ind. (non nihil, 
 not nothing; i. e., some- 
 thing. 
 
 Nonnisi, adv. (non & nisi.) 
 only; not; except. 
 
 Konnullus, a, um, adj. (non & 
 nullus,) some. 
 
 Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the 
 ninth. 
 
 ISos. See Ego. 
 
 Kosco, noscere, novi, notum, 
 tr. to know ; to understand ; 
 'o learn. 
 
 JsToster, tra, trum, pro. our; 
 121. 236. 
 
 Xott*. vd, i\ (nosco,) a mark.. 
 
 Notans, tis, part, from 
 Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no- 
 ta,) to mark; to stigmatize ; 
 to observe. 
 Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nosco,) 
 
 known. 
 Kovem, ind. num. adj. pi. 
 
 nine. 
 Kovus, a, um, adj. (sup. issi- 
 
 mus, § 2Q>, 0,) 7iew ; recent; 
 
 fresh. 223. 
 Nox, noctis, f. night: de nocte, 
 
 by night. 
 Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,) 
 
 hurtful; injurious. 
 Nubes, is, f. a cloud. 
 Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nupta 
 
 sum, nuptum, intr. to cover 
 
 witJi a veil; to marry ; to be 
 
 married; (used only of the 
 
 wife.) 
 Nudatus, a, um, part, laid 
 
 open; stripped; deprived; 
 
 from 
 Xudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 make naked; to lay open; 
 
 fi-om 
 Nudus, a, um, adj. naked; bare, 
 Xullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj. 
 
 (non ullus,) no; no one. 
 Nuni, interros::. adv. in indi- 
 
 Q^ect questions, ivhether ? in 
 
 direct questions, commonly 
 
 omitted. See Ne, and Id. 
 
 56, 3d. 
 Xuma, le, m. (Porapiliu-,) the 
 
 second king of Home, and 
 
 tlie successor of Rom^dus. 
 Xumantia, a;, f. a city of Spain, 
 
 besieged by the Itomans for 
 
 twenty years. 
 
272 
 
 NUMANTINI OliHGO. 
 
 Numantini, orum, m. pi. Nu- 
 mantines; the people of Nu- 
 mantia. 
 
 Numen, inis, n. (nuo,) a deity; 
 a god. 
 
 Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 count; to number ; to reck- 
 on; from 
 
 Numerus, i, m. a number, 
 
 Numidioe, arum, m. pi. the Nu- 
 midians. 
 
 JSFumidia, a3, f. a country of 
 Africa. 
 
 Kumitor, oris, m. the father of 
 JR,hea Sylvia, and grandfa- 
 ther of Romulus and Re- 
 runs. 
 
 NummMS, i, m. money. 
 
 iNunc, adv. now: nunc etiam, 
 even now ; still. 
 
 NuncLipo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (nomen & capio,) to name ; 
 to call. 
 
 Nunquam, (ne & unquam,) 
 adv. never. 
 
 Nuntiatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Nuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (nuntius,) to announce; 
 to tell. 
 
 Nuptiie, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) 
 nuptials ; marriage ; a wed- 
 ding. 
 
 Nusquam, adv. (ne & usquam,) 
 no where ; in no place. 
 
 Nutriendus, a, um, part, to he 
 nourished. 
 
 Nutrio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
 nourish. 
 
 Nutritus, a, um, part. 
 
 Nutrix, icis, f. (nutrio,) a 
 mirse. 
 
 Nymplia, ae, f. a nymph ; a god- 
 dess presiding over foun- 
 tains, groves, or rivers, &c. 
 
 O. 
 
 O! int. 0! ah! 
 
 Ob, prep, ybr; on account of; 
 before. 
 
 Obdormisco, -dormiscere, -dor- 
 mlvi, intr. inc. (ob & dor- 
 misco,) to fall asleep; to 
 sleep. 
 
 Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to 
 draw over ; to cover over. 
 
 Obductus, a, um, part, spread 
 over ; covered over. 
 
 Obedio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. (ob 
 & audio,) to give ear to; to 
 obey; to comply with; to he 
 subject to. 
 
 Obeo, ire, ivi & ii, itum, tr. & 
 
 intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to 
 
 discharge ; to execute ; to die; 
 
 (i. e. mortem or supremum, 
 
 diem obire.) 
 
 Oberro' are, avi, atum, (ob & 
 erro,) to wander ; to wan- 
 der about. 
 
 Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. 
 
 Objaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. (ob 
 & jaceo,) to lie against or 
 before; to he opposite. 
 
 Objectus, a, um, part, thrown 
 to or in the way ; exposed. 
 
 Objicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (ob & jacio,) to throio 
 before ; to tliroiv to; to give; 
 to object; to expose. 
 
 OblTgo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 
OBLIQUE OCCIDO. 
 
 273 
 
 & ligo,) to hind to; to 
 oblige; to obligate. 
 
 Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob- 
 liquely, from 
 
 Obliquus, a, um, adj. (ob & 
 liquis,) oblique; indirect; 
 side wise. 
 
 Oblitus, a, um, -^siri. forgetting ; 
 having forgotten ; from 
 
 Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus 
 sum, tr. dep. (ob & liiio,) 
 to forget. 
 
 Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & 
 noxius,) obnoxious; subject; 
 exposed to; liable. 
 
 Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -rutum, tr. 
 (ob & ruo,) to rush down 
 headlong against ; to over- 
 whelm; to cover ; to bury. 
 
 Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; 
 covered; overwhelmed. 
 
 Obscuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (obscLirus,) to obscure; to 
 darken. 
 
 Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & sacro,) to beseech; to con- 
 jure. 
 
 Obsequor, sequi, secutus sum, 
 intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to 
 follow ; to serve ; to obey ; to 
 humor. 
 
 Observo, lire, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & servo,) to keep before the 
 mind; to observe ; to watch. 
 
 Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a 
 hostage. 
 
 Obsessus, a, um, part, besieged; 
 from 
 
 Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, 
 tr. (ob & sedeo,) to sit be- 
 
 fore or opposite; hence, ta 
 besiege; to invest; tobloch 
 ade; hence, 
 
 Obsidio, onis, f. a siege. 
 
 Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging 
 to a siege; obsidional: co~ 
 rona, a crown given to him 
 who had raised a siege. 
 
 Obstetrix, icis, f. a midwife. 
 
 Obtestatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (ob & testor,) to call sol- 
 emnly to ivitness; to conjure; 
 to beseech; to entreat. 
 
 Obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 tum, tr. (ob & teneo,) to 
 hold; to retain; to obtain: 
 obtinet sententia, the opin- 
 ion i^revails. 
 
 Obtrdit. See Offero. 
 
 Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) in 
 the way ; meeting ; to meet: 
 fio or eo obviam, I meet ; 1 
 go to meet. 
 
 Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) 
 an occasion; a good oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- 
 scent', the setting of the 
 heavenly bodies; evening; 
 the west. 
 
 Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the setting 
 sun; evening ; the ivest. 
 
 Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.) icesi- 
 ern; occidental. 
 
 Occido, occidere, occldi, occi- 
 sum, tr. (ob & casdo,) to 
 beat ; to hill; to slay ; to put 
 to death. 
 
 Occido, occidere, occidi, occH- 
 
274 
 
 OCCISUEUS OLYMPICUS. 
 
 sum, intr. (ob & cado,) to 
 
 fall; to fall down; to set. 
 Occisrirus, a, um, part, (occi- 
 
 do.) 
 Occisus, a, um, part, (occido.) 
 Occoecatus, a, um, part, from 
 Occoeco, Tire, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 
 & C08CO,) to blind; to daz- 
 
 Occuito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (occulo,) to conceal; 
 to hide. 
 
 Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. 
 to be concealed; to hide 
 one^s self. 
 
 Occupo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & capio,) to occupy; to 
 seize upon; to take p)Osses- 
 sion of before anotlier. 
 
 Occurro, -currcre, -curri & -cu- 
 curri, -eursum, intr. (ob & 
 curro,) to meet; to go to 
 meet; to run to meet; to en- 
 counter. 
 
 Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the 
 sea. 
 
 Octavianus, i, m. (Caesar,) the 
 nephew and adopted son of 
 Julius CcBsar, called, after 
 the battle of Actimn, Au- 
 gust us. 
 
 Octavus, a, um, num. adj. 
 (octo,) eighth. 
 
 Octingenti, as, a, num. adj. 
 pi. (octo & centum,) eight 
 hundred. 
 
 Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight. 
 
 Octoginta, ind. imm adj. pi. 
 (octo,) eighty. 
 
 OculuSj i, m. an eye. 
 
 Odi, odisse, def. pret. § 84, 1, 
 Obs. 2, to hate ; to detest. 
 
 Odium, i, n. hatred. [436, 
 
 Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi. odo- 
 res, odors; perfumes. 
 
 Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (odor,) to smell. 
 
 CEneus, ei & eos, m. a king 
 of Calydon, and father of 
 Meleager and Dej antra. 
 
 Qj^nomaus, i. m. the name of a 
 celebrated gladiator. 
 
 CEta, 03, m. a mountain in 
 Thessaly, on the borders of 
 Doris. 
 
 Offero, offerre, obtuli, obla- 
 tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) to 
 bring before; to offer; to 
 present. 
 
 Officiiia, vd, (opificina, from 
 opiiex,) a work-shop; an 
 office. 
 
 Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 tr. (ob & facio,) to act in 
 opposition ; to stand in the 
 way of; to injure; to hurt, 
 
 Officium, i, n. (i. e. oj)ificium, 
 fr. ops & facio,) a kind- 
 ness ; duty; an obligation; 
 politeness; civility; atteu' 
 ' tion. 
 
 Olea, aj, f. an olive-tree. 
 
 Oleum, i, n. oil. 
 
 Olim, ndv. formerly ; sometime. 
 
 Olor, oris, m. a swan. 
 
 Olu*, eris, n. herbs; pot-herbs. 
 
 Olympia, ob, f. a town and dis- 
 trict of the Peloponnesus^ 
 upon the Alpheus. 
 
 Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym* 
 
OLTMPIUS ORANS. 
 
 275 
 
 pic; pertaining to Olym- 
 pia. 
 
 Olympius, a, um, adj. ' Olym- 
 pian; pertaining to Olym- 
 pus or to Olympia. 
 
 Olympus, i, m. a high moun- 
 tain between Thessaly and 
 Macedon. 
 
 Omen, inis, n. an omen; a 
 sign. 
 
 Omni^, e, adj. all; every; ev-^ 
 ery one: omnes, all: om- 
 nia, all things: sine omni 
 discordia, without any dis- 
 cord. 
 
 Onus, eris, n. a burden; a 
 load. 
 
 Onustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (onus,) laden; full of. 
 
 Opera, ae, f. (opus,) labor; 
 pains: dare operara, to do 
 one's endeavor; to devote 
 one's self to. 
 
 Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. (opera,) to labor; to 
 icork. 
 
 Opimus, a, um, adj. (ops, is,) 
 (ior, sup. IV anting ; w^j^4^) 
 fat; rich ; fruitful ; dainty. 
 
 Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be- 
 hoves ; it is meet^ ft, or 
 proper; it is a duty; we 
 ought. 
 
 Oppidum, i, n. a walled town; 
 a town. 
 
 Oppono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (ob & pono,) to 
 place opposite; to oppose; 
 to set against. 
 
 Opportilnus, a, um, adj. (lor, 
 issimus,) (ob & jjortus, 
 
 with a harbor near, or op- 
 posite, hence,) seasonable; 
 comm.odious ; convenient; 
 favorable. 
 
 Oppositus, a, um, part, oppo- 
 site; opposed. 
 
 Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, 
 -pressum, tr. (ob & pre- 
 mo,) to press down, or 
 against; to oppress; to 
 overpower; to subdue. 
 
 Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Oj)pugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (ob & pugno,) to fight 
 
 against; to assault; to be- 
 
 siege ; to attempt to take by 
 
 force; to storm. 
 
 (Ops, nom., not in use, § 18, 
 12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; 
 means; assistance: opes, pi. 
 wealth; riches; resources; 
 power. 182, 
 
 Optime, adv. (sup. of bene,) 
 very well ; excellently ; best. 
 
 Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 bonus,) (opto,) most desir- . 
 able ; best ; most worthy. 
 
 Optio, onis, f. a choice ; an op- 
 tion; from 
 
 Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- 
 sire. 
 
 Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, 
 adj. (ior, issimus,) rich; 
 opulent; wealthy; fr. ops. 
 
 Opus, eris, n. a work; a labor. 
 
 Opus, subs. & adj. ind. need. 
 
 Ora, te, f. a coast; a shore. 
 
 Ora, pi. See Os. 
 
 OracQlum, i, n. (oro,) an ora- 
 cle ; a response. 
 
 Orans, tis, part, (oro.) 
 
276 
 
 ORATIO — PABULUM. 
 
 Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- 
 course; an oration. 
 
 Orator, oris, m. (oro,) an ora- 
 tor ; an ambassador. 
 
 Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) 
 bereaved or deprived of. 
 
 Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Hirace or Macedonia. 
 
 Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle: 
 in orbem jacere, to lie 
 round in a circle : orbis, or 
 orbis terrarum, the world. 
 
 Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- 
 bus,) to deprive; to be- 
 reave of 
 
 Orcus, i, m. Pluto, the god of 
 the lower world; the infer- 
 nal regions. 
 
 Ordino, are, avi, atiim, tr. to 
 set in order; to arrange; 
 to ordain. 
 
 Ordo, iiiis, m. order ; arrange- 
 ment; a row: ordines re- 
 morumj banks of oars. 
 
 Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, 
 the place of sun-rising ; the 
 east; the morning. 
 
 Oriens, part, (orior.) 
 
 Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. 
 
 Orlgo, inis, f. source ; origin : 
 originem ducere, to derive 
 one's origin; from 
 
 Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. 
 dep. 220, Note, 8; to arise; 
 to begin ; to appear. 4:00 • 
 
 Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an 
 ornament. 
 
 Ornatus, us, m. an ornament; fr. 
 
 Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 adorn; to deck; to furnish; 
 to equip. 
 
 Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,) to 
 beg; to entreat. 
 
 Orodes, is, m. a king of Par- 
 thia, ivho took and destroyed 
 Crassus. 
 
 Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- 
 brated poet and musician 
 of Thrace; §15,13,156*. 
 
 Ortus, a, uni, part, (orior,) 
 having arisen; risen; born; 
 begun. 
 
 Ortus, us, m. (id.) a rising; 
 east. 
 
 Os, oris, n. the mouth ; the face, 
 
 Os, ossis, n. a bone. 
 
 Ossa, 86, m. a high mountain 
 in Thessaly. 
 
 Ostendo, -tendere, -tendi, -ten- 
 sum, & -tentum, tr. (ob & 
 tendo,) to stretch or hold 
 before; to show; to point 
 out; to exhibit. 
 
 Ostia, £6, f. a town, built by An- 
 cus Marcius, at the mouth 
 of the Tiber; from 
 
 Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a 
 river. • 
 
 Ostrea, ae, f. ostrea, orum, pi. 
 n. a7i oyster. 
 
 Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet; 
 ease; idleness. 
 
 Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, 
 or of Aloeus. 
 
 0%ns, is, f. a sheep. 
 
 Ovum, i, n. a7i egg. 
 
 P. 
 
 P. aji abbreviation of Publius. 
 Pabulum, i, n. (paseo,) food 
 for cattle ; fodder. 
 
PACISCOR PAROPAMISUS. 
 
 2i i 
 
 Paci.^cor, pacisci, pactus sum, 
 tr. & intr. (pango, to jix or 
 settle; hence,) to make a 
 compact ; to form, a treaty ; 
 to bargain; to agree. 
 
 Pactdlus, i, m. a river of Ly- 
 dia, famous for its golden 
 sands. 
 
 Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an 
 agreement; a contract: quo 
 pacto, in what manner; 
 how. 
 
 Pactus, a, um, part, (paciscor.) 
 
 Padus, i, m. the largest river of 
 Italy, now the Po. 
 
 PjBne, {see Pene,) adv. almost. 
 
 Palea, as, f. chaff. 
 
 Palma, ae, f. the palm of the 
 hand; a palm-tree. 
 
 Palpebra, ae, f. (palpo,) the eye- 
 lid: pL the eye-lashes. 
 
 Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a 
 swamp; a lahe; hence, 
 
 Paluster, pahistris, pakistre, 
 adj. marshy. 
 
 Pan, Panis, m. (Acc.^Pana,) 
 the god of shepherds. 
 
 Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- 
 sum & passum, tr. to open ; 
 to expand; to spread out. 
 
 Panionium, i, n. a sacred place 
 near mount Mycale in Io- 
 nia. ■ 
 
 Panis, is, m. bread. 
 
 Panthera, ae, f. a panther. 
 
 Papirius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Ho mans. 
 
 Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. 
 a?i Egyptian plant or reed, 
 of which paper ivas made; 
 the papyrus. 
 24 
 
 Par, paris, adj. equals even; 
 suitable. 
 
 Paratus, a, um, part, and adj. 
 (ior, issmius,) (paro,; pre- 
 pared; ready. 
 
 Parcae, arum, f. pi. the Fates. 
 
 Parco, parcere, peperci or par- 
 si, parsum or parciLum, 
 intr. to spare. 
 
 Pardus, i, m. a male panther. 
 
 Parens, tis, c. (pario,) aparent; 
 father; mother; creator; 
 author; inventor. 
 
 Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come 
 near; to be at hand; hence, 
 to obey ; to be subject to. 
 
 Paries, etis, m. a wall (of a 
 house.) 
 
 Pario, parere, peperi, partum, 
 tr. to bear ; to bring forth ; 
 to cause ; to produce; to 
 obtain ; to gain • ovum, to 
 lay an egg. 
 
 Paris, idis, or idos, m.,' 130, 
 a son of Priam, king of 
 Troy, and brother of Hector. 
 
 Pariter, adv. (par,) in like 
 manner; equally; at the 
 same time. 
 
 Pai'nassus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Phocis, whose two sunimits 
 ivere sacred to Apollo and 
 Bacchus, and upon which 
 the Muses were fabled to 
 reside. 
 
 Paro, ai'e, avi, atum, tr. to 
 prepare; to provide; to fro- 
 cure; to obtain ; to equip: 
 parare insidias, to lay plots 
 against. 
 
 Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of 
 
278 
 
 PARS PATRIMONIUM. 
 
 mountains in the north of 
 India. 
 
 Pars, tis, f. a part; a share; a 
 portion ; a region ; a party : 
 in utraque parte, on each 
 side : magna ex parte, in a 
 great measure ; for tlte most 
 part. 
 
 Parsimonia, a^, f. (parco,) fru- 
 gality. 
 
 Partlms, i, m. an inhabitant of 
 Parthia; a Parthian. 
 
 Particiila, as, f. dim. (pars,) a 
 particle; a small part. 
 
 Partiendus, a, um, part, (par- 
 tior.) 
 
 Partim, adv. (pars,) partly ; in 
 part. 
 
 Partior, iri, itus sum, tr. dep. 
 (pars,) to divide; to share. 
 
 Partus, a, nm, part, (pario.) 
 
 Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- 
 spring. 
 
 Parum, adv. (minus, minime, 
 234,) little ; too little. 
 
 ParvCdus, a,, um, dim. adj. 
 small; very small; from 
 
 Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, 
 minimus, 113,) small or 
 little; less; the least. 210.» 
 
 Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, 
 tr. & intr. to give food to ; 
 ta feed; to graze. 
 
 Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. & 
 intr. dep. to feed; to graze ; 
 to feed vupon. 
 
 Passer, eris, m. a sparrow. 
 
 Passim, adv. (passus, fr. pan- 
 do,) here and there; every 
 where; in every direction. 
 
 Passurus, a, um. part, (patior.) 
 
 Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) 
 
 having suffered. 
 Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) 
 
 stretched out; hung up f 
 
 dried: uva passa, a raisin, 
 Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a 
 
 measure of 5 feet: mille 
 
 passuum, a mile, or 5000 
 
 feet. 909. 
 Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a 
 
 shepherd. 
 Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, 
 
 tr. (pateo & facio,) to open; 
 
 to disclose; to discover; to 
 
 detect. 
 Patefio, fieri, factus siim, pass. 
 
 irr. §221,Obs. S,429, to 
 
 be laid ojjen or discovered. 
 Patefactus, a, um, part, opened; 
 
 discovered. 
 Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying 
 
 open; open; clear; from 
 Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open; 
 
 to stand open; to extend. 
 Pater, tris, m. a father: pa- 
 
 tre,^, fathers ; senators: pa- 
 terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
 
 § 18, 9, the master of a 
 
 family; a housekeeper; 
 
 hence, {176.) 
 Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal. 
 Patientia, 8e, f. patience ; hard' 
 
 iness; from 
 Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. 
 
 dep. to suffer ; to endure; 
 
 to let; to allow. 
 Patria, se, f. (patrius, fr. pater,) 
 
 one's native comdry ; one's 
 
 birth-ploxe. 
 Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa' 
 
 trimony ; inheritance. 
 
PATROCINIUM PENINSULA, 
 
 279 
 
 Patroclnium, i, n, patronage; 
 
 from 
 Patroiui.-i, i, m. (pater,) a pa- 
 tron; protector. 
 Patruelis, is, c. (pat yus,) a 
 
 cousin {bythefathei . side.) 
 Pauci, 03, a, adj. pi. (paucus 
 
 sing, seldom used,)yez(;; a 
 
 few. 
 Paulcitim, adv. (paiiln>!,) gra- 
 
 dually ; little by little. 
 Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a 
 
 little. 
 Paululiim, adv. a little. 
 Paullus, or Paulas, i. m, a 
 
 cognomen or surname in 
 
 the JEinilian tribe. 
 Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,) 
 
 poor; hence, 
 Pauperies, ei, f. poverty ; and 
 Paupertas, atis, i. poverty ; in- 
 digence, 
 Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to 
 
 fear; to be afraid. 
 Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. 
 PaM, pads, f. peace. 
 Pecco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 do ivrong ; to commit a 
 
 fault; to sin. 
 Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, 
 
 pexum, tr. to comb; to 
 
 dress. 
 Pectus, oris, n. the breast. 
 Pecunia, ib, f. (pecus, the frst 
 
 coin in Rome being stamped 
 
 with a sheep;) money; a sum 
 
 of money. 
 Pecus, fidis, f. a sheep; a beast. 
 Pecus, oris, ii. cattle {of a large 
 
 size ;) a herd ; a flock. 
 Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one 
 
 who goes on foot i a foot- 
 s^'ldier. 
 
 Pelagus, i, n. tJie sea. 
 
 Peleus, i, m. a king of TJies- 
 saly^ the son of jEucus, and 
 father of Achilles. 
 
 Pelias, ae, m. a king of TheS' 
 saly and son of Neptune. 
 
 Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people 
 of Italy, whose country lay 
 between the Aternus and tJte 
 Sagrus. 
 
 Pelion, i, n. a lofty mountain in 
 Thesscdy. 
 
 Pellicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (per & lacio,) to allure ; 
 to entice; to invite. 
 
 Pellis, is, f. the skin. 
 
 Pello, pellere, pepuli, pulsum, 
 tr. to drive away ; to banish; 
 to expel; to dispossess; to 
 beat. 
 
 Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula 
 of Greece, now called the 
 Morea. 
 
 Pelusium,i, n. a town of Egypt. 
 
 Pendens, tis, part, hanging; 
 impending. 
 
 Pendeo,pendere, pependi, pen- 
 sum, intr. to hang. 
 
 Pene, adv. almost; nearly. 
 
 Penetrale, is, n. the inner part 
 of a house, fr. penetralis, f "r. 
 
 Penetro, are, avi, atum, (peni- 
 tus,) tr. to go tvithiu; to pen- 
 etrate; to enter. 
 
 Peneus, i, m. the principal riv- 
 er of 77iessaly, fioiving be- 
 tween Ossa and Olympus. 
 
 Peninsula, a;, f. (})ene & insu- 
 la,) a peninsula. 
 
280 
 
 PENNA PERICULUM. 
 
 Penna, 9g, f. a feather ; a quill; 
 a wing. 
 
 Pensilis, e, adj. (pendeo,) hang- 
 ing ; pendent. 
 
 Penuria, se, f. want; scarcity. 
 
 Peperci. See Parco. 
 
 Pepidi. See Pello. 
 
 Peperi. See Pario. 
 
 Per, prep, hy; through; for; 
 during; along. 
 
 Pera, jb, f. a wallet ; a hag. 
 
 Peragro, fire, avi, atum, intr. 
 (per & ager,) to travel 
 through; to^go through or 
 over., (sc. the jield or coun- 
 try.) 
 
 Percontor & -cunctor, ari, atus 
 sum, tr. dep. (per & con- 
 tor,) to ask; to inquire. 
 
 Percunctatus, a, um, part, (per- 
 cunctor.) 
 
 Percussor, oris, m. one who 
 wounds; a murderer; an 
 assassin; from 
 
 Percutio, -cutere, -cussi, -cus- 
 sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to 
 strike; to ivound: securi, 
 to behead. 
 
 Perdite, adv. very; vehement- 
 ly; exceedingly; desperate- 
 ly; from 
 
 Perditus, a, um, joart. & adj. 
 (perdo,) ruined; lost; un- 
 done; desperate. 
 
 Perdix, icis, f. a partridge. 
 
 Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (per & do,) to ruin; to 
 lose; to destroy. 
 
 Perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 ^um, tr. (per & duco.) to 
 lead to, or through to. 
 
 Perductus, a, um, part, brought, 
 led; conducted. 
 
 Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign 
 travel; a residence in a 
 for^^jn country; from 
 
 PerejiTmus, a, um, adj. (pere- 
 gre, and that from per & 
 ager,) foreign. 
 
 Perennis, e, adj. (per Sc an- 
 nus,) lasting through the 
 year; continual; lasting; 
 unceasing; everlasting ; pe- 
 rennial. 
 
 Pereo, -ire, -ii, -itum, intr. irr. 
 (per & eo,) to perish; to be 
 slain; to be lost. 
 
 Perfidia, ae, f. perfidy; from 
 
 Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & 
 fides,) breaking faith ; per- 
 fidious. 
 
 Pergamum, i, n., & -us, i, f., 
 -a, orum, pi. n. the citadel 
 of Troy; also, a city of 
 Mysia, situated upon the 
 river Catcus, where parch- 
 ment was first made., hence 
 called Pergamena. 
 
 Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- 
 rectum, intr. (per & rego,) 
 to go straight on; to ad- 
 vance; to continue. 
 
 Pericles, is,m. an eyninent orator 
 and statesman of Athens. 
 
 Periculosus, a, um,adj. (comp.) 
 full of danger ; dangerous ; 
 perilous ; hazardous ; from 
 
 PericCdum, & Periclum, i, n. 
 (perior, obsol. whence ex- 
 perior, to try; lience,) an 
 experiment; a trial; dan- 
 ger ; peril. 
 
PERITURUS PERTINEO. 
 
 281 
 
 Periturus, a, um, part, (pereo.) 
 
 Perltus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (perior,) experienced; 
 skillful. 
 
 Permeo, are, avi atum, intr. 
 (per & meo,) to go through ; 
 to flow through; to pene- 
 trate; to permeate. 
 
 Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui, 
 -mistum & -mixtum, tr. (per 
 & misceo,) to mix thor- 
 oughly; to mingle. 
 
 Permistus, a, um, part, mixed; 
 mingled; confused. 
 
 Permitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to 
 grant; to allow ; to permit; 
 to commit; to intrust; to 
 give leave to; to grant. 
 
 Permutatio, onis, f. exchange; 
 change; from 
 
 Permuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (per & muto,) to change; 
 to exchange. 
 
 Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- 
 struction ; exterm hiation ; 
 hence, 
 
 Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) pernicious ; hurt- 
 ful. 
 
 Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
 -pensum, tr. (per & pen- 
 do,) to iveigh ; to ponder; 
 to consider. 
 
 Perperam, h^y. wrong ; amiss; 
 rashly ; imjustly ; absurdly ; 
 falsely. 
 
 Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, 
 tr. dep. (per & patior,) to 
 endure; to bear; to suffer. ^ 
 
 Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- 
 pes,) perpetual; constanto 
 
 Perrexi. See Pergo. 
 
 Persa, ae, m. a Persian; an 
 inhabitant of Persia. 
 
 Persecutus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Persequor, - sequi, - secutus 
 sum, tr. dep. (per & se- 
 quor,) to follow closely; to 
 pursue; to follow ; to con- 
 tinue; to persevere in; to 
 persecute. 
 
 Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son 
 of Jupiter and Danue ; al- 
 so, the last king of Mace- 
 don. 
 
 Persicus, a, um, adj. of Persia; 
 Persian. 
 
 Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
 -spectum, tr. (per & spe- 
 cio,) to see through ; to dis- 
 cern; to become acquainted 
 with; to discover. 
 
 Persuadeo, -suadere, -suasi, 
 -suasum, tr. (per & sua- 
 deo,) to persuade. 
 
 Perterreo, -terrere, -terrui, -ter- 
 ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to 
 frighten greatly. 
 
 Perterritus, a, um, part, af- 
 frighted; discouraged. 
 
 Pertinaciter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 obstinately; constantly; per- 
 se veringly ; from 
 
 Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti- 
 nate; willful. 
 
 Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. 
 (per & teneo,) to extend ^ 
 to reach to. 
 
282 
 
 PERVENIO PHOC^I. 
 
 Pervenio. -venire, -veni, -ven- ; Pharos, i, f. a small island at 
 
 turn, intr. (per & venio,) to 
 come to; to arrive at; to] 
 reach. 
 
 Pervenitur, pass. imp. one 
 comes; they come; we come, 
 &c. Id. 67, Note. 
 
 Pervius, a, um,adj. (per & via,) 
 pervious; which may be 
 passed through ; passable. 
 
 Pes, pedis, m. afoot. 
 
 Pessum, adv. down; under 
 foot; to the bottom: ire 
 pessum, to sink. 
 
 Pestilentia, ae, f. (pestilens, fr. 
 pestis,) a pestilence; a 
 plague. 
 
 Petens, tis, part, (peto.) 
 
 Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a 
 canvassing or soliciting for 
 an office; from 
 
 Peto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. to ask; 
 to request; to attack; to as- 
 sail; to go to; to seek; to 
 go for ; to bring. 
 
 Petra, se, f. the metropolis of 
 Arabia Petrcea. 
 
 Petrgea, £e, f. (Arabia,) Arabia 
 Petrcea, the northern part of 
 Arabia, south of Palestine. 
 
 Petulantia, 93, f. (petulans, for- 
 ward^ fr. peto,) petidance ; 
 insolence ; mischievousness; 
 wantonness. 
 
 Plineax, acis, m. a Phceacian, 
 or inhabitant of Phceacia, 
 now Corfu. T7ie Phceacians 
 were famous for luxury o 
 
 Phalera^ arum, t". pi. the trap- 
 pings of a horse; habili- 
 ments. 
 
 the western mouth of the 
 Nile, on which was a tower 
 or light-house, esteemed one 
 of the seven wonders of the 
 world. 
 
 Pharsalus, i, m. a city of TheS' 
 saly. 
 
 Pharnaces, is, m. a son of 
 MithridateSf kiiig of Pon- 
 tus. 
 
 Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and 
 river of Colchis, on the east 
 side of the Euxine. 
 
 Phidias, ge, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian statuary. 
 
 Philfeni, orum, m. pi. two Car- 
 thaginian brothers, who suf- 
 fered themselves to be buried 
 alive, for the purpose of 
 establishing the controvert- 
 ed boundary of their coun- 
 try. 
 
 Phihppi, orum, m. pi. a city 
 of Macedon, on the confines 
 of TJtrace. 
 
 Phihppicus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Philippi. 
 
 Philippides, ee, m. a comic poet, 
 
 Philippus, i, m. Pliilip ; the 
 father of Alexander ; also, 
 the son of Demetrius. 
 
 Philomela, ue, f. a nightingale, 
 
 Philosophia, a^, f. philosophy. 
 
 Philosophus, i, m. a philoso- 
 pher ; a lover of learning 
 and wisdom. 
 
 Phmeus, i, m. a king of Arca- 
 dia^ and priest of Apollo. 
 
 Phocsei, orum, m. pi. the Phos 
 cceans; inhabitants of Pho< 
 
PHOCIS PLECTO. 
 
 283 
 
 c<2a^ a maritime city of Io- 
 nia. 
 
 Phocir^, idis, f. a country of 
 Greece. 
 
 Plicenlce, es, f. Phoenicia, a 
 maritime country of Syria, 
 north of Palestine. 
 
 Phcenix, Icis, m. a Phoenician. 
 
 Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; 
 an inhabitant of Phrygia. 
 
 Picentes, ium, m. pi. the inhab- 
 itants of Picenum. 
 
 Picenum, i, n. a country of 
 Italy. 
 
 Pictus, a, um, part, (pingo,) 
 painted; embroidered: picta 
 tabula, a picture; a paint- 
 ing. 
 
 Pietas, atis, f. (plus,) piety; 
 filial duty. 
 
 Pignus, oris, n. a pledge; a 
 paiun; security ; assurance. 
 
 Pila, ae, f. a ball. 
 
 P Luis, i, m. a hat; a cap. 
 
 Pilus, i, m. the hair. 
 
 Pindc'irus, i, m. Pindar, a TJie- 
 ban, the most eminent of the 
 Greek lyric poets. 
 
 Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, 
 tr. to represent by lines and 
 colors; to paint; to depict; 
 to delineate; to draw: acu, 
 to embroider. 
 
 Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 fat; fertile; rich. 
 
 Pinna, SB, f. a wing ; a fn. 
 
 Pii'ieeus, ei, m. the principal 
 port and arsenal of Athens. 
 
 Pi rata, ae, m. a pirate. 
 
 Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from 
 piscis,) a fisherman. 
 13 
 
 Piscis, is, m. a fish. 
 Pisistratus, i, m. an Athenian 
 
 tyrant, distinguished for his 
 
 eloquence. 
 Pistrinum, i, n. (pinso, to 
 
 bruise;^ a mill. 
 Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or sut" 
 
 name of Metellus. 
 Pius, a, um, adj. dutifid, or 
 
 affectionate to parents ; pi- 
 ous. 
 Placeo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 
 
 please: sibi, to be vain or 
 
 proud of; to plume one^s 
 
 self. 
 Placet, placuit, or placitum 
 
 est, imp. it pleases; it is 
 
 determined; it seems good 
 
 to. 
 Placidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) (placeo,) placid ; 
 
 quiet; still; tranquil; mild; 
 
 gentle. 
 Plaga, 86, f. a blow ; a wound: 
 
 plagae, pi. nets ; toils. 
 Plane, adv. (planus,) entirely; 
 
 totally; plainly; clearly. 
 Planta, ae, f. a plant. 
 Platrmus, i, f. the plane-tree. 
 Platea, le, f. a species of bird, 
 
 the spoonbill, the heron. 
 Plato, onis, m. an Athenian, one 
 
 of the most celebrated of the 
 
 Grecian philosophers. 
 Plaustrum, i, n. a cart; a wagon, 
 Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the 
 
 people; the common people ; 
 
 the plebeians. 
 Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; 
 
 to punish. 
 Plecto, plectere, plexui and 
 
284 
 
 PLERUSQUE^ — POPULOR. 
 
 plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; 
 to twist; to weave. 
 
 Plerusque, pleraque, plerum- 
 que, adj. (mostly used in 
 the pi.) most; the most; 
 many. 
 
 Pleriimque, adv. commonly; 
 generally; for the most 
 part; sometimes. 
 
 Plinius, i, m. Pliny ; the name 
 of two distinguished Ro- 
 man authors. 
 
 Plotinius, i, m. See Catienus. 
 
 Plumbeus, a, um, adj. of lead; 
 leaden; from 
 
 Plumbum, i, n. lead. 
 
 Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, intr. 
 to rain: pluit, it rains. 
 
 Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 multus,) very much; most; 
 very many. 
 
 Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing., com- 
 parative of multus,) § 21, 
 4, 107 f) more : pi. many. 
 
 Plus, adv. (comparative of 
 multum,) more; longer. 
 
 Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- 
 turn^ and king of the in- 
 fernal regions. 
 
 Poculum, i, n. a cup. 
 
 Poema, atis, n. a poem. 
 
 Poena, £e, f. satisfaction given 
 or taken for a crime; pun- 
 ishment ; a punishment. 
 
 Pcenitet, ere, uit, imp. (poeni- 
 teo, and that from poena,) 
 it repents: poenitet me, / 
 repent. 
 
 Poenus, a, um, adj. belonging to 
 Carthage ; Carth aginian : 
 subs, a Carthaginian. 
 
 Poeta, se, m. a poet. 
 
 Pol, adv. by Pollux; truly. 
 
 PoUex, icis, m. (polleo,) the 
 
 thumb; the great toe. 
 Polliceor, eri, itus sum, tr. 
 dep. (liceor,) to promise; 
 hence, 
 Pollicitus, a, um, part. 
 Pollux, ucis, m. a son of Leda, 
 
 and twin brother of Castor. 
 Polyxena, ae, f. a daughter of 
 
 Priam and Hecuba. 
 Pomifer, era, erum, adj. (po- 
 
 mum & fero,) bearing 
 
 fruit: pomiferaB arbores, 
 
 fruit-trees. 
 Pompa, se, f. a procession; 
 
 pomp; parade. 
 Pompeianus, a, um, adj. ie- 
 
 longing to Pompey. 
 Pompeius, i, m. Pompey; the 
 
 name of a Roman gens, or 
 
 clan. 
 Pompilius, i, m. See Numa. 
 Pomum, i, n. an apple; any 
 
 fruit fit for eating^ growing 
 
 upon a tree. 
 Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a 
 
 weight. 
 Pono, ponere, posui, positum, 
 
 tr. to place; to put; to set. 
 Pons, tis, m. a bridge. 
 Pontius, i, m. (Theleslnus,) a 
 
 general of the Samnites. 
 Pontus, i, m. a sea ; the deep 
 
 sea: by Synecdoche, the 
 
 Euxine or Black sea; also, 
 
 the kingdom of Ponfus, on 
 
 the south side of the P^uxine. 
 Poposci. See Posco. 
 Populor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
POPULUS POTIOR. 
 
 285 
 
 (popiilo for depopulo, from 
 populus,) to lay waste ; to 
 depopulate; from 
 Popiilus, i, ra. the people; a 
 nation; a tribe: ^X.nations; 
 tribes. 
 
 Porrectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Porrfgo, igere, exi, ectura, tr. 
 (porro, or pro & I'ego,) to 
 reach or spread out ; to ex- 
 tend; to offer. 
 
 Porsena, ae, m. a king of Etru- 
 ria. 
 
 Porta, BB, f. (porto,) a gate. 
 
 Portans, tis, part, (porto.) 
 
 Portendo, -tendere, -teiidi, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (porro, or pro & 
 tendo,) to shoiv ivhat icill 
 he hereafter; to presage ; to 
 forbode ; to portend; to be- 
 token. 
 
 Porticus, us, f. (porta,) a por- 
 tico; a gallery ; a porch. 
 
 Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 carry ; to hear ; hence, 
 
 Portus, us, m. a port; a har- 
 bor. 
 
 Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to 
 demand; to request earnest- 
 ly ; to ask as wages. 
 
 Positus, a, um, part, (pono,) 
 situated. 
 
 Possessio, onis, f. possession ; & 
 
 Possessor, oris, m. a possessor; 
 an occupant; from 
 
 Possideo, -sidere, -sedi,-sessum, 
 tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- 
 sess. 
 
 Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. 
 (potis k sum, § 221, 2,) to 
 be able ; lean. 4:12, 
 
 Post, prep, after: — adv. after; 
 
 after that ; afterwards. 
 Postea, adv. (post & ea, after 
 
 these things;) afterwards. 
 Posterus, (m. not used,) era, 
 erum, adj. § 26, 2. (erior, 
 remus,) (post,) succeeding ; 
 subsequent; next: in post- 
 erum, (supply tempus,) for 
 the future: posteri, orum, 
 posterity. 222* 
 Postis, is, m. (positus, fr. pono,) 
 
 a thing set up ; a post. 
 Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) 
 
 after; after that; since. 
 Postremo, & -um, adv. at last; 
 
 finally; from 
 Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. 
 of posterus,) the last: ad 
 postremum, at last. 
 Postulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (posco,) to ask; to ask for ; 
 to demand^ (as a right.) 
 Postumius, i, m. the name of a 
 
 Roman gens or clan. 
 Posui. See. Pono. 
 Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 being able ; poioerful; (pos- 
 sum.) 
 Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) power; 
 
 authority; government. 
 Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) pow- 
 er ; {civil power., as distin- 
 guished from imperium, 
 military command.) 
 Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; 
 
 a draught. 
 Potior, iri, Itus sum, intr. dep. 
 (potis,) to get; to possess; 
 to obtain; to enjoy ; to gain 
 possession of. 
 
286 
 
 POTISSIMUM PR^LATUS. 
 
 Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po- 
 tius,) principally; chiefly; 
 especially. 
 
 Potitus, a, um, part, (potior,) 
 havitig obtained. 
 
 Potius, adv. comp. (sup. potis- 
 simum,) rather. 
 
 Poto, potare, potavi, potatum, 
 or potum, tr. to drink; to 
 drink hard; (see bibo.) 
 
 Potuisse. See Possum. 
 
 Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. 
 
 Prae, prep, before; for; in cojn- 
 parison of, or with. 
 
 Praealtus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (pras & altus,) very high; 
 very deep, (comparatively.) 
 
 Prsebeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (prse 
 & liabeo,) to offer; to sup- 
 ply; to give; to afford: spe- 
 ciem, to exhibit the appear- 
 ance of: usum, to serve for. 
 
 Prgecedens, tis, part, from 
 
 Praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (prae & cedo,) to 
 go before; to precede. 
 
 Prasceptor, oris, m. (prtecipio,) 
 a preceptor, master, or 
 teacher. 
 
 Prasceptum, i, n. (praecipio,) a 
 precept ; a doctrine ; advice. 
 
 Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, 
 tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off. 
 
 Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (prae & capio,) to 
 seize or taJce before ; hence, 
 to prescribe ; to command. 
 
 Praecipito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (prasceps,) to throw down 
 headlong; to precipitate; 
 to throw. 
 
 Prascipue, adv. especially ; par* 
 ticularly ; from 
 
 Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci-. 
 pio,) especial; distinguish- 
 ed; the chief; the princi- 
 pal. 
 
 Pr^eclare, adv. excellently ; fa- 
 mously ; gloriously; from 
 
 Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (prae & 
 clarus,) very clear or bright; 
 famous. 
 
 Praecludo, -cludere, -clusi, -clu- 
 sum, tr. (prfE & claudo,) to 
 close beforehand; to stop; 
 to shut up. 
 
 Prgeco, onis, m. a herald. 
 
 Pr^eda, ae, f. booty; the prey. 
 
 Prsedico, are, avi, atum, tr< 
 (pr£e & dico,) to tell openly ; 
 to publish; to declare; to as-- 
 sert; to affrm: to praise. 
 
 Prsedico, cere, xi, ctum, tr- 
 (prae & dico,) to predict; tr 
 foretell. 
 
 Prsedictus, a, um, part, fore-^ 
 told. 
 
 Prsedor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (praeda,) to plunder. 
 
 Praetans, tis, part, from 
 
 Prsefari, fatus, def. 222, 4, to 
 tell before, ov foretell; to an- 
 nounce ; to predict. 4S0» 
 
 Prsefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, 
 tr. irr. (prae & fero.) to bear 
 before; to show ; to prefer. 
 
 Preefiiiio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (pra3 
 & finio,) to appoint before- 
 hand: to determine. 
 
 Prtefinitus, a, um, part. 
 
 Pr^elatus, a, um, part, (prse- 
 fero). 
 
PR^LIANS PRA VITAS. 
 
 287 
 
 Prrelians, tis, part, (prrelior.) 
 
 Prreliatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to give battle; to en- 
 gage; to JigJit. 
 
 Prrelimn, i, n. a battle. 
 
 Pragmium, i, n. a reward; a 
 price; a recompense. 
 
 PriBinltto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (prce & mitto,) to 
 send before. 
 
 Praeneste, is, n. a city of La- 
 tium. 
 
 PPcenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (pros & nuntio,) to tell be- 
 forehand; to announce; to 
 signify ; to give notice. 
 
 Pra^paro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (pra3 & paro,) to get before- 
 hand; to make ready; to 
 prepare; to mahe. 
 
 Pr^pono, -ponere, -po-^ui, -posi- 
 tiun, tr. (pr£6 & pouo,) to 
 set bfore ; to value more ; 
 to place over ; to prefer. 
 
 Prreseiis, tis, adj. present; im- 
 minent; part, of pra^sum. 
 
 Pra?.sepe, is, n. pra^sepes & 
 p'r^esepis, is, f. (pr-assepio,) 
 a manger ; a crib. 
 
 Priesidium,' i, ii. (pr^esideo,) 
 a garrison ; defence. 
 
 Prajstaiis, tis, part. & adj. (ior, 
 iss mus,) (prassto,) standing 
 before; hence, excellent; 
 distinguished; henee, 
 
 Proestantia, te, f. superiority ; 
 an advantage ; a preemi- 
 nence. 
 
 Proesto, stare, stiti, stitum and 
 statum, intr. & tr. (pr^e & 
 
 sto,) to stand before; to ex- 
 cel; to be superior; to sur- 
 pass; to perform; to pay; 
 to grant ; to give ; to ren- 
 der ; to execute ; to cause : se, 
 to show or prove one's self: 
 praistat, imp. it is better. 
 
 Prassura, -esse, -fui, intr. irr. 
 (pr^e & sum,) to be over ; to 
 preside over; to have the 
 charge or command of; to 
 rule over. 
 
 Prsetendo, -tendere, -tendi. 
 -tensum or turn, tr. (prae & 
 tendo,) to hold before; to 
 stretch or extend before ; to 
 be opposite to ; to pretend. 
 
 Proeter, prep, besides; except; 
 contrary to. 
 
 Pra?terea, adv. (prceter & ea,) 
 besides; moreover. 
 
 Prnetereo, ire, ii, itum, tr. irr. 
 § 221, 3, (praetor & eo,) to 
 p)oss over or by ; to go he- 
 yond; to omit; not to men- 
 tion. 4:14:» 
 
 Praetereundus, a, um, part. 
 (pra3tereo.) 
 
 Prosteriens, euntis, part, (prae- 
 tereo.) 
 
 Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prse- 
 tereo,) past. 
 
 Pra^terquam, adv. except; be- 
 sides: prceterquam si, ex- 
 cept in case. 
 
 Pra;toriu^, i. m. (vir,) ^ man 
 who has been a prcetor ; one 
 of proetorian dignity. 
 
 Pratum, i, n. a meadow ; a pas- 
 ture. 
 
 Pra vitas, atis, f. depravity ; fr. 
 
288 
 
 PRAVUS — PROCmOo 
 
 Pravus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) dejwaved; had. 
 
 Precatiis, a, um, part, (precor.) 
 
 Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not 
 used, § 18, 12,) a prayer: 
 pi. preces (entire). 18 2 • 
 
 Preeor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (preci,) to pray ; to entreat. 
 
 Premo, prcm("re, pressi, pres- 
 sum, tr. to press; to urge; 
 to grieve. 
 
 Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) 'precious; valuable ^ 
 costly; from 
 
 Pretium, i, n. a price : a ran- 
 
 "^som; a reward: in pretio 
 
 esse, to he valued; to be in 
 
 estimation: pretium operse, 
 
 worth wliile. 
 
 Priam us, i, m. Priam, the last 
 king of Troy. 
 
 Pridie, adv. (pri, for priori, & 
 die,) the day before. 
 
 Priene, es, f. a maritime town 
 of Ionia. 
 
 Primo & -iim, adv. (sup. of 
 priiis, 233,) first; at first: 
 quam primum, as soon as 
 possible. 4S2» 
 
 Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the 
 first; the foremost: dentes, 
 the fro7it teeth. 
 
 Primus, a, um, num. adj. (sup. 
 of prior,) the first. 
 
 Princeps, ipis, adj. (primus & 
 capio,) the chief; the first: 
 principes, tlte princes; the 
 chief-; chief men; hence, 
 
 Principatus, us, m. a govern- 
 ment ; principality. 
 
 Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus, 
 
 113, 4,) the former ; prior / 
 
 first. 222. 
 Priscus, i, m. a cognomen or 
 
 surname of the elder Tar' 
 
 qiiin. / 
 
 Priiis, adv. (prior,) before; 
 
 first. 
 Priusquam, adv. (priiis and 
 
 quam,) sooyier than; before 
 
 that; before. 
 Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo.) 
 
 private; secret: — subs, a 
 
 private man. 
 Pro, prep.jTor; instead. 
 Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- 
 bo,) that may he proved; 
 
 probable ; commendable. 
 Proboscis, idii^^i. proboscis ; tht 
 
 trunk of an elephant. 
 Procas, a?, m. See Silvius. 
 Procedens, tis, part, from 
 Procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 
 sum, intr. (pro & cedo,) t& 
 
 go forth; to proceed; to go 
 forward; to advance ; to go 
 
 out. 
 Proceritas, atis, f. stature; 
 
 height ; tallness ; length „ 
 
 from 
 Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 tall; long. 
 Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & clamo,) to cry out] 
 
 to proclaim. 
 Proconsul, Cdis, m. (pro & con- 
 
 sid,) a proconsul. 
 Procreo, are, avi, atum, tn 
 
 (pro & creo,) to beget. 
 Procul, adv. /ar. 
 Procuro, are, Tivi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & euro,) to take care 
 
PROCURRO — PROPAGO. 
 
 289 
 
 of; to manage; (viz. for 
 another^) 
 
 Procurro, currere, curri & cu- 
 curri, cursum, iiitr. (pro & 
 cuiTO,) to run forward; to 
 extend. 
 
 Prodigiuni, i, n. (prodico,) a 
 prodigy. 
 
 Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a 
 traitor. 
 
 Proditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Prodo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (pro & do,) to give out; to 
 betray ; to relate ; to discov- 
 er ; to disclose ; to manifest. 
 
 Proelior. See Prcelior. 
 
 Proelium, i, n. See Preelium. 
 
 Profectus, a, um, part, also, 
 
 Proficiscens, tis, part, from 
 
 Proliciscor, icisci, ectus sum, 
 intr. dep. (pro & laciscor, 
 from facio,) to go forward; 
 to march; to travel; to de- 
 part ; to go. 
 
 Proriteor, -fitcri, -fessus sum, tr. 
 dep. (pro & fatcor,) to de- 
 clare ; to avow publicly ; to 
 profess: sapientiam, ^o ^ro- 
 fess wisdom; to profess to 
 be a philosopher. 
 
 Profugio, -fugere, -fiigi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (])ro & fugio,) to 
 fiee^ (scil. before or from;) 
 to escape; hence, 
 
 ProffigLis, a, um, adj. fleei?ig ; 
 escaping: — subd. a fugi- 
 tive; an exile. 
 
 Progredior, -grodi, -gressus 
 sura, intr. dep. (pro & gra- 
 dior,) to go forward; to 
 proceed; to advance. 
 
 Progressus, a, am, part, having 
 
 advanced. 
 Proliibeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
 
 (pro & habeo,) to keep offy 
 
 or away; to prohibit; to 
 
 hinder; to forbid; hence, 
 Prohibitus, a, um, part. 
 Projicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 
 tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw 
 
 away; to throw down; to 
 
 throw. 
 Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to 
 
 fcdldown; to fall forward; 
 
 hence, 
 Prolapsus, a, um, part, having 
 
 fallen. 
 Prolato, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 
 (prof ero,) to carry forward; 
 
 to enlarge; to extend; to am- 
 
 pKfy- 
 
 Proles, is, f. a race; offspring. 
 Prometheus, i, m. the son of 
 
 lapetus and Clymhie„ 
 Promittens, tis, part, from 
 Prommitto, -mittere, -misi, 
 
 -missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) 
 
 to let go., or send forward; 
 
 to promise ; to offer. 
 Promontorium, i, n. (pro & 
 
 mons,) a promontory ; a 
 
 headland; a cape. 
 Promoveo, -movere, -movi, 
 
 -mtjtum, intr. & tr. (pro & 
 
 moveo,) to move forward; 
 
 to enlarge. 
 Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; 
 
 bending forward. 
 Propago, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & pago,) to propagate; 
 
 to prolong ; to continue. 
 
290 
 
 PROPE PROVENiO. 
 
 Prope, adv. & prep, (propius, 
 proxime,) near; near to; 
 nigh. 
 
 Propero, are, avi, atiim, intr. 
 (properus,) to hasten. 
 
 Propinquus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (prope,) near ; related: pro- 
 pinqui, subs, relations; kins- 
 men, 
 
 Propior, us, adj. comp. § 26, 4, 
 222f (proximus,) nearer. 
 
 Propius, adv. nearer; comp. of 
 prope. 
 
 Propono, -ponere, -posui, -pos- 
 itum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set 
 before; to propose; to offer. 
 
 Proponor, -poni, -positus sum, 
 pass, to he set before: pro- 
 positum est milii. It is pro- 
 posed by me ; i. e. / intend 
 or purpose. 
 
 Propontis, idis, f. the sea of 
 Marmora. 
 
 Propositus, a, um, part, pro- 
 posed; put. 
 
 Proprie, adv. particularly ; 
 properly; strictly; from 
 
 Proprius, a, um, ^6.]. peculiar ; 
 proper ; one's own; special. 
 
 Propter,prepj/or; on account of. 
 
 Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (propello,) to drive a- 
 way ; to ward off; to repel. 
 
 Propyloeum, i, n. the porch of 
 a temple ; ari entrance; the 
 rows of columns leading to 
 the Acropolis at Athens. 
 
 Prora, se, f. the prow of a ship. 
 
 Proscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
 -scrip tum, tr. (pro & scri- 
 boj) to publish by writing; 
 
 to proscr'ihe ; to outlaw; to 
 doom to death and confisca- 
 tion of goods. 
 
 Prosecutus, a, um, part, having 
 accompanied. 
 
 Prose quor, -sequi, -secutus 
 sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- 
 quor,) to follow after; to 
 accompany ; to attend; to 
 follow ; to celebrate: houo- 
 ribus, to heap or load with 
 honors; to honor. 
 
 Proserpina, se, f. the daughter 
 of CWes and Jupiter, and 
 wife of Pluto. 
 
 Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) 
 a prospect ; a distant view. 
 
 Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros- 
 perously ; successfully. 
 
 Prosteruo, -sternere, -stravi, 
 -stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) 
 to prostrate ; to throw down. 
 
 Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- 
 teruo.) 
 
 Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. 
 irr. (pro & sum, § 83, 1,) 
 to do good; to profit. 411, 
 
 Protagoras, £8, m. a Greek phi- 
 losopher. 
 
 Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) 
 imyne diately ; directly. 
 
 Protero, -terrere, -trivi, -tritum, • 
 tr. (pro & tero,) to trample 
 upon; to tread down; to 
 crush. 
 
 Protractus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Protrabo, -trahere, -traxi, -trac^ 
 tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to 
 protract ; to prolong. 
 
 Proveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
 
PROVINCIA PUNIO. 
 
 291 
 
 turn, iiitr (pro & veiiiu,) to 
 'jnae forth. 
 
 Provincia, a^. C. (pro & vinco,) 
 a province. 
 
 Provocatio, onis, f. a calling 
 forth ; a challenge ; a pro- 
 vocation ; trom 
 
 Provoco, are, avi. atum, tr. 
 ■ (pro & voco,) to call forth ; 
 to call oat ; to defy or chal- 
 lenge; to ajypeal. 
 
 Proxiine, adv. (sup. of 2:)rope,) 
 nearest; very near; next to. 
 
 Pioximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 propior.) nearest; next. 
 
 Prude lis, tis, adj. (lor, issimus,) 
 ( providen?, fr. provideo,) 
 foreseeing; prudent; wise; 
 expert; hence, 
 
 Prudentiji, ai, f. prudence; 
 knowledge. 
 
 Pseudo^.^hilippus, i, m. a false 
 or pretended Philip^ a name 
 given to Andrisciis. 
 
 Psittacus, i, m. a parrot. 
 
 Psopliidius, a, um, adj. of or 
 beh/tginy to Psophis; Pso- 
 ' phidian. 
 
 Psophis, idis. f. a city of Ar- 
 cadia. 
 
 PtoleuiLeus, i, m. Ptolemy; the 
 name of several Egyptian 
 kings. 
 
 Publico, adv. (publicus,) pid)- 
 licly; at the public expense; 
 hy public authority. 
 
 Publicola, {B, m. (poprdus & 
 colo.) a surname given to 
 P. Valerius, on account of 
 his love of popularity. 
 
 Publicus, a, um, adj. (popu- 
 
 lu^,) public.'' in publicum 
 
 procedens, going cdjroad or 
 
 appearing in public: subs. 
 
 publicum, the public treas- 
 ury. 
 Publius, i, m. the praenomen 
 
 of severed Romans. 
 Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu- 
 
 deo,) ashamed.; bashful, 
 
 modest. 
 Puer, eri, m. a boy ; a servant. 
 Puerilis, e, adj. {])\xqy,) puerile; 
 
 childish: aetas, boyhood; 
 
 child] Lood, 
 Pueritia, se, f. (id.) boyhood; 
 
 childhood. 
 Pugna, se, f. (pugnus, the fist;') 
 
 a battle with fists; a close 
 
 fght; a battle. 
 Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) 
 Pugnatus, a, um, part, from 
 Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 (pugna,) to fight: pugua- 
 
 tur, pass. imp. a battle is 
 fought; they fight. 
 Pulclier, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, 
 
 cherrimus,) fair; beautiful; 
 
 glorious ; hence, 
 Pulchritudo, mis, f. fairyiess; 
 
 beauty. 
 Pullus, i, m. the young of any 
 
 animal. 
 Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) 
 Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a 
 
 Roman consid in the first 
 
 year of the republic. 
 Punicus, a, um, adj. Punic; 
 
 belonging to Carthage; 
 
 Carthaginian. 
 Punio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. {Y}^"^ 
 
 nsi^)' to punish. 
 
292 
 
 PUNITUS QU^ STOR. 
 
 Punitus, a, um, part, (punio.) 
 
 Pupillus, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- 
 liis, and that fr. pupus,) a 
 young hoy; a pupil; a 
 ward; an orphan. 
 
 Puppis, is, f. the stern of a 
 ship. 
 
 Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 purge ; to purify ; to clear ; 
 to clean; to excuse. 
 
 Purpura, a3, f. the purple mus- 
 cle; purple; hence, 
 
 J*urpurritus, a, um, adj. clad 
 in purple: purpurati, pi. 
 courtiers; nobles. 
 
 Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 purple. 
 
 Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) pure ; clear. 
 
 Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. 
 pusus,) small; weak; lit- 
 tle; very small. 
 
 Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit. 
 
 Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 think. 
 
 Putresco, putrescere, putrui, 
 intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to 
 decay. 
 
 Pydna, je, f. a town of Macedon. 
 
 Pygmaai, orum, m. the Pyg- 
 mies^ a race of dwarfs in- 
 habiting a remote part of 
 India or Ethiopia- 
 
 Pyra, ae, f. a funercd pile. 
 
 Pyramis, idis, f. a "pyramid. 
 
 Pyrenoeus, i, m., & Pyrenaei, 
 orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, 
 mountains dividing France 
 and Spain. 
 
 Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Epi- 
 rus. 
 
 Pythagoras, as, m. a Grecian 
 philosopher, horn at Samos. 
 
 Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pythago- 
 rean ; a follower or disciple 
 of Pythagoras. 
 
 Pythia, ce, f. the priestess of 
 Apollo at Delphi. 
 
 Pythias, oe, m. a soldier of 
 Philip, king of Macedon. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Q., or Qu., an ahhreviation of 
 Quintus. 
 
 Quadragesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. the fortieth; from 
 
 Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 forty. 
 
 Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor 
 & annus,) the space of four 
 years. 
 
 Quadriga, ae, & pi. oe, arum, 
 f. (quadrijfigaB, quatuor & 
 jugum,) a four-horse char- 
 iot; a team of four horses. 
 
 Quadringentesimus, a, um, 
 num. adj. ord. the four hun" 
 dredth; from 
 
 Quadringenti, ib, a, num. adj. 
 pi. four hundred. 
 
 Quadriipes, pedis, adj. (qua- 
 tuor & pes,) having four 
 feet ; four-footed. 
 
 Quasrens, tis, part, from 
 
 Qucero, quasrere, qua?sivi, qufe- 
 sTtum, tr. to ask; to seek 
 for; to inquire; to search: 
 qua'ritur, it is asked; the 
 impiiry is made; hence, 
 
 Quasstio, onis, f. a question. 
 
 Qusestor, oris, m. (quoesitor, 
 
QU.ESTUS QUINGENTESIMUS. 
 
 203 
 
 id.) a qucestor ; a treasurer: 
 
 an inferior military officer 
 
 who aitended the consuls. 
 Qusestus, us, m. (id.) gain; a 
 
 trade. 
 Qualis, e, adj. of what kind; 
 
 as; such as; what. 
 Qua,m, conj. & adv. as; how; 
 
 after comparatives, than. 
 Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. 
 
 (quani & diu,) as long as. 
 Quamquara, or Quaiiquam, 
 
 conj. though; although. 
 Quamvis, conj. (quam & vis, 
 
 fr. volo.) although. 
 Quando, adv. when; since. 
 Quanto, adv. hy how much ; as. 
 Quantopere, adv. (quanto & 
 
 opere,) how greatly; how 
 
 much. 
 Quantum, adv. how much; as 
 
 much as. 
 Quantus, a, um, adj. how great; 
 
 as great; how admircd}le; 
 
 how striking. 
 Quantuslibet,quantalibet,quan- 
 
 tumlibet,adj. (quantus & li- 
 
 bet,) hoiv great soever; ever 
 
 so great. 
 Quapropter, adv. (qua & prop- 
 ter,) ivherefore; why. 
 Quare, adv. (qua & re,) ivhere- 
 fore; for which reason; 
 
 whence; therefore, 
 Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 
 the fourth, 
 Qu^-i, ad\-. (^for quamsi,) as 
 
 if; as. 
 Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & 
 
 dies,) a space of four days. 
 Quatuor, num. adj. pi. ind. four. 
 
 ' Quatuordecim, num. adj. pL 
 ind. (quatuor & decem,j 
 fourteen. 
 
 Que, enclitic conj. (always 
 joined to another Avord, and 
 draws th^ accent to the 
 syllable preceding it,) and; 
 also. 
 
 Queo, ire, T\n, itum, intr. irr. 
 § 83, 3; <o 6e able; I can. 
 
 Quercus, us, f. an oak. 4rl(y, 
 
 Queror, queri, questus sum, tr. 
 dep. to complain. 
 
 Questus, a, um, part, complain- 
 ing ; having complained. 
 
 Qui, quae, quod, rel. pro. 125; 
 who; which; what; used in- 
 terrogatively, Ww? wkich'^ 
 what ? 
 
 Qui, adv. how ; in what man- 
 ner. 
 
 Quia, conj. because. 
 
 Quicunque, qua^cunque, quod- 
 cunque, rel. pro. 131, 1, 
 whosoever ; whatsoever ; ev- 
 ery one. 2d3» 
 
 Quidam, qucedam, quoddam & 
 quiddam, pro. 131, 1, cr cer- 
 tain one; a certain person 
 or thing: quidam homines^, 
 certain me;^. 201, 
 
 Quidem, adv, indeed; truly; at 
 least, 
 
 Quin, conj, hut; hut that. 
 
 Quinctius, i, m. (Titus.) a JRo- 
 7nan general. 
 
 Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (quinque & decern.,) fifteen. 
 
 Quingentesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. the Jive hundredth; 
 Irom 
 
294 
 
 QU IN G EN TI R A PT OR . 
 
 Quingcnti, re, a, num. adj. pi. [ 
 (quinque & centum,) Jive 
 hundred. 
 
 Quinquageni, a^, a, num. adj. 
 pi. dist. (quinciuaginta,) ev- 
 
 ^^y fifty- fiffy- 
 
 Quinquagesimus, a, um, num. 
 
 adj. (id.) fiftieth. 
 Quinquaginta,num. adj. pi. ind. 
 
 fifly- 
 
 Quinque, num. adj. pi. \vA.jive. 
 Quinquies, num. adv. jive 
 
 times. 
 Quinto, adv. the fifth time. 
 Quintus, a, um, ord. num. adj. 
 
 the fifth. 
 Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a 
 
 Roman surname. 
 Quippe, conj. ybr; since. 
 Quis, qua3, quod, or quid, in- 
 
 teiTOg. pro. ivho"^ what'i 
 
 quid, why'i 
 Quisnam, or Quinam, quienam, 
 
 quodnam, or quidnam, pro. 
 
 131, 2, who; what. 252* 
 Quisquam, qutequam, quod- 
 
 quam, or quidquam, or quic- 
 
 quam, pro. any one; any 
 
 iking: nee quisquam, a7id 
 
 no one. 
 Quisque, qufeque, quodque, or 
 
 quidque, pro. each; every; 
 
 whosoever ; whatsoever. 
 Quisquis, quidquid, or quic- 
 
 quid, rel. pro. 131, Obs. 1, 
 
 whoever; whatever. 2oSm 
 Quivis, qupevis, quodvis, or 
 
 quidvis, pro. (qui and vis,) 
 
 whosoever, whatsoever ; any 
 
 one. 
 QuOj adv. that; to the end that; 
 
 whither: quo — e6, for 
 quanto — tanto, by how 
 much — by so much; or the 
 more — the more. 
 
 Quod, conj. tJiat; because. 
 
 Quommus, adv. (i\\xh *& mi- 
 nus,) that — noto 
 
 Quomodo, adv. (([uo & mode,) 
 how ; by what means. 
 
 Quondam, qAy . formerly ^ once. 
 
 Quoniam, conj. (quum & jam,) 
 si?ice; because. 
 
 Quoque, conj. also. 
 
 Quot, adj. ind. pi. how mnm/^ 
 
 Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- 
 nus,) annually; yearly. 
 
 Quotidie, adv. (({uot & dies,) 
 everyday; daily. 
 
 Quoties, adv. as often as; how 
 often. 
 
 Quum, or Cum, adv. when: 
 (jLium jam, as soon as - — • 
 conj, since; ailhouyh. 
 
 R. 
 
 Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray ; a 
 
 rod. 
 Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot 
 
 or base of a mountain. 
 Ramus, i, m. a branch; a 
 
 bough. 
 Rana, as, f. a frog. 
 Raplna, se, f. rapine; plunder ; 
 
 from 
 Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, 
 
 tr. to hurry away by force; 
 
 to rob ; to seize ; to plunder. 
 Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) one 
 
 who seizes or takes away by 
 
 violence; a robber. 
 
RAPTURUS REDIMENDUS. 
 
 295 
 
 Raptums, a, urn, part, (rapio.) 
 
 Raptiis, a, um, part, (rapio,) 
 seized; robbed; carried off. 
 
 llaritas, atis, f. (rarus,) rarity. 
 
 Raro, adv. rarely ; seldom ; fr. 
 
 Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few. 
 
 Ratio, onis, f. (reor,) a reason. 
 
 Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a 
 boat. 
 
 Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,) think- 
 ing; having thought. 
 
 Rebello, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (re & bello,) to renew a 
 war ; to rebel; to revolt. 
 
 Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sura, intr. (re & cedo,) to 
 recede; to yield; to retire; 
 to withdraw. 
 
 Recens, tis, adj. comp. new'; 
 recent; fresh: — adv. re- 
 cently; lately; newly: re- 
 cens nati, new-born child- 
 ren. 
 
 Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- 
 pio.) 
 
 Recepturus, a, um, part, (reci- 
 pio.) 
 
 Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a 
 recess; a corner. 
 
 Recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, 
 tr. (re & capio,) to take 
 back ; to receive ; to take ; to 
 recover: an imam, to come 
 to one*s self again; to re- 
 cover one's senses: se, to 
 return. 
 
 Recognosco, -ndscere, -novi, 
 -nitum, tr. (re & cognos- 
 co.) to recognize; to knoiu 
 again ; to betake one's self 
 
 Recolligo, -ligere, -legi, -lec- 
 
 tum, tr. (re, con & lego,) 
 to gather up again; to re- 
 collect; to recover. 
 
 Reconditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Recondo, dere, didi, ditum, tr, 
 (re & condo,) to put togeth- 
 er again ; to lay up ; to hide; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Recordor, ari, atus, tr. dep. 
 (re & cor,) to call back to 
 mind; to recollect; to re- 
 member. 
 
 Recreo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & 
 creo,) to bring to life again; 
 to restore ; to refresh. 
 
 Recte, adv. (ius, issime,) right; 
 rightly; from 
 
 Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (rego,) straight; up- 
 right; right; direct. 
 
 Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (recipio,) to recover ; to re- 
 gain. 
 
 Redditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Reddo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 ■ (re & do,) to give back; to 
 return; to give; to make; 
 to render; to restore; to 
 cause: verba, to repeat: 
 animam, to die: voces, to 
 imitate. 
 
 Redeo, -Ire, -ii, -itum, intr. irr. 
 (re & eo,) to go back; to 
 return. 
 
 Rediens, eunlis, part, return- 
 ing. 
 
 Redigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (re & ago,) to bring back; 
 to reduce: in pocestatem, ^<? 
 bring into one's power. 
 
 Redimendus, a, um, part, from 
 
296 
 
 REDI.MO REMITTO. 
 
 Redimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
 tum, tr. (re & emo, ) to take 
 hack; to buy back; to re- 
 deem; to ransom. 
 
 Reducendiis, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (re & duco,) to 
 lead or bring back: in gra- 
 tiam, to reconcile. 
 
 Heferens, tis, part, requiting ; 
 returning; conferring; from 
 
 Kefero, -ferre, -tcdi, -latum, tr. 
 irr. (re & fero,) to bring 
 hack: gratiam or gratias, 
 to requite a favor ; to shoiu 
 gratitude : beneficium, to 
 requite a benefit: victori- 
 am, to bring back victory, 
 i. e. to return victorious: 
 imaginem, to reflect the im- 
 age; to resemble. 
 
 Refluens, tis, part, from 
 
 Ketiuo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
 iiitr. (re & fluo,) to flow 
 back. 
 
 Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (re & lugio,) to 
 fly back; to flee; to retreat. 
 
 Regia, ae, f. (sc. domus, from 
 regius,) a palace. 
 
 Reglna, ag, f. (rex,) a queen. 
 
 Regio, onis, f. (rego,) a region; 
 a district; a country. 
 
 Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- 
 al; regal; the king's. 
 
 Regnaturus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. (reg- 
 num,) to rule ; to govern. 
 
 Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled 
 by kings. 
 
 Regnum, i, n. (rex,) a king- 
 
 dom; empire; dominion; 
 reign; government; rule. 
 
 Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. 
 to direct or lead in a 
 straight course; to rule. 
 
 Regredior, -gredi, -gressus 
 sum, intr. dep. (re & gra- 
 dior,) to turn hack; to re- 
 turn. 
 
 Regressus, a, um, part, having 
 returned. 
 
 Regulus, i, m. a distinguished 
 Roman general in the first 
 Punic war. 
 
 Relatus, a, um, part, (refero.) 
 
 Relicturus, a, um, part, (relin- 
 quo.) 
 
 Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) 
 
 Religio, onis, f. (religo,) what 
 is binding or obligatory; 
 religious scruple or hin- 
 drance ; hence, religion ; 
 sac7'edness ; sanctity ; rev- 
 erence; religious rites. 
 
 Relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lic- 
 tum, tr. (re & linquo,) to 
 leave behind; to desert; to 
 quit; to abandon. 
 
 Reliquiae, arum, f. pi. the rel- 
 ics; the remains; from 
 
 Reliquus, a, um, adj. (relinquo,) 
 the rest; the remainder ; the 
 other. 
 
 Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, 
 -mansum, intr. (re & ma- 
 neo,) to remain behind. 
 
 Remedium, i, n. (re & medeor,) 
 a remedy. 
 
 Remit to, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (re & mitto,) to 
 send back; to remit. 
 
REMOVEO RESPONDEO. 
 
 297 
 
 Removeo, -movere, -mo\ i, -mo- 
 tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to 
 move back, or away; to re- 
 move. 
 Remus, i, m. an oar. 
 
 Remus, i, m. the twin brother 
 of Romulus. 
 
 Renovatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Renovo, fire, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & novo,) to make anew ; to 
 renew. 
 
 Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (re & nuntio,) to hring back 
 word; to inform; to report; 
 to declare; to annouyice. 
 
 Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. dep. 
 to think; to suppose; to be- 
 lieve. 
 
 Repiiro, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & paro,) to get or procure 
 again ; to renew ; to repair. 
 
 Repente, adv. (repens,fr. repu,) 
 suddenly. 
 
 Reperio, -perire, -pi^ri,-pertum, 
 tr. (re & pario,) to find; to 
 discover; to invent. 
 
 Repeto, -petere, -petivi, -peti- 
 tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- 
 mand back. 
 
 Rcplco, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re 
 Ot pleo,) to fill again; to 
 fill up ; to replenish. 
 
 Repono, -poaere, -posui, -posi- 
 tiim, tr. (re & pono,) to 
 place back or again; to re- 
 store ; to replace. 
 
 Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 <t porto.) to bring back; to 
 gain or obtain. 
 
 Repmesento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (re & pnesento,) to make 
 
 present again; to represent; 
 to paint ; to depict. 
 Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (repudium,) to repudiate; 
 to 7'eject; to slight; to dis- 
 regaid: uxorem, to di- 
 vorce. 
 Requiro, -quirere, -quislvi, -qui- 
 situm, tr. (re & queero,) to 
 seek again; to demand; to 
 require; to need. 
 Res, rei, f. a thing ; an affair ; 
 away; a kingdom; a gov- 
 ernment; a subject: res 
 gestae, actions ; exploits : 
 res familiriris or domesti- 
 ca, domestic affairs; prop- 
 erty. 
 Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & servo,) to keep back; to 
 reserve; to keep for a fu- 
 ture time. 
 Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. (re 
 & sedeo,) to sit; to sit 
 down; to remain. 
 Resimus, a, um, adj. (re & si- 
 
 mus,) bent back; crooked. 
 
 Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
 
 intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or 
 
 keep back; to resist; to 
 
 icithstand. 
 
 Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- 
 
 lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to 
 
 untie again; to loosen; to 
 
 unbind; to unloose; to dis- 
 
 ■ solve. 
 
 Respondeo, -sjDodere, -spondi, 
 
 -sponsum, tr. (re & spon- 
 
 deo,) to ansiver again; to 
 
 answer; to reply; to cor^ 
 
 respond: respondetur, pass. 
 
298 
 
 iiESPOxsu:\r — rigeo. 
 
 imp. it IS ansivered, or the 
 reply is made. 
 Hesponsum, i, n. (respondeo,) 
 
 an answer ; a reply. 
 Respublica, reipublicEe, f. § 18, 
 9, (res publica,) the state; 
 the government; the com- 
 monwealth. 17(>, 
 Respuo, -spuere, -spiii, tr. (re & 
 spuo,) to spit out ; to reject. 
 Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutiim, tr. (re & statuo,) to 
 put or set up again ; to re- 
 store; to replace; to re- 
 build: aciem, to cause the 
 army to rally. 
 Retiiieo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (re & teneo,) to 
 hold hack ; to retain ; to de- 
 tain; to hinder. 
 Revera, adv. (res & verus,) 
 truly; in very deed; in re- 
 ality ; in good earnest. 
 Reverentia, as, f. (revereor,) 
 
 reverence. 
 Reversus, a, um, part, having 
 
 returned; from' 
 Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, intr. (re & verto,) to 
 turn hack; to return. 
 Revertor, -verti, -versus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. to return. 
 Reviresco, -virescere, -virui, 
 intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow 
 green again. 
 Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & voco,) to call hack; to 
 recall. 
 Revolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (re & volo.) to jly hack; to 
 
 fill ^iff <^y<^i^' 
 
 Rex, regis, m. (rego,) a king^ 
 Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law* 
 giver of Crete^ and subse" 
 quently one of the three 
 judges of the infernal re- 
 gions. 
 Rliceti, orum, m. pi. the inhab' 
 itants of Rhcetia, now the 
 Orisons. 
 Rliasa, ag, f. (Silvia,) the mother 
 
 of Romulus and Remus. 
 Rlienus, i, m. the river Rhine. 
 
 Rhinoceros, otis, m. a rhinoce- 
 ros. 
 
 Rhipaeus, a, um, adj. Rhipce- 
 an or Rhiphcean: montes, 
 mountains^ which, accord- 
 ing to the ancients, were 
 found in the north of Scy- 
 thia. 
 
 Rhodanus, i, m. the river 
 Rhone. 
 
 Rhodius, i, m. an inhabitant 
 of Rhodes ; a Rhodian, 
 
 Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- 
 tain in the western part of 
 Thrace. 
 
 Rliodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- 
 brated town, and island in 
 the Mediterranean sea. 
 
 Rhoeteum, i, n. a city aiid pro- 
 montory of Troas. 
 
 Rliyndficus, i, m. a river of 
 Mysia. 
 
 Ridens, tis, part, smiling; 
 laughing at; from 
 
 Rideo, dere, si, sum. intr. & tr. 
 to laugh; to laugh at; to 
 mock, to deride. 
 
 Rigeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
 cold* 
 
RIGID CS — SACRA. 
 
 299 
 
 Rigidus, a, urn, adj. (comp.) 
 (rigeo,) stiff with cold; ri- 
 gid; severe. 
 
 Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to wa- 
 ter; to irrigate; to hedew: 
 to wet. 
 
 Ripa, £6, f. a bank, (of a river.) 
 
 Risi. See Rideo. 
 
 Risus, us, m. (rideo,) laughing ; 
 laughter. 
 
 Rixor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 (rixa,) to quarrel. 
 
 Robur, oris, n. oak of the hard- 
 est kind, hence, strength: 
 robur militum, the Jlower 
 of the soldiers. 
 
 Rogatus, a, um, part, heing 
 asked; from 
 
 Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 ask; to request; to beg; to 
 entreat. 
 
 Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. 
 
 Roma, £6, f. Home, the chief 
 city of Italy, situated upon 
 the Tiber; hence, 
 
 Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. 
 
 Romfuius, i, m. a Roman. 
 
 Romulus, I, m.. the founder and 
 first king of Rome : Rom- 
 ukis Silvius, a king of 
 Alba. 
 
 Rostriim, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; 
 a bill; a snout; also, the 
 beak of a ship; a stage, or 
 pulpit. 
 
 Rota, a^, f. a wheel. 
 
 Rotundas, a, um, adj. (rota,) 
 round. j 
 
 Ruber, rubra, mbrum, adj. j 
 (rior, errimus,) red. \ 
 
 Rudis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) ' 
 
 rude; univrought ; uncrdti- 
 vated; neio ; uncivilized. 
 
 Ruina, se, f. (ruo.) a ruin; a 
 downfall; a fall. 
 
 Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral, who commanded the 
 cavalry in a war with the 
 Samnites. 
 
 Rumpo, ruunDere, rupi, rup- 
 tum, tr. to break or burst 
 asunder; to break off; to 
 break down; to violate. 
 
 Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & tr. 
 to run headlong; to fall; ' 
 to be ruined; to hasten 
 down; to rush; to throw 
 down; to tear up. 
 
 Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff. 
 
 Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) 
 broken ; violated. 
 
 Rursus, adv. again. 
 
 Rus, ruris, n. the country; a 
 farm; hence, 
 
 Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic; 
 belonging to the country. 
 
 Rusticus, i, m. a countryman, 
 
 Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con- 
 sul. 
 
 S. 
 
 Sabini, orum, m. the Sabines, d 
 people of Italy. 
 
 Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj. 
 (sup. errimus, § 26, 5,) sa-^ 
 cred; holy; divine; conse- 
 crated. 223, 
 
 Sacerdos, otis, c. (sacer,) a 
 priest ; a priestess. 
 
 Sacra, orum, m. pi. (id.) reli- 
 gious service ; sacrifice; sa- 
 
300 
 
 SACRIFICANS — SATIS. 
 
 cred rites; religious observ- 
 ances. 
 Sacril'icans, tis, part, (sacrifi- 
 
 co,) sacrificing; offering 
 
 sacrifices. 
 Sacrilicium. i, n. a sacrifice; 
 
 from 
 Sacrifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (sacer & facio,) to sacrifice. 
 S^epe, adv. (iiis, issime,^ often; 
 
 frequently. 
 Sasvio, ire, ii, itum, intr. (sae- 
 
 vus,) to rage; to he cruel. 
 Saevitas, atis, f. cruelty; sever- 
 ity; savageness ; barbarity ; 
 
 from 
 Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) cruel; severe ; fierce ; 
 
 inhuman; violent. 
 Saginatus, a, um, part, from 
 Sagino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 fatten. 
 Sagitta, oe, f. an arrow. 
 Sagmitini, orum, m. pi. the Sa- 
 
 guntines ; the inhabitants 
 
 of Saguntum. 
 Saguntum, i, n. a town of 
 
 Spain. 
 Salio, salire, salui & salii, intr. 
 
 to sjiriiig ; to leap. 
 Salsus, a, um, adj. (sallo, to 
 
 salt ; obsol. from sal,) salt ; 
 
 sliarp. 
 Salto, ai-e, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
 
 (salio,) to dance. 
 fcJaluLer, -bris, -bre, adj. (brior, 
 
 berrimus,) (salus,) whole- 
 some; salubrious ; healthy ; 
 
 hence, 
 Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; 
 
 healthfidness. 
 
 Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- 
 tated motion of the sea: 
 hence, the sea. 
 
 Salus, utis, f. safety; salvation; 
 health; hence, 
 
 Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 wish health to; hence, ti^ 
 salute, to call. 
 
 Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) sctfe\ 
 preserved, unpunished. 
 
 Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- 
 nites, a people of Itcdy. 
 
 Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. (san- 
 cio,) holy ; blameless. 
 
 Sanguis, inis, m. blood. 
 
 Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, prop- 
 erly, tasting; knowing by 
 the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) ivisei — subs, a, 
 sage; a wise man', hence, 
 
 Sapientia, ae, f. wisdom; phi- 
 losophy. 
 
 Sapio, ere, ui, intr. {to taste ; to 
 discern ,• hence,) to be wise. 
 
 Sarcina, se, f. (sarcio,) a pack ; 
 a bundle. 
 
 Sardinia, a3, f. a large island in 
 the Mediterranean sea, west 
 of Italy. 
 
 Sarmata3, arum, m. the Sar- 
 7natians, a people inhabit- 
 ing the north of JSurojje 
 and Asia. 
 
 Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of 
 Jupiter and Muropa. 
 
 Satelles, itis, m. a satellite ; a 
 guard, a body-guard. 
 
 Satifitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Satio, Tire, avi, atum, tr. to sa- 
 tiate; to satisfy; from 
 
 Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa- 
 
SATUR — SECTOR. 
 
 301 
 
 tius, better;) enough; svf- 
 Jicient ; sufficiently; very; 
 quite. 
 
 Satur, ura, urum, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (satio,) satiated ; full. 
 
 Saturnia, je, f. a name given to 
 Italy; also, a citadel and 
 town near Janiculum. 
 
 Saturn us, i. m. the father of 
 Jupiter. 
 
 Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (sau- 
 cius,) to wound. 
 
 Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone. 
 
 bca3v6la, £e, m. (Mucius,) a 
 brave Roman soldier. 
 
 Scateo, ere, iiitr. to gush forth 
 like water from a spring ; 
 hence, to be full; to cd>ound. 
 
 Scamander, dri, m. a river of 
 Troas, which flows from 
 Mount Ida into the Helles- 
 pont. 
 
 Scaurus, i, m. the surname of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Scelestus, a, ura, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) wicked; I'rom 
 
 Scelus, eris, n. an impious ac- 
 tion; a crime; loickedness: 
 by metonymy, a wicked 
 person. See Facinus. 
 
 Scena, ae, f. a scene; a stage. 
 
 SclioeneuS; i, m. a king of Ar- 
 cadia or Scyros, and father 
 of Atalanta. 
 
 Sclieria, le, f. an ancient name 
 of the island Corcyra^ or 
 Corfu. 
 
 Selentia, a?, f. knowledge ; from 
 
 bcio, ire, i vi, itum, tr. to know ; 
 to understand. 
 
 Scipio, onis, ra. a distinguished 
 
 Roman family: Scipiones, 
 tJte Scipios. 
 Scopulus, i, m. a high rock; a 
 
 Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion. 
 
 Scotia, £6, f. Scotland. 
 
 Scriba, a3, m. a writer ; a secrc 
 
 tary ; a scribe; from 
 Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- 
 
 tum, tr. to write: scribere 
 
 leges, to prepare laws. 
 Scriptor, oris, m. a writer; an 
 
 author. 
 Scripturus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 
 Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 
 Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
 (scruta,) to search into; to 
 
 trace out. 
 Scutum, i, n. a shield. 
 Scylla, ae, f. the daughter of 
 
 Nisus. 
 Scyros, i, f. an island in the 
 
 ^gean sea. 
 Scythes, a?, m. an inhabitaiit 
 
 of Scythia; a Scythian. 
 Scythia, ce, f. a vast country 
 
 in the north of Europe and 
 
 Asia. 
 Scythicus, a, um, adj. Scythian. 
 Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr- 
 
 to cut. 
 Secedo, -cedere,-cessi, -cessum, 
 
 intr. (se & cedo,) to go aside, 
 
 to secede; to icithdraw. 
 Sectatus, a, um, part, having 
 followed or attended; from 
 Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
 freq. (sequor, 227, Obs. 1.) 
 
 to follow ; to pursue; toac' 
 
 company; to attend; to 
 
 Unve after* o80. 
 
802 
 
 SECULUM SEPES. 
 
 Seculum, and Saeculum, i, n. 
 
 an age ; a period of time. 
 Seciiiii, (se & cum, 4:7S>t) 
 
 xuith himself; with herself; 
 
 with itself; with themselves. 
 Secundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (sequor,) the second; pros- 
 
 perous: res secundae, pros- 
 
 perity. 
 Securis, is, f. (seco,) an axe. 
 Secutus, a, urn, part, (sequor.) 
 8ed, conj. hut. 
 Seducim, num, adj. ind. pi. 
 
 (sex & decern,) sixteen. 
 Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, 
 
 intT. to sit; to light upon. 
 Sedes, is, f. (sedes,) a seat; a 
 
 residence ; a settlement : reg- 
 
 ni, the seat of government. 
 Seditio, onis, f. (se, aside., and 
 
 eo,) sedition ; a rebellion ; 
 
 an insurrection. 
 SedCilus, a, um, adj. (sedeo,) 
 
 diligent. 
 Seges, etis, f. a crop ; a harvest. 
 Segois, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) i 
 
 dull; slotu ; slothful, slug- 
 gish. 
 Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junc- 
 
 tum, tr. (se & jungo,) to di- 
 vide; to separate. 
 Selucia, ae, f. a town of Syria, 
 
 near the Orontes. 
 Semel, adv. oncei pliis semel, ! 
 
 more than once. { 
 
 Semele, es, f. a daughter of\ 
 
 Cadmus and Hermione,and \ 
 
 mother of Bacchus. j 
 
 Semen, inis, n, seed. \ 
 
 Semiramis, idis, £ a queen of 
 
 Assyria, andiuifeofNinus, 
 
 Semper, adv. always; hence, 
 Sempiternus, a, um, adj. ever" 
 
 lasting. 
 Sempronius, i, m. the name of 
 
 a Roman gens or clam 
 
 Sempronius Gracchus, a 
 
 Roman general. 
 Sena, a3. f. a town of Picenum. 
 Senator, oris, m. (senex,) a 
 
 Senator. 
 Senatus, us, & i, m. (senex,) a 
 
 senate. 
 Senecta, ie, or wSenectus, ulis, f. 
 
 (senex,) old age. 
 Senescens, tis, part, from 
 Senesco, senescere, senui, intr. 
 
 inc. to grow old; to wane; 
 
 from seneo, and that from 
 Senex, is, c. an old man or 
 
 woman: — adj. old: (comp. 
 
 senior, sometimes major 
 
 natu,) § 26, 6. 224. 
 Senones, ^jm, m. pi. a people 
 
 of GauL 
 Sensi. See Sentio. 
 Sensus, us, m. (sentio,) sense; 
 
 feeling. 
 Sententia, a?, f. an opinion; a 
 
 proposition ; a sentiment; 
 
 from 
 Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, 
 
 tr. to feel; to perceive; to 
 
 he sensible of: to observe; 
 
 to suppose. 
 Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se 
 
 & parOj) to separate, to di- 
 vide. 
 Sepelio, sepelTre, sepellvi, se- 
 
 pultum, tr. to bury ; to in* 
 
 ter. 
 Sepes, is, f a hedge, a fence. 
 
SEPTEM — SEXAGESIMUS. 
 
 303 
 
 Septem, num. ailj. ind. pi. 
 
 seven. 
 Septentrio, onis, m. the North- 
 ern Bear ; the North. 
 Septies, num. adv. seven times. 
 Septimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 
 (septem,) the seventh. 
 Septingentesimus, a, um, num. 
 
 adj. the seven hundredth. 
 Septuagesimus, a, um, num. 
 
 adj. the seventieth ; from 
 Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 
 seventy. 
 Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepelio,) a 
 
 sepulchre; a tomb. 
 Sepultura, se, f. (id.) burial; 
 
 interment. 
 Sepultus, a, um, part, (sepelio,) 
 
 buried. 
 Sequana, ?e, m. the Seine, a 
 
 river in France. 
 Sequens, tis, part, from 
 Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tr. 
 
 dep. to follow ; to pursue. 
 Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.) 
 Serenus, a, um, adj. (eouij).) 
 
 serene; tranquil; clear; 
 fair; bright. 
 Sergius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans. 
 Sermo, onis, m. (-ero,) speech; 
 
 a discourse; conversation. 
 Sero, (serius,) adv./a^e; too late. 
 Sero, serere, sevi, satum, tr. to 
 
 sow; to plant. 
 Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to creep^) 
 
 a serpent; a sjiake. 
 Sertoriu.s, i, m. a Roman gcn- 
 
 ercd. 
 Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 late. 
 
 Servilius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family: Servilius 
 Casca, one of the murder^ 
 ers of Ccesar. 
 
 Servio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. (ser- 
 vus,) to be a slave; to serve, 
 {as a slave). 
 
 Servitium, i, n. or Servitus, 
 litis, f. (id.) slavery; bond- 
 age. 
 
 Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the 
 sixth king of Rome. 
 
 Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 preserve; to guard; to 
 watch; to heep ; hence, 
 
 Servus, i, m. a slave; a serv- 
 ant. 
 
 Sese, pro. ace. and abl. § 28, 
 Obs. 4, himself; herself; 
 themselves. ^34* 
 
 Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium, 
 or a thousand sesterces. 
 907. loS8. 
 
 Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or 
 two and a hcdf asses. 906 
 & 907. 1357, looS. 
 
 Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a toivn 
 of Thrace, on the shores of 
 the Hellespont, opposite to 
 Abydos. 
 
 Seta, sd, f. a bristle. 
 
 Setlnus, a, um, adj. Setine; be- 
 longin'g to Setia, a city of 
 Campania, near the Pon- 
 tine Marshes, famous for 
 its wine. 
 
 Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) full 
 of bristles; bristly. 
 
 Sex, num. adj. ind. })1. six. 
 
 Sexagesimus, a, um, num. adj. 
 ord. (sex^ the sixtieth. 
 
304 
 
 SEXAGINTA SINGULARISo 
 
 Sexaghita, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 (sex,) sixty, 
 
 Sexcentesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. (sex & centum,) 
 tJie six hundredth. 
 
 Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 (sex,) the sixth. 
 
 Si, conj. if; whether: si quan- 
 do, if at any time. 
 
 Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a 
 manner. 
 
 Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the 
 name of a brave Roman 
 soldier. 
 
 Siccus, a, um, adj. dry: sic- 
 cum, dry land: in sicco 
 (loco), in a dry place: 
 (arid Lis, thoroughly dry; 
 parcJied.) 
 
 Sicilia, ge, f. Sicily^ the largest 
 island i7i the Mediterra- 
 nean. 
 
 Sicidus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: 
 fretum, the straits of Mes- 
 sina. 
 
 Sicut, & Sicuti, adv. (sic ut,) 
 as: as if. 
 
 Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city 
 of Phoenicia. 
 
 Sidonius, a, um, adj. helonging 
 to Sidon; Sidonian. 
 
 Sidus, eris, n. a star. 
 
 Significo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (signum & facio,) to make 
 or give a sign; to desig- 
 nate; to mark; to express; 
 to signify: to give notice; 
 to imply or mean. 
 
 Signum, i, m, a sign; a token; 
 a statue; a standard; col- 
 ors. 
 
 Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; 
 keeping silence. 
 
 Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silence, 
 
 Silenus, i, m. the foster-father 
 ana instructor of Bacchus. 
 
 Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to he silent; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Silva, or Sylva, 8e, f. a forest; 
 a wood. 
 
 Silvia, 86, f. (Rhea,) the mother 
 of Romulus. 
 
 Silvius, i, m. a son of ^neaSy 
 the second king of Alba: 
 Silvius Procas, a king of 
 Alba, the father of Numi- 
 tor and Amulius. 
 
 Simia, se, f. (simus,) an ape. 
 
 Similis, e, adj. (ior, limus, § 20, 
 1,) similar; like; 220, 
 
 Similiter, adv. (similius, simil- 
 ime,) in like manner. 
 
 Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (sine 
 plica, without a fold ; open; 
 plain i) hence, simple; 
 artless; open; plain; sin- 
 gle. 
 
 Simois, entis, m. a river of 
 Troas, fioiving into the 
 Scamarider. 
 
 Simonides, is, m. a Greek po- 
 et, born in the island of 
 Cea. 
 
 Simul, adv. at the same time; 
 at once; together; as soon 
 as : simul — simul — as soon 
 as, or 710 sooner than. 
 
 Simulacrum, i, n. (simiilo,) an 
 image ; a statue. 
 
 Sin, conj. but if. 
 
 Sine, prep, without. 
 
 Singularis, e, adj. single; sin* 
 
SINGULI SOLVO. 
 
 305 
 
 gular ; distinguished; ex- 
 traordinary: certamen sin- 
 gulare, a single combat; 
 from 
 Singuli, £6, a, num. aclj. pi. 
 each; one hy one; every: 
 singulis mensibus, every 
 month. 
 Sinister, tra, trum, adj. (comp. 
 irr. § 26, 2,) left. 190^ 3. 
 Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. 
 
 (for sio, obsol.) to 'permit. 
 Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; 
 
 a gulf. 
 Siquis, siqua, siquod or siquid, 
 pro. if any one; if any 
 thing. 
 Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) 
 
 if at any time; if ever. 
 Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst; 
 to be thirsty ; to desire ear- 
 nestly. 
 Sitis, is, f. thirst. 
 Situs, a, um, part. & adj. (si- 
 no,) placed; set; situated; 
 permitted. 
 Sive, conj. or ; or if; whether. 
 Soboles, is, f. (suboles, sub & 
 oleo,) a sprig OY shoot ; off- 
 spring. 
 Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; tem- 
 perate. 
 Socer, eri, m. afather-in-laio. 
 Socirdis, e, adj. (socius,) per- 
 taining to allies; social; 
 confederate. 
 Societas, atis, f. society; alli- 
 ance ; intercourse ; partner- 
 ship ; from 
 Socius, i, m. an ally; a com- 
 panion. 
 
 Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se 
 
 & cor,) negligence ; sloth. 
 Socrates, is, m. the most emi' 
 nent of the Athenian phi- 
 losophers. 
 Sol, solis, m. the sim. 
 Soleo, ere, itus sum, n. pass. 
 312 f to be wont ; to be ac- 
 customed: solebat, used. 
 
 Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) whole; solid; entire. 
 
 Solitudo, inis, f. (solus,) a des- 
 ert; a wilderness ; a soli- 
 tary place. 
 
 Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) 
 accustomed; usual. 
 
 Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus, whole, 
 not used, & ars,) ingenious; 
 inventive; cunning; skill- 
 ful; shrewd. 
 
 Sollertia, ae, f. (sollers,) saga- 
 city; skill; shrewdness. 
 
 Solon, onis, m. the lawgiver 
 of the Athenians, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 
 Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) 
 the solstice, particularly 
 the summer solstice, in dis- 
 tinction from bruma, the 
 winter solstice ; the longest 
 day. 
 
 Solum, i, n. the earth; the soil; 
 land. 
 
 Solum, adv. alone; only; fr. 
 
 Solus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4; 
 alone. li)l, 
 
 Solutus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, 
 tr. to loose; to dissolve; t»i 
 melt; to answer. 
 
306 
 
 SOMNIO SPONSA. 
 
 Somnio, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 dream; from 
 Somnium, i, n. a dream; from 
 Somnus, i, m. sleep. 
 Sonitus, us, m. a sound; a 
 
 noise; from 
 Sono, are, ui, itum, intr. to 
 
 sound; to resound; from 
 Sonus, i, m. a sound. 
 Soi'beo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; 
 
 to absorb. 
 Soror, oris, f. a sister. 
 Sp., an abbreviation of Spu- 
 
 rius. 
 Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- 
 sum, tr. to sprinkle; to 
 
 strew ; to scatter ; to sow. 
 Sparsi. See Spargo. 
 Sparsus, a, um, part. 
 Sparta, se, f. Sparta or Lace- 
 
 dcemon, the capital of La~ 
 
 conia. 
 Spartacus, i, m. the name of a 
 
 celebrated gladiator. 
 Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan. 
 Sparti, orum, m. pi. a race of 
 
 men said to have sprung 
 
 from the dragqiUs teeth 
 
 sowed by Cadmus. 
 Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom^ 
 
 a plant of which ropes were 
 
 made. 
 Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; 
 
 spacious; from 
 Spatium, i, n. a race ground; 
 
 (stadium,) a space; room; 
 
 distance. 
 Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- 
 
 .fpearance. 
 Spectaculum, i, n. a spectacle; 
 
 a show ; from 
 
 Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (specio,) to behold; to see; 
 to consider ; to regard; to 
 relate; to refer. 
 
 Specus, us, m. f. &, n. a cave. 
 
 Spelunca, £e, f. a cave. 
 
 Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 hope; to expect. 
 
 Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; 
 promise. 
 
 Speusippus, i, m. the nephew 
 and successor of Plato. 
 
 Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. Tlie 
 Egyptian Sphinx is repre- 
 sented as a monster having 
 a womarbS head on the body 
 of a lion. 
 
 Spina, ae, f. a thorn; a sting ; 
 a quill; a spine; a back- 
 bone. 
 
 Spiritus, us, m. a breath; fr. 
 
 Spiro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 breathe. 
 
 Splendeo, ere, ui, intr. to 
 shine; to be conspicuous; 
 hence, 
 
 Splendidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 splendid; illustrious; and 
 
 Splendor, oris, m. brightness ; 
 splendor. 
 
 Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 despoil; to strip; to de- 
 prive; from 
 
 Spoil um, i, n. the skin of an 
 aiiiniM; spoils; booty. 
 
 Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, 
 sponsum, tr, to pledge one's 
 word; to promise; to en- 
 gage. 
 
 Sponsa, se, f. (spondeo,) a 
 bride. 
 
SPONTIS STUDEO. 
 
 307 
 
 Spoiitis, gen., sponte, abl. 
 
 sing., f. § 18, 11; of one's 
 
 own accord; voluntarily; 
 
 spontaneously ; of himself; 
 
 ■ of itself J 82* 
 
 Spurius, i, m. a praenomen 
 among the Romans. 
 
 Squama, a3, f. the scale of a 
 fish. 
 
 Stabulum, i, n. (sto,) a stall; a 
 stable. 
 
 Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a 
 furlong ; a measure of 125 
 paces; the race-ground. 
 
 Stannum, i, n. ti?i. 
 
 Stans, stantis, part, (sto.) 
 
 Statim, adv. (sto,) immediately. 
 
 Statio, onis, f. (sto,) a station; 
 a picket or watch; (by day,) 
 navium, roadstead ; an an- 
 choring place. 
 
 Statua, 86, f. (statuo,) a statue. 
 
 Statuarius, i, m. a statuary ; a 
 sculptor. 
 
 Statuo, uere, ui, fitum, tr. 
 (statum, fr. sisto,) to cause 
 to stand; to set up; to de- 
 termine ; to resolve ; to fix ; 
 to judge ; to decide; to be- 
 lieve. 
 
 Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix- 
 ed; stated; appointed; cer- 
 tain. 
 
 Statutus, a, um, part, (statuo,) 
 placed; resolved; fixed; 
 settle^. 
 
 Stella, 03, f. (sto,) a star; a 
 fixed star. 
 
 Sterilis, e, adj. (comp.) un- 
 fruitful; sterile; barren. 
 
 Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore. 
 
 14 
 
 Stipes, itis, m. a stalce; the 
 
 trunk of a tree. 
 Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a 
 
 race; a family. 
 Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr. 
 to stand; to be stationary: 
 stare a partibus, to favor 
 the party. 
 Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic ^ one of a 
 sect of Grecian philoso- 
 phers, whose founder was 
 Zeno. 
 Stoliditas, atis, f. stupidity; fr. 
 Stolidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) foolish; silly; stu- 
 pid. 
 Strages, is, f. (sterno,) an over- 
 throw; slaughter. 
 Strangulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 to strangle. 
 Strenue, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
 bravely; actively; vigor- 
 ously; strenuously; from 
 Strenuus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 bold; strenuous; brave; 
 valiant. 
 Strophades, um, f. pi. two 
 small islands in the Ionian 
 sea. 
 Struo, struere, stnixi, struc- 
 tum, tr. to put together; to 
 construct; to build: insid- 
 ias, to prepare an ambus- 
 cade; to lay snares. 
 Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- 
 trich. 
 Strymon, onis, m. a river which 
 was anciently the boundary 
 between 3facedonia and 
 Thrace. 
 Studeo, ere, ui, intr. to favor; 
 
308 
 
 STUDIOSE SUCCEDO. 
 
 to study; to endeavor; to 
 attend to ; to pursue, 
 
 Studiosc, adv. (studiosus, fr. 
 siudium,) studiously ; dili- 
 gently. 
 
 Studium, i, n. zeal; study ; dil- 
 igence; eagerness. 
 
 Stultitia, ge, f. folly ; from 
 
 Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) foolish: stulti, yboZs. 
 
 Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to he tor- 
 pid or benumbed; to be as- 
 tonished at; to be amazed. 
 
 Sturnus, i, m. a starling. 
 
 Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua- 
 deo.) 
 
 Suadens, tis, part, from 
 
 Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- 
 sum, tr. & intr. to advise; 
 to persuade ; to urge. 
 
 Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) 
 sweetness; grace; melody. 
 
 Suaviter, adv. (vius, vissime,) 
 (id.) sweetly ; agreeably. 
 
 Sub, prep, under; near to; 
 near the time of; just be- 
 fore ; at ; in the time of. 
 
 Subduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 ^ turn, tr. (sub & duco,) to 
 
 withdraw; to take away; 
 to withhold; hence, 
 
 Subductns, a, um, part. 
 
 Subeo, ire, ivi & ii, itum, intr. 
 irr. (sub & eo, § 83, 4,) to 
 go under; to submit to: 
 onus, to take up or sustain 
 a burden. 4:14:. 
 
 Subigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (sub & ago,) to subject; to 
 subdue; to conquer. 
 
 ^xxbiiOy Vi'^Y: suddenly ; from 
 
 Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) 
 sudden; unexpected. 
 
 Sublatus, a, um, part, (suffe- 
 ro,) taken away; lifted up. 
 
 Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (sub & levo,) to lighten; 
 to relieve; to raise up; to 
 assist. 
 
 Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. 
 for supra, & limus,) sub- 
 lime; high in the air: in 
 sublime, aloft; hence. 
 
 Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air» 
 
 Submergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
 -mersum, tr. (sub & mer- 
 go,) to sink; to overwhelm. 
 
 Submergor, -mergi, -mersus 
 sum, pass, to be overwhelm^ 
 ed; to sink; hence, 
 
 Submersus, a, um, part. 
 
 Subridens, tis, part, smiling at, 
 
 Subrideo, -ridere, -risi, -ri- 
 sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) 
 to smile. 
 
 Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii, 
 intr. (sub & salio,) to leap 
 up; to jump. 
 
 Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutum, tr. (sub & statuo,) to 
 put in the place of another; 
 to substitute. 
 
 Subter, prep, under. 
 
 Subterraneus, a, um, adj. (sub 
 & terra,) subterranean. 
 
 Subvenio, -venire,* veni, -ven- 
 tum, intr. (sub & venio,) 
 to come to one^s assistance; 
 to succor; to help. 
 
 Subvolo, are, iivu iitum. intr« 
 (sub & volo,) to fy up. 
 
 Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 
SUCCESSOR — SUPERVACUUS. 
 
 309 
 
 sum, intr. (sub & cedo,) to 
 succeed; to follow ; hence, 
 
 Successor, oris, m. a successor. 
 
 Suceus, i, m. (sucus, fr. sugo,) 
 juice; sap; liquid. 
 
 Suffero, sufferre, sustuli, sub- 
 latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) 
 to take away; to undertake; 
 to hear. 
 
 SufFetius, i, m. (Melius,) an 
 Alban general, put to death 
 hy Tullus Hostilius. 
 
 Sufficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- 
 fice; to he sujfficie?it. 
 
 Suffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
 sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to 
 dig under; to undermine. 
 
 SuiFossus, a, um, part. 
 
 Suffragium, i, n. (sub & fran- 
 go,) a broken piece; a 
 shred; a ballet; suffrage; 
 vote; choice. 
 
 Sui, pro. gen. 117, & 118, 3, 
 1st, of himself; of herself ; 
 • of itself: duse sibi similes, 
 two like each other. 232, 
 
 Sulla, or Sylla, », m. a distin- 
 guished Roman genercd. 
 
 Sulpicius, i, m. (Gallus,) a 
 ^Homan, celebrated for his 
 learning and eloquence, and 
 ' for his skill in astrology. 
 
 Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54, 
 to he ; to exist : terrori esse, 
 to excite terror. 277 » 
 
 Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su- 
 perus,) the highest; great- 
 est; perfect: in summa 
 aqua, on the surface of the 
 water. 
 
 Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump- 
 tum, tr. to take. 
 
 Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) 
 
 Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expense. 
 
 Supellex, supellectilis, f. fur- 
 niture; household goods. 
 
 Super, prep, above; upon. 
 
 Superbe, adv. ius,issime, (fr.su- 
 perbus,) proudly; haugh- 
 tily. 
 
 Superbia, se, f. (superbus,) 
 pride ; haughtiness. 
 
 Superbio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. to 
 he proud; to he proud of; 
 from 
 
 Superbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 proud; the Proud, a sur- 
 name of Tarquin, the last 
 king of Rome. 
 
 Supei-fluus, a, um, adj. (super- 
 fluo,) superfluous. 
 
 Superjacio, -jacere, -jeci, -j ac- 
 tum, tr. (super & jacio,) to 
 throw upon; to shoot over. 
 
 Superjactus, a, um, part, from 
 superjacio ; Sail. 
 
 Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (super,) to surpass; to con- 
 quer ; to excel; to vanquish. 
 
 Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. (su- 
 perstitio, fr. supersto,) su- 
 perstitious. 
 
 Supersum, -esse, fui, intr. irr. 
 (super & sum,) to be over; 
 to remain; to survive. 
 
 Superus, a, um, adj. (super- 
 rior; supremus, or sum- 
 mus, § 26, 2,) above; high; 
 upper. 222m 
 
 Super vacuus, a, um, adj. (su- 
 per & vacuus,) superfluous. 
 
310 
 
 SUPERVENIO TABESCO. 
 
 Supervenio, - venire, - veiii, 
 -ventum, intr. (super & 
 venio,) to come upon; to 
 come ; to surprise suddenly. 
 
 Supervolo, are, avi, atum, 
 intr. (super & volo,) to fly 
 over. 
 
 Suppeto, ere, ivi, itum, intr. 
 (sub & peto,) to come to ; to 
 he at hand; hence, to suf- 
 fice; to remain; to serve; 
 to he sufficient. 
 
 Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- 
 co,) suppliant. 
 
 Supplicium, i, n. (id.) a pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 Suppono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
 situm, tr. (sub & pono,) to 
 put under ; to substitute. 
 
 Supra, prep. & adv. above ; be- 
 fore. 
 
 Surena, £e, m. the title of a 
 Parthian officer^ and next 
 in authority to the king. 
 
 Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur- 
 rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. 
 sub & rego,) to rise. 
 
 Sus, uis, c. a swine; a hog. 
 
 Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (sub & capio,) to 
 take or lift up; to under- 
 take; to take upon; to en- 
 gage in; to receive. 
 
 Suspectus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (suspicio,) suspected; mis- 
 trusted. 
 
 Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
 -pensum, tr. (sub & pen- 
 do,) to suspend; to hang; 
 to hang up, 
 
 Suspensus, a, um, part. 
 
 Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- 
 tum, tr. (sub & specie,) to 
 look at secretly ; to look up; 
 to suspect. 
 
 Suspicor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to suspect ; to surmise. 
 
 Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. to sustain; to support: 
 sustentare vitam, to support 
 one's self; from 
 
 Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to 
 hear up; to carry; to sus- 
 tain; to support. 
 
 SustoUo, sustollere, sustuli, 
 sublatum, tr. to lift up; to 
 take away ; to raise. 
 
 Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; 
 its; theirs; 118, Obs. 3, 
 Exc.,&121, Obs. 3,236. 
 
 Sylla. See Sulla. 
 
 Syllaba, ae, f. a syllable. 
 
 Sylva. See Silva. 
 
 Sjphax, acis, m. a king of 
 Numidia^ 
 
 Syracusse, arum, f. pi. Syra- 
 cuse^ a celebrated city of 
 Sicily. 
 
 Syria, se, f. a large country of 
 Asia, at the eastern extre- 
 mity of the Mediterranean 
 sea. 
 
 Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; 
 belonging to Syria. 
 
 T. 
 
 T., an abbreviation of Titus. 
 Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. 
 
 (tabeo,) to consume; to pine 
 
 away. 
 
TABULA — TAURICA. 
 
 311 
 
 Tabilla, ae, f. a table; a tablet; 
 
 a picture; a painting: 
 
 plumbea tabula, a plate or 
 
 sheet of lead. 
 . Taceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to be 
 
 silent. 
 Tact us, us, m. (tango,) the 
 
 touch. 
 Ta3det, tjsduit, tassum est or 
 
 pertaisum est, imp. to be 
 
 weanj of: vitie eos teedet, 
 
 they are weary of life. 
 Taenarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a 
 
 promontory in Laconia, 
 
 now cape Matapan. 
 Talentum, i, n. a talent ; a sum 
 
 variously estimated from 
 
 $860 to $1020. 
 Talis, e, adj. such. 
 Talpa, OB, c. a mole. 
 Tarn, adv. so ; so much. 
 Tameii, i^on]. yet; notwithstand- 
 ing ; still; 7ievertheless. 
 Tanah, is, m. a river between 
 
 Europe and Asia, now the 
 
 Don. 
 Tanaquil, ilis, f. the wife of 
 
 Tarquinius Priscus. 
 Tandem, adv. (tarn & demum,) 
 
 at length; at last; finally. 
 Tango, tangere, tetigi, tactum, 
 
 tr. to touch. 
 Tancjuam, or Tamquam, adv. 
 
 (lam & quam,) as well as; 
 
 as if; like. 
 Tantrdus, i, m. a son of Jupi- 
 * ter; the father of Pelops, 
 
 and king of Phrygia. 
 Tanto, adv. (tantus,) so much. 
 Tantopere, adv. (tantus & 
 
 opus,) so much ; so greatly. 
 
 Tantum, adv. only; so much; 
 from 
 
 Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; 
 such : tanti, of so much val- 
 ue : tanti est, it is worth the 
 pains; it makes amends. 
 
 Xarde, adv. (ius, issime,) (tar- 
 dus,) sloivly. 
 
 Tarditas, atis, f. (tardus,) sloiv- 
 ness; dulness; heaviness. 
 
 Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make slow; to retard; to 
 check; to stop; from 
 
 Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) slow; dull. 
 
 Tarentlnus, a, um, adj. Tar en- 
 tine; of or belonging to 
 Tarentum: Tarentini, Ta- 
 rentines; the inhabita^its 
 of Tarentum. 
 
 Tarentum, i, n. a celebrated 
 city in the south of Italy. 
 
 Tarpeia, a^, f. the daughter of 
 Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed 
 the Roman citadel to the 
 Sabiues. 
 
 Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Tarpeian: 
 mons, the Tarpeian or Cap- 
 itoline mount. 
 
 Tarquinii, orum, m. pi. a city 
 of Etruria, ivhence the fam- 
 ily of Tarquin derived their 
 name. 
 
 Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; the 
 name of an illustrious Po- 
 man family: Tarquinii, 
 orum, pi. the Tarquiiis. 
 
 Tartfirus, i, m., & -a, orum, pi. 
 n. Tartarus; the infernal 
 regions. 
 
 Taurica, ce, f. a large peninsu^ 
 
S12 
 
 TAURUS TERRA. 
 
 la of the Black Sea, now 
 called the Crimea, or Tau- 
 rida. 
 
 Taurus, i, m. a high range of 
 nyiouniains in Asia. 
 
 Taurus, i, m. a bidl. 
 
 Taygetus, i, m. & -a, orum, 
 pi. a mountain of Laconia, 
 near Sparta. 
 
 Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover- 
 ing ; a roof; a house. 
 
 Tectus, a, um, part, (tego,) 
 covered; defended. 
 
 Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug ; a 
 coverlet ; from 
 
 Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co- 
 ver; to defend ; hence, 
 
 Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. 
 
 Telum, i, n. a missile; a wea- 
 po7i; a dart; an arrow. 
 
 Temere, adv. at random; ac- 
 cidentally ; rashly. 
 
 Tempe, n. pL indec. a beauti- 
 ful vale in Thessaly, through 
 which the river Peneus 
 flows. 
 
 Temperies, iei, f. a season or 
 space of time; temper ate- 
 ness; 7nildnes^; tempera- 
 ture. 
 
 Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) a 
 storm; a tempest. 
 
 Templum, i, n. a consecrated 
 place; a temple. 
 
 Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- 
 son: ad tempus, at the 
 time appointed: ex tempo- 
 re, without premeditation. 
 
 Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- 
 etum,) drunken; intoxica- 
 ted. 
 
 Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- 
 vSum, tr. to stretch; to stretch 
 out; to extend; miv. to ad- 
 vance; to go. 
 
 Tenebrse, arum, f. pi. dark- 
 ness. 
 
 Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, 
 tr. to hold; to have; to 
 keep ; to possess ; to know ; 
 to hold by a garrison : por- 
 tum, to reach the harbor, 
 
 Tentatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (teneo,) to attempt; to 
 try. 
 
 Tentyritae, arum, c. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Tentyra, a 
 town and island in Upper 
 Egypt. 
 
 Tenuis, e, adj. (comp.) thin; 
 slender; light; rare. 
 
 Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. 
 
 Tepeseo, escere, ui, intr. inc. 
 (tepeo,) to grow warm or 
 cool; to become tepid. 
 
 Ter, num. adv. thrice. 
 
 Terentius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
 per name. 
 
 Tergum, i, n. the back; the far- 
 ther side : a tergo, froin be- 
 hind: ad terga, behind. 
 
 Termino, are, fivi, atum, tr, 
 to bound; to limit; to ter- 
 minate; from 
 
 Terminus, i, m. a boundary; 
 limit; an end; bounds. 
 
 Terni, je, a, num. adj. pi. (tres,; 
 three by three ; three. 
 
 Terra, ee, f. the earth; a coun- 
 try ; the land: omnes ter^ 
 rse, the wJiok world. 
 
TERREO — THRASYBULUS. 
 
 313 
 
 Terreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to ter- 
 rify; to scare; to frighten. 
 
 Terrester, terrestris, terrestre, 
 adj. (terra,) terrestrial: 
 animal terrestre, a land 
 animal. 
 
 Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- 
 reo,) terrible. 
 
 Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (id.) to terrify; to 
 affright. 
 
 Territorium, i, n. (terra,) ter- 
 ritory. 
 
 Territus, a, um, part, (terreo.) 
 
 Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; 
 consternation ; fear. 
 
 Teftius, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 ^ (tres,) the third; hence, 
 
 Tertio, num. adv. the third 
 time. 
 
 Testa, £E, f. (tosta, fr. torreo,) 
 ail earthen vessel; a shell. 
 
 Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a 
 will; a testament. 
 
 Testudo, inis, f. (testa,) a tor- 
 toise. 
 
 Tetigi. See Tango. 
 
 Teutones, um, & Teutoni, 
 orum, m. pi. a nation in 
 the northern 'part of Ger- 
 many^ near the Cimhri. 
 
 Texo, texere, texui, textum, tr. 
 to weave; to plait ; to form; 
 to construct. 
 
 Tliallmus, i, m. a bed-chamber; 
 a dwelling. 
 
 Thales, is & etis, m. a Mile- 
 sian^ one of the seven wise 
 men of Greece. 
 
 Thasus, i, f. an island on the 
 coast of Tlirace. 
 27 
 
 Thefiti-um, i, n. a theatre. 
 
 Tiieba^, amm, f. pi. TJtebes, 
 the capital of Boeotia; 
 hence, 
 
 Thebanus, a, um, adj. TJteban; 
 belonging to Tliebes. 
 
 Thelesinus, i, m. a Roman 
 proper 7iame. 
 
 Themistocles, is, m. a celebra- 
 ted Athenian general in the 
 Persian war. 
 
 Theodoras, i, m. a philosopher 
 of Cyrence. 
 
 Thermodon, ontis, m. a river 
 of Pontus. 
 
 Theseus, i, m. a Izing of Ath- 
 ens^ and son of JEgeus^ and 
 one of the most celebrated 
 heroes of antiquity. 
 
 Thessalia, ae, f. Thesscdy ; a 
 country of Greece, south 
 of Macedonia; hence, 
 
 Thessahis, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Tliessaly ; Thessa- 
 lian. 
 
 Thestius, i, m. the father of Al- 
 thcea. 
 
 Thetis, idis & idos, f. one of 
 the sea nymphs; the wife 
 of Peleus, and mother of 
 Achilles. 
 
 Theutoboclius, i, m. a king of 
 the Cimbri. 
 
 Tliracia, a3, f. Thrace; a large 
 country east of Macedonia. 
 
 Thracius, a, um. adj. belonging 
 to Thrace; Thracian. 
 
 Thrasybrdus, i, m. an Afheiiian 
 general, celebrated for free- 
 ing his country from the 
 thirty tyrants. 
 
su 
 
 THUS TRAHO. 
 
 Thus, thuris, rv. frankincense, 
 
 Tiberis, is, m. 90, 2, the Ti- 
 ber, a famous river of It- 
 aly. 110, 
 
 Tibi. See Tu. 
 
 Tibicen, mis, m. (tibia & cano,) 
 one who plays upon the flute; 
 a piper. 
 
 Ticlnum, i, n. a town of Cis- 
 alpine Gaul, where the Ro- 
 mans were defeated hy Han- 
 nibal. 
 
 Tigranes, is, m. a king of Ar- 
 menia Major. 
 
 Tigranocerta, orum, n. a city 
 of Armenia Major, found- 
 ed by Tigranes. 
 
 Tigris, idis, {seldom is,) c. a 
 tiger. 
 
 Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in 
 Asia. 
 
 Timens, tis, part, from 
 
 Timeo, ere, ui, intr. & tr. to 
 fear; to dread; to be afraid. 
 
 Timidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (timeo,) timid; cowardly. 
 
 Timor, oris, m. (id.) fear. 
 
 Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a 
 tinkling. 
 
 Tintinnabidum, i, n. (tintinno, 
 same as tinnio,) a bell. 
 
 Titio, onis, m. a brand; a fire- 
 brand. 
 
 Titus, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
 men. 
 
 Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 bear; to endure; to admit of. 
 
 Tollo, tollere, sustuli, subla- 
 tum, tr. to raise; to pick 
 up; to remove; to do away 
 with. 
 
 Tondeo, tondere, totondi ton^ 
 sum, tr. to clip; to shave; 
 to shear. 
 
 Tonitru, u, n. thunder ; from 
 
 Tono, are, ui, itum, intr. to 
 thunder: tonat, imp. it 
 thunders. 
 
 Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) 
 an engine for throwing 
 stones and darts. 
 
 Torquatus, i, m. a surname 
 given to T. Manlius and 
 his descendants. 
 
 Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- 
 lar; a chain. 
 
 Tot, ind. adj. so many. 
 
 Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) 
 the same number ; as many.' 
 
 Totus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, 
 whole; entire; all. 101* 
 
 Trabs, is, f. a beam. 
 
 Tractatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Tracto, fire, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (traho,) to treat ; to handle. 
 
 Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; 
 a country ; a region. 
 
 Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) 
 
 Traditus, a, um, part, fiom 
 
 Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (trans & do,) to give over, 
 or up ; to deliver ; to give ; 
 to relate.; to teach : tradunt, 
 they report: traditur, it is 
 related: it is reported: tra- 
 duntur, they are reported, 
 
 Tragicus, a, um, adj. tragic. 
 
 Tragoedia, as, f. a tragedy. 
 
 Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, 
 tr. to drag ; to draw: he\- 
 him, to protract or pro- 
 long the ivar: liquidas, 
 
TRAJICIO TRIBUTOr. 
 
 315 
 
 aquas trahere, to draw 
 along clear waters ; to flow 
 with a clear stream. 
 
 Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (trans & jacio,) to con- 
 vey over ; to pass or cross 
 over. 
 
 Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e. 
 trans meo, to go over or 
 along ;) a path ; a way. 
 
 Trano, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (trans & no,) to swim over. 
 
 Tranquillus, a, um, adj. 
 (comp.) tranquil; calm; 
 serene. 
 
 Trans, prep, over; heyond; on 
 the other side. 
 
 Transactus, a, um, part, (trans- 
 igo.) 
 
 Transeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr. 
 (trans & eo,) to pass or go 
 over. 
 
 Transfero, -ferre, -tCili, -latum, 
 tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to 
 transfer ; to carry over : se 
 ad alicjuem, to go over to. 
 
 Transfigo, -figere, -lixi, -fixum, 
 (trans & figo,) to run 
 through; to pierce; to 
 slab. 
 
 Transf Liga, ce, c. (transfugio,) 
 a deserter. 
 
 Tran.-igredior, -gredi, -gressus 
 sum, intr. dep. (trans & gra- 
 dior,) to go or pass over. 
 
 Transigo, -igere, -egi, ractum, 
 tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- 
 act; to finish ; to spend. 
 
 Transilio, -silire, -silui & -sili- 
 vi, intr. (trans ♦& salio,) to 
 leap over. 
 
 Transiturus, a, um, part, (trans- 
 eo,) about to pass over; to 
 pass on. 
 
 Translatus, a, um, part, (trans- 
 fero.) 
 
 Transmarinus, a, um, adj. 
 (trans & mare,) beyond tJuy 
 sea ; foreign ; transmarine, 
 
 Transno. See Trano. 
 
 Transveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vec- 
 tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to 
 carry over; to convey; to 
 transport. 
 
 Transvolo, are, Svi, atum, intr. 
 (trans & volo,) to fly over. 
 
 Trasimenus, i, m. a lake in 
 Etruria, near which the 
 consul Flaminius was de- 
 feated by Hannibal. 
 
 Trebia, se, f. a river of Cisal- 
 pine Gaul, emptying into 
 the Po, 
 
 Trecenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. 
 three hundred; hence, 
 
 Trecentesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. the three hundredth. 
 
 Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (tres & decem,) thirteen. 
 
 Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. 104, 3, 
 three. 203, 
 
 Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people 
 of Belgium. 
 
 Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu- 
 lum,) triangular ; three- 
 cornered. 
 
 Tribunus, i, m, (tribus,) a tri- 
 bune. 
 
 Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to 
 attribute; to give; to grant; 
 to bestow ; to commit. 
 
 Tributum, i, n. (tribuo,) a tri- 
 
316 
 
 TRICESIMUS TURBATUS. 
 
 hute; a tax; a contrihu- 
 ^ tion; an assessment. 
 
 Tricesimus, a^ urn, num. adj. 
 (trigiota,) the thirtieth. 
 
 Triduum, i, n. (tres & dies,) the 
 space of three days: per 
 triduum, ybr three days. 
 
 Trieiinium, i, n. (tres & an- 
 nus,) the space of three 
 years. 
 
 Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres 
 & gemini,) three brothers 
 horn at one birth. 
 
 Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 thirty. 
 
 Trinacria, se, f. one of the 
 names of Sicily. 
 
 Triptolemus, i, m. the son of 
 Celeus, king of Eleusis. 
 
 Tristitia, £e, i. (tristis, sadi) 
 sorrow; grief 
 
 Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- 
 us,) triumphal. 
 
 Triumphans, tis, part, from 
 
 Triumpho, are, a\ i, atum, intr. 
 to triumph; from 
 
 Triumphus, i, m. a triumph; a 
 triumphal procession. 
 
 Triumvir, viri, m. (tres & vir,) 
 one of three joint public 
 ofp,cers ; a triumvir. 
 
 Troas, adis, f. a country of 
 Asia Minor ^ bordering up- 
 on the Hellespont. 
 
 Troclulus, i, m. a wren. 
 
 Troglodytie, arum, c. pi. Trog- 
 lodytes^ a people of Ethio- 
 pia, who divelt in caves. 
 
 Troja, ee, f. Troy, the capital 
 of Troas; hence, 
 
 Trojanus, a, um, adj. Trojan. 
 
 Trucido, are, avi, atum, tr, 
 (trux & CEedo,) to kill in a 
 cruel manner; to butcher; 
 to murder; to slay; to mas- 
 sacre. 
 
 Trux, ucis, adj. savage; cruel; 
 fierce; stern; grim. 
 
 Tu, subs. pro. thou;^ 28.231 
 
 Tuba, se, f. (tubus, a tube,) a 
 trumpet. 
 
 Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a 
 bunch; a tumor; a protu- 
 berance. 
 
 Tubicen, inis, m. (tuba & ca- 
 no,) a trumpeter. 
 
 Tueor, tueri, tuitus sum, tr. to 
 see; to look to; to care for; 
 to defend; to protect. 
 
 Tugurium, i, n. (tego,) a hut; 
 a shed. 
 
 Tuli. See Fero. 
 
 Tullia, se, f. the daughter of 
 Servius Tullius. 
 
 Tullius, i, m. a Roman. 
 
 Tullus, i, m. (Hostilius,) the 
 third Roman king. 
 
 Turn, adv. then; and; so; also: 
 tum — turn, as well — as; 
 both — and: tum demum, 
 then at length. 
 
 Tumultus, us, m. (tumeo,) a 
 noise; a tumidt. 
 
 Tumidus, i, m. (id.) a mound f 
 a toynh. 
 
 Tunc, adv. then. 
 
 Tunica, se, f a tunic; a close 
 woolen garment, worn un- 
 der the toga. 
 
 Turbatus, a, um, part, dis- 
 turbed; confused; troubled; 
 from 
 
TURBO UNDEVICESI-MUS. 
 
 317 
 
 Turbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (tur- 
 ba,) to disturb; to trouble; 
 to put into confusion. 
 
 Turma, ce, f. a division of Ro- 
 man cavalry, consisting of 
 thirty men ; a troop. 
 
 Turpis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 base; disgraceful. 
 
 Turpitudo, inis, f. (turpis,) 
 baseness; ugliness, 
 
 Turris, is, f. a tower. 
 
 Tuscia, £6, f. a country of Ita- 
 ly, the same as Etruria. 
 
 Tuscidum, i, n. a city of La- 
 tium. 
 
 Tuscus, a, um, adj« Tuscan; 
 belonging to Tuscany; 
 Etrurian. 
 
 Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar- 
 dian; a tutor. 
 
 Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 
 mus,) (tueor,) safe. 
 
 Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. 121, (tu,) 
 thy; thine. 23S, 
 
 Tyraunis, idis & idos, f. tyran- 
 ny; arbitrary poioer ; fr. 
 
 Tyraunus, i, m. a king; a ty- 
 rant; a usurper. 
 
 Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian; 
 Tyrii, Tynans; inhabit- 
 ants of Tyre. 
 
 Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj. Tyr- 
 rhenian or Tuscan; be- 
 longing to Tuscany. 
 
 Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari- 
 time city of Phoenicia. 
 
 u. 
 
 Tiber, eris, n. an udder; a teat. 
 UbertawS, at is, t (uber, rich, 
 
 fertile^ fertility ; fruitful- 
 ness. 
 
 Ubi, adv. where; when; as 
 soon as. 
 
 Ubique, adv. every where. 
 
 Uiciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, tr. 
 dep. to take revenge; to 
 avenge. 
 
 UIlus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any; 
 any one. 101, 
 
 Ulterior, us, (ultimus,) § 26, 
 4; further; hence, 222* 
 
 Ulterius, slClv. farther ; beyond; 
 longer. 
 
 Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of ul- 
 terior,) the last. 
 
 Ultra, prep, beyond; more 
 than: — adv. besides; more- 
 over ; further. 
 
 Ultus, a, um, part, (uiciscor,) 
 having avenged. 
 
 Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished 
 king of Ithaca. 
 
 Umbra, a3, f. a shade; a sliadow, 
 
 Umbro, ai'e, avi, atum, tr. (um- 
 bra,) to shade; to darken. 
 
 Una, adv. (unus,) together. 
 
 Unde, adv. whence; from 
 which. 
 
 Undecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (unus & decem,) eleven. 
 
 Undenonagesimus, a, um, 
 uum. adj. (unus, de, and 
 nonagessimus,) the eighty- 
 ninth. 
 
 Undequinquaginta, num. adj. 
 pi. ind. forty-nine. 
 
 Undetricesimus, a, um, num- 
 adj. twenty-ninth. 
 
 Undevicesimus, a, um, nuii>^« 
 adj. nineteenth. 
 
318 
 
 UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS. 
 
 Undeviginti, num. adj. nine- 
 teen. 
 Undique, adv. on all sides. 
 Unguis, is, m. a claw; a talon; 
 
 a nail. 
 Ungula, JB, f. a claw ; a talon ; 
 
 a hoof: binis ungulis, clo- 
 ven footed. 
 Unicus, a, um, adj. (unus,) one 
 
 alone; sole; only. 
 Unio, onis, m. a pearl. 
 Universus, a, um, adj. (unus & 
 
 versus,) whole; universal; 
 
 all. 
 Unquam, adv. ever: nee im- 
 
 quam, and never. 
 Unus, a, um, num. adj. § 20, 4; 
 
 one; only; alone. 101, 
 Unusquisque, unaquceque, un- 
 
 umquodque, adj. each one; 
 
 each; § 37, Obs. 2. 
 Urbs, is, f. a city; the chief 
 
 ^ city; Home. 
 Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, tr. to 
 
 hum. 
 Ursus, i, m. a hear. 
 Usque, adv. eve7i; as far as; 
 
 till; until. 
 Usus, a, um, part, (utor.) 
 Usus, us, m. (id.) use ; custom ; 
 
 profit; advantage. 
 Ut, conj. that; in order that; 
 
 so that: adv. as; as soon 
 
 as; ivhen. 
 Utcunque, adv. (ut & cunque,) 
 
 howsoever; somewhat; in 
 
 some degree. 
 Uter, tra, trum, adj. 101, 
 
 which f which of the two ? 
 TTterque, traque, trumque, adj. 
 
 § 20, 4; (uter & que,) both; 
 
 (taken separately, see am- 
 
 bo,) each; each of the two. 
 Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,) 
 
 useful. 
 Utica, 03, f. a maritime city of 
 
 Africa, near Carthage. 
 Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to use; to make use of 
 Utrinque, adv. on hoth sides. 
 Utriim, adv. whether. 
 Uva, se, f. a grape; a hunch of 
 
 grapes : passa, a raisin. 
 Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife. 
 
 V. 
 
 Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to he 
 
 free from; hence. 
 Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty; 
 
 unoccupied; vacant; free; 
 
 exempt: vacuus viator, the 
 
 destitute traveler. 
 Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 fordahle; shallow ; from 
 Vadum, i, n. (probably from 
 
 vado, to go;) a ford; a 
 
 shalloiv. 
 Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.) 
 Vagina, ee, f. a scabbard; a 
 
 sheath. 
 Vagitus, us, m. weeping; crying. 
 Vagor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to wander about; to stray. 
 Valeo, ere, ui, intr. to he welly 
 "or in health ; to he strong ; 
 
 to avail; to he distinguished; 
 
 to he eminent: multum va- 
 
 lere, to he very powerful: 
 
 vale, farewell. 
 Valerius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
 per narne. 
 
VALLIS VENOR. 
 
 319 
 
 Vallls, is, f. a valley; a vale, 
 
 Varietas, atis, f. (varius,) va- 
 riety; change. 
 
 Vario, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 change; to vary; from 
 
 Varius, a, um, adj. various; 
 diverse. 
 
 Varro, onis, m. (Marcus,) a very 
 learned Roman: P. Te- 
 rentius, a consul, who was 
 defeated by Hannibal. 
 
 Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to lay 
 waste; to ravage; from 
 
 Vastus, a, um, adj. waste; 
 desert; hence, wide; vast; 
 great. 
 
 Vates, is, m. a poet; a bard. 
 
 Ve, conj. (enclitic, 242, Obs. 
 2,) or; also, intensive or 
 negative inseparable par- 
 ticle, 230, Obs. 2. 491. 
 
 Vecordia, aj, i. (vecors, mad;) 
 madness; folly. 
 
 Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.) 
 
 Veliemens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (ve intens. & mens,) 
 veh ement ; immoderate ; 
 hence, 
 
 Vehementer, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 vehemently; greatly; very; 
 much; violently. 
 
 Veho, vehSre, vexi, vectum, 
 tr. ^0 bear; to carry; to 
 convey. 
 
 Veiens^ tis, & Veientanus, i, m. 
 an inhabitant of Veii. 
 
 Vfiii, orum, m. pi. a city of 
 Tuscany, memorable for 
 the defeat of the Fabian 
 family. 
 
 Vel, conj. or; also; even: veil 
 
 lecta, even when read: vel 
 — vel, either — or. 
 
 Velio, vellere, velli, or vulsi, 
 vulsum, tr. to pluck. 
 
 Vellus, eris, n. (vello,) a fleece. 
 
 Velox, ocis, adj. (ior, isshnus,) 
 (volo, are,) swift; rapid; 
 active. 
 
 Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a 
 sail, 
 
 Velut, & VelQti, adv. (vel & 
 ut,) as; as if. 
 
 Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale;) 
 venal; mercenary, 
 
 Venans, tis, part, (venor.) 
 
 Venaticus, a, um, adj. (id.) be- 
 longing to tJie chase : canis, 
 a hound. 
 
 Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a 
 huntsman, 
 
 Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq. 
 to sell; from 
 
 Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven- 
 ditum, tr. (venum & do,) 
 to sell. 
 
 Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi- 
 soned; poisonous ; from ve- 
 neno, and that from 
 
 Venenum, i, n. poison. 
 
 Veneo, ire, ii, intr. irr. (for 
 venum eo,) to be exposed 
 for sale; to be sold. 
 
 Venetus, i, m. or Brigantinus, 
 a lake between Germany 
 and Switzerland^ called the 
 Boden sea, or lake of Con- 
 stance. 
 
 Venio, venire, veni, ventum, 
 intr. to come; to advance. 
 
 Venor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to hunt. 
 
320 
 
 VENTER VETUS. 
 
 Venter, tris, m. the helly; the 
 
 stomach, 
 Ventus, i, m. a wind. 
 Venus, us, or i, m. (used only 
 
 in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale. 
 Venus, eris, f. the goddess of 
 
 love and heauty. 
 Ver, veris, n. the spring, 
 Verber, eris, n. a whip ; a rod; 
 
 a blow ; a stripe ; hence, 
 Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 strike, 
 Verbum, i, n. a word, 
 Vere, adv. (ius, issime,) (ve- 
 
 rus,) truly. 
 Vereor, eri, itus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to fear ; to be concerned for. 
 Vergo, vergere, versi, intr. 
 
 (also tr.) to tend to ; to in- 
 cline; to verge towards; to 
 
 bend; to look, 
 Verisimilis, e, adj. comp. (ve- 
 
 rum & similis,) like the 
 
 truth; probable, 
 Veritus, a, um, part, (vereor.) 
 Vero, Qon^.but: — adv. (verus,) 
 
 indeed; truly. 
 Verona, a3, f. Verona, a city in 
 
 the north of Italy. 
 Versatus, a, um, part, from 
 Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
 freq. (verto,) to turn; to 
 
 revolve; to dwell; to live; 
 
 to reside; to be employed. 
 Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.) 
 Versus, prep, towards. 
 Vertex, icis, m. (verto,) the 
 
 top; the summit; the crown 
 
 of the head. 
 Verto, tere, ti, sum, tr. to turn; 
 
 to change. 
 
 Vem, u, n. 91, N., a spit. 371. 
 
 Verum, conj. but; but yet; ir. 
 
 Verus, a, um, adj. (comp.) true. 
 
 Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esca,) to 
 live upon ; to feed upon ; to 
 eat; to subsist upon. 
 
 Vesperi, or -e, adv. at evening: 
 tam vesperi, so late at eve- 
 ning. 
 
 Vesta, as, f. a goddess; the 
 mother of Saturn; hence, 
 
 Vestalis, is, f. (virgo.) a Ves- 
 tal virgin; a priestess con- 
 secrated to the service of 
 Vesta. 
 
 Vestibulum, i, n. the parch; the 
 vestibule. 
 
 Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a 
 vestige; a trace; a mark; 
 a track. 
 
 Vestio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
 clothe; from 
 
 Vestis, is, f. a garment; 
 clothes. 
 
 Vesulus, i, m. a high mountain 
 of Liguria, and a part of 
 the Cottian Alps. 
 
 Veteranus, a, um, adj. (vetus,) 
 old: — subs, a veteran. 
 
 Veto, are, ui, itum, tr. to for- 
 bid; to prohibit. 
 
 Veturia, fe, f. the mother of Co- 
 riolanus. 
 
 Veturius, i, m. (Titus,) a JRo- 
 man consid^ who was de- 
 feated by the Samnites at 
 the Caudine Forks. 
 
 Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior, ve- 
 teriiraus, § 113, 2,) an- 
 cient; old: veteres, the an- 
 cients ; hence, 222, 
 
VETUSTAS VINUM. 
 
 321 
 
 Vetustas, atis, f. antiquity; 
 age. 
 
 Vetustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (id.) old; aiicient, 
 
 Vexi. See Veho. 
 
 Via, 86, f. a way; a course; a 
 path; a journey; hence, 
 
 Viator, oris, m. a traveler. 
 
 Victim, ae, a, distrib. num. adj. 
 pi. (viginti,) every twenty; 
 twenty. 
 
 Vicesimus, a, urn, num. adj. 
 (id.) the twentieth, 
 
 Vici. See Vinco. 
 
 Vicies, num. adv. twenty 
 times. 
 
 Vicinitas, atis, f. the neighbor- 
 hood; vicinity; from 
 
 Vicinus, a, um, (vicus,) adj. 
 near; neighhoring. 
 
 Vielnus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh- 
 bor. 
 
 Vicis, gen., f. § 18, 13, change; 
 reverse; a place; a turn; 
 in vicem, in turn ; in place 
 of; instead. 1S2» 
 
 Victima, 03, f. (vinco,) a vic- 
 tim; a sacrijice. 
 
 Victor, oris, m. (vinco,) a vic- 
 tor; a conqueror: 2A]. vic- 
 torious; hence, 
 
 Victoria, se, f. a victory. 
 
 Victurus, a, um, part, (from 
 vivo.) 
 
 Victus, a, urn, part, (vinco.) 
 
 Vicus, i, m. a village. 
 
 Video, videre, vidi, visum, tr. 
 to see; to behold. 
 
 Videor, videri, visus sum, pass. 
 to be seen; to seem; to ap 
 pear ; to seem proper. 
 
 Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to 
 bereave;) bereaved; widow- 
 ed: muher vidua, a widow. 
 
 Vigil, ilis, m. (vigeo,) a watch' 
 man. 
 
 Vigilans, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 (vigilo,) watchful; vigil- 
 ant. 
 
 Vigilia, £6, f. (vigil,) a watch- 
 ing: — pi. the watch, (by 
 night.) 
 
 Viginti, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 twenty. 
 
 Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad; 
 mean. 
 
 Villa, ae, f. (vicus,) a country- 
 house; a country-seat; a 
 villa; hence, 
 
 Villicus, i, m. an overseer of an 
 estate; a steward. 
 
 Villus, i, m. long hair ; coarse 
 hair. 
 
 Vincio, vincTre, vinxi, vinctum, 
 tr. to bind. 
 
 Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, tr. 
 to conquer; to vanquish; 
 to surpass. 
 
 Vinctus, a, um, part, (vincio.) 
 
 Vmculum, i, n. (id.) a chain: 
 in vincfda conjicere, to 
 throw into prison. 
 
 Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a 
 protector; a defender; an 
 asserter; from 
 
 Vindico, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 claim; to avenge: in libcr- 
 tatem, to rescue from slave- 
 
 Vindicta, se, f. (vindico,) ven- 
 geance ; pun ishment. 
 Vinum, i, n. wine. 
 
322 
 
 VIOLA VOLUCER. 
 
 Viola, as, f. a violet. 
 
 Violo, are, avi, atum, tr. (vis,) 
 to violate; to pollute; to 
 corrupt. 
 
 Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man. 
 
 Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to be green ; 
 to be verdant; to Jlourish. 
 
 Vires. See Vis. 
 
 Vii'ga, se. f. (vireo,) a rod; a 
 small staff; a switch. 
 
 Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very 
 celebrated Latin poet. 
 
 Virginia, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Virginius. 
 
 Virginias, i, m. the name of a 
 distinguished Roman cen- 
 turion. 
 
 Virgo, inis, f. (vireo,) a vir- 
 gin ; a girl; a maid. 
 
 Virgula, ae, f. (dim. from virga,) 
 a small rod. 
 
 Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian 
 general ivho was originally 
 a shepherd, and afterwards 
 a leader of robbers. 
 
 Viridomarus, i, m. a king of 
 the Gauls, slain by Marcel- 
 lus. 
 
 Virtus, utis, f. (vir,) virtue; 
 merit; excellence; power; 
 valor ; faculty. 
 
 Vis, vis, f. § 15, 12, power; 
 strength; force: vis liomi- 
 num, a 7nidtitude of men: 
 vim facere, to do violence: 
 ' — pi. vires, ium, power; 
 strength. 123, 
 
 Viscus, eris, n. an entrail: 
 viscera, pi. the bowels; the 
 flesh. 
 
 Vistula, 26 f. a river of Prus- 
 
 sia, which still bears the 
 
 same name, and which was 
 
 anciently the eastern bound- 
 ary of Germany. 
 Visurgis, is, m. the Weser, a 
 
 large river of Germany. 
 Visus, a, um, part, (video.) 
 Visus, us, m. (video,) the 
 
 sight. 
 Vita, 3d, f. life. 
 
 Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.) 
 Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis 
 
 & fero,) vine-bearing. 
 Vitis, is, f. (vieo,) a vine, 
 Vitium, i, n. a crime. 
 Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to shun ; 
 
 to avoid. 
 Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr, 
 
 (vitium paro,) to ftid fault 
 
 with; to blame. 
 Vividus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 lively; vivid; from 
 Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, intr. 
 
 to live; to fare; to live 
 
 upon; hence, 
 Vivus, a, um, adj. living; 
 
 alive. 
 Vix, adv. scarcely, 
 Vixi. See Vivo. 
 Voco, are, avi, atum, tr. (vox,) 
 
 to call; to invite ; to name, 
 Volo, lire, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 fly- 
 
 Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. § 83, 
 
 4; to tvish ; to desire; to be 
 
 willing. 4:17 • 
 Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people 
 
 of Latium. 
 Volucer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo, 
 
 are,) winged: — subs, a 
 
 bird. 
 
VOLUMNIA — ZONE. 
 
 323 
 
 Volumnia, se, f. the wife of 
 
 Corioldnus. 
 Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the 
 
 will, 
 Voluptas, atis, f. (volupe, fr. 
 
 volo,) pleasure; sensual 
 
 pleasure. 
 Volutatus, a, um, part, from 
 VolCito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 
 (volvo,) to roll. 
 Volvo, vere, vi, utum, tr. to 
 
 roll; to turn. 
 Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish; 
 
 a vow. 
 Vox, vocis, f. a voice; a word; 
 
 an expression ; an exclam- 
 ation. 
 Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan, the 
 
 god of fire, the son of Ju- 
 piter and Juno. 
 Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common 
 
 people; the populace; the 
 
 vulgar. 
 Vulneratus, a, um, part, from 
 Vulnero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 ivound; from 
 Vulnus, eris, n. a wound. 
 Vulpeeula, ae, f. dim. (vulpes,) 
 
 a little fox. 
 Vulpes, is, f. a fox. 
 Vultur, uris, m. a vulture. 
 Vultus, us, m. (volo,) the coun- 
 
 tenance; the eocpression: the 
 look. 
 
 X. 
 
 Xanthippe, es, f. the wife of 
 Socrates. 
 
 Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedae- 
 monian general, who was 
 sent to assist the Carthagi- 
 nians in the first Punic 
 war. 
 
 Xenocrates, is, , m. a philoso- 
 pher of Chalcedon; the suc- 
 cessor of Speusippus in the 
 Academia.' 
 
 Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated king 
 of Persia. 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zama, ae, f. a city of Africa. 
 
 Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher of 
 Citium, a toivn of Cyprus, 
 and founder of the sect of 
 the Stoics. 
 
 Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas. 
 
 Zona, £6, f. a girdle ; a zone. 
 
 Zone, es, f. a city and promon- 
 tory in the western part of 
 TJirace, opposite to the 
 island of Tliasus. 
 
COMPOSITIOK 
 
 In combining words to form a sentence, observe care- 
 fully the following 
 
 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. In every sentence there must be a verh in the indi- 
 cative, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a 
 subject expressed or understood, 617. 
 
 2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, 
 must have a substantive expressed or understood, with 
 which it agrees, 264 and 681, 650, 631.^ 
 
 3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to 
 which it refers, and with which it agrees, 284, 685, 
 
 4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or 
 understood, of which it is the subject, 302, 308, 635 , 
 643, Or it is placed after the substantive verb in the 
 predicate, 320, 666. 
 
 6. Every finite verb, i. e., every verb in the indicative, 
 subjunctive, or imperative mood, has its own nominative, 
 expressed or understood, 305, 306, 635, 643; and 
 when the infinitive has a subject, it is in the accusative, 
 671, 1136, The infinitive without a subject does not 
 form a sentence or proposition, 658, 1118. 
 
 6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, ex- 
 pressed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms 
 a part, or is used without government, to express certain 
 circumstances, 691, 966, 
 
 * For explanation of these figures, used for reference, see page vi. 
 of this book. 
 
EXERCISES 
 
 IN LATIN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Exercises in Latin composition for beginners can not be too simple, 
 Eor can they be too soon commenced. They are capable, also, under 
 proper management, of being made one of tlie most exciting and pleas- 
 ing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to young pupils. Exercises 
 in considerable variety, and in the simplest form, are fui-nished in the 
 Grammar under each part of speech. As soon as the pupil begins to 
 read and ti-anslate, suitable exercises in Syntax may be dra^vn from every 
 lesson, and even from every sentence, in wliich he may be drilled orally 
 with great advantage, by simply changing the subject from the singular 
 to the plural, or from the plm-al to the singular, and again by changing 
 the mood or tense of the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice 
 vo'sa. These may be still further varied by expressing the same idea in 
 the interrogative or negative fonn, through all the varieties of mood, 
 tense, number, or person, as before. 
 
 When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may advance 
 a step farther, and select from several sentences of his lesson, or from the 
 stock now laid up in his memory, such words as are capable of forming 
 a new sentence ; and this again may be varied ad libitum, as before- To 
 illustrate this — Suppose that the lesson of the day contains tlie foUowdng 
 simple sentence, "Terra parit Jlores," "The earth produces flowers," and 
 the class has become familiar with the inflection of the words in evei-y 
 part, then let them change the words to coiTCspond to such English sen- 
 tences as the folloAving : 
 
 The earth produced flowers ; the earth lias produced — ^liad produced — 
 will produce — may produce — might produce, &c., flowers, — a flower. 
 Elowers are produced — were produced — have been produced, &.c. The 
 esrth does not — did not — will not — can not, &c., produce flowei-s. Elow- 
 ers are not — were not, &c., produced by the earth. Are flowers pro- 
 duced — were flowers produced — have flowers "been produced, &c., by the 
 sarth? Are not flowers produced — were not flowers produced by the 
 earth'? &c., (as before.) Then again it may be noticed to tlie pupil tliat 
 28 
 
326 EXERCISES IN 
 
 terrce, in the plural, means "lands" or "countries " and so may have a 
 plural adjective and a plm-al verb; thus, Omnes, multce, qucedam ten ce 
 pariunt Jiores, "All," "many," "some lands produce flowers/' &c., 
 through a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many other 
 ways wliich will occm- to the mind of an active teacher, a class may be 
 kept actively and even intensely, as well as prolitably occupied for ten or 
 fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various forms and uses, 
 will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the memory and judgment 
 are trained to prompt and accm-ate exercise, and more real progress made 
 in the study of the language than by a careless reading of many pages 
 extended through a drawling recitation of several days. 
 
 As a weekly, semi-weekly, or even daily exercise, pupils might be 
 encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in wntmg, framed 
 by themselves from the lesson of the preceding day ; or they may be sup- 
 plied with English sentences framed from the lesson by the teacher or 
 some of the more advanced scholars, to be rendered into Latin. In doing 
 tliis they require no dictionary, and are not perplexed to know what 
 words to choose, as the words are all before them in the lesson fi'om 
 which the exercise is drawn, and tliey have only to make the necessary 
 changes in number, mood, tense, voice, &c., requisite to express the ideas 
 contained in the exercise to be tiu'ned into Latin, in which also they are 
 assisted by the model before them in the lesson, and the knowledge ob« 
 taiued in its previous study and recitation. 
 
 The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places indi- 
 cated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. They rise in 
 gradation from simple unconnectea sentences to those of the nature of a 
 continued nan'ative, and are sufficient to furnish a short semi-weekly 
 exercise of this kind during the time necessary to go tlirough the Reader. 
 They will also form a good preparation for a systematic work en Latin 
 composition, such as Bullions' Latin Exebcisks. 
 
lAIIN CCMPOSITION. 327 
 
 EXERCISES IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 datige the Latin words in the following sentences so as to correspond 
 to the English following 
 
 1. Fortes laudahuntur, igncivi vituperahmtiir. 
 *' Brave men will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed.' 
 Brave men are praised, the cow^ardly are blamed. Brave 
 men have always (semper) been praised, cowardly men blamed. 
 Men praise the brave and blame the cowardly. Do not {non- 
 •we*) men praise the brave and blame the cowardly ? A cow- 
 ardly man will not be praised. A brave man will not be 
 blamed. We will praise the good. You should blame the 
 cowardly Let us praise" the brave and blame the cowardly. 
 Let the brave be praised. Blame the cow^ardly. 
 
 2. Honos est prcemium virtutis. 
 "Honor is the reward of virtue." 
 
 Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been, 
 had been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor'* the reward 
 cf virtue? Honors will be the rewards of virtue.^ Will not 
 honor always be* the reward of vii-tue ? Let honor always 
 be* the reward of virtue. 
 
 3 Victi PerscB in naves confiigerunt. 
 " The Persians being conquered fled to their ships." 
 
 The Persians were conquered and fled' to their ships. 
 When the Persians were conquered"^ they fled to their ships. 
 We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their 
 ships. If we conquer^ the Persians they will flee to their 
 ships. If the Persians should be conquered' they will flee to 
 their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered and 
 fled to their ships. 
 
 4. DeJectaverunt me epistolce tuce. 
 "Your letters have delisrhted me." 
 
 Your letters delight me. I am delighted with your letters. 
 Have I not"" always been delighted \A\\\ your letters ? Do my 
 {mece) letters delight you (Je) ? His {ejf(s) letters vnW always 
 give us pleasure. Our {nostrce) letters do not delight liim. He 
 will be delighted with our letters. 
 
 Grammars.—'^ 171, 1 : 1193, r. Ixxxviii.— -i 631, 1211 , r. xci7 
 ^« 627, 2 : 1265 J r. xevii. 
 
 Idioms.— « 56, 3.—= L15, l.—f 77, 3. 
 
328 EXEECiSEs m 
 
 The words pf the. followina; senteDces selected from the Intrcductx^rv 
 Exercises, pp. >-:0-79, will be found m the paragraphs indicated by the 
 numbers prefixed As a fuither exercise these may be varied as in tho 
 preceding. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 4. 
 
 5. (1.) There are many kings in Europe. E\;rcpe tas 
 many kings. There have been many good kings. There are 
 many suns and more stars. Cicero was a gcod man ard a 
 distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be praised 
 (3.) An elephant walks. Many sparrows build nests. Tbe 
 partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found every where. 
 Africa produces lions. The Romans often burned their dead. 
 A brave man is not always praised. The Romans overthrew 
 Carthage and Corinth. 
 
 6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imitates 
 the human voice. (6.) A day has been lost. Flowers are 
 produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by Miltiades 
 (7.) Herds of wild asses roam (erro) in the forests {sylva) of 
 Asia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are diligently 
 traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in the army of 
 Cyrus was very great. (8) Animals covered with wool are 
 stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing cold. Foolish 
 people are not happy. The Gauls were very brave.* The 
 lion is the bravest of animals."* 
 
 7. (9.) Piato and Socrates w^ere highly esteemed. It is 
 our custom" to value the good.*^ Good men*^ forget injuries 
 and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish men to 
 forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men" are an honor to their 
 country; they are just and benevolent to aU.*" Nero was ai) 
 enemy to the human race. A good man {vir) will be dear tc 
 all, a wicked man (Jiomo) to no one. 
 
 8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals. Na- 
 ture has given avarice and ambition to man alone. (12 ) The 
 Romans for the most part burned their dead. Homer men- 
 tions embroidered garments. (13.) We sometimes find stags 
 of a white color. We have need of philosophy. Men of 
 noble birth are not always of a noble disposition. Men of 
 depraved disposition are never happy {minquam felix). Be 
 content with few thino-s and thou wilt be iree from cares. 
 
 C5 
 
 Grammars. — ^ 364, r. xii. : 7 SO, r. xxi. — ^ 355, r. x. : 77 1, r. xix- 
 Idioms. — * 24. — « 19. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 321 
 
 3. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and gold are found in 
 Sp'iin, 3Ien easily want gold and silver, but (sed) not food, 
 Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Ramans were sent under 
 the yoke. The year was divided into twelve months by 
 Numa Pompilius. (17.) Hunger and blows tame wild 
 beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One 
 oral ion of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) Mi« 
 thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigranesj king of 
 Armenia^ 
 
 10. (19.) I desire to live mth you. They wished to 
 sle?p. Why do men desire to change their fortune? We 
 ought to leam to despise wealth. We can not (we are not 
 able) to suffer poverty. All men'' desire to be loved. (20.) 
 Men must die." They had to fight.'' The art of writing" 
 was invented by the Phoenicians. Paper is useful for writing. 
 (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an army and 
 destroying the city. 
 
 11. (22.) The sun will set and the wolves will come forth 
 (evenw) to plunder.'* The civil wars were carried on by 
 Marius and Sulla. All the nations of men have been and 
 they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.) Your 
 letters have often been read by me»® The crocodile lives 
 many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great 
 things have been undertaken. Our strength Avill not always 
 remain. 
 
 12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes more 
 gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse chariot 
 which was made of ivory and covered with the wings of a fly. 
 Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown. Woi'ds 
 are repeated by the parrots ® which are sent from India. Men 
 wh3 are mindful of favors will receive {recipio) favors. (27.) 
 The fig-tree is so large that it conceals troops of horsemen 
 under it. Do you know ° {Num scis) who painted ' Alexan- 
 dei ? Is it true^ ( Verumne est) that bulls are swallowed whole 
 m India by serpents?^ Do you know" how many (quot) men 
 there are in the world? Tell us (Doce) when the world was 
 made,' and how many worlds there are.' 
 
 Grammars.— e 530, 1074, r. Ixxiii.— ' 62Y, 5 : 1182, r. IxxxviL 
 
 Idioms.— a 19.— i- 113.—'= 111.— ^ 102.— k 56, 3. 
 
330 EXERCISES IN 
 
 13. (29.) There are some who live* happy; there ar3 
 others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not 
 read* Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard* cor;- 
 ceming Ceesar? (30 ) It is related that in Latmos scorpions 
 do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives. They 
 say {narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his poems to bs 
 burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done. (31 ) Th3 
 approachmg day is announced by the crowing of the cock. 
 The city buUt by Cecrops was called Cecropia. It is now 
 called Athens. Many when dying are troubled with the car3 
 of burial. 
 
 EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES. 
 
 As an example of the way in wliich compound and connectel senten- 
 ces may be varied, the first fable, page 80, may be changed into the fol 
 loAving forms and translated into Latin corresponding to tlie English in 
 each. 
 
 14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the doves 
 to defend" them. When he assented*^ and was received*^ into 
 the dove-cote, greater havoc was made by him in one day than 
 could have been done'' by the kite in many {multis). 
 
 15. The doves were led (ductce smit) by fear of a kite to 
 ask^ a hawk that he would defend "^ them. It is said that ha 
 assented'' and that, being received into the dove-cote, he caused 
 a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day than the 
 kite could have caused** in a long time. 
 
 1 6. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether, if 
 received into the dove-cote, he would defend ° them from the 
 kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter made 
 in one day by the hawk was greater than could have been 
 committed '^ by the kite in a long time. 
 
 17. It is related {narratur) that when the doves through 
 fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend*^ them, he as- 
 sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great 
 havoc was made of the do^ves ia one day. 
 
 Grammars.—" 630^^7.—'' 627, 1, 3d: 1208,—'' 631, 1244, 
 r. X3iv.— e 627, 5: 1182, r. Ixxxvii.— ^ 690, r. Ix. : 1319, 
 
 rmoMS.— '' 84.— <! 88.— « 86.— f 97, I. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION, 331 
 
 13. (p. 99, &c.) 1. A sei-pent, the son* of Mars, the keeper 
 of a certain fountain in Boeotia, was killed by Cadmu.s," the 
 6011 of Agenor. For this reason [oh hoc) all his offspiing were 
 put to death, and he liiinseH' was turned into a serpent. 2. All 
 wlio came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of Neptune, 
 were compelled to fight Avith him, and being conquered were 
 killed. 5. Life is said to have been restored*^ to Hippolytus, 
 tii3 son of Theseus, by ^sculapius, the son of Apollo. 
 
 19. (p. 101, &c.) 10. It is said that Tantalus*^ was the son 
 of Jupiter; and that because he told to men the things which 
 he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the infer- 
 nal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is tor- 
 mented with perpetual fear, di'eading the fall of a stone which 
 hangs ov^er his head.® 15. The first men are said to have been 
 formed of clay by Prometheus,'' the son'^ of Japetus. It is 
 also said that fire was brought by him from heaven in a reed, 
 ^ud that he pointed out how it might be preserved by being 
 cnvered^ with ashes. 
 
 20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor, was 
 canied by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor sent 
 his sons to bring her back,° he told them that unless their 
 sister was found they should not return.'' 21. Atalanta, the 
 daughter of Schceneus, Avas very beautiful. l\Tien many 
 sought her in marriage, the condition Avas proposed that he 
 should take** her avIio should first surpass' her in runnuig. 
 2d. Niobe, the Avife'' of Amphion, the son"" of Jupiter and 
 Antiope, had scA^en sons and as many daughters, who Avere all 
 slain by the arroAvs of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe herself 
 was changed into a stone. 
 
 21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts 
 of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laAvs of the 
 Athenians are said to have been Avritten by Solon. No man 
 can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last day 
 he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that Demo- 
 evitus,^ to whom ""' great riches had been left by his father, gave 
 nearly all his patrimony to liis felloAA^-citizens. 
 
 GRAiiMARS.— » 251, r. i. : 622^ r. L— ^ 530, 1074:, r. Ixxiii.— 
 * 676, 1155.—'' 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxiL— ' 688, 1350, v. cv.— 
 K 627, 1, 2d: 1207.—^ 627, 1, 3d: 1208,—' 656, 12{)1, r. ci 
 — ^ 382, 860, r. xl.— 1 671, r. Iviii.: 1136, r. bciis.— ™ 522, r. iii.: 
 1075, r. Ixxiv. 
 
 IDIOM. — •= 92. -J ' 
 
832 EXERCISES IN 
 
 22. (p. 112, &c.) 20, They say that Socrates, who waa 
 judged by the oracle cf Apollo to be the wisest of all men,* 
 was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides, the 
 tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question being 
 proposed to Homer by a fisherman, which he could not answer, 
 he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Simonides when eighty 
 years '' old entered into a musical contest, and obtained the vic=» 
 tor}^ He afterwards {posted) lived at Syracuse" on intimata 
 terms with Hiero the king. 
 
 23. (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned Philip, 
 king of Macedon, to beware "' of one Pythias, a brave soldier,* 
 but displeased with him,^ he is said to have asked whether, 
 (num) if a part of his body were diseased/ he should cut^ it 
 off or take care of it. It is said that he ^ then called Pythias 
 to him, supplied him with money, and that after that, none of 
 the king's soldiers were more faithful than Pythias.'' 52. When 
 Dionysius was banished from Syracuse, it is said that he went 
 {eo) to Corinth,' where he taught boys their letters. 
 
 24. (p. 120, &c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius, 
 All Italy was adorned with paintings and statues. It is said 
 that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use; 
 and that when he died, his daughter received a dowry from 
 the public treasury. 66. A statue of Ennius the poet was 
 ordered by Scipio Africanus to be j)laced in the tomb of the 
 Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had been 
 rendered famous by his poems. 
 
 25. (123, &c.) 1. In ancient times, Saturn came to Italy and 
 taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him near Ja- 
 niculum, was called Satumia. 2. Troy bemg overthrown, it 
 is said that ^neas, the son of Anchises, came into Italy, and 
 was kindly received"" by Latinus, king of those regions; and 
 that having received the dau_ghter of Latinus in marriage, he 
 built a city and called it Lavinia. Romulus and Remus, the 
 sons of Rhea Sylvia, having been exjDOsed by the order of 
 Amulius, were taken up by Faustulus, the king's shepherd, 
 and given to his wife to be nursed. 
 
 Grammars. — " 355, r. x. : 77 1, r. xix. — ^ 565, r. xli. : 049^ r. Ix. 
 — « 549, 93,'J.—<^ 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—^ 251, r. i. : 022. -^ 382, r." 
 xvi. : 860. v. xl.— s 627, 2 : 1265, r. xcvii.— >> 627, 5 : 1182, r 
 Ixxxvii. — ' 671. r. Iviii. : 1136, r. Jxxix.— ^ 167, r. xxiv. • 8D5,v 
 xlviii.— I 553, 938, r. Ivii. 
 
 Idioms.— ^^ 84.—™ 104. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 333 
 
 26. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Rome was built by Romulus, and 
 divided into tliirty curio3 called by the names of the Sabine 
 women carried off by the Romans. 13. Numa Fompilius, 
 the second king of Rome, was born at Cures. By him^' laws 
 were given to the state,'' many sacred rites were instituted, 
 and the manners of the people were softened. He reigned 
 forty-tliree years." 14. In the reign of Tullus Hostihus, 
 who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the Sabines, 
 which was terminated by the battle'* of the Horatii and the 
 Curiatii. 
 
 27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two 
 hundred and forty-three years.'' 23. After that the people 
 created two consuls, who should hold {teneo^) the government 
 for a year." Brutus, by whom the kings had been expelled, 
 and Tarquinius CoUatinus, were the first consuls. 24. War^ 
 having been raised against the city by Tarquin, Brutus was 
 killed in the first battle. 
 
 28. (p. 132, &c.) 1. The bravest of the Romans^ was chal- 
 lenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraordinary 
 size ^ of body. ' The challenge was accepted by T. Manlius, a 
 young man of noble family, {genus^ ) who killed the Gaul 
 and stripped' him of his golden chain. It is believed {cred- 
 itiir) that both he*" and his posterity, from this circumstance, 
 were called' Torquati."* 2. In a new war with the Gauls it is 
 related (narrdtur) that another GauP of remarkable strength'' 
 challenged the bravest of the Romans^ to fight with" liim; 
 that M. Valerius, a tribune of the soldiers, offered liimself, 
 and advanced armed; that a crow, which had perched on his 
 right shoulder, struck at the eyes of the Gaul with his wmgs 
 and talons, and that Valerius, the Gaul ^ being killed, received 
 the name of Corvinus. 
 
 29. (p. 138, &c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, 
 when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars'* 
 to swear "* eternal hatred towards the Romans. 3. It is said 
 that having left his brother 4n Spain, he crossed the Alps 
 
 Grammars.—* 530, 1074=, r. Ixxiii.— *> 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv. 
 — <= 565, r. xli. : 950, t. Ixi.— «> 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r, xlii.— « 641. r. 
 ii. : 1220.—^ 690, r. Ix. : 1349.— ^ 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— 
 "^ 33i>, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— ' 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1.—'' 671, r. 
 Iviii. : 1136, r. Ixxix.— "> 319, r. v.: 666, v. vi.— ° 619, r. liil • 
 1161, r. Ixxxiv. 
 
 IDTOMS.— ^ 97, 4.—" 84. 
 
S34 EXERCISES IN 
 
 with {cum) a large army and tliirty elephants, and that the 
 Ligurians joined themselves with him; that he conquei\?d 
 Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon after h(^ 
 advanced to Tuscia, where havhig engaged in battle" near the 
 lake Trasimenus, he conquered Flaminius the consul, and slew 
 twenty-five thousand of the Eomans.'^ 
 
 30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, kmg of Macedonia, died, 
 his son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed tlie war against 
 the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman general 
 who had been sent against hun. He was afterwards con- 
 quered by ^mihus Paulus, the consul, near Pydna. and 
 twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Cai'thage, 
 though bravely defended" by its citizens, was taken and de- 
 stroyed by Scipio, in the seven hundredth year after it was 
 built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the build- 
 ing of Rome. 
 
 31. (p. 145, &c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurth a, 
 the Romans were in great fear thaf the Gauls would again 
 get possession of the city. For this reason Marius M'aK made 
 consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles, two hundred 
 thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thousand taken 
 prisoners. For this meritorious conduct, a tilth consulship was 
 conferred on Marius, in his absence.*^ C. Marius and Qu. Cat- 
 ulus fought against the Cimbri and the Teutones, \\ ho had 
 passed over into Italy, slew forty thousand, and took fcixty 
 thousand of his army near Verona. 
 
 32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said tc have 
 been a man of a very noble family,® but of a most deprayed 
 disposition.^ It is related {trnditur) that he and certain illus- 
 trious, but daring men, entered ' into a conspiracy for destroy- 
 ing their country;" that he was driven from the city by 
 Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized and 
 strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul Mas conquered by 
 Csesar in the space of nine years. The war was afterwards 
 carried into Britain, and the Germans were conquered m 
 great battles. 
 
 Grammars. — » 690, r. Is..: 1S49» — * 355, r. x. : 77 1^ A :rix. — 
 • 688, 1S50, r. cv.— <» 633, 1215,—^ 339, r. vi. : 757 t xvi.— 
 312, r. i. : 6*45, r. iii. 
 
 Idiom— s 112, 3. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 035 
 
 33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts inta which the whole 
 worli was divided, are Europe, Asia, and Africa. The straits 
 of Gibraher separate Europe from Africa. 2. The boundary 
 of Europe on the east is the river Tanais and the Euxine sea ; 
 on the south the Mediterranean sea ; on the west the Atlantic 
 ocean. 3. Spain lies toward the west. It is rich and fertile. 
 Ii2 the region of Btetica, men, horses, iron, lead, brass, silver, 
 aad gold abound. 4. The Phocsei, havuig left Asia/ sought 
 new settlements in Europe. 
 
 34 (p. 157, &c,) 11. The country beyond the Ehine, as far 
 as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who are said to 
 carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may extend'' 
 their limits, but from the love" of war. 12., It is said that the 
 Germans'^ do not pay much attention to agi'iculture. Their 
 food (cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They erect their 
 houses near (ad) some spring, or plain, or forest ; and after a 
 wliils thsy pass on to another place. Sometimes also they 
 pass th3 winter in caves. 
 
 35, (p. 161, &c.) 24. Greece is more celebrated than any 
 other nation irJ the world, both for the genius of its people, 
 and for their study f of the arts of peace and of war. Many 
 colonies were led from it unto all ])arts of the world. 25. Ma- 
 cedonia was rendered illustiious by the reign of Philip and 
 Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia were subdued to 
 a very great extent ; and the government, taken from the 
 Persians,^ was transferrel to the Macedonians. 
 
 36. (p. 1G2, &G.) 29„ No region in Greece is more re- 
 nowned for the splendor f of its fame than Attica.® There 
 Athens is built; a city*" concerning which the gods are said 
 to have contendel. So many poets, orators, philosophers; so 
 many men, illustrious in every species of excellence, were 
 produced by no other city in the world. There the arts of 
 peace were cultivated to such a degree, that her renown from 
 these was even more conspicuousi than {quam) her glory in 
 war. The harbor of Pirceus, connected with the city by long 
 walh, was fortified by Tliemistocles, and affords {prcehet) a 
 safe anchorage for ships. 
 
 Grammars.— » 690, r. Ix. : 1349.—^ 627, 1 : 1205 ^ r. xc— 
 e 542, r. XXXV.: 873, r. xlii.— ^ 671, r. Iviii.: 1136, r. IxxLx.— 
 « 467, r. xxiv. : 895, r. xh-iii.— ^ 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r xlvil— 
 9 522, r. iiL : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— »> 251, r. i. : 622,—^ 627, 1, 1st: 1221. 
 
 Idiom. — * 104- 
 
536 EXERCISES. 
 
 37. (163, &o.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most celebrated 
 city, was surrounded wath walls by Amphion, by the* aid* of 
 music. It was rendered illustrious bv the "•enius'' of Pindar 
 and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city of Delphi was 
 renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had great authority 
 among all nations, and was enriched (made rich) with numer- 
 ous and splendid presents from all parts of the world. It is 
 said that the tops of Mount Parnassus, which hangs over the 
 city," are inhabited by the Muses. 
 
 38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city^ res 
 nowned for the war** which it carried on with the whole of 
 Greece for ten years,® was situated at the foot of Mount Ida. 
 From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment of 
 Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed *^ the rivers Sea- 
 mander and vSimois. 49. The Carians are said to have been 
 so fond of war, that they carried ° on the wars of other people 
 for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very clear'' 
 and very cold.'^ 
 
 39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean 
 nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that its 
 walls,"" built of burnt brick,' are thirty-two feet'' broad, and 
 that chai'iots"" meeting each other pass without danger; that 
 the towers are ten feet' higher than the walls. The tower of 
 Babylon is said to have been twenty stadia in circumference. 
 56. India produces very large animals. No dogs are so large 
 as those which are produced there. The serpents are said to 
 be so monstrous that elephants are killed^ by theii* bite'' and 
 the coiling round of their bodies. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS.* 
 
 PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- 
 LATION. 
 
 The following explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference But 
 it will be of great adrautage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going 
 through them two or three times, iii course, simultaneously with his reading lessons. 
 
 1. Before translating, every sentence should be read 
 over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying special 
 attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words should 
 then be arranged according to the j^receding general direc- 
 tions, and translated as they are arranged, separately or in 
 clusters, as may be found convenient; always remembering 
 to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their substan- 
 tives before translating. The sense and grammatical con- 
 struction being thus ascertained, the translation may then be 
 read over without the Latin, and due attention paid to the 
 English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple or com- 
 pound, may then be analyzed as directed, § 152, 1309, 
 1413 f and last of all, every word parsed separately, as di- 
 rected, § 153, 1419. 
 
 2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- 
 sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the differ- 
 ent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, adjectives 
 and participles, and to translate them correctly and j^romptly, 
 in these cases and numbers, &c. ; and also to distinguish and 
 correctly translate the verb in its various moods, tenses, num- 
 bers, persons, &c. This can be acquired only by continual 
 practice and drilling, which should be kept up till the utmost 
 readiness is attained. 
 
 3. The English prepositions used in translating the differ- 
 ent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be called 
 SIGNS of those cases; and in translating these, the Emrlish 
 definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense requires. 
 The signs of the cases are as follows: 
 
 Nom. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) 
 
 Gen. Of. Voc. 0, or no sign. 
 
 Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, hy, &c. 
 
 * A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar to the 
 Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to denote a 
 mode of speech different from the English, or ^\•hich, if rendered woi-d 
 for word, and witli the ordinary signs of cases, moods, tenses, &c., would 
 not make a coiTCct English sentence. 
 
338 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 In certain constructions the idiom of the English language 
 requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- 
 ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- 
 tions are the following : 
 
 4. The Genitive. 
 
 1. The genitive denoting the place where, 548, R. XXXVI., 
 032f R. LVL, is translated by at; as, Romce^ ^^ At Rome." 
 
 2. Denoting price, sometimes by for ; as, Vendidit pluris, 
 "He sold it /or more;'''' or without a sign; as, Constitit 
 pluris, "It cost more. 
 
 5. The Dative. 
 
 1. After a verb of taking away, 501, R. XXIX., 8SSf R. 
 XXXIX, the dative is translated by from ; as, Eripuit me 
 morti^ "He rescued me from death;'''' Eripitur morti, 
 ''Re \s rescued from death. 522-III. See 502, 107o, III. 
 See 856. 
 
 2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, 528, R. XXXIII., 
 S4:4:f R. XXXVI., it is translated by by ; as, Vix audior 
 ulli, "I am scarcely heard by any one.^* 
 
 3. Denoting the possessor, 380, 871^ it is translated as the 
 genitive; as, Ei in mentem venit, "It came into the mind to 
 him, i. e., of him, or into his mind. 
 
 4. After verbs signifying "to be present," by at ; as. Ad- 
 fuit preclbus, He was present at prayers. 393, 820* 
 
 6. The Ablative. 
 
 1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of anothei 
 substantive, R. YH., is translated by of ; as, Vir m ir d 
 magnitudine, "A man of wonderful size" 
 
 2. The place where, 549, 033^ is commonly translated by 
 at, sometimes by in. 
 
 3. After the comparative degree, 467, R. XXIY., 89Sj 
 R. XLVIII., by than; as, Dulcior me lie, "Sweeter than 
 honey." 
 
 4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, 541, by 
 of ; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory.'''' 
 
 5. After digniis and words denoting origin ; also after opus 
 and usus, signifying need, by of; as, Dignus honor e^ 
 " Worthy of honor." 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 339 
 
 6. Denoting time how long, — sometimes by in ; as. Un o 
 die fecit, "He did it in one day f^ sometimes without a sign; 
 as, Uno die abfuif, '' He v^'ns ahient one dai/.''' 
 
 7. Time when — by at, on ; as, Solis occdsu, '■'At the setting 
 of the smi;" Idibus Apr'dis, ^^On the ides of April." 
 
 8. After verbs of depriving, 514, 911 — by of ; as, ^Eum 
 veste spoUdvit, " He stripped him of his garment.''^ 
 
 Cases without Signs. 
 
 7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by an 
 intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb in 
 English (132, Obs. 4.), or by an adjective denoting likeness, 
 the sign of the case is omitted; as, 
 
 1 . Gren. Miserere m e i , Pity me. 
 
 2. Dat Pr(efuit exercitui, He commanded /Ae ar/??^. 
 .3, " Placuit regi, It \)\QSLsed the king. 
 
 4. Abl. Utitur fraade, lie uses (/ece?V. 
 
 5. " Potltus estimperio, He obtained the groyernmewL 
 
 6. Dat. Siintlispatri, Jjike his father. 
 
 Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- 
 lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 
 
 7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait for us. 
 
 8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., 427, 
 848, R. XXXVIL, the dative of the end or design is some- 
 times rendered without the sign ; as, 
 
 1. Est mihi voluptdti, It is to me [for] a pleasure ; I e., 
 
 It is [or it brings] a pleasure to me. 
 
 9. The ablative absolute, 690, R. LX., 1349, and fre- 
 quently time how long, 565, R. XLL, 9o0f R. LXL, are 
 without the sign ; as, 
 
 1. Bella Jinito, T he ivar heinrr ended. 
 
 2. Sex mensihus ahfuit, 'Re was Sih^ewt six months. 
 
 1 0. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the 
 English of that prepositijon takes the place of the sign of the 
 ablative, an«l no other will be used; thus, 
 
 \. Ah exercitu, i^row the army. 4. Cum dignitdte, TF/M dij^nity. 
 
 2. Ex urhe, Out of the city. 5. Pro easfris, Br fore the camp. 
 
 3. In agro, /n the fiekl. 6. T enus pube, f/j to tlie middle. 
 
 11. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom 
 sometimes requires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, her, 
 its, our, your, their, (not expressed in Latin unless contrasted 
 with others), to be supplied before a noun, and especially if 
 
340 LATIN IDIOMS 
 
 they refer to the subject of the vsentence. The sense will 
 show when this is to be done, and what pronoun is to be used; 
 as, 
 
 1. Filius similis patri, A son like Ms father. 
 
 2. Reverere parentes, Reverence _5/oHr parents, 
 
 12. Nouns in apposition, (251, R. I., 622^ R. I.,) must be 
 
 brought as near together as possible, and the sign of the oase, 
 when used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 
 
 1 . Nom, Cicero orator, Cicero the orator. 
 
 2. Gen. Ciceroms oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 
 
 3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator. 
 
 4. AbL Cicerone oratore, With Cicero the orator. 
 
 13. The noun in apposition is sometimes comiected with the 
 noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 
 
 1 • Misit me comitemy He sent me as a companion, 
 
 2. Hie puer venit, He came, when [or being] a hoy. 
 
 Adjectives and Substantives. 
 
 14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun arid a 
 substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed first, 
 and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the noun, 
 263, R. IL; as, 
 
 1 . Nom. Ahus mons, A high mountain. 
 
 2. Gen. Alti montis, Of a high mountain. 
 
 3. Dat. Alto monti, To [for] a high mountain. 
 
 4. Abl. Alto monte. With a high mountain. 
 
 15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunction, 
 belong to one substantive, they may be placed either before or 
 after it; as, 
 
 1. Jupiter optimus et maximus, Jupiter the best and greatest; or 
 Optimus et maxvmus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 
 
 2. Viri sapient is et docti, Of a man wise and learned ; or 
 Sapientis et clocti viri. Of a "wise and learned man. 
 
 16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive when 
 the former has a negative joined with it, or another word in 
 the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it. So also 
 solus ; as, 
 
 1 . Dux perifus belli, A general skilled in war. 
 
 2. Filius sinulis patrd, A son like his father. 
 
 3. Poet.a dif/nns lion ore, A poet worthy of honor. 
 
 4. Homines soli mpinnt. Men alone are wise. 
 
 h. Avis tam pariim decora, A bird so little beautiful. 
 
 6. Littbre non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy. 
 
LATIN IDXOMS. 341 
 
 17. The adjectives pri77ii(s, medius, ultunus, extremus, infi- 
 mus, Wilis, summus, supremus, reltquus, ceter, or ceterus, and 
 some others describing a part of an object, are translated as 
 substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, and of before 
 the substantive following, 273, 062 / as, 
 
 1. Medici node, In the middle of the night. 
 
 2, Ad s a III m u m montem, To the top of tlie mountain. 
 
 18. When these adjectives (No. 17) describe the whole, 
 and not a part only, they are translated as in No. 14 j as, 
 
 Snmmum honum. The chief good. 
 
 Supremus dies, The last day. 
 
 19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- 
 stantive understood, but obvious from the connection, 269. 
 Masculine adjectives (if plural) commonly agree with homi- 
 nes, or, if possessives, with amlci, cives, or milites, understood ; 
 and neuters, with factum, iiegotium, verbum, tempus, &c. ; as, 
 
 1. Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men -are rare. 
 
 2. Ccesar misit suos (milites), Caesar sent his soldiers. 
 
 3. Codes transndvit ad suos (cives), Codes swam over to his fellow-ci't- 
 
 'izens. 
 
 4. Txihor vincit omnia (negotia), Labor overcomes all things. 
 
 5 In postcrum (tempus), In time to come, — for the futm*e. 
 
 6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation tliat. 
 
 20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantiA'e, (but 
 
 still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regarded 
 
 as substantives. They are such as mortrdes, honi, mali, suptrij 
 
 inferi, Grcecus, Romanus, &c. (See 269, 6oS) ; as, 
 
 1 . M all oderunt hones , The wicked hate the good. 
 
 2 Grcecos Romdni vice runt, The Romans conquered the Greeks. 
 
 21. Adjective words, when partitives, or used partitively, 
 take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and govern 
 it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the genitive 
 singular), 355, Rule X., 771^ R. XIX. In this case, verbs 
 and adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun • as, 
 
 1. All q Ills philosophdrum Some one of the philosophers has said. 
 
 dixit, 
 
 2. Un a musdr u m veniet, One of the muses will come. 
 
 3. M ulti nohil i u m juvenum, Many noble young men. 
 
 22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative, 
 or the conjunction quam (than), is usually translated by the 
 positive with too or rather prefixed. For explanation see 
 473, 902 ; as. 
 
342 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 1. Iracundior est , (sell, cequo,) He is too (or rather) passionate. 
 
 2. yE f/rius ferehat, He took it rather ill. 
 
 3. A/ tilts voldvit, He Hew too high. 
 
 Obs. In a comparison, eo or towto with a comparative in 
 one clause, and quo or quanto in the other, may be rendered 
 "the" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) ; as, 
 
 4. Quo plures, e 6 feliciores, The more, the happier. 
 
 23. The superlative degree expressing comparison, is usu- 
 ally preceded by the article the in English (110, 21S) ; as, 
 
 1. Doctisslmus Romanorum, The most learned of the Eomans. 
 
 2, F ortis simus miles in exercitu, The bravest soldier in the army. 
 
 24. "When the superlative does not express comparison, 
 but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the arti- 
 cle a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an article in 
 
 .the plural ; or by the positive, with very, eminently, &c., pre- 
 fixed (110, 215)\ as, 
 
 1. Homo doctisslmus, A most learned (or a very learned^ 
 
 man. 
 
 2. Homines doctissimi, Most learned (or verij learned) men. 
 
 25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, 
 renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated as 
 in the following examples : 
 
 1. Alius alia vid, One by one way, anotlier by another. 
 
 2. Aliud aliis videtur, One thing seems good to some, an- 
 
 other to others ; i. e.. Some think 
 one thing, and some anotlier. ( See 
 other varieties, 275, 664, 
 
 The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. 
 See Gr. 276, 665. 
 
 26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- 
 lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or " to 
 each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal thus, 
 "one by one," "two by two," &c., 107, 11, 209; as, 
 
 1. Consules bin as naves habebant, The consuls had each ^m;o ships, or, 
 
 had two ships each. 
 
 2. Qud singuli carri ducerentur, Where wagons could be led one by 
 
 one. 
 
 3. Tigna bina, Beams tivo by two, or in pairs. 
 
 4. Singulis s in gul as partes He distributed equal parts, one to 
 
 distribuit cequdles, each. 
 
 5. Singulis mensibus hoc fecit, This he did erciij (or each) month. 
 
 6. Plures singuli uxOres habent, Tliey have each many wives. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 343 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 27. 1st. The adjective pronoun, hie, hcec, hoc, with a noun 
 following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singular, 
 "-this," — in the plural, ^' these." — Jlle, ilia, illud, — is, ea, id, — 
 iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the smgular, mean " that,'' — in 
 the plural, ^' those.'' 
 
 2d. Without a noun following, they are all used substan- 
 tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural, 
 thei/ ; thus, 
 
 1. Hicvir, This man. 4. H i c fecit, He did it. 
 
 2. Ilia femina. That woman. 5. Jlla venit, She camQ. 
 
 3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condldit earn, She 
 
 built/?, (Carthaj^e.) 
 
 Obs. In sentences containing an enumeration of particulars, 
 the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive clauses, but 
 they require to be translated diflferently, (276, GGo) ; thus, 
 
 7. Uic, '\ hie, ^ 
 
 I' \]l >- "one," "the one." ZII///e [- "another,'"'the other- '» 
 
 10. Alter, ) alter,) 
 
 When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated 
 " this," and refers to the nearer antecedent ; ille, " that," and 
 refers to the more distant ; as, 
 
 11, Hie minor natu est, ille major, This is the younger, that the older. 
 
 28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, quce, 
 quod, in the next clause, means '•^such," and implies compjir- 
 ison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, t/mt 
 thou, that he, that they, &c., according as the antecedent re- 
 quires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the infini- 
 tive, (123,2,1058); thus, 
 
 \. Is homo erat ut, <|-c., He was such a man that, &c. 
 
 2. Neque is sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright' 
 
 ened. Or better thus, I am not 
 such a one as to be frightened. 
 
 Obs. The adverb eh with ut following it, means "so far,'* 
 " to such a degree," to such a point," '-in such a state ; " as, 
 
 3. Edpervenit ut, "He came so far, (j. q., made such 
 
 progress,) tliat," 
 
844 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Possesswe Pronouns, 
 
 29. The possessive pronoun is eqiuA^alent in meaning to 
 the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be so 
 translated; as, 
 
 1. Benejicio suo popuUque Romdni, By the kindness o/'A/mseZ/andof the 
 
 Koman people. 
 
 2. Cum'mea nemo scripta legat, vul- Since no one reads the writings of vie, 
 
 go recitdre timentis, fearing to recite them publicly. 
 
 30. The possessive, suits, sua, suum, in Latin, agrees in 
 gender, number, and case, Avitli the noun denoting the object 
 possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun 
 denoting the possessor ; thus, 
 
 1. Pater dihfj it suos liberos, A father loves A is children. 
 
 2. Parentes dihgunt suam sobolem, Parents love their offspring. 
 
 3. Prater diligit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 
 
 4. Soror diligit suit m fratrem, A sister loves her brother. 
 
 Ohs. In the first sentence, "suos" agrees with "liberos," 
 \mi must be translated " his," denoting "pater," the possessor. 
 In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with sobolem, 
 must be translated "their" so as to denote the possessors, 
 "parentes," &c. 
 
 » 
 Usage of Sui, Suus, — Ille, Iste, Hie, Is. 
 
 81. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally 
 refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence: 
 ille, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some other 
 person or thmg spoken of; thus, 
 
 1. Cato occldit se, Cato killed himself . 
 
 2. Pater diligit suos liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 
 
 3. Parentes dihgant suam sob- Parents love their (own) oftspriug. 
 
 olem, 
 
 4. Dicit s e valere, He says that he is well. 
 
 Obs. In the second and third sentence, "his," made hy suos, 
 and "their," made by suam, referring to some other person than 
 pater or parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste^ 
 hie, is. In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For 
 the difference between these words usually translated "he," 
 see Gr. 118,^,10.74. 
 
 * See Gr. 118, 3, 1st, with note. 1018, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 345 
 
 Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the re- 
 flexive governed by that verb Avill belong to the new subject, 
 unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or actions, 
 of the first subject; as, 
 
 6. Scipio civitatibus Italice reddidit Scipio restored to the States of Italy, 
 omnia quce s u a recognoscebant, all the things 'which they recog- 
 nised as their own. 
 
 Usage of Ipse. 
 
 32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined emphatic, 
 whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the English, 
 myself, thyself himself themselves, <S:c., annexed to it; some- 
 times to the word very prefixed. With numbers it denotes 
 exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as a reflexive 
 instead of sui, 118, 3, 2d.; as, 
 
 1. Ipse faciam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 
 
 2. I p s e frucris otio, (i. e. tu ipse,) Thou tlujself enjoyest ease. 
 
 3. Jaculo cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 
 
 4. Ccesar ip s e venit, CoBsar himself came. 
 
 5. Tempus ip s n m convenit, The verg time was agreed on. 
 
 6. Ad ip sas portas, To the verg gates. 
 
 7. Dccem ipsi dies, Ten if/io/e days. 
 
 8. Precdtus est ut ip s u m liherdret, He begged that he would liberate 
 
 1dm. 
 
 9. Donum ip s i datum, A present given to him. 
 
 33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a re- 
 flexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees with 
 them in case, but more commonly with the subject of the verb 
 in the nomhiative or accusative. It is always, however, to be 
 translated with the oblique case, to which it adds the force of 
 the word self or simply of emphasis (282, 103S) ', thus, 
 
 1. Se ipse interfecit (or se ipsitm), He slew himself. 
 
 1. Noscete ipse (or te ipsum), Know thyself] 
 
 2. Mild ipse (or ipsi,)faveo, I favor myse//! 
 
 3. Ar/am per me ip se, I -will do it myself 
 
 4. Virtus est perse ipsa lauda- Virtue is to be praised for its^//*. 
 
 Inlis, 
 5 Se ipsos omnes naturd dili- AU men naturally love themse/fes. 
 gunt, 
 
 RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 
 <• General Principle. " 
 
 34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antecedent 
 is a compound sentence, of which the relative with its clause 
 
346 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe or limit 
 its antecedent word in the other part. That word may be thf 
 subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some circumstance 
 connected with either. But to whichsoever of these it belongs, 
 the relative and its clause must all be translated together^ and 
 in immediate coimection with its antecedent word. Hence 
 the following 
 
 General Rule of Arrangement, 
 
 SOo The relative with its clause should be placed immedi- 
 ately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, unless 
 unavoidable, another substantive should not come between 
 them; thus, 
 
 Latin Arrangement, 
 
 1. TJrhi imminet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procurrit. 
 Here ''•qui " with its clause, '''■ad Arcadiam procurrit,'' belongs 
 to, and further describes the antecedent subject '■'•mons" As 
 then the subject with all that belongs to it must be taken be- 
 fore the verb, (770, 3d, 1410^) the above sentence should 
 be arranged for translation, thus : Mans qui procurrit ad 
 Arcadia?n, imminet urbi, A mountain, which extends to Arca- 
 dia, hangs over the city. 
 
 Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : Urhi immmet 
 mons , qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs a 
 mountain, which, &c. 
 
 But not, lions imminet urhi, qui, &c., because this arrange- 
 ment would place '^urbi" betM^een the antecedent, ''mons," 
 and the relative, *' qui,'' and so lead to a false translation. 
 The foUowino- sentence also affords an example : 
 
 2. Proxime urhem Eurotas fluvi u s delahitur, ad c uj u 8 
 ripas Spartani se exercere solehant. Arrange, Proxww urbem 
 delahitur, &c.. Close to the city^tlows; or, JEurotas fluvius, ad 
 cujus ripas, &c. delahitur proxime urbem. 
 
 36. ^Ylien another noun necessarily comes between the 
 relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambiguity 
 in English than in Latin, as the gender and number of» the 
 Latin relative will generally direct to the proper antecedent, 
 to which in English we are directed chiefly by the sense. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 34? 
 
 The followlno- pentence affords an examplo. oT tlils kind: Ad 
 Byzantium fugit, opjyidum naturCi munliuni et arte, quod 
 copici ahundat. 
 
 37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when the 
 EngHsh idiom requires it to be supplied. It is generally un- 
 derstood, and should be supplied in the proper case: 
 
 1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious 
 from the gender and number of the relative, and the connec- 
 tion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 
 
 1 . Sunt (homine s) quos juvat, There are men whom it delights. 
 
 2. Ilic est (id) quod qncerwius, That whicli Ave seek is here. 
 
 " Ihc sunt, (ea) qme qucerhnus, Those tilings which we seek are here. 
 
 3. (Is) qui cito dat, his dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives 
 
 twice. 
 
 Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in paren- 
 theses. 
 
 2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the relative, 
 when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, (286, Obs.. 
 
 1, 2d, 686, 687) ; as, 
 
 4. (P a r s) quie pars terrena fuit, The paH which was earthy. 
 
 5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. 
 
 " Apud Actium (locum) qui locus At Actium a place which is, &c. 
 est, ^'c. 
 
 Note 1. When the antecedent Avord is expressed in the rel- 
 ative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is repeated, 
 as in the following. No. 6, (286, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it is omitted in 
 translating; as, 
 
 6. Erant omnJno duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways by which 
 
 bus itinertbus domo ex- tliey could go from home. 
 
 ire possent, 
 
 Note 2. Quisquis, qm'dquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun- 
 qiie, qucBcunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as 
 a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- 
 nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, and 
 is equivalent to omnis, or quivis qui, — omne, or quidvis quod; 
 as, 
 
 7. Fortunam qucecunque (i.e. They would hazard it'^a^fi??^ fortune 
 
 quamvis fortunam quce) (i. e. any fortune which) might 
 
 arddat experiantur, happen. 
 
 8 Quid quid tetigerat curum Whatever {\. ^. everjithincj which) ha 
 
 Jiebat, had touched became gold. 
 
348 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Kote 3. When tlie antecccleiit is a proposition, or clause of 
 a sentence, 285, 084^ the relative is put in the neuter gen- 
 der, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same 
 clanse; as, 
 
 9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been 
 
 quam ante factum, mcmumissi done 1 )cforc, were set free and made 
 et mihtes facti sunt; soldiers. 
 
 38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or with- 
 out quum, or other conjunctive term, and referring to some 
 word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, usually 
 has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, understood ; 
 and instead of who or ivhich, may be rendered this, that, these, 
 those, or, and this, and that, &c., according as the closeness of 
 the connection may require, 295, 70 A ^ as, 
 
 1. Qu(E iirbs quum infestaretur, And since (or because) this city was 
 
 infested. 
 *' Qui legdti quum missi essenty When these ambassadors had been 
 
 sent. 
 
 2. Qiice contentio cuncta permis- This contention threw all things into 
 
 cuit, confusion. 
 
 3. Quihus nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received. , 
 
 4. Qiiod quum ille cerneret, And when he saw this. 
 
 5. Quo facto, T/i/s being done, (or accomplished.) 
 
 6. Qu(E dum omnia contenipla- And \N\\\\(i they were contemplating 
 
 hantur, all these things. 
 
 7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this. 
 
 8. A quo consilio' quum revocd- When he recalled him from this de- 
 
 ret, sign. 
 
 9. Quo ictu ille extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. 
 
 Wote. To this construction belongs qtiod, (apparently for 
 propter or ad quod, 539,) in the beginning of a sentence, re- 
 ferring to something preViously stated, and meaning, " o/^ «c- 
 count of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ;" as, 
 
 10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, 
 
 u'herefore,) I give thanks to the 
 gods. 
 
 11. Quod diceret se venturum. As to what (as to that thing which) 
 
 he said, that he would come. 
 
 39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 
 38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive 
 term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, &c., 
 according as the antecedent word requires, 295, 701 / as, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 349 
 
 1 . Qui qmim admittereret, And wlien lie admitted. 
 
 2. Q n OR quum vidisset, And wlicu she had soon. 
 
 QuK quum visa esset, When she had been {or was) seen. 
 
 3. Q u a m quum dare iiollet, And wiien he would not give it. 
 
 4. Qui bus quum occurrisset, When he had met tliem. 
 
 5. Q u I (quce; pi. qui, qu(B,) respon- And he (she, they,) replied. 
 dit, 
 
 6- Qui (or qua;) quum adcssent, And when they were present. 
 
 7. Quern Meleager interfecit, u^hc/ Meleager slew /im. 
 
 8. Q u a m quum duceret. And when he was leading her. _ 
 
 9. Ad que m quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 
 10. Quern ut vidit, As soon as (or when) he saw him. 
 
 40. When the relative in any case is followed by the sub- 
 junctive mood, and the two clauses, viz. : the antecedent and 
 relative, uivolve a comparison; or the latter expresses the 
 purpose, object, or design of something expressed by the for- 
 mer, the relative is better translated by the conjunction that, 
 and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that he, 
 that they, &c., as the antecedent word may require. (See Gr. 
 652, 1212.) 
 
 1 . Missus sum qui te adducerem, I have been sent that I might bring 
 
 you. 
 
 2. Nequeis qui facias id. You are not such a person that you 
 
 should do that. 
 
 3. Qnis est tam lynceus qui , Sfc, Who is so sharp sighted that he. 
 
 4. Misit legdtos q u i cognoscerent, He sent ambassadors that they might 
 
 tind out. 
 
 5. Fruges manddvit quas dissemin- She ga^■e him fruits that he might 
 
 dret, scatter them. 
 
 41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, the 
 
 relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which 
 
 represents the antecedent, 647, 1233) ; as, 
 
 1. Quippe qui nunquam legerim. For (or because) / have never read 
 
 tlicm. 
 
 42. After dignus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the 
 predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be rendered 
 by the infinitive, (643, 1st, 1226) ; as, 
 
 1. Dignus q u i a metur, Wortliy to be loved. 
 
 2. Si digmim qui numeretur K you shall elect a person worthy to 
 
 a'earitis, be reckoned, &c. 
 
 43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- 
 verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante- 
 cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause should 
 generally be placed first ; as, 
 
350 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 1. Qui bonis non recte utUur, ei Good things become evil to hiin who 
 
 bona mala Jiiint, does not use good things well. 
 
 2. Qui cite dat, ( is ) bis dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. 
 
 Correlative Adjectives. 
 
 44. The demonstratives, tot, so many, and totidem, just sq 
 many; tantus, as great, so great, as much, so much; talis, 
 such ; are followed by their relatives, quot, quantus, quails^ 
 signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 
 
 1. Tot homines quot, As many men as. 
 
 2. Tot id em naves quot, Just so many ships as. 
 
 3. T ant us exercitus quantus , As great (or so great) an army as. 
 
 4. Talis homo qualis , Such a man as. 
 
 So also the correlative adverbs. 
 
 5. Toties, quoties, As often as. 
 
 6. Tain, quam, So as. 
 
 7. Ed, quo, By so much as. 
 
 8. Tanto, quanio, By so much as ; or, 
 
 In proportion as. 
 
 45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- 
 tions o,c, atque, (728, 1376?) ut, and the relative qui, qiicB, 
 quod,, are sometimes used, and may generally be translated 
 "as," or "that." 
 
 1. Honos talis panels est delatus ac Such honor has been bestowed upon 
 
 mihi, few persons as upon me. 
 
 2. Cum totidem navibus atque pro- He returned with just as many ships 
 
 fectus erat rediit, as he had departed Avith. 
 
 3. Nulla esttanta vis quae nonfran- No power is so great as (or, that it) 
 
 gi possit, can not be broken. 
 
 46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- 
 plying comparison, the demojistrative (No. 44,) must be sup- 
 plied, and the sentence translated as above ; as, 
 
 1. Crocodilns parit (tanta) The crocodile lays {as larg,-) eggs as 
 
 oca quanta anseres, geese lay. 
 
 2. (Tot) millia quot unquam ve- As many thousands as ever came fi-om 
 
 nere Mycenis, Mycenai. 
 
 47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the sen- 
 tence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first and 
 the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent 
 clause should be placed first; as, 
 
 1. Quot homines tot causce, ) 
 
 arrange } As many causes as there are men. 
 
 Tot causce quot homines, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 351 
 
 48. The relatives, qjwt, qiioties, qucmhis, qunh's, used infer" 
 rogatively^ or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the indirect 
 interrogation, and without imiDlying comparison, have no ref- 
 erence to an antecedent term either exj^ressed or understood, 
 and are translated respectively, "how many," "how often,'* 
 *' how great," or " how much," " what," or " of what kind ; " 
 as, 
 
 1 . Inter. Quot annos habet ? Hoio many years has he 1 i. e., how 
 
 / old is he ? 
 
 2. Indef. Nescio quot, I know not how many. 
 
 3. Excl. Cum quant A gravitate! W\t\\ how much ^va.\iXj\ 
 
 4. Indef. Doce quales smt, Tell us of what kind they are. 
 
 THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. 
 
 General Principle. 
 
 49. Every finite verb (244, 5, 617 f 5,) has its own subject, 
 expressed or understood, in the nominative case. 
 
 Ohs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken 
 of, and may be a noim, a pronoun, a vei^'h in the infinitive 
 mood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however 
 expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (304, 63o,) 
 
 General Rule of Arrangement. 
 
 50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- 
 erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must be 
 arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, and 
 translated before the verb. 
 
 1. Can is latrat, T7ie dofj harks. 
 
 2. Ego scribo, I write. 
 
 5. L n d ere est jucundum, To play is pleasant. 
 
 4. Dulce est pro pat r id mo r i , To die for one's country is sweet. 
 
 5. Tot us Grcecorum exerci- The ichole army of the Greeks had 
 
 tus Anlide convener at, assembled at Aulis. 
 
 6. Vi r sapit qui pauca to qui- The man who speaks little is ■\vise. 
 
 tur , 
 
 51. When the subject of the verb is the infinitive, either 
 alone or with its subject ; or a clause of a sentence, connected 
 by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English pronoun, 
 it, is put with the verb referring to that infinitive or clause 
 following it, and which is the proper subject of the verb; aa, 
 
 3 
 
352 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 1. Facile estjjthere, It is easy to command. 
 
 2. Nuntidtiim est classem devinci, It was announced that the fleet "waa 
 
 conquered. 
 
 3. Semper accidit ut absisy 7i always happens that you are ab- 
 
 sent. 
 
 4. Qui fit lit metuas, Plow liappcns it that you fear. 
 
 5. jVunquam liomdnis placuisse i m - That it never had pleased the Ko- 
 
 peratorem a siiis viilit- mans, that a commandei- should 
 
 lb us inte rft c i, he killed hi] his own soldiers. 
 
 52. The verb must always be translated in its proper 
 tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- 
 tive. (See paradigms of the verb, §§ 54-70, 277-SOl,) 
 But when it has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, 
 taken together, or a collective noun expressing many as in- 
 dividuals, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the 
 plural ; as, 
 
 1. Et pater et mater venerunt, Both his father and mother have 
 
 come. 
 
 2. Turha quoquoversum ruunt , The crowd rush in every direction, 
 
 53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second person, 
 being evident from the termination, is seldom expressed in 
 Latin, 'but must be supplied in translating ; as, 
 
 1 . Scribo, I write. 3. iScrihXmus, We write. 
 
 2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 
 
 54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative 
 expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from 
 the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the 
 proiioun z7Ze, or is, in the nominative case, and in the gender 
 and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be sup- 
 plied; as, 
 
 1. (Ille) scrihit, (He) \\Tites. 2. (Uli) scribunt, (They) write. 
 
 55o When the same word is the subject of several verbs 
 closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed 
 with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and 
 English ; thus, 
 
 1. C issar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered. 
 
 2. Dicttur C cEsar em venisse,vi- It is said that Coisar came, saw, and 
 
 disse, et vicisse, conquered. 
 
 Interrogative Sentences. 
 
 56. A question is made in Latin in four dilTerent ways, as 
 follows : 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 353 
 
 1st. By an interrogative pronoun ; as, Quis venit? ^^Who 
 comes?" Quem misit? " fF/^o/^ did he send ?" Cujusjje- 
 cus hoc? " Whose flock is this ?" &c. 
 
 2d. By an interrogative adverb ; as, Unde venit ? " Whence 
 came he?" Cur venit? ''Why did he come?" 
 
 3d. By the interrogative particles, 7ium, an, and the enclitic, 
 ne. Thus used these particles have no corresponding Enghsh 
 word in the translation ; they merely indicate a question ; as, 
 Num venit, or ayi venit, or venitne f " Has he come ?" Num 
 videtur? "Does it seem?" 
 
 4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end 
 of the question ; as, Vis me hoc facere f " Do you wish me to 
 do this?" 
 
 57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, is 
 translated before the verb ; as, 
 
 1. Quis fecit? Who did if? or tvho has done if? 
 
 2. Quern inisit? Whoin did he send 1 
 
 3. Quanta constitit? How much did it cost 1 
 
 4. Qua lis fuit ? What sort of a man was he ? 
 
 This is true also of the indirect question ; i. e., when the 
 substance of a question is stated but not in the interrogative 
 form ; as, 
 
 5. Nescio quanta constiterit, Wnow uot how much \t cost. 
 
 6, Docuit qnam Jinna res esset He showed them how f\xva. a thing 
 
 Concordia, agreement was. 
 
 Note. When the verb in the direct or inflirect question comes 
 under 319, R. v., ^^^^R. VI., the predicate, or nominative 
 after the verb, is tr^siated first, and the subject or nomina- 
 tive, in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in 
 the indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qiialis is 
 the predicate, and ille understood, the subject; in Ex. 6, res 
 is the predicate, and concordia the subject. 
 
 58. In all forms of interrosration not made bv an interro2;a- 
 tive pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is trans- 
 lated after the verb in English, in the simple forms, and after 
 the first auxiliary in the compound forms; as, 
 
 1 . Videsne ? Seest thou ? or dost thou see 1 
 
 2. An Venisti? Unst thou come I or have you come ? 
 
 3. Scrihetne ? Will he write ? 
 
 4. Num ibhnus ? Shall we go ? 
 
 5. Nonne fecit f Has he not done (it) ? 
 
354 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 B. An eghset melius 9 Would he have done better t 
 
 7. No^ne alemus ? Shall tve support i 
 
 B. Nonne Dei est ? Does it not belong- to God 1 
 
 9. Iste est /rater ? Is that your brother 1 
 
 59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced by nee 
 or neque, not followed by a corresponding conjunction, (See 
 No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated by 
 an auxiliary, and the English nommative will stand after the 
 first auxiliary ; as, 
 
 1. Neque hoc intelUgo, Neither do / understand this. 
 
 2. Aec vemsset, Neither would he have come. 
 
 3. Nee adeptus sum, Nor have / attained. 
 
 The object of the verb. 
 
 60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the ac- 
 cusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as possi- 
 ble. That object may be a noun, a pronoun, an infinitive, or 
 u clause of a sentence, (439, 7JL4:) ; as, 
 
 1. Romulus condidit urbem, Romulus built a f/(y, 
 
 2. Vocdvit earn Romam, He called it Kome. 
 
 3. D'sce die ere vera, Learn to speak the truth. 
 
 4. ObtuUt ut captlvos redime- He oWered that thei/ should redeem the 
 
 rent , captives. 
 • 
 
 61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans- 
 lated before the verb that governs it ; as, 
 
 1. Quern 7nittemus? PF//o?h shall we send ? 
 
 2. Cui dedisti? To ichom didst thou give it? 
 
 3. Deus quern colvnus, God ?t7/o??i we Avorship. 
 
 4. Cui omnia debemus, To ichom we owe all things. 
 
 62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme- 
 diate object in ihe accusative, according to the natural order, 
 is usually translated first, and after that the remote object in 
 the genitive, § 122, 792 ; dative, § 123, 855 ; accusative, 
 § 124, 734: ; or ablative, § 125, 911; as, 
 
 1. Arfjuit me fnrti, He accuses me of theft. 
 
 2. Comnaro Virgil ium Homero, I compare T7rr/// to Homer. 
 
 3. Posnmns te pacem, We beg peace of thee. 
 
 4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold. 
 
 Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking, 
 ?'j translated by o/', or from ; as, 
 
 5. Pyrrhiim auxilium poposcerunt, They demanded aid of (or from) 
 
 Pyi'rhus. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 355 
 
 63. But when the remote object is a relative, or when the 
 immediate object is an injiuitive, or a clause of a sentence, or 
 a noun further described by other words, tlie remote object 
 must be translated fii'st ; as, 
 
 1. Cui lihrum (ledimus, To whom we gave the book. 
 
 2. Da mihi fall ere, Give yne to deceive. 
 
 " Dixit ei, conjiteor meuvi pecca- He said to him, I confess my fault. 
 turn, 
 
 3. Eum royaverunt, ut ipsos defen- They entreated him, that he would 
 
 deret. defend them. 
 
 4. Docuit illos quam firma esset. He showed them how firm it was. 
 
 5. Civitatem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with arms, the city al- 
 
 arm is ornat, ready excited. 
 
 64. When a verb, which in the active voice governs two 
 cases, is used in the passive form, that which was the imme- 
 diate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the nom- 
 inative ; and the remote object in its own case immediately 
 follows the verb. Thus, the examples No. 62, may be ar- 
 ranged and translated as follows, § 126, 107 5 • 
 
 1. Argiior farti, / am accused of theft. 
 
 2. Virgin us comparatur Ho- F«-^<7 is compared to Homer. 
 
 mero, 
 3 Pax poscitur te, Peace is begged of thee. 
 
 4. Naves oner antur aura, TAe s/iijjs are loading Avith gold. 
 
 So also the participles 
 
 5. Accusatus furti, Accused of the fl. 
 
 6. Compardtus Homer o. Compared ^o //ower. 
 
 7. Onerata anro, JuOSLded icith gold. 
 
 8. Nndata hom/nibus. Stripped of men. 
 
 9. Ereptus morti, S&ved from death. 
 
 Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it in 
 Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it in 
 English; as, (223,2,452.) 
 
 1 . Decet, It becomes. 4. Piignatur, It is fought. 
 
 2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone. 
 
 3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Currttur, It is run. 
 
 66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative in 
 Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making the 
 word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the Enghsh 
 Ferb, takiug care always to express the same idea (223, 6, 
 4o7). 16 
 
356 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Impersonally.^ Personally. 
 
 1. Placet mi hi t It pleases we ,• 7 am pleased. 
 
 2. Licet tibi, It is permitted to you; You are permitted. 
 
 3. Decet eum, It becomes /u'w; He ought. 
 
 4 Pudet nos, It shames ms; TFe are ashamed. 
 
 5. Tcedet vos, It wearies _^oi« ; low are wearied. 
 
 6. Favetur, illis, Favor is done to them; They are favored. 
 
 7. Nocetur hosti, Hm't is done to f/ie e/ie- The e?2e?«j/ is hm^t. 
 
 my; 
 
 8. MisSret m e tui, It moves me to pity of / pity you. • 
 
 you; 
 
 9. Pcenitet eos, It repents f/ie?7i ; TheyYepent. 
 
 10. Pcenitet me pec- It repents ?ne, that I I repent of having 
 cdsse, have sinned ; sinned. 
 
 67. When the doer of an action denoted by an impersonal 
 verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is expressed by 
 the ablative with a, (236, 6, 4:57 i) the verb may be trans- 
 lated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the abla- 
 tive, be made its English subject or nominative ; as, 
 
 Impersonally, Personally, 
 
 1 . Pugndtur a me, It is fought by me ; I fight. 
 
 2. Curriturate, It is run by Mee; T/zo^ runnest. 
 
 3. Favetur a nobis, It is favored hy us; IFe favor. 
 
 4. Favetur tibi a no- It is favored to you by We favor you; or, you 
 
 bis , us ; are favored by us. 
 
 Note. The doer in the ablative with a, is frequently under- 
 stood, (especially when no deiinite person or thing is mtended,) 
 and must be supplied as the context requires ; as, 
 
 5. Ubi per ventum est (ah illis,) When it was t-ome by them, i.e., 
 
 when they came. 
 
 6. Descendttur (ah hominibus,) Men (or people,) go down. 
 
 7. Conveniebdtur (ah homimbus,) People assembled. 
 
 68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally, 
 when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (411,); as, 
 
 Impersonally. Personally. 
 
 1. Potest credi tibi, It can be trusted to You can be tnisted; 66, 
 
 you; 2. 
 
 2. Non potest noceri It cannot be hurt to the The enemy cannot be 
 
 hosti, enemy; hurt; 66, 7. 
 
 3. Ut Jieri so let, As it is ivont to be done; 
 
 or. As is usual. 
 
 69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used personally, 
 and have their subject in the nominative, (412, 842) ; as, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 357 
 
 1. Doleo, I grieve, (Impersonally, Dolet mihi,) It grieves me. 
 
 2. Candida pax homines dec et , QsiXnWd peace becomps men. 
 
 3. Ista gestamina nostras humS- These arw6' become my shoulders. 
 
 ros decent, 
 
 Usage of Videor, '■'• I seem^ 
 
 70. Videor, "I seem," though never impersonal in Latin, 
 IS often rendered impersonally in EngUsh; and the dative 
 following it, seems properly to come under 528, Rule 
 XXXIIL, 1140) to denote the person to whom any thing 
 seems or appears, i. e., by whom it is seen ; thus, Videor tlbi 
 esse pauper^ I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor. 
 Videor mihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen 
 by myself,) to be poor; or, I thhik that I am poor. So the 
 following : 
 
 1. Videor esse liber, I seem to be free; or, It seems that I 
 
 am free. 
 
 2. ^ideor mihi esse liber, I seem to myself to be free ; or, It 
 
 seems to me, (oi*, I think) tliat I 
 am free. 
 
 3. Videris esse. You seem to be; or, It seems that 
 
 you are. 
 
 4. Videris tibi esse. You seem to yourself to be ; or. It 
 
 seems to you, (i. e., you think) 
 that you are. 
 
 5. Videris mihi esse, You seem to me to be; or. It seems 
 
 to me, (i. e., I tliink) that you are. 
 o. Ta, ut videris, non scribis. You, as you seem, (or, as it seems) 
 
 do not "svi'ite. 
 
 Ohs. The tliird person singular of videor followed by an 
 infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend- 
 ent clause after tct, or quod, may be said to be used imperson- 
 ally; though, strictly speaking, that infinitive with its accusa- 
 tive, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. ol,); as, 
 
 7. Videtur mihi te valere. It appears to me that you are well ; 
 
 strictly rendered. That you ai-e 
 well appears to (or, is seen by) 
 me. 
 
 8. lUi videtuT ut valeat. It appears to him, (or, he tliinks,) 
 
 that he {another' person) is well. 
 
 9. Viiit^ sibi valere,, It appears to him, (or, he thinks.) 
 
 that he {himself ) is well. He seems 
 to himselt to be welL 
 
858 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Verbs. — Indicative Mood. 
 
 71. Verbs in the indicative mood are translated as in the 
 paradigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however, to 
 notice when the sense requires the simjjky or emphatic, or 
 progressive form. 
 
 72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
 event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself or 
 in its consequences, it is used dejiriitely, and must be rendered 
 by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath ; as, 
 
 1. Regem vidi hodie, I have seen the king to-day. 
 
 73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action ot 
 event, without reference to the present, it is used indefinitely^ 
 (Gr. 163, 1093 f) and can not be rendered by have, hast^ has^ 
 or hath ; as, 
 
 1. Begem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 The subjunctive mood is used in two different ways, viz. : 
 subjunctively and potentially, (Gr, § 42, II., 204^ II., and 
 §§ 139-Ul, 1161-1177.) 
 
 Subjunctive used Subjunctively. 
 
 74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most part 
 translated as the indicative, when it expresses what is-^ actual 
 and certain, though not directly asserted as such. This it 
 does, 
 
 1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction, or 
 indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of stat- 
 ing the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting it), 
 as sometliing supposed, taken for granted, or connected with 
 the direct assertion as a cause, condition, or modifyuig circum- 
 stance, (631, 1244) ; as, 
 
 1. Ea cum ita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will de- 
 
 part. 
 
 2. Si madeat, If it is uipt. 
 
 3. Quum Ccesar redlret. When Cajsar returned — loas returi>r 
 
 ing. 
 
 4. Ita perterntus est ut morirS- He was so frightened that he died. 
 
 tur , 
 
 5. Gratulor tibi quod rediSris, I am glad that you have returned. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 359 
 
 6. Si imperitavSrint, If i\\Qy have commanded, 
 
 7. Si reliquissem, inujui dice- Jf I had left him, &c. 
 
 rent, 
 
 8. Quum Ccesar profectus es- Vi'hen Cxsixr had departed. 
 
 set, 
 
 Ohs. In the first of the above examples, the direct assertion 
 is discedam, "I will depart." The dependent clause, ea cum 
 ita sirit, "since these things are so," expresses the existence 
 of certain things referred to without du-ectly asserting it, but 
 taking it for granted as a tiling admitted or supposed, but still 
 affecting in some way the event dh-ectly asserted. Tliis holds 
 good of all the other examples above. 
 
 The dependent clause connected by ut, or ubi, "when;" 
 diun, "whilst;" priusquam, "before;" postquam, "after;" 
 and other conjunctions,- (629 and 630, 1237 and 124:7) ; 
 and also by quum or c?m, " when," (631, 1244)) sometimes 
 take the indicative mood. 
 
 2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above, 
 after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a dependent 
 clause, or m what is called the indirect question, i. e., an ex- 
 pression containing the substance of a question without the 
 form. All interrogative Avords may be used in this way, (See 
 627, 5, 11S2) ; thus, 
 
 9. Nescio quis sit — quid fiat, I know not rr^o he /s — what is dolnff. 
 
 10. Doce me uhi sint dii, TeU me u-Z^fre the grods a/T. 
 
 11. Nescio liter scriberet, I know not ichich of the two wrote. 
 
 12. Nescio quid script urn es- 1 know not what was written, 
 set, 
 
 13. Scio cni, (a quo) scriptum I know to ichom (by ichom) it was 
 esset, u-ritten. 
 
 14. An scis quis hoc fee er it? Do you know who has done this? 
 
 15. An scis a quo hoc factum Do yon know by whom tills has been 
 fuerit? done? 
 
 16. Nemo sciebat quis hcec fecis- Xone knew w/io /<«<i f/o7je these things, 
 set, 
 
 17. Percunctatus quid v el let. Having enquired if/^aMie imAeo?. 
 
 Note. The direct question requires the indicative ; as, Quis 
 fecit'^ "Who did it?" The indirect requires the subjunct- 
 ive ; as, Nescio quis fecerit, "I know not who did it." 
 
 75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually translated 
 as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefinite general 
 expression (636, 1227 y) a negation, or a question implying 
 
360 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 a negation ; and also after the relative in oblique narration, 
 (650, 1291) ; as, 
 
 1. Est qui die at , There is one who sa^s. 
 
 2. Nullus est qui neget, There is no one who denies. 
 
 3. Quis est qui hoc facial, Who is there that does this ? 
 
 4. Antonius inqn.it, artem esse edrum A.VL.to\].\\\& says that art belongs to 
 
 rerum quce sciantur, those things which are knoiun. 
 
 The Suhjimctive used Potentially. 
 
 76. The subjunctive mood is ViS,Qdi potentially ; 1st, in inter- 
 rogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as actual 
 and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr. 142, 2d, 
 1205 / 1 43, 1178). Thus used, it is much less aefinite witk 
 respect to time, and is related with some variety ; as follows : 
 
 1 . Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should. 
 
 2. Imperfect, by might, could, ivoidd, or should. 
 
 3. Perfect, by mat/ have, can have, must have, ^c. 
 
 4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should have ; and, de- 
 
 noting futurity, should. 
 
 The most usual renderinors of each tense are the foUow- 
 
 "O" 
 
 mg 
 
 77. Present. The present subjunctive used potentially, 
 expresses present liberty, pow^er, will, or obligation, usually 
 expressed by the English auxiliaries, may, can, shall, will, 
 could, would, should. (§ 45, I., 117 7 •) 
 
 1. Licet eas, You may go. 
 
 2. An sic intelligat? Can he so understand if? 
 
 3. Men' moveat cimex Pantilius? Shall (or should) the insect Pantilius 
 
 discompose me 1 
 
 4. Qids istos ferat? Who could bear those men ? 
 
 5. Si hie sis, aliter sentias If you were here, you would think 
 
 otherwise. 
 
 Imperatively. 
 
 6. Sic eat. Thus let her (or him) go. 
 
 7. Eclmus, Let us go. 
 
 8. Pugnetur, (Lnpersonalhj,) Let it he fought. 
 
 9. Diifaciant, May the gods grant. 
 
 78. Imperfect. The imperfect subjunctive used potentially, 
 is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past liberty, power, 
 will, or duty, but still in its use expresses time very indefi- 
 nitely. It is usually rendered by the English auxiliaries. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 3G1 
 
 miff fit, could, would f should; sometimes /^«c?, woiddhave, should 
 have; as, 
 
 1. Legphat ut disceret. He read that lie might learn. 
 
 2. Qiid fa ctirem, AVhat could I do ? 
 
 3. Iret si juberes, He would go if you should order it. 
 
 4. Cur venlret, 'Why should he come . 
 
 5. Rogovcrunt ut venlret, They cntroatcfl that ho icovld come. 
 
 6. Si quis dicSret, jiunquam pu- If any one had said it, I would not 
 
 tdrem^ have thought it. 
 
 Note. After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like, 
 quo minus with the subjunctive, may be rendered by from and 
 the preseut participle, (172, 3, 1230) ; thus, 
 
 7. Zmpedtvit quo minus iret, He hindered him yrom ^o/n^/. 
 
 03s. An action or state which would, or would not exist, 
 or have existed, in a case supposed, but the contrary of which 
 is implied, is expressed in Latin by the miperfect or pluper- 
 fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction, 
 625, 4th, 126S. (See An. & Pr. Eog. Gr. 864,) ; as, 
 
 8. Scriberem, si necesse esset, I ivould write, if it were necessar\^ 
 
 9. Scripsissem , si necesse fu- I would have written, had it been 
 
 isset, necessary. 
 
 79. Perfect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses 
 what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer- 
 tainty. Tlius used it is commonly rendered by the auxilaries, 
 may have., can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a pres- 
 ent and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety of 
 meaning, according to its connection, (§ 45, III., J.170) ; as, 
 
 1. Fortasse err avSr inly Verho.^?, 1 mag have erred. 
 
 2. Etsi non scripserit, Though he cannot have written, 
 
 3. Ut sic dixerim , That 1 mag so speak. 
 i. Cifius credid erim, 1 icould sooner believe. 
 
 5. Facile dixerim, 1 could easily tell. 
 
 6. Quasi affuerim , As i( I had been present. 
 
 80. Pluperfect. The pluperfect (§ 45, IV., 1291) is usually 
 rtiudered by the auxiliaries, inight have, could have, would have, 
 should have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an 
 action is related as having been future at a certain past time, 
 it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive, and 
 translated should; as, 
 
 1. Quodcunque jussisset mefac- I snid that T wotild do whatsoever ho 
 turum dixif should order. 
 
y62 1 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 2. Promisisti te scriptunim, si ro- You promised that yoti would write^ 
 
 gavissem , if I skuald desire it. 
 
 3. Dum convaluisset. Until he should get well. 
 
 81. the pluperfect subjunctive active, Avith quum, in verbs 
 not deponent, is used instead of a past participle active, (182, 
 8, 124:4:^) and may be rendered by the compound perfect 
 participle in English ; as, 
 
 1. Ccesar, quum hcec dixisset, desar having said these things; (lit- 
 erally, Ctesar, when he had said 
 these things.) 
 
 82. Wlien the subjunctive has a relative for its subject, 
 and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison, 
 they may be rendered as in No. 40 ; or the sense will be ex- 
 pressed if we render the relative by aSy and the subjunctive 
 by the infinitive; thus, 
 
 1. Quistamesset amens qui sem- Who would be so foolish as to live 
 
 per viveret, always. 
 
 2. Nequetuises qui nesciaSy You are not such a one as not to 
 
 know. 
 
 83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjectives 
 as dignuSyindignus^idoneus^ (643, Obs. 5, 1220 f) and the like ; 
 or when they express the end or design of something expressed 
 in the antecedent clause, their meaning will be expressed as in 
 No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or preceded by the phrase 
 "in order to;" thus, 
 
 1 . Dignum qui secimdus ah Rom- Worthy to he ranked next after Rom- 
 
 ulo numeretur, ulus. 
 
 2. Legatos iniserunt qui cum accu- They sent legates to accuse {or, in or- 
 
 sdrent, der to acct(se) him. 
 
 3. Virgas iis dedit quibus ager- He gave them rods to drive, (in order 
 
 ent, to drive; or, so that with these they 
 
 might drive.) 
 
 84. The subjunctive with or without ut, after verbs signify- 
 ing to hid, forhid, tell, alloiv, hinder, command, and the like, 
 (62*7, 1,3d, 1208, and 632, 1204,) may be rendered by 
 the English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb it 
 the objective case ; as, 
 
 1. Precor venias, I pray that yon may come; i. e., I 
 
 pray you to come. 
 
 2. Die veniat, TeW her to come. 
 
 3. Sine eat, Vermh him to go. 
 
 4. Non patih'is nt eant. You will not suffer thein to go. 
 
 5. Non patieris ut vescdmurf You do nut sulier us to eat. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 3fi3 
 
 85. Wlien several verbs in the same mood and tense, have 
 the same nominative, and are connected in the same construc- 
 tion, the auxiliary and "^o," the sign of the infinitive, in the 
 translation is used with the first only, and understood to the 
 rest; as, 
 
 1. Et vidisset et aiidivisset, 
 
 2. Et visus et audltus esset, 
 
 3. Cupimus et videre et audlre, 
 
 He might have both seen and heard. 
 He misrht have been both seen and 
 
 heard. 
 We wish both to see and hear. 
 
 The Infinitive Mood. 
 
 86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be con- 
 sidered as a verbal noun, (659, 1119,) and translated as in 
 the paradigm of the verb ; as, 
 
 1. Volo scrihere, 
 
 2. Dicitur didicisse, 
 
 3. Dicitur iturus esse, 
 
 4 Dicitur iturus fuisse. 
 
 I -wnsh to ivrite. 
 
 He is said to have learned. 
 
 He is said to he about to yo. 
 
 He is said to have been about to go. 
 
 87. When the verbs possum, volo, nolo, malo, in the indica- 
 tive or subjunctive, are translated by the Enghsh auxiUaries, 
 can, will, will not, will rather, and sometimes, m the past tense, 
 by could, would, &c., the infinitive following is translated with- 
 out to before it ; as, 
 
 1 . Potest fieri, 
 
 2. Volo ire, 
 
 3. Nolo facere, 
 
 4. Malo facere, 
 
 5. Ut se volucrem facere vellet, 
 
 6. Nihil jam defend i potuit, 
 
 7. Hoc facere non potuit, 
 
 8. Nolite timere. 
 
 It can be done. 
 
 I will go. 
 
 I will not do it. 
 
 I mil rather do it. 
 
 That he would make her a bird. 
 
 Kotliing could now be defended. 
 
 He could not do this. 
 
 Do not fear. 
 
 88. The present infinitive is generally translated as the per- 
 fect without "to," after the imperfect, perfect or pluperfect 
 tense of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated could, ivouldy 
 ivould not, would rather ; and with " to" after the same tenses 
 of deheo and oportet, translated ought ; as, 
 
 1 Mehu% fiSri non potuit, 
 
 2. Volui dicer e , 
 
 3. Slim ere arma noluit, 
 
 4. Mai ait augere , 
 
 5. Qnam potuisset edere, 
 
 6. Debuisti mihi ignoscSre, 
 
 7 . Divuli oportuit, 
 
 It could not have been done better. 
 I would have said. 
 He would not have taken amis. 
 He would rather have increased. 
 Than he could hai'e caused. 
 You ought to have pardoned me. 
 It ought to have been divided. 
 
3G4 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Note. A strictly literal translation of most of the above 
 sentences Avould not express the precise idea intended; thus, 
 in the third sentence, " He would not Have taken arms," and 
 " He was not willmg to take arms," manifestly do not mean 
 the same thing. 
 
 89. After verbs denoting to see^ hear ^ feel, and the like, the 
 present infinitive is often translated by the English present 
 participle; as, 
 
 1. Audivi eum die ere, I heard him saying. 
 
 2. Surg ere videt lunam, He sees the moon rising. 
 
 3. Terrain tremere sensit. He felt the earth tremhting. 
 
 Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a 
 clause, is the subject of another verb; as, 
 
 4. Morari jyericidosutn est, Delaying is dangerous. 
 
 5. Morari periculosum (esse) ar- They think that delaying is danger- 
 
 hitrantur, ■ ous. 
 
 The Infinitive with a subject. 
 
 90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative, though 
 but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same form in Eng- 
 lish; as, 
 
 1. Cupio te ventre, Ivnsh you to come. 
 
 2. Quos discordare noverat, Whom he had known to differ, 
 
 3. Hoc optimum esse judicavit, He decided this to be the best. 
 
 4. Eum vocdri jussit. He ordered him to be called. 
 
 91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always 
 may be, translated by the English indicative or potential, ac- 
 cording to the sense intended. When so rendered, its subject 
 must always be translated in the nominative; and this, if not 
 a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction thaty (§ 145, 
 1135) ; as, 
 
 1. Cupio te venire, 1 -msh that you icould come. 
 
 2. dicit me s crib ere, ' Jle SRjs that I ivrite. 
 
 3. Eos ivisse putabat, He thoutrht that they had gone. 
 
 4. Quern nunquam risisse feinmt, Who they say never laughed. 
 
 5. Bogavit quid faciendum (esse) He asked what he thought ought toba 
 
 pittflret, done. 
 
 92. Both the Latm and the English infinitive, by their 
 tenses, represent an act, &c., as present, past or future, at 
 the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is 
 translated by the other ; that is, the Latin infinitive by the 
 English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 3fi5 
 
 will be correctly translated by the same tense in the other, 
 (except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the 
 governing verb ; as, 
 
 1. Pros. Dicttm; ) Pres. Past. Future. 
 
 2. Past, Dkehatur, > habere; habuisse; habiturus esse. 
 
 3. Put. Dicltur, ) 
 
 1. Prcs. He is said, ^ 
 
 2. Past, He was said, > to have ; to have had ; to be about to liave. 
 
 3. Put. He will be said, ) 
 
 93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is trans- 
 lated by the English indicative or potential, the tense used in 
 these moods must be that which will correctly express the 
 time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive as estimated, 
 not from the time of the governing verb, as in Latin, but as 
 estimated from the present. That is, events present at the 
 same time, or past at the same time, will be expressed in 
 English by the same tense ; an event represented in Latin as 
 prior to the present time, (perfect infinitive after the present 
 tense,) will be expressed by the English imperfect or perfect 
 indefinite ; and an event represented in Latin as prior to a 
 past event, (perfect infinitive after a past tense,) will be ex- 
 pressed by the English pluperfect ; thus, 
 
 1. Prcs. Dicnnt eum venire, They saj that he is coming, ov comes. 
 
 2. Past, Direrunt eum venire, They said that he came. 
 
 3. Pres. Dicnnt eum venisse, They say that he came. 
 
 4. Past, Dixerimt eum venisse, They %?i\(\. that he had come. 
 
 5. Past, Coeperunt suspicdri illam They began to suspect f/ia< she came. 
 
 venire , 
 
 Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this 
 analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, 
 
 Prcs. Perf. Future. 
 
 6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, vcnturum esse. 
 Tliey Avill say that he comes, has come, will come. 
 
 94. 1. Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- 
 pressed as follows: 
 
 1st. Present time is expressed by the present tense., and 
 generally by the perfect definite. 
 
 2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect., perfect indefi- 
 nite, 2i\Apiluperfect, — by the perf ectp)articiple, — thQ present 
 infinitive after a past tense, — iha present tense used to express 
 a past events 157, 3, 1082 f — and \>y i\iQ present partici" 
 
366 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 pie, agreeing with the subject of the governing verb in 
 any of* these tenses, 182, 5, 13-4:3, 
 
 Sd. Future time is expressed by the future and future per- 
 fect. 
 
 2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the 
 same manner as the infinitive active in the following examples 
 m Nos. 95 to 100. 
 
 3. After verbs denoting to promise, reqiiest, advise, com- 
 mand, and the like, implying a reference to something future, 
 the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually translated as 
 the future, by shoidd, or would, (See No. 100, 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9,) ; 
 as, Jussit, eosper castra duci^ He ordered that they shoidd 
 he led through the camp. 
 
 4. The Latin words for "/^e said," '■'•saying^'' or the like, 
 introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the 
 infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the 
 time expressed by the word to be supplied. 
 
 From these principles are deduced the following directions- 
 for translating the infinitive with a subject. 
 
 Present Infinitive after Present or Future Time. 
 
 95. Direction I. When the preceding verb is in the pres- 
 ent, the perfect used indefinitely, or future tense, the present 
 infinitive is translated as the present ; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laud are, I say that he praise*. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laud are, I have said that he p'azses, 
 
 3. Dicam eum laud are, I will say that h& praises. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laud an, • I say that lie /s pm/se</. 
 
 2. Dixi eum lauddri, I have said that he is praised. 
 
 3. Dicam eum lauddri, I will say that he is praised. 
 
 Present Infinitive after Past Time. 
 
 96. Direction II. When the preceding verb is in the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the prese^it 
 infinitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated 
 as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 367 
 
 Presetit Infinitive Active, 
 
 /. Dicdhaineum J and are, I said that he /^rm'sec?. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laud are, 1 ssiid that he praised. 
 
 3. Dixeram eum laud are, I had said that he praised. 
 
 4. Ccepi dicere eum laud are, I began to say that he praised. 
 
 Present Infinitive Passive. 
 
 5. Dicebam eum landdri, I said that he was pra/sec?. 
 
 6. Dixi earn lauddri, I said that he it'as pra/sa/. 
 
 7. Dixeram eum I'audari, I had said that he was ;)?mse<^. 
 
 8. Ccepi dicere eum lauddri, I began to say that he was praised. 
 
 Exc. 1. When the present infinitive expresses that which 
 is always true, it must be translated in the present, after any 
 tense, 157, 1, 1081 ^ as, 
 
 9. Doctus erat Deum guberndre He had been taught that God ^oyenis 
 
 mundum, the world. 
 
 Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act sub- 
 sequent to the time of the governing verb, it is translated after 
 any tense, by the potential with should ; would; as, 
 
 10. Jnbet ) He orders ) 
 
 11. Jussit >teire, Reordered > that you sAomZc? ^o. 
 
 12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) 
 
 Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future Time. 
 
 97. Direction III. When the preceding verb is in the 
 present, perfect definite, ov future te^ise, the perfect infinitive is 
 translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laudavisse, I say that he pro ?V^. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I have said that he praised. 
 
 3. Dicam eum laudavisse, I will say that he /^rat'sec/- 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 4. Dico eum lauddtum esse, I say that he was pra/s^c?. 
 
 5. Dixi eum lauddtum esse, I liave said that he was pra?'sec?. 
 
 6. Dicam eum lauddtum esse, 1 wWl say thsit he was praised. 
 
 7. Dico eum lauddtum fuisse, I say that he has been praised. 
 
 8. Dixi eum lauddtum fu isse, I liave said that he has been praised. 
 
 9. Dicam eum lauddtum fuisse, I will say that he has been praised. 
 
S68 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 
 
 98. Direction IV. When the preceding verb is in the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present 
 infinitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated 
 as the pluperfect ; *as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dicebam eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised. 
 
 3. Dixeram eum laudavisse, I had said that he had praised. 
 
 4. Ccepi dicere eum laudavisse, I began to say that he had praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 5. Dicebam eum lauddtum esse,l said that he had been praised. 
 
 6. Dixi eum lauddtum esse, I said that he had been praised. 
 
 7. Dixeram eum lauddtum esse, I had said that he had been praised. 
 
 8. C'a^pi dicere eum lauddtum I began to say that he had been 
 esse, praised. 
 
 9. Dicebam eum lauddtum fu- I said that he had been praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 10. Dixi eum lauddtum fuisse, I said that he had been praised. 
 
 11. Dixeram eum lauddtum fu- I had said that he Acw/ 6ee« joratseof. 
 isse, 
 
 12. Ccepi dicere eum lauddtum I began to say that he had been 
 fuisse, praised. 
 
 Future Infinitive after the Present Tense. 
 
 99. Direction V. When the preceding verb is in the pres- 
 ent, or perfect definite, oy future tense, the future infinitive with 
 esse is translated as the future indicative ; and with fuisse, by 
 woidd have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a fu- 
 ture sense ; and ^bre, iov futurum esse, is translated by will be. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laudaturum esse, I say that he iv ill praise. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudaturum esse, I have said that he itvV/ prai'sg. 
 
 5. Dicam eum laudaturum esse, I will say that he ivill praise. 
 
 4. Dico eum laudaturum fu- 1 saj thsit he would have praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 5. Dixi eum laudaturum fu- I have said that he ivould have 
 
 isse, praised. 
 
 €. Dicam eum laudaturum fu- 1 w^\\. saj ihaXho, would have praised, 
 isse, 
 
LATIN IDIOMSo 369 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 7. Dico eiim fauddium iri, 1 say that he will he praised. 
 
 8 Dixi eum laud at run iri, I have said that he ifi// /)e ;:)raisec?. 
 
 9. Dicam eum laudu,tum ii'i, I will say that he will be praised. 
 
 future Injinitivc after Past Tenses. 
 
 100 Direction VI. TVTien the preceding verb is of the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or 'pluperfect, the future of the 
 infinitive with esse is rendered by would or should ; and with 
 fuisse, by woidd have, and should have ; andybre, for futHrum 
 esse, after any past tense, by would be; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 I Dicebam eum laudaturum esse, I said that he ivould praise. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudaturum , ^^c, I said \\\2it ae, would praise. 
 
 3. Dixeram eum lauaaturum , ^c. 1 had said that he would praise. 
 
 4. Dicebam eum laudaturum fu- I said that he loould have praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 5. Dixi eum laudaturum, Sfc, 1 said that he would have praised. 
 
 6. Dixeram eum laudaturum fu-1 had said that he would have 
 
 isse, praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 7. Dicebam eum laudatum iri, I said that he ivoidd be praised- 
 
 8. Dixi eum laudatum iri, 1 i-'Hid that ho would be praised, 
 
 9. Dixeram eum I audatuvi iri, lh?i(\. sn\(\. that ho. icoukl be praised-. 
 
 10. Dicebam (dixi) eum fore tutum, I said tliat ho would be safe. 
 
 Usage of Fore. 
 
 Ohs. Fore is used for futurum esse, and, with a subject after 
 present tenses, means ''will be ;" after past tenses, '■'- would be^ 
 JBoth of them when followed by a subjunctive with ut, (678, 
 USSf) after a present tense, may be translated by the future 
 indicative of that verb ; and after a past tense, by the imper- 
 fect "potential ; as, 
 
 II Credo mm. fore tutum, I believe that he will he safe. 
 
 12. Credebam or credidi, {credide- I believed, (liad believed) that he 
 ram) eum fore tutum, icould be safe. 
 
 13. Credo fore (or futurum esse) I believe that you icill learn, 
 ut d iscas , 
 
 U. Credebam or credidi (credide- I believed, (had believed) that you 
 ram) fore Cor futurum esse) icould learn. (Ht. it icould be tluii 
 
 ut disceres , ifou would learn.) 
 
370 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, as 
 in the paradigms of the verb; thus, 
 
 1. Present active, Homo car ens fraude, A man ivantivg guile. 
 
 2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A man about to write. 
 
 3. Perfect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well spen^ 
 
 4. , Ccesar co actus, Caesar being (or having 
 
 been) compelled. 
 
 5. (Deponent,) Ccpsar regressus, Csesar having returned. 
 
 6. Future passive, Mala vitanda, Evils to be avoided, i. e., 
 
 which ought to be 
 avoided. 
 
 ^xc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, (182, 
 8, 134:3 f) it is translated, like the adjective, before its sub- 
 stantive ; as, 
 
 7 . Tigrin ostendit mansu efa ctam, He exhibited a tamed tiger. 
 
 8. In fer vent lb us arenis insistens, Standing on the burning sands. 
 
 Future Participle Active. 
 
 102. When the future participle active is used to express a 
 purpose, end, or design of another action, (685, 1333^) it is 
 rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," instead of 
 " about to ;" as, 
 
 . 1. Pergit consulturus oracula, He goes to consult (or, in order to 
 
 consult) the oracle. 
 
 Obs. The j^resent participle is also sometimes used in this 
 
 sense ; as, 
 
 2. Venerunt postulantes cibum, They came to (or, in order to) ask 
 
 food. 
 
 Perfect Participle Passive, 
 
 103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the 
 active sense (except in deponent verbs), its place is usually 
 supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case absolute, 
 (()92,) ; thus, "Ciesar having consulted his friends," rendered 
 into Latin, will be, Ccesar, amtcis consul tis, literally, 
 " Cicsar, ^iis friends being consulted^' Hence, 
 
 104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect 
 participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object of a 
 verb, is something done by the subject of the leading verb in 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 3Tl 
 
 the sentence, the participle is rendered more in accordance 
 with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the active 
 voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the verb, and 
 followed by its noun in the objective case, (182, 8, 13J:J:^ and 
 692,9^7); thus, 
 
 1. Cfesar his dictia , profectus est, translated in the 
 Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. 
 English idiom, Caesar, having said tfiese things, departed. 
 
 2. Opere peracto, hidemns, 
 
 Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. 
 
 English idiom, Having finished our icork, we ^ill play. 
 
 3. Pijthiam ad se vocatum pecunid instrnrit, 
 
 Latin idiom. He supplied ^vith money Pythias being called to him. 
 
 English idiom. Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him -with 
 
 money. 
 
 105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an 
 active signification, accords with the Enghsh idiom, and is best 
 translated literally; as, 
 
 1. Nactus naviculum, Having found a. hoat. 
 
 2. Cohort dtus exercitum, Having exhorted the array. 
 
 106. TThen the perfect participle of deponent or common 
 verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous 
 with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English 
 present participle in ing, (182, 5, Note, 1343) ; as, 
 
 1. Rex hoc f acinus mirdtus juve- The king, admiring this act, dis- 
 
 nem dimisit, missed the youth. 
 
 1. Columba delapsa re/ert sagit- The dove fiilUng brings back the ar« 
 
 tarn, row. 
 
 The Future Participle Passive. 
 
 107. After verbs signifying to give, to deliver, to agree or 
 bargain for; to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, the 
 participle in dus generally denotes design or purpose, and is 
 rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the plirase " in 
 order to," prefixed (686, 131 o) ; as, 
 
 1. Testamentum tibi tradit leg en- He delivers his will to you to (or in 
 
 dutn , order to) be read. 
 
 2. Attribuit nos trucidandos He has given ns over to Cethegus 
 
 Cetherfo, (in order) to be slain. 
 
 108. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with 
 the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes propria 
 tty, necessity, or obligation, and is rendered vaiiously, as the 
 
372 LATIN IDIOMS, 
 
 tense of the accompanying verb and the connection require 
 (687,) ; the following are examples : {1304:*) 
 
 1 Legdtus mittendus est, An ambassador must (or should) ba 
 
 sent. 
 
 2. Legdtus mittendus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. 
 
 fuit, 
 
 3. Legdtus mittendus erit, An ambassador v:dl have to be sent. 
 
 4. Legdtum mittendum esse, That an ambassador ^/iOi/Zo? 6e s<•r;^^ 
 
 5. ' mittendum fuisse, ought to or should 
 
 have been sent, 
 
 6. Dissimulanda loquitur, He speaks things thsit ought to be con- 
 
 cealed. 
 
 7. Dissimulanda loqiiebdtur, He spake things which ought to have 
 
 been concealed. 
 
 8. Quae dissimulanda erunt, "Which ivi II have to be concealed. 
 
 9. Die, quid statuendum sit, Say, what is to be {or must be) thought. 
 
 Ablative Absolute. 
 
 109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the 
 ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated without 
 a sign, Noo 9, and after it the participle, as in the paradigm 
 of the verb ; as, (1349.) 
 
 1. Romulo regnante, Romulus reigning. 
 
 2. Hac oratione habit A, This oration being delivered. 
 
 3. CcEsdre venturo, Caesar (being) about to come. 
 
 4. PrcBceptis tradendis, Rules being to be delivered. 
 
 5. Bello orto, "War having arisen. 
 
 Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in 
 the case absolute. 
 
 110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun or 
 a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative without a 
 participle, (695, 972)', they are translated in the nominative 
 without a sign, and the English participle '•'•being^^ inserted 
 between them ; as, 
 
 1. Adolescentido duce, A young man being leader. , 
 
 2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 
 
 3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 
 
 4. Annibali vivo, Hannibal being alive. 
 
 6. Se invito. He being unwilling. 
 
 Gerunds and Gerundives. 
 
 111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in the 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 373 
 
 same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at the 
 same tune may govern the case of its own verb 698 ; as, 
 
 1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking- peace. 
 
 2. G. Pdcndi pacem 0/ seeking peace. 
 
 3. D. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books. 
 
 4. Ac. Ohliviscendum wjiiriamm, Forgetting injuries. 
 
 5. Abl. Parendo mcn/istratui, Bij olwjiug the magisti-ate. 
 
 C. Abl. Petendo pacem. With, from, in, by seeking peace. 
 
 112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the 
 gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the 
 participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing 
 with its object in gender, number, and case ; the case being 
 governed by the same word that would have governed the 
 gerund. \Vlien thus used, it is called a gerundive. (707, 
 K. LXIL, 1322, K. CIV 
 
 Gerunds, 
 
 1. Arslihrum legendif 
 
 2. Utile vulnera curando, 
 
 3. Ad I it eras scrihendum, 
 
 4. De captlvos commutandoy 
 
 Gerundives. 
 
 5. Ars lihri legendi, 
 Tlie art of reading a booh. 
 
 6. Utile vulnerihus curandis, 
 Useful for healing wounds. 
 
 7. Ad literas scribendas. 
 For icriting a letter. 
 
 8. De captlvis comniutandis, 
 Eespecting exchanging captives. 
 
 113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb est, gov- 
 erning^ the dative, it impUes necessity, and is variously trans- 
 lated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb requires 
 (699, 1305)', as, 
 
 Latin Idiom. 
 
 1. Legendum est mihi, 
 
 Reading is to me ; i. e,, ^ 
 
 2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi, 
 
 ileading was to me ; 
 
 3. Le(/endHm fuerat mihi, 
 
 Keading had been to mc ; 
 
 4. Legendum erit mihi, 
 
 Keading will be to me ; 
 
 5. Dicit legendum esse mihi, 
 
 He says that rcafling is to me ; 
 
 6. Dicit legendim fuisse mihi. 
 
 He says that reading was to me ; 
 
 English Idiom. 
 
 I must read; I ought to read; I 
 
 should read. 
 I had to read ; I ought to have read ; 
 
 I sliould have read. 
 I had been obliged to read. 
 
 I Anil liave to read ; it will be neces- 
 sary for me to read. 
 
 He says that I must read — ought to 
 read — should read. 
 
 He says that I had to read— ought 
 to — or shotild — have read. 
 
 Oosl The dative is frequently omitted, and generally when 
 It denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite sense. 
 
3*74 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 In such cases, Jwmtni, homimbus, nobis, or tlie like, must be 
 supplied ; as, 
 
 7. Vivendum est recte, (scil. homini- Living lionestly is, viz. : to men; i. a 
 
 bus,) Ji^eu ouglit to live honestly. 
 
 8. Dicit vivendum esse recte. (scil. He says that living honestly is, viz. : 
 
 hommi,) to a man ; i. e., a man ought to 
 
 live honestly. 
 
 Supines. 
 
 114. The supines are rendered without variation, as in the 
 paradigm, and under the rules, (§ 148, 1860) ; as, 
 
 1. Abiit deambulatum, He has gone to walk. 
 
 2. Facile dictu, Easy to tell, or to be told. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans- 
 lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is subject 
 to all the variety of construction and translation used in the 
 active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which, as 
 an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the passive 
 form of the verb in English. 
 
 In the compound tenses, (186, 3, 34:0 f) when two or more 
 verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the same 
 nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb sum is 
 commonly expressed with the last, and understood to the rest, 
 as in the foUowino- Ex. 1. But when the nominative is 
 changed, the verb " to be" should be repeated, as in Ex. 2. 
 
 1. Nisusa Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus icas conquered and killed by 
 
 est, Minos. 
 
 2. Tres naves captce, decern demersce, Three ships were taken, ten sunk ; 
 
 duo miUia hostium rapta, trede- two th.ousand of the enemy tvere 
 cim millia occlsa sunt. taken, thirteen thousand killed. 
 
 Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 
 
 1 ] 6. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent its 
 subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on itself, 
 or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and so cor- 
 responds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus used, 
 it is best translated by the active voice followed by the reflex- 
 
 ive 
 
 the 
 
 pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive verb expressmg 
 idea intended, (136, 3, 306,) The following are examples : 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 375 
 
 I Faludihus ahditi sunt, They concealed themselves in the 
 
 marshes. 
 
 2. Cum omnes in omni genere scele- Since ail (jim themselves up to every 
 
 rum volutentur, liiud of vviclicdness. 
 
 3. Fertur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy. 
 
 4. Volutati super poma, Rolling themselves over the apples. 
 
 5. Cingitur armis, Girds himself witli his armor. 
 
 6. Sternuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on tlie grave. 
 
 7. Gallusvictus occult atur, The cock, when conquered, hides 
 
 himself. 
 
 llY. The verb sum governing the genitive by 364, R. XII., 
 780, R. XXL, may generally be translated by the phrase 
 " belongs to," " is the part," " is the property," &c. See ex- 
 planation under Rule ; as, 
 
 1 Est regis, It belongs to the king. 
 
 2, Pecus est Melihcei, The flock belongs to Meliboeus. 
 
 3. Prudentia est senectutis, Prudence is the characteristic of old 
 
 age. 
 
 118. The verb sum, (also desum) in the third person, gov- 
 erning the dative by 394, S. R. II., 821, R. XXX., may gen- 
 erally be translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb 
 "to have," with the Latin dative for its subject, and the 
 Latin subject for its object ; as, 
 
 Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 
 
 \ . Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book. 
 
 2. Liber e.rat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 
 
 3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a 
 
 been) to me, book. 
 
 4. Liber fuerat mihi, A book liad been to I had had a book. 
 
 me, 
 
 .5. LJber erit mihi, A book ^vill be to me, I Avill have a book. 
 
 6 Libri sunt mihi. Books arc to me, I have books. 
 
 T. Est mihi, It is to me, I liave it. 
 
 8. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book. 
 
 119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple verb 
 and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple verb 
 wdtli the immediate object (always in the accusative,) is usu- 
 ally translated first, and then the preposition wdth the remote 
 object. 
 
 1 Flnmen copias transduxit, He led his forces across the river. 
 
 2 Circumdare moenia oppido, To build walls around the city. 
 
 8. Caput dejecit saxo, He threiv the head down from the 
 
 rock. 
 
31 Q LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 120. An adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressinir 
 some circumstance, in translating may often be arranged in 
 different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to 
 the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus, Magna dehemus 
 susciptre dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously for 
 translating, as follows : 
 
 1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt, or, 
 
 2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna, or, 
 . 3. Debemus, dum vires suppetunt, suscipere magna. 
 
 121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered /eit, 
 lest that^ that-not, not ; and after verbs signifying to fear, for- 
 bid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in the same 
 situation, means that not. 
 
 L Ne qvis eat, Lest (or that not) any one may go. 
 
 2. Orat n e se perdat, She entreats that he would not des- 
 
 troy her. 
 
 3. Egi n e iiiteressem, I managed that I should not be pres- 
 
 ent. 
 
 4. Dtim n e veniat, Provided he do not come, 
 
 5. Respondit ne cogitdta qindem He replied that not even the thoughts 
 
 latent, are concealed. 
 
 6. Vereor ne cadas, I am afraid that you may fall. 
 
 7. Timui ut venlret, ' I feared that he would not come. 
 
 Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things 
 as ive wish, ne means that— not; as, Paves ne ducas illam. 
 You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. 
 
 Ne, after a. command implying a negative, or prohibition, 
 is often omitted ; as, cave titubes, take care that you do not 
 stumble. 
 
 Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic neg- 
 ative, and has the emphatic word between ; as, ne hoc quidem, 
 not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then. 
 
 122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid of an 
 
 auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often have to 
 
 be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. Gr. 413, 
 
 An. & Pr. Gr. 93G,) ; as, 
 
 1 . Dixit ne oh hoc alios contemna- He said that we should not on this 
 mus, I account despise others. 
 
 123. Some jirepositions are variously translated according 
 to the meaning of the words, or thd case with which they are 
 connected; thus, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 377 
 
 1. In, followed by an accusative, means to, into, towards, for, against, &c. 
 
 (607, R. L., 0S7, R. LXVIII.) 
 
 2. Jn, followed by tbe ablative, means in, upon, among, in, in the case of. 
 
 (608, R. LL, 988, R. LXXIX.) 
 
 3. Inter, referring' to two, means between ; to more than tvvo, among. 
 
 4. Sub means under, at the foot of close up to. 
 
 5. ProE. means before, in comparison of, — sometimes, more than. 
 
 124. Whfii the following conjunctions, adjectives, and ad- 
 verbial particles, are placed, one before each of two successive 
 words or clauses, the first is commonly translated differently 
 from the second, and usually in the following manner, ('726, 
 1374.) 
 
 1. Et 
 
 2. Que 
 
 3. Aut, vel. 
 
 sive. 
 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 Nee 
 Neque 
 Sive, seu 
 
 Turn 
 
 et, 
 
 • que, 
 aut, vd, 
 
 sive, 
 ■ nee, 
 
 • neque, 
 -sive, seu, 
 
 t, vel, ) 
 dve, ) 
 
 jue, S 
 
 8. Ciim or quum 
 
 9. Jam 
 
 10. Nunc 
 
 11. Simvl 
 
 12. Modo, alias, 
 
 ■turn, 
 • turn. 
 
 Both 
 Both 
 
 Either 
 
 Neither 
 
 Whether 
 Not only 
 
 I Both 
 
 j Not only 
 
 (Both 
 
 { Now 
 
 ( At one time 
 Not only 
 No sooner 
 As soon as 
 
 modo, alias, \ r^ 
 
 ' ' ( ooraetunes 
 
 -jam 
 -nunc 
 
 simul, 
 
 ■and. 
 and. 
 
 or. 
 nor. 
 
 -or. 
 
 ■ but also. 
 
 • and. 
 
 • but also. 
 
 ■ and. 
 
 ■ then. 
 
 • at another, 
 but also. 
 
 ■ than. 
 
 • instantly. 
 
 • at another. 
 
 • sometimes. 
 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 16. 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 20. 
 
 Gorres'ponding Conjunctive Terms. 
 
 Ne — 
 
 Utrum -— 
 
 Ita, sic, tarn, adeo, 
 
 Talis, tantus — 
 
 Is, ejusmodi — 
 
 Simid — 
 
 Tamdiu — 
 
 Ut — 
 
 ■an, 
 
 ■an, 
 
 ut, 
 ■ut. 
 
 ut. 
 
 Whether 
 Whether 
 So 
 
 ■ac, or a ^^Mc, As soon 
 ■ quamdiu. As long 
 • sic. As 
 
 Such, so great 
 Such, of such a kind 
 
 ■or. 
 •or. 
 that ; so- 
 
 as. 
 as. 
 so. 
 
 ■as. 
 that, 
 that. 
 
 Ne is frequently omitted -svith the first word or clause, and must ba 
 supplied when an stands with the second ; as, 
 
 21 . Recte an perperaniy ( Whether) right or wrong. 
 
878 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations, 
 
 1 . There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in reciting, 
 unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are anxious to go 
 over a great space in a short time should remember that a short lesson 
 well prepared is vastly more profitable than a long one ill prepared. 
 Nothing is more injurious than superficial learning. Festina lente. Hence, 
 
 2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got by 
 all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it is 
 thoroughly prepared. 
 
 3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or dic- 
 tionary, and its piimaiy meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. And if 
 more meanings than one are given, the pupil should tiy which will answer 
 best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should he pass to another till he 
 know all about tliis one — its class, gender, declension, &c., as directed, 
 Gr. 774, 14:19, And if he forgot, he should look it out again, and if 
 necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 
 
 4. Frequent and accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, are 
 of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in the mem- 
 ory, the acquisitions made. , 
 
 5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, should 
 be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are easily formed, 
 and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If proper attention has 
 been paid to this in going through the grammar, there will be less diffi- 
 culty now. In order to assist in this, the pupil should commit to mem- 
 ory and apply the few following — 
 
 General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 1. A vowel before another vowel is short; as, via, deus. 
 
 2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant, 
 is long by position ; as, arma, fallo, axis. 
 
 3. A vowel before a mute and a hquid, (I and r,) is com- 
 mon ; i. e., either long or short ; as, volucris, or voliicris. 
 
 4. A diphthong is always long; as, Ccesar, auriim. 
 
 Note. In tliis work, when the quantity of the penult is detcnnined by 
 any of these rules, it is not marked ; otherwise it is marked. 
 
 6. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read and 
 translate his lesson, or even to pai-se it toJcrahly, but should try to under- 
 stand the construction of every word, and the connection aiid dependence 
 of every part ; and moreover," should hold himself ready, if called upon, 
 to answer such questions as the following, viz. : 
 
 1. Questions that may he ashed concerning every sentence. 
 
 Has this sentence any connection Avith the preceding 1 If so — What 
 Js tlic connecting word 1 In an-anging or construing this sentence, which 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 379 
 
 word do you take first ? — which next? — which next ■? &c, Wh)'? (See 
 introduction — directions, &c. ) In this sentence, what is the grammatical 
 subject "? What is the grammatical predicate ? What is the logical sub- 
 ject ? What is the logical predicate? Which should be taken first? 
 (§ 152, 1399.) In what voice, mood, and tense, is the verb ? Why? 
 
 2. Questions that may he ashed when the words or the sentence 
 
 render them proper. 
 
 Is this sentence single or compound? If compound — What are the 
 single sentences composing it ? By what words are they connected ? 
 Analyze the whole, and each part, {§ 152, 1399.) Is this word simple 
 or compound? If compound — Of what is it compounded? What is the 
 meaning of each part ? What is the meam'ng of the compound ? Form 
 other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this word primitive or de- 
 rivative ? If derivative — From what is it derived ? What is its primary 
 meaning? What is its meaning here? (If different) — How came it to 
 have this meaning ? What English words are derived fi"om it ? Change 
 the verb, if active, into passive, and express the same idea — If passive, 
 change it into the active, and express the same idea. Change the verb 
 into different tenses, &c. 
 
 Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun ? Proper ? or com- 
 mon ? Wliy ? In what case ? Why ? For what pm'pose is the nom- 
 inative used ? Is it the subject or predicate here ? For what pm-pose is 
 the genitive commonly used ? — the dative ? — the accusative ? — the voca- 
 tive ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used, and by what is it gov- 
 erned here ? 
 
 Adjectives. How do you know this word to be an adjective ? What 
 noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here ? Is it compared ? Why ? 
 Why not? (K a numeral) — To what class does it belong? 
 
 Pronouns. How do you know tliis to be a pronoun ? To what class 
 of pronouns does it belong? (If used substantively) — Instead of what 
 noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively ) With what noun does it agree ? 
 (K a relative) — What is its antecedent? 
 
 Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ? 
 In what mood, tense, number, person ? For what purpose is the indica- 
 tive mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the infinitive ? 
 For what purpose is it used here ? For what piu'pose is the present tense 
 used ? — the imperfect ? — the perfect definite ? — indefinite ? — the pluper- 
 fect ? — the future ? — the futiu-e perfect ? 
 
 From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ? (176, 
 1120*) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting 
 present time ? — past time ? — future time ? How is the perfect trans- 
 lated — (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present 
 time? — past time? — future time? (§ 47.) In what mood is the lead- 
 ing verb in oblique narration? (651, 129G.) In what mood are 
 verbs in dependent clauses in obhque narration? {634:, 1293.) For 
 what purpose is the participle used ? How does it become an adjective? 
 How are gerunds used ? — supines ? 
 
380 LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is tlie use of 
 the adverb 1 What word does it modify here 1 What is the use of the 
 preposition ? Between what words does it show the relation here ? What 
 is the use of the inteqection "? What emotion does it express here ? 
 What is the use of the conjunction'? What words or sentences does it 
 ioin here 1 
 
 7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions to 
 events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or customs 
 of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready to tell some- 
 thing respecting them. This however should be only a secondary matter 
 with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a more advanced stage ; but 
 still a httle attention to it may serve to interest and stimulate him to far- 
 ther research. 
 
SHELDON & COMPANY'S 
 
 Bc\ml uH CLoUtgiate Ce:rt-^oob. 
 
 ■» ♦♦^ 
 
 9f» would call tJie Especial attention of Teachers, 
 und of all w/io are interested in t?ie subject o/ 
 £^diicatio9i, to t?ie following valuable list of School 
 Sooks : 
 
 BULLIONS' SEEIES OF GEAMMAES, Etc. 
 
 A Common School Gra^njnar, 
 
 Being an Introduction to the Analytical and Practical 
 English Grammar, $0 50 
 
 This work for beginners has the same Rules, Defini- 
 tions, etc., as the 
 
 jLnalytical and JPractical English Grajmnar, 
 
 A complete work for Academies and higher classes in 
 Schools, containing a complete and concise system of 
 Analysis, etc., 1 00 
 
 ^Progressive Exercises in Analysis and Parsing. 
 
 25 
 
 Ziatln Lessons, tvith Exercises in JParsing, . . 1 00 
 
 Prepared by George Spencer, A.M., as Introd. to 
 Bullions' 
 
 Principles of Latin Grammar, %1 50. 
 
 ^Bullions S 3Iorris^s Latin Lessons, 
 
 For beginners, with simple lessons to be learned each 
 day, and Vocabulary, etc., c . 1 00 
 
 Bullions tC Morris's New Latin Grammar, . . 1 50 
 
2 SHELDON & company's COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Latin Reader (Neiv Edition), 
 
 With simple progressive Exercises, references to Bul- 
 lions's and Bullions and Morris's Latin Grammars, Latin 
 Idioms, and an Improved Vocabulary, $1 50 
 
 Eocercises in JLatin Comj^osition, 
 Adapted to Bullions's Latin Grammar, ' . 1 50 
 
 Key to Do, (for Teachers only), 60 
 
 Ccesar's Comme^itaries, 
 
 With Notes, Vocabulary, and Eeferences to Bullions's and 
 Bullions & Morris's Grammars, 1 50 
 
 Cicero's Orations, 
 
 With Notes and References to Bullions's, Bullions & Mor- 
 ris's, and to Andrews & Stoddard's Grammars, 1 50 
 
 Sallusty . 1 50 
 
 Latin-English and English-Latin Dictionary, 
 
 With Synonyms, and other new features, 5 00 
 
 First Lessons in Greek, 1 00 
 
 Principles of Greek Grammar, 1 75 
 
 bullions and JLe^idrick^s Neiv Greek Grammar^ 2 00 
 
 Greek Reader. 
 
 With Introduction on Greek Idioms, Impr. Lex., etc., . . 2 23 
 
 Cooper's Virgil, 
 
 With valuable Eno:lish Notes. 3 50 
 
 ^o" 
 
 Long's Classical Atlas, 
 
 Containing Fifty-two Colored Maps and Plans, and 
 forming the most complete Atlas of the Ancient World 
 ever published. 1 vol., 4to, 4 SOJ 
 
 fsaird's Classical Manual, 1 vol., 16mo, 90 
 
 h-attschmidt's English-Latin and Laf in-English 
 
 Dictionary* For Schools. 900 pages, 16mo, . . , 3 50 
 
SHELDON & COMPANY'S COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 •* Bullions' Analytical and English Grammar has beeji in constant use for several 
 Tears in this and the other Public Schools of the city. It stands the test of use. 
 The more one sees of it the better it is lilced. I consider it a successful work ; and 
 I know thkt this opinion is shared by other masters in and out of the public service." 
 #^AMES A. Page, Manter o/Biviyht ISckool. 
 
 •'We heartily concur in the above." — S. "W. Mason, Master of Eliot School. 
 
 D. C. Brown, Mister of Bowdoin School. \> 
 JosHXJA Bates, Master of Brimmer School^ 
 
 "We have used Bullions' Analytical English Grammars in our Public Schools 
 t»sarly two years with success. We find them an improvement on those previously 
 iin.use. Bullions' small Grammar is a fit introduction to the large one." — J. D. E. 
 Jones, Supt. of Schools, Worcester, Jlass. 
 
 "I have used Bullions' Analytical English Grammar some two and a half years, 
 and am ready to give it my approval. I have not failed to pronounce it the best 
 text-book on Grammar whenever I have had opportunity to do so. I now have a 
 class of ninety in it, and it bears the drill of the school-room." — Hev. J. W. Ga&d> 
 »EB, Frincix>al of New London \N. H.) Institute. 
 
 BEOCKLESBY'S ASTEONOMIES. 
 
 ^rocMeshy's Common School Astronoiny. 
 
 12mo. 173 pages, $Q 80 
 
 This book is a comj)end of 
 
 J5rocMeshy''s Elements of Astronomy, 
 
 By John Brocklesbt, Trinity College, Hartford, Conn 
 12mo. Fully illustrated. 321 pages, 1 75 
 
 In this admirable treatise the author has aimed to presfes^e the 
 great principles and facts of the science in their integrity, and so to 
 arrange, explain, and illustrate them that they may be clear and 
 intelligible to the student. 
 
 "We take great pleasure in calling tha attention of teachers and students to this 
 truly excellent book. Both the plan and execution of the whole are equally admir- 
 able. It is not a milk-and-water compilation, without principles and without 
 demonstration. It contains the elements of the science in their proper integrity and 
 proportions. Its author is a learned man and a practical instructor, as the author 
 €if every school-book should be. The style is a model for a text-book, combining in 
 f4\iigh degree, perspicuity, precision, and vivacity. In a word, it is the very best 
 elementary work on Astronomy with which we are acquainted." — Co7ine<iticui< 
 Common School Journal. 
 
 "Tills is a compact treatise of 820 pages, containing the elements and most of th* 
 Important facts of the science clearly presented and systematically arrancred. It is 
 very finely illustrated. It is worthy of a careful examination by all who wish t« 
 •ecure the best text books." — 0\io Journal of Education. 
 
SHELDON & COMPANY'S COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 KEETEL'S FSEITCH METHOD. 
 
 A Neiv Method of Learninf/ the French Language, 
 
 By Jean Gustave Keetels, Professor of French and 
 German in the Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 12mo,, . $1 75 
 
 \A Key to the New llethod in French. 
 
 By J. G. Keetels. 1 vol. 12mo, , . 60, 
 
 ♦' I have examined Keetels' New Method of Learning tlie French Language, andl 
 find it admirably adapted for conveying a thorough knowledge of the French lan-J 
 puage. It is an easy and sure method of both writing and speaking French with)? 
 accuracy and elegance."— Daniel Lynch, S. J., Director of Studies in Gonsaga. 
 College, Washington. 
 
 "The 'New Method of Learning the French Language,' by Professor Keetels, 
 appears to be exceedingly well adapted as an introduction into the study of French. 
 It. is emphatically a practical book, and bears the mark that it has resulted from the 
 author's own experience in teaching. I shall take pleasure in soon giving it the test 
 of a trial in my own Institute."— Oswald Seidehstickek, Principal of the Commer» 
 cial and Clansical Institute, Philadelphia. 
 
 " I have examined several books designed for pupils studying the French language, 
 and among them Keetels' 'New Method of the French.' The last work I consider 
 superior to any other which I have examined, and shall use it in my classes as tk« 
 best test-book upon the subject."— S. A. Farband, Trenton, N. J. 
 
 PEISSNEE'S GEEMAN GEAMMAE. 
 
 A. Comparative English- German Grammar. 
 
 Based on the affinity of the two languages. By Prof. 
 
 Elias Peissner, late of the University of Munich, and 
 
 of Union College, Schenectady. New edition. 316 pp., . $1 75 
 
 «' Prof. Peissnei's German Grammar has been, from its first publication, and is 
 now, used as a text-book in this College, and has by the teachers here, as in many 
 other Institutions, been esteemed a superior work for the end to be subserved by it, 
 in attaining a knowledge of the elements of the German language. I cordially rec- 
 ommend it to the attention and use of such American Academies and Colleges as are 
 designed to give instruction tn the German language."— L. P. IIickok, President 
 Union College, N. Y. 
 
 COMSTOCK'S SERIES. 
 
 System of Natural Philosojyhy. 
 
 Re-written and enlarged, including latest discoveries. 
 Fully illustrated, » $1 73 
 
 JElemenfs of Chemistry. 
 
 Re-written 1861, and adapted to the present state of the 
 Science, .................. 1 '^•5 
 
«CIELDON i COMPANY'S COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 OLNEY'S GEOGEAPHY. 
 
 €)lnej/s Geography and Atlas, 
 
 Revised and improved, by tlie addition on tlie Maps of 
 the latest information and discoveries. New Plates and 
 Woodcuts. Atlas, 28 Maps. Geography, 18mo, 304 pages, $2 4(X 
 
 These favorite text-books, of which more than a million have beenl 
 «()ld, are kept up to the times by the publishers, who add the latesb 
 ^(^ographical information on the large and beautiful Maps and in the' 
 Ti!«xt-Books, so as to make them worthy of the claim that they ai» 
 the best works for the study of Geography now published. 
 
 PALMEE'S BOOE-KEEPING. 
 
 JPalmer's Practical Book-Keeping, 
 
 By Joseph H. Palmer, A.M., Instructor in New York 
 Free Academy. 12mo. 167 pages, , . . . . . . . $1 00 
 
 JSlanliS to Do, (2 numbers, Journal and Ledger), each , 50 
 
 Key to Bo ;.. o .,..«..,. 10 
 
 This work is adopted by the Boards of Education of the cities of 
 Kew York and Brooklyn, where it is generally used in schools and 
 recommended by teachers. It is also recommended by accountants 
 of prominent commercial firms, and the Press. 
 
 Wliately^s Elanents of Logic, * 
 
 By Richard Whately, D.D,, Archbishop of Dublin. 
 New revised edition, with the Author's last Additions. 
 Large 12mo. 484 pages, $1 75 
 
 *'This-work (Elements of Logic) has long been our text-book here. The style In 
 \7hicb you have published this new edition of so valuable a work, leaves nothing to 
 be desired in regard of elegance and convenience." — Prof. Dunn, BroicnUniversity. 
 
 " Its merits are now too widely known to require an enumeration of them. The 
 present American edition of it is conformed to the ninth English edition, which waa 
 revised by the author, and which contains several improvements on the former 
 Issues."— iVori/i American Review. 
 
 Wliately^s Elements of Rhetoric, 
 
 Comprising an Analysis of the Laws of Moral Evidence 
 and of Persuasion, with Rules for Argumentative Com- 
 position and Elocution. New edition, revised by the 
 Author. Large 13mo. 546 pages, , • $1 75 
 
6 SHELDON & COMPANY'S COLLEGE TEXT-BC 
 
 "The Elements of Rhetoric has become so much a standard work that it might 
 eecm superfluous to speak of it. In short, we should not dream of teaching a Col- 
 lege class from any other book on Ehetoric. Communion with Whately's mind 
 would improve any mind on earth." — Presbyterian Quarterly Revieio. 
 
 ( The above are tlie editions formerly published by James Munrob! 
 & Co., Boston, and the best in the market. They are used in all th 
 \3principal Colleges and Academies in the United States. 
 
 IFiich^s Majyping Plates, (In one volume, quarto.) 
 
 Designed for Learners in Geography ; being a collection 
 of Plates prepared for Delineating Maps of the World, 
 and Counties forming its principal subdivisions, viz., 1. 
 The World. 2. United States. 3, North America. 4 
 South America. 5, A State. 6. Mexico and Guatemala. 
 7. Great Britain and Ireland. 8. Europe. 9. Southern. 
 Europe. 10. Germany. 11. Africa. 13, Asia. 13, At- 
 lantic Ocean. 14. Pacific Ocean, By Geo. W. Fitch, . $0 60 
 
 NOEMAL MATHEMATICAL SEEIES. 
 
 ^oddard^s Juvenile Mental Aritlmietic, 
 
 By John F. Stoddard, A.M. For Primary Schools. 72 pp., $0 25 
 
 Stoddard's American Intellectual Arithmetic, 
 
 An extended work, for Schools and Academies. 172 pp., . 50 
 
 Stoddard's Hudiments of Arithmetic, 
 
 This work presents such parts of Arithmetic as are most 
 useful in ordinary business computations. 192 p^)., ... 50 
 
 Stoddard's Neiv Practical Arithmetic, 
 
 Embracing methods and forms of modern business, with 
 Analyses and many varied Examples. 192 pp., .... 1 00 
 
 Stoddard's Complete Arithmetic. 
 
 Being in one book, the pages of the New Practical Arith- 
 metic in the order of that book, and 120 pages of additional 
 matter, suited for classes in High Schools. A full course in 
 one book, 1 21 
 
 Kep to Stoddard's Complete ArithmefiCf . . . 1 0( 
 Methods of Teaching and Key to Intellec. Arith, 5( 
 
 Schuyler's Higher Arithmetic, (For Colleges), . . 1 2< 
 
 Stoddard S IlenJcle's Elementary Algebra, 
 
 By John F. Stoddard, A.M., and Prof. W. D. Henkle, 1 ?J 
 
SHELDON <fe COMPANY'S COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Key to Stoddard & Henkle^s Element, Algebra, . ^ 25 
 
 Stoddard S Senkle^s University Algebra, 
 
 For High Schools, Academies, and Colleges. By John 
 F. Stoddakd, A.M., and Prof. W. D. Henkle. 528 pp., . 2 00 
 
 Key to Stoddard S Henkle' s University Algebra, 2 oq> 
 
 « 1 have examined Stoddard & Henkle's University Algebra. It is a thorough 
 and elaborate work. It combines clearness and simplicity in its method and illus- 
 trations, and constitutes a valuable addition to the mathematical works of the day." 
 —Cyrus Nutt, A.M., Professor of Mathematics in the Indiana Ashhury Univ'y. 
 ■ " I havp examined Stoddard's American Intellectual Arithmetic, and cheerfully 
 recommend it to teachers and parents as a valuable elementary work, and one welS 
 adapted to the wants of pupils in the first stages of arithmetic. It is constructed 
 upon sound and practical principles, and will be found an important addition to th» 
 text-books now in use in our Common Schools." — Hon. Samuel S. Eandall, Supt. 
 ifNew York City Schools^ 
 
 " Stoddard's Arithmetical Series is now in general use in the schools of this county. 
 They have stood the test for four years as the text-books in Arithmetic in our 
 echools, and are considered by our teachers superior to any others now before tha 
 j>ublic."— i^n S. A. Tobeill, late Supt. of Public Schools of Wayne. County, P<h 
 
 HOOKER'S PHYSIOLOGIES. 
 
 looker's First Book in Physiology, 
 
 For Public Schools, $0 90 
 
 Hooker's Human Physiology and Hygiene. 
 
 For Academies and general reading. By Worthing- 
 ton Hooker, M.D., Yale College, 1 75 
 
 These books are text-books almost wherever they are known. 
 The " First Book" is a text-book in the Public Schools of Boston^ 
 New York, Buffalo, and San Francisco. 
 
 " Professor Hooker's work on Physiology has been in use for the last year in th© 
 Kormal School in this city, and it gives me great pleasure to express my conviction* 
 «f its excellence as a text-book. In the course of my experience as a teacher, I hav» 
 ■used the books of various authors on the subject of Physiology, but the work of 
 Professor Hooker satisfies me much more fully than any other that I have used. Ifc 
 Las the double advantage of being accurately scientific in its matter and arranu,e- 
 inent, and of being expressed in correct and elegant English, a combination of the> 
 highest importance, and yet seldom attained to the extent exhibited in this book. 
 I know of no book for which I would be willing to exchange it,"— Kichabd Edwaed* 
 \sii; Pree. lU. Normal University^ Bloomingion^ 111. 
 
8 SHELDON & company's COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 The Elements of Intellectual FhilosopJtj/, 
 
 By Francis Wayland, D.D. 1 vol. 12mo, $1 75 
 
 TMs clearly written book, from the pen of a scholar of eminent 
 ability, and who has liad the largest experience in the education of 
 the human mind, is unquestionably at the head of text-books in 
 Intellectual Philosophy. The author's practical suggestions on the 
 cultivation of the several faculties of the mind, aiding the student's 
 efforts to discipline and strengthen his intellectual energies, and 
 the numerous references to books of easy access, specifying the 
 places where topics treated of are more fully discussed, make this 
 book a valuable addition to the readable books of any teacher or 
 professional man. 
 
 TJie Exhibition SpeaJcer and Gymnastic SooTc. 
 
 Containing Farces, Dialogues, and Tableaux, with Ex- 
 ercises for Declamation, in Prose and Verse. Also, a 
 Treatise on Oratory and Elocution, Hints on Dramatic 
 Characters, Costume, Position on the Stage, Making up, 
 etc., etc., with illustrations. Carefully compiled and 
 arranged for School Exliibitions, by P. A. Fitzgerald. 
 To which is added a complete System of Calisthenics and 
 Gymnastics, with instructions for Teachers and Pupils, 
 illustrated by numerous Engravings. 1 vol. 12mo, . . $1 25 
 
 Shaiv^s Outlines of English Literature, 
 
 By Thos. B. Shaw, with a sketch of American Litera- 
 ture, by Henry F. Tuckerman, Esq. 1 vol. royal 12mo, |1 75 
 
 " Its merits I tad not now for the first time to learn. I have used it for two yeais 
 as a text-book, with the greatest satisfaction. It was a happy conception, admirably 
 executed. It is all that a text-book on such a subject can or need be, comprising a 
 judicious selection of materials, easily yet effectively wrought. The author attempts 
 just as much as he ought to, and does well all that he attempts ; and the best of the 
 book is the genial S2drit, the genuine love of genius and its works which thoroughly 
 pervades it, and makes it just what you want to put into a pupil's hands."— Prq/^ 
 J. n. Kaymond, University of Hoc/tester. 
 
 " Of 'Shaw's English Literature' I can hardly say too much in praise. I hope it» 
 adoption and use as a text-book will correspond to its great merits." — Prof. J. G. 
 PicKARD, 111. College. 
 
 For moTG fnll particulars, send for School Catalogue. 
 
 Address SEELDON & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 6Q0 BROADWAY, NEW YOEE 
 
'y<'7. 
 
 (Ayc/i. /^-f^ 
 
 '\y^Z\>^^-^ 
 
50 
 
 NJ) 
 
 J3» 
 
 •N 
 
 -C3 
 
 ~"» 
 
 — s 
 
 .. -•! 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 rfi 
 
 
 wd 
 
 
 vO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 CD 
 
M522294 
 
 ... - ^ 
 
Sheldon i{: Compcufy-s Text-IDooks, 
 
 SCHOOL AND COLLEGE CLASSICS, Etc. 
 
 Jjmuf-s CUisfilral Atlas. Constructed Ly William ITuniiES, 
 rin'1 edited by GEOr.GE Long, formerly Professor of Ancient 
 Laug'uy<r«s ii'' the University of Viririnia. ^Witli a Sketch 
 <(■ Ancient Geography, and other Additions, by the Amci- 
 icun Editor. Containine: Fifty-two Cohered Maps and I'hms 
 on Twenty-two large imperial quarto Plates, beautifully en- 
 graved on steel in the clearest and most finished style. With an 
 index of Places. Handsomely half-bound, with cloth sides, in 
 one large volume. Price $4.50. 
 
 ''Now that we are so well supplied with classical dictionaries, it is highly 
 desirable that, we should also have an atlas worthy to accompany them. lii 
 tlie voUinio before us is to be found all that can be desired. The names of 
 those \vlio have Ijeen concerned in its preparation speak lor tliemselves. On 
 examination, we Ihid it adapted to the present stale of classical scbolarshij*, 
 and di'^tin.-uislicd by a superior style of execution. The Avants of the classical 
 student ijave b(!en carefully consulted thi-ouuhout ; all places of peculiar inter- 
 est, such as Rc»ine, Athens, and its harbors,' Syracuse, &c., beini^ <rl von upon 
 an onlarLTed scale, and the relative po,'?itions of the jniblic buildings, rf>ads, &c,, 
 clearly exhibited. We notice, also, that places which \v,i\"a more than one 
 name in the classics, such as Dyrrachiuni and Ei)idamuus, Carchedon and Car- 
 thage, appear with both in the Atlas." — AtheiKBrnn. 
 
 T/}.c Chi.ssical JM<i}ia(tl: an Epitome of Ancient Geography, 
 
 Greek and Roman "Mythology, Antiquities, and Chronolo^^'. 
 
 Ciiieiiy intended for the use of Schools and Colleges. Ccnnpih-d 
 
 by jAiiES S. S. Baird, T. C. D., &c. In one handsome Ibmo 
 
 volume, of about 175 pages. Price 90 cents. 
 
 The want lias long been felt and acknowledged of an epitome, present- 
 ing, in a moderate sijace and a low price, such Information as is necessary 
 for the proper comprehension and apprecirition of the classical authors most 
 commonly read in our schools. The object of the pi'esent volume is to supply 
 this want, by aflbrding, in the most condensed form, and in such a manner as 
 to admit of its being thoroughly mastered and retained, all the information 
 respecti\g classical antiquity which is requisite for the earlier stages of study. 
 
 Schui'itz S Zunipfs Vlrf/il. Eclogues, Georgics, and 13 
 Sooks of iEneid. 1 vol. 16mo. Price $1. 
 
 lloracr. Odes and Satires. $1. 
 
 Ovid. Select Poems. $1. 
 
 Ijiry. Books I., II., XXI., and XXII. $1. 
 
 Cooper's Virgil. With valuable English Notes. $2.50. 
 
 KalfsrhmidVs I^afin lyictioiKirif for SrJtools. A 
 
 School Dictionary of the Jjaiiu Language, in two ]>arts. Latin- 
 Englisu and English-I^atin. By- -Dr. Kaltschmidt. Forming 
 <^)ne largo royal ISrao volume of 850 pages, closcdy printed in 
 double columns, and strongly boxHid. Price $2.50. 
 
 Any of the above sent by mail^ 2^ost-paid, on receipt ofj)rice. 
 
VB 38077 
 
 v^ 
 
 Sheldon & Co??fpany's Text-lJooks. 
 
 The Science of Government hi Connection auth 
 ^linerican Institutions, By Joseph Alden, D.D., LL.D„ 
 Pres. of State Normal School, Albany. 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.50. 
 Adapted to the wants of High Schools and Colleges. 
 
 Alden^s Citizen's llanual: a Text-Book on Govommont, in \ 
 
 Connection with American Institutions, adapted to the \\ants of ; 
 
 Common Schools. It. is in the ibrm of questions and answers. 
 
 By Joseph Aldkn, D.D., LL.D. 1 vol. IGmo. Price 50 cts. 
 
 Ilcrcafterno American can be said to be edvcated who does not thoi oughly 
 understand the formation of our Government. A prominent divint; has -aid. 
 that "every young person should carefully and conscientiously be taught those 
 distinctive ideas which constitute the substanceof our Constitution, and wliich 
 determine the policy of our politics ; and to this end tliere ouglit forthwith to 
 be introduced into 'our schools a simple, comprvlicnsive manual, whereby the 
 needed tuition should be implanted at that early period. 
 
 S(]iniitz\s Manual of Ancient Ilistoiy ; from tlie 11. 
 •'- niotest Times to the Overthrow of the Western Empire, A. D. 
 
 47G, with copiotis Chronological Tables and Index. By !)'■. 
 
 Lj^onhatid Schmitz, T. II. S. E., Edinburgh. Price !j?1.75. 
 
 TJie Klcnients of Intellectual lli ilosophy. By Fhancis 
 
 Wayland, D.D. 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.75. 
 
 This clearly-written book, from the pen of a scholar of eminent ability, aiid 
 Avho has had the larszest experience in the education of tin human mind, 
 is unquestionably at the head, of test-bookain Intellectual Philosophy. 
 
 An Outline of the Xecessary Laws of Thouqht : 
 
 A. Treatise on Pufe and Applied ^ogic. By William Thom- 
 
 soiT, D.D., Provost of the Queen's Colleg-e. Oxford. 1 vol. 1?- 
 
 Cloth. Price $1.75. 
 
 This book has been adopted as a regular tc:it-book in Harvard, Yale, 
 Rochester, New York University, &c. 
 
 Fairchilds' 3Ioral Fh ilosophy ; or. The Science of 
 Ohliyation, By J. H. Faikchilds, President of Cberlia 
 Col](^e. 1 vol. 13mo. Price $1.50. 
 
 The aim of. this volume is to set forth, movo fn^ly than has hithcno n.cn 
 done, the doctrine that virtue, in its elenT-n'tary I'orra. consists in oeiievo- 
 lence. and that all forms of virtuous actMri jue m()dillc:itions of this \ :-'n;'i:tl-^ ^ 
 
 After prescntinc: this view of onliirairon. the author takes np the questions of 
 Piactical Ethics. Govemment and PtM-sonal Ri<:hfs and Duti''s. and ti-onts 
 them in their relation to Benevolence. aimiiiL-- nt a solution ol" the iir(>1>lems of 
 right and wrong upon this simple principle. 
 
 Anv cf tJis Cfiovs sent b:! niml, ^ioni-paid, on receipt of nric-e. 
 
I 
 
 V^.s 
 
 -■'( 
 
 1 
 
 ■; 
 
 b^